IT training + Management

Transcriptie

1 Bewaarexemplaar 2015 IT training + Management & Vaardigheid Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! Amazon Web Services / AppSense / Avaya / Brocade / Cisco / Citrix / Check Point / Dell SonicWall / EC-Council / HP / IBM / ITIL / Juniper / Microsoft / PRINCE2 / Red Hat / RES Software / Symantec / VMware / Security / Best Practices / Management & Vaardigheid

2 Hoofdvestiging Global Knowledge Nederland Iepenhoeve 5, 3438 MR NIEUWEGEIN Postbus 1059, 3430 BB NIEUWEGEIN T 0800-KNOWLEDGE ( ) - gratis F E [email protected] I Copyright 2015 Global Knowledge Network Netherlands bv. Geregistreerd bij KvK Utrecht onder nummer BTW nummer NL B.01 Hoewel de informatie in deze publicatie met uiterste zorg is samengesteld, kunnen er fouten of onvolkomenheden in voorkomen. Hieraan kunnen geen rechten worden ontleend. Kijk voor de volledige algemene voorwaarden op. Prijzen zijn exclusief B.T.W. EC-Council Accredited Training Center Authorized Learning Center 2

3 H et gebruik van digitale leermethoden neemt een vlucht. Zo werkt in het reguliere onderwijs inmiddels bijna één op de drie middelbare scholen leerlingen met een eigen tablet of laptop. En ook op scholen voor voortgezet onderwijs worden tablets, laptops en smart phones een steeds natuurlijker onderdeel van het lespakket. Was er aanvankelijk schroom om over te stappen naar digitale leermethoden, het reguliere en voortgezet onderwijs schakelt nu versneld over naar digitale leermethoden. Welkom bij Global Knowledge Ook bij Global Knowledge zitten de virtuele leermethoden in de lift. Bij ruim een derde van alle klassikale trainingen die het afgelopen jaar door Global Knowledge werden georganiseerd zaten er cursisten bij die de training vanuit huis of het werk volgden. Ook wij merken dat veel cursisten in eerste instantie koudwatervrees hebben om de training op afstand bij te wonen. Maar op het moment dat een cursist over de streep is, dan blijkt uit de reacties en evaluaties na afloop van de training dat het overgrote deel van de cursisten enthousiast is over de geboden techniek en aangeeft ook de volgende training online te willen volgen. s Morgens en s avonds het verkeer ontwijken plus de hieraan gepaard gaande besparing van tijd zonder dat er aan leskwaliteit wordt ingeboet, wordt toch wel als erg prettig ervaren. Kennis opdoen blijft van alle tijden. We kunnen er niet genoeg van krijgen. Daar zijn we immers mensen voor. Hoe we in de verre toekomst onze benodigde kennis zullen opdoen blijft vooralsnog kijken in de glazen bol. Wellicht dat we in de nabije toekomst op een Total Recall-achtige manier met virtual reality brillen kennis zullen opdoen. Misschien ook dat straks hologrammen van onze docenten (en u zelf kunt kiezen hoe dit hologram eruit ziet) bij u in de huiskamer staan te onderwijzen. De toekomst zal moeten uitwijzen hoe het onderwijs zich gaat ontwikkelen. Wel staat vast dat we in 2015 de virtual reality brillen en hologrammen nog niet zullen terugvinden in het IT-onderwijs. We blijven bij Global Knowledge echter de technieken nauw volgen en zullen blijven innoveren in methoden en technologieën die u helpen om beter en eenvoudiger de door u gewenste kennis op te doen. Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 3

4 Inhoudsopgave 5 I TRAINEN BIJ GLOBAL KNOWLEDGE 191 I SECURITY TRAININGEN 15 I VENDOR TRAININGEN 16 I Amazon Web Services 18 I AppSense 19 I Avaya 20 I Brocade 26 I Cisco 58 I Citrix 67 I HP 85 I IBM 203 I BEST PRACTICES TRAININGEN 205 I Project Management 211 I AGILE & SCRUM 214 I Service Management 223 I Business Anaylis 226 I Architectuur 229 I Procesverbetering 231 I Contractmanagement 234 I Meer Best Practice Trainingen 112 I Juniper 120 I Microsoft 154 I Red Hat 161 I RES Software 237 I MANAGEMENT & VAARDIGHEIDSTRAININGEN 239 I Management & Organisatie 243 I Persoonlijke Effectiviteit 163 I Symantec 173 I VMware 250 I INDEX 188 I Vendor Onafhankelijk 4 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

5 Trainen bij Global Knowledge. De juiste keuze! Betrouwbare partner Global Knowledge is de grootste onafhankelijke aanbieder van IT-opleidingen en Management- & Vaardigheidstrainingen op de Europese markt én is een geautoriseerd opleidingsinstituut van Prometric, Pearson VUE en Exin. Global Knowledge werkt samen met verschillende vendors en partners en is onder andere geautoriseerd als: Cisco Learning Specialized Partner Microsoft Gold Certified Partner for Learning Solutions Citrix Authorized Learning Center (CALC) VMware Authorized Training Centre (VATC) IBM Authorized Global Training Provider (GTP) Amazon Web Services Authorized Training Partner Juniper Networks Authorized Education Partner (JNAEP) Brocade Authorized Training Partner (ATP) Symantec Authorized Training Partner Authorized Training Organisation (ATO) voor ITIL en PRINCE2 Neutraal vendorbeleid Global Knowledge hanteert een neutraal vendorbeleid. Op deze manier kunnen we onze cursisten onafhankelijk adviseren welke trainingen u en/of uw medewerkers het beste kunnen volgen. Hooggekwalificeerde docenten Onze docenten zijn hooggekwalificeerd en zijn tevens vendor gecertificeerd en geautoriseerd. U bent er dus van verzekerd dat u wordt opgeleid naar het door u gewenste niveau. Plezierige omgeving Moderne apparatuur, veel praktische oefeningen en onderlinge samenwerking leveren een plezierige leeromgeving. Compleet curriculum Global Knowledge biedt het meest complete curriculum op het gebied van Infrastructurele trainingen en Management- & Vaardigheidstrainingen in de opleidingsbranche. Elke denkbare lesmethodiek Global Knowledge biedt complete en geïntegreerde cursussen die precies aansluiten op uw specifieke opleidingsbehoeften. We bieden eersteklas cursusinhoud en deskundige docenten in elke gewenste combinatie van klassikaal onderricht virtueel of op locatie, Self-Paced e-learning, Live e-labs via internet en maatwerk. Expertise met aandacht voor uw persoonlijke (loopbaan)doelstellingen Global Knowledge biedt niet alleen expertise op het gebied van techniek, maar maakt ook gebruik van geavanceerde leermethodieken, waardoor de lesstof goed kan worden opgenomen. Naast het uitgebreide aanbod aan IT-cursussen is er ook volop aandacht voor wat u nodig heeft om uw persoonlijke doelen en uw loopbaandoelen te bereiken. Gedegen voorbereiding op de certificering Met onze ongeëvenaarde combinatie van certificeringstrajecten, leermethodieken en aanvullende componenten kunt u rekenen op onze steun bij het behalen van uw certificeringen. Praktijklessen op maat Ons vendor-onafhankelijke en geautoriseerde cursusmateriaal omvat praktijklessen op maat en oefeningen waarmee u optimaal profiteert van de praktijklessen. In de cursussen van Global Knowledge worden meer technische middelen ingezet, worden meer uitdagende praktijkscenario s geboden en wordt dieper op de materie ingegaan dan bij de meeste andere opleiders. Daarnaast bootsen onze praktijkoefeningen de werkelijkheid zo goed na dat u vol vertrouwen het officiële examen zult afleggen. Optimale examenplanning voor hoger slagingspercentage Onderzoek toont aan dat cursisten binnen 30 dagen na afloop van de training 25% meer kans van slagen hebben. Bij Global Knowledge kunt u direct na afloop van uw training het gewenste examen afleggen. Global Knowledge is een geautoriseerd examencentrum van Prometric, Pearson VUE en Exin. Flexibele cursussen op maat Kwaliteit en klanttevredenheid staan synoniem voor Global Knowledge. Onze cursussen worden gebaseerd op individuele leerdoelen, waardoor we gemakkelijk een oplossing kunnen bieden die voldoet aan de behoeften van uw organisatie. Of het nu gaat om het bewerken van standaard cursusmateriaal of het ontwerpen van een aangepaste cursus die aansluit op uw organisatie, we beschikken over de ervaring en expertise om exact datgene te bieden wat u wenst. Ruime geografische dekking Global Knowledge heeft meerdere opleidingscentra verspreid over Nederland. U kunt voor trainingen en examens terecht in Amsterdam, Drachten, Eindhoven, Groningen, Nieuwegein, Maastricht, Rotterdam, Zoetermeer en Zwolle. Er is dus altijd een opleiding bij u in de buurt. Zoetermeer Rotterdam Amsterdam Nieuwegein Eindhoven Maastricht Drachten Zwolle Groningen Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 5

6 Door te trainen bij Global Knowledge bent u ervan verzekerd dat u door hooggekwalificeerde en door de vendor gecertificeerde docenten wordt opgeleid naar het door uw gewenste niveau. Dit wordt bevestigd in het klanttevredenheidsonderzoek dat begin 2014 is uitgevoerd door het onafhankelijke onderzoeksinstituut Cedeo. Cedeo concludeert dat alle bij het onderzoek betrokken referenten tevreden tot zeer tevreden zijn over de samenwerking met Global Knowledge en de trajecten die men ontwikkelt en uitvoert. In het onderzoek komt vooral de flexibiliteit en klantgerichtheid van Global Knowledge naar voren. Cedeo verleende Global Knowledge op basis van het klanttevredenheidsonderzoek de Cedeo erkenning voor zowel Maatwerk bedrijfsopleidingen als ook Open bedrijfsopleidingen. Global Knowledge scoorde voor de categorie Open bedrijfsopleidingen 95,5% en voor Maatwerk bedrijfsopleidingen zelfs 99.3% (op een schaal van 0 tot 100%). QUOTES VAN KLANTEN: Global Knowledge denkt echt met je mee en weet ons van passende trajecten te voorzien. We hebben een vaste contactpersoon die de organisatie goed kent en daardoor dieper weet door te vragen naar de specifieke leerbehoefte. Global Knowledge levert niet alleen kwaliteit, maar is tevens servicegericht. Wat klanten vinden van Global Knowledge 6

7 Alle kennis is te vinden op het internet. Van het plakken van een fietsband tot en met hoe Windows Server 2012 moet worden geïnstalleerd, op het internet kunnen de antwoorden worden gevonden.het is dus allang niet meer noodzakelijk om ergens naar toe te reizen om in een besloten ruimte les van een docent te krijgen. Anno nu is flexibiliteit gewenst bij het opdoen van kennis. We willen thuis leren, op het werk of waar dan ook. Deze nieuwe vorm van leren vraagt echter meer verantwoordelijkheid van een student. Want extra vrijheid is prettig, uiteindelijk telt wel altijd hetzelfde eindresultaat: voldoende kennis om het werk goed uit te kunnen voeren. Met haar virtuele leerconcepten biedt Global Knowledge veel vrijheid door klassikale trainingen ook op afstand bij te laten wonen. De cursist mag hierbij zelf de keuze maken waar het de training volgt. Global Knowledge, s werelds en Nederlands grootste onafhankelijke IT-opleider, speelt met haar nieuwe virtuele leerconcepten in op deze wens om meer flexibiliteit. Dit echter zonder de voordelen van het traditionele leren (structuur, kwaliteit, interactie) uit het oog te verliezen. Stilstaan is geen optie. Dit geldt zeker ook voor educatieve instellingen. Global Knowledge toont aan dat de opleidingsmarkt anno 2015 inspeelt op de behoefte van de hedendaagse student. Global Knowledge speelt in op de opleidingswensen anno 2015 Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 7

8 In de snelle wereld van de technologie waarbij iedereen makkelijk toegang heeft tot het internet is informatie altijd binnen handbereik. De bekendheid met deze technologieën om kennis te vergaren heeft een nieuwe dimensie toegevoegd aan de manier waarop u kunt leren. Bij Global Knowledge hebben we veel van deze methoden in ons curriculum opgenomen, zodat we altijd een pasklare oplossing kunnen ontwikkelen en aanbieden, die aansluit op uw specifieke eisen, locatie en budget. Kies waar, wanneer en hoe u wilt leren Classroom Learning Klassikale training Een klassikale training van Global Knowledge geeft u de garantie dat u uitstekend wordt opgeleid in een moderne comfortabele leeromgeving door de meest deskundige docenten op hun vakgebied. U heeft de beschikking over moderne apparatuur waarmee met behulp van veel praktische oefeningen de dagelijkse praktijk wordt nagebootst. Virtueel en Klassikaal TM Een klassikale training virtueel of op locatie volgen Virtueel en Klassikaal is een eenvoudig leerconcept waarbij u zelf kunt beslissen of u een klassikale training virtueel op afstand wilt volgen of fysiek op locatie. De keuze is aan u! Class Connect HD Trainen op afstand door klaslokalen met elkaar te verbinden Met Class Connect HD worden klaslokalen van Global Knowledge virtueel met elkaar verbonden. Een hoge kwaliteitsverbinding tussen de klaslokalen garandeert de cursisten van maximale interactie met de docent en met elkaar. Afstanden verdwijnen, de kwaliteit blijft! Community Learning Solutions Flexibel leren bij Global Knowledge Community Learning Solutions van Global Knowledge is een unieke leerervaring waarbij de deelnemers in samenwerking met elkaar werken naar een voorafgesteld doel. Middels dit programma bieden wij een combinatie van verschillende lesmethodieken die aansluiten op zowel de individuele behoefte als op die van de desbetreffende organisatie. Self-Paced e-learning Zelfstudiecursus via Internet Self-Paced e-learning biedt hetzelfde lesmateriaal als onze klassikale cursussen maar dan via internet wanneer, waar en hoe u maar wilt. e-labs Toegang tot Live hardware en software via internet De exclusieve e-labs en Lab Practices van Global Knowledge bieden toegang tot live hardware en software via internet. Als u dit combineert met onze mogelijkheden voor zelfstudie via internet, beschikt u over cursusmateriaal van topkwaliteit en over de benodigde praktijkervaring om oplossingen te kunnen bedenken voor al uw IT-uitdagingen. Maatwerk en In-company Volledig afgestemd op uw wensen Indien gewenst kunnen wij ook maatwerktrainingen verzorgen op iedere door u gewenste locatie. Een voordeel van een maatwerktrainig is dat de praktijk van uw werkomgeving, organisatie en de branche waarin u werkt in de training kan worden meegenomen. 8

9 In ons Knowledge Center op onze website vindt u gratis extra informatie over onderwerpen die direct gerelateerd zijn aan ons opleidingsaanbod, inclusief white papers, webseminars, nieuwsbrieven en Listen & Learn Podcasts. Brochures & Flyers In onze PDF Bibliotheek vindt u een overzicht van de meest recente brochures, flyers en andere documenten. Nieuws- en Persberichten Alle nieuws- en persberichten die Global Knowledge uitbrengt kunt u hier lezen. White Papers Hier vindt u White Papers over actuele onderwerpen die hot zijn in de IT-wereld. De papers zijn gratis te downloaden, het enige wat u hoeft te doen is u eenmalig te registreren, waardoor u toegang krijgt tot alle White Papers in de bibliotheek. De White Papers zijn geschreven door de experts van Global Knowledge of door onze partners. Bezoek onze bibliotheek regelmatig, want er worden voortdurend nieuwe White Papers gepubliceerd! Webseminars In korte tijd alle achtergrond informatie over de nieuwste ontwikkelingen in de IT-wereld? Het is mogelijk met de GRATIS seminars van Global Knowledge, live via Internet! Evenementen Hier vindt u een overzicht van evenementen inclusief online seminars die Global knowledge organiseert en waar Global Knowledge aan deelneemt. Assessments Global Knowledge biedt assessments aan die u helpen bij het ontwikkelen en meten van uw kennis en vaardigheden om zo het gewenste eindresultaat te behalen. Case Studies Hier kunt u praktijkvoorbeelden lezen van bedrijven die gekozen hebben voor één of meerdere opleidingsprogramma s van Global Knowledge. Variërend van standaard tot complexe opleidingsoplossingen. Demo s & Video s Download en bekijk onze demo s voor zelfstudie via internet, klassikale training live via internet of voor live praktijkoefeningen via internet. nieuwsbrief Meld u aan voor de gratis online nieuwsbrief. U ontvangt elke twee weken per informatie over cursussen, certificeringen, speciale aanbiedingen en ander IT nieuws. Om aan te melden ga naar: Social Media Blijf op de hoogte van het laatste opleidingsnieuws en volg ons via Twitter, Facebook, Google +, YouTube en LinkedIn. Knowledge Center 9

10 Wist u dat met een optimale examenplanning een hoger slagingspercentage verkregen wordt? Onderzoek toont namelijk aan dat cursisten 25% meer kans van slagen hebben wanneer ze binnen 30 dagen na afloop van een training het examen afleggen. Op basis van dit gegeven maakt Global Knowledge het mogelijk om direct na afloop van een training het gewenste examen af te leggen. Een juiste planning bespaart u dus tijd en eventuele herkansingskosten! Global Knowledge is: Authorized Prometric Testing Center Pearson VUE Authorized Testing Center Accredited Examination Center (AEC) van EXIN Authorized Training Organization (ATO) van APMG Als onafhankelijk IT-opleidingsinstituut biedt Global Knowledge u zowel een volledig trainingsportfolio als de bijbehorende examens van verschillende vendors aan. En omdat Global Knowledge meerdere opleidingscentra verspreidt heeft over Nederland is er altijd een trainingslocatie bij u in de omgeving waar u voor training en/of examen terecht kunt. Ga voor meer informatie over examens en hoe u deze kunt boeken naar: /examens Vergroot uw slagingskans en boek uw training en examen bij Global Knowledge! Examen doen bij Global Knowledge vergroot uw slagingskans! 10

11 Eenvoudig online trainingen boeken Middels het onlineboekingssyteem van Global Knowledge kunt u eenvoudig en snel cursussen boeken. Het systeem biedt u tevens de mogelijkheid om meerdere cursussen voor één of meerdere medewerkers tegelijk te boeken. Daarnaast geeft het u een helder overzicht van al uw trainingsactiviteiten en biedt het de mogelijkheid trainingen te zoeken en rapportages te draaien. Knowledge Pass - Totale flexibiliteit binnen uw budget! De Knowledge Pass is het ideale instrument om de vaardigheden van de medewerkers in uw organisatie op peil te brengen en/of te houden. Met de Knowledge Pass haalt u het maximale uit uw opleidingsbudget én krijgt u extra opleidingsbudget beschikbaar om de opleidingseisen en -wensen van uw medewerkers in uw organisatie flexibel in te vullen. /Knowledge-Pass Fit4Business Fit4Business is het partner enablement programma van Global Knowledge waarmee u grip houdt op het gehele certificering-, specialisatie- en competentie proces van uw channel partner status. Global Knowledge Career Support Assessment Kennisinventarisatie met behulp van het Global Knowledge Career Support Assessment. Het Global Knowledge Career Support Assessment biedt u een goed inzicht of alle benodigde kennisgebieden wel voldoende zijn afgedekt met de competenties van uw medewerkers. U krijgt antwoord of uw ICT-afdeling in zijn geheel voldoende kennis heeft om de ICT-omgeving van uw organisatie goed te kunnen beheren en ontwikkelen. Online certificeringtrajecten Alle erkende certificeringtrajecten van onder andere Cisco, Citrix, Microsoft, VMware, ITIL, PRINCE2 en Brocade vindt u op onze website. De bijbehorende aanbevolen training is er op gericht om u de benodigde kennis bij te brengen over een specifieke vaardigheid of technologie en alles wat er verder nog nodig is voor het behalen van uw certificeringsexamen(s). Via het online boekingssysteem van Global Knowledge, kunt u vervolgens snel en gemakkelijk uw opleidingstraject boeken. Startgarantie Met de Global Knowledge startgarantie weet u zeker dat de cursus doorgaat onvoorwaardelijk! Ons cursusaanbod sluit aan op de marktvraag, met als resultaat een laag annuleringspercentage. Wij garanderen u dus dat alle cursussen met startgarantie hoe dan ook doorgaan. Bezoek onze website, /startgarantie, om te zien welke cursussen een startgarantie hebben. Global Knowledge Services Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 11

12 Fit4Business is een partner enablement programma ontworpen door Global Knowledge waarmee u grip houdt op het gehele certificering-, specialisatie- en competentieproces van uw channel partner status. FIT4BUSINESS 12 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE Fit4Business Wat is het? Vendors hebben hun eigen partner programma s die specifieke eisen stellen aan het aantal gecertificeerde medewerkers en welke certificeringen men in huis moet hebben om aan deze eisen te voldoen. Deze programma s zijn vaak erg uitgebreid en het is moeilijk om een up-to-date beeld te blijven houden van de certificeringen van uw medewerkers. Daarom is het voor de meeste channel partners erg lastig en tijdrovend om te bepalen waar ze staan in het behalen of behouden van hun partner status. Fit4Business gebruikt een tool om u het werk uit handen te nemen: hierin zijn enerzijds de eisen van de partner programma s vastgelegd en anderzijds de certificering informatie van uw individuele medewerkers. Hiermee is Fit4Business in staat de best passende medewerker(s) te vinden om bepaalde rollen in te vullen en een gap-analyse te doen om niet alleen te bepalen hoe ver u van het behalen van een status bent verwijderd, maar ook wie nog wélke examens moet doen. Business Review Consultancy & Planning Global Knowledge werkt met u samen om uw huidige situatie te bepalen. Belangrijk hierin is vast te leggen welke specialisaties of competenties u wilt behalen, op welk niveau in het partner programma en welke deadlines u heeft of nastreeft. In deze fase wordt ook een eerste snapshot bepaald van de certificeringen van uw medewerkers. Samen met u wordt gekeken welke medewerkers het beste een bepaalde rol of competentie kunnen vervullen. Fit4Business geeft advies op basis van een gap-analyse. De uiteindelijke keuze is uiteraard aan uzelf. Educatie Planning Het resultaat van de business review fase is een volledig toegespitst plan om uw doelstellingen te behalen, zowel op organisatie niveau als per medewerker. Medewerkers hebben een duidelijk certificeringsdoel en u krijgt rapportage wie nog welke examens moet doen en welke trainingen hiervoor kunnen worden gevolgd. Dit helpt u bij het behalen of behouden van uw partner status op de meest efficiënte manier. Trainingsaanbod & Beheer Op basis van de Fit4Business rapportage schrijft u uw medewerkers in op de benodigde trainingen en worden de examens geregeld. Fit4Business biedt iedere klant een eigen dashboard, waarmee in één oogopslag gezien kan worden wat de focusgebieden zijn voor het behouden of verkrijgen van de gewenste channel partner status. Communicatie & Rapportage Gedurende het gehele traject brengt Global Knowledge regelmatig verslag uit aan de Channel Partner over de voortgang ten opzichte van het plan. Daarnaast waarschuwt Global Knowledge de Partner ook als er zaken niet volgens plan gaan. Global Knowledge stelt alles in het werk om het Fit4Businesstraject tijdig en succesvol af te ronden. U kunt overigens ook te allen tijde zelf rapportages oproepen via de Fit4Business website. Planning, Evaluatie & Status behoud Na het behalen van de gewenste Partner status, werkt Global Knowledge nauw met u samen om ervoor te zorgen dat medewerkers tijdig voldoen aan de criteria voor hercertificering om zodoende de Channel Partner status te behouden. Daarnaast wordt er in deze fase samen met u een plan opgesteld om de tweede generatie medewerkers in de onderneming in kaart te brengen betreffende certificering en specialisatie. Op deze manier wordt voorkomen dat de Channel Partner de Partner status verliest door het vertrek van bepaalde medewerkers. U kunt eenvoudig zelf online al zien wie hiervoor de beste vervangers zijn. E VA L U AT I O N & CONTINGENCY PLANNING R E TA C O M M U N I N & R E P O R T I N G I C AT I O N B U S I N E S S R E V PARTNER REQUIREMENTS A C H I E V E VENDOR REQUIREMENTS T R A I N I E W & A D M E N H A N C E I N G D E L I V E R Y I N I S T R AT I O N E D U C AT I O N P L A N N I N G

13 ICT is net als gas, licht en water eigenlijk een basisbehoefte geworden. Want valt de ICT uit in een organisatie, dan vallen in onze moderne wereld de werkzaamheden direct zo goed als stil. Het is daarom van het grootste belang dat er voldoende kennis aanwezig is om de ICT-omgeving (infrastructuur, hardware, software) goed af te stemmen op de behoeften van de organisatie en de bedrijfsvoering optimaal te ondersteunen. Hoge eisen aan ICT-ers Aan de ICT-ers die hiervoor verantwoordelijk zijn worden hoge eisen gesteld. Een ICT-er dient zich namelijk altijd eerst te verdiepen in de bedrijfsprocessen van een organisatie om zo de juiste mix van ICT-dienstverlening te kunnen aanbieden, implementeren en vervolgens te onderhouden. Maar omdat de wereld om ons heen niet stil staat dient een ICT-er ook altijd met morgen bezig te zijn. Een ICT-professional kan hierdoor nooit op zijn lauweren rusten. Ook klaar voor de veranderingen van morgen? Binnen een ICT-afdeling dient dus alle kennis aanwezig te zijn om de ICTinfrastructuur van vandaag te kunnen managen en op die van morgen te zijn voorbereid. Maar bezit uw ICTorganisatie hiervoor wel de benodigde competenties? Global Knowledge Career Support Assessment Het Global Knowledge Career Support Assessment geeft inzicht of uw ICTorganisatie over de juiste competenties beschikt om uw ICT-afdeling optimaal te laten functioneren. Het Global Knowledge Career Support Assessment is een online test die op basis van het profiel van de medewerker zijn of haar kennis toetst. Voor meer informatie Wenst u meer informatie over het Global Knowledge Career Support Assessment, dan nodigen wij u graag uit hierover contact op te nemen met uw accountmanager bij Global Knowledge. Per mail kunt u informatie aanvragen via [email protected] kunt u ons bereiken via Kennis inventarisatie met behulp van het Global Knowledge Career Support Assessment Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 13

14 Het vinden van de juiste training uit het grote trainingsaanbod blijft lastig. Om u te helpen bij het kiezen, hebben wij voor u de meest gangbare trainingen in kaart gebracht die het populairst zijn onder onze cursisten. De meest populaire trainingen bij Global Knowledge Cisco CCNABC Cisco CCNA Bootcamp (CCNAX - Accelerated) 5 dagen ICND1 Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices - Part 1 (CCNA) 5 dagen ICND2 Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices - Part 2 (CCNA) 5 dagen IINS Implementing Cisco IOS Network Security 5 dagen IUWNE Implementing Unified Wireless Networking Essentials 5 dagen ROUTE Implementing Cisco IP Routing 5 dagen SWITCH Implementing Cisco Switched Networks 5 dagen TSHOOT Troubleshooting and Maintaining Cisco IP Networks 5 dagen SENSS Implementing Cisco Edge Network Security Solutions 5 dagen SISE Implementing and Configuring Cisco Identity Services Engine 5 dagen Citrix CXD-203 Managing App and Desktop Solutions with Citrix XenDesktop dagen CXD-300 Deploying App and Desktop Solutions with Citrix XenApp and 5 dagen XenDesktop 7.5 CXD-400 Designing App and Desktop Solutions with Citrix XenApp and 5 dagen XenDesktop CNS-205 Citrix NetScaler 10.5 Essentials and Networking 5 dagen CNS-301 Citrix NetScaler 10.5 Advanced Implementation 5 dagen CNS-207 Implementing Citrix NetScaler 10.5 for App and Desktop Solutions 5 dagen CXA-207 Citrix XenApp 7.5 Skills Update 3 dagen CXM-302 Design, Deploy and Manage Enterprise Mobility with XenMobile 5 dagen CXA-206 Citrix XenApp 6.5 Administration 5 dagen CXA-301 Citrix XenApp 6.5 Advanced Administration 5 dagen IBM AN30G Power Systems for AIX - Virtualization I: Implementing 5 dagen Virtualization B2458G IBM Cognos 8 BI Report Studio: Author Professional Reports 3 dagen Fundamentals (V8.4) B5255G IBM Cognos BI Administration (V10.2.2) 3 dagen B5A58G IBM Cognos Report Studio: Author Professional Reports 3 dagen Fundamentals (V10.2) F115G IBM FileNet Content Manager 5.2: System Implementation and 5 dagen Administration TX304G IBM Tivoli Workload Scheduler 8.6 Operations and Scheduling 3 dagen WA580G WebSphere Application Server V8 Administration for Linux 5 dagen WA855G WebSphere Application Server V8.5.5 Administration 5 dagen WM664G IBM WebSphere Message Broker V8 Application Development I 5 dagen Microsoft M6292 Installing & Configuring Windows 7 Client 3 dagen M20410 Installing and Configuring Windows Server dagen M20417 Upgrading Your Skills to MCSA Windows Server dagen M20411 Administering Windows Server dagen M10747 Administering System Center 2012 Configuration Manager (70-243) 5 dagen M6293 Windows 7 Enterprise Desktop Support Technician 3 dagen M20412 Configuring Advanced Windows Server 2012 Services 5 dagen M10961 Automating Administration with Windows PowerShell v3.0 5 dagen M6294 Planning and Managing Windows 7 Desktop Deployment and 5 dagen Environments M20331 Core Solutions of Microsoft SharePoint Server dagen RES Software RWMBC RES Workspace Manager 2014 Basic Course 5 dagen RAMBC RES Automation Manager 2014 Basic Course 3 dagen Red Hat CL211 RedHat OpenStack Administration with Expertise Exam 5 dagen JB249 JBoss Application Administration I, incl. JBCAA exam (EX248) 5 dagen RH124 System Administration I (RHEL7) 5 dagen RH135 System Administration II & EX200 Exam 5 dagen VMware VSICM VMware vsphere 5.x: Install, Configure, Manage 5 dagen VSOS VMware vsphere 5.x: Optimize & Scale 5 dagen VST VMware vsphere 5.x: Troubleshooting Workshop 5 dagen VSFT VMware vsphere 5.x: Fast Track 5 dagen VSD VMware vsphere 5.x: Design Workshop 3 dagen VMWN VMware vsphere 5.x: What's New 2 dagen VMVIEW VMware View: Install Configure and Manage 4 dagen VMNSXICM VMware NSX: Install, Configure, Manage 5 dagen VMHMICM Horizon Mirage: Install, Configure, Manage 3 dagen VMCACICM vcloud Automation Center (vcac): Install Configure Manage v6.0 5 dagen Amazon Web Services GK4501 Essentials of Amazon Web Services 1 dag GK4502 Architecting on Amazon Web Services 3 dagen GK4503 Systems Operations on AWS 3 dagen GK4504 Developing on AWS 3 dagen GK4507 Architecting on AWS - Advanced Concepts 3 dagen GK4509 Big Data on AWS 3 dagen Symantec DP0157 Symantec Backup Exec 2012: Administration (DP0157) 5 dagen DP0158 Symantec NetBackup 7.5 for UNIX: Administration (DP0158) 5 dagen DP0159 Symantec NetBackup 7.5 for Windows: Administration (DP0159) 5 dagen AT2998 Symantec Client Management Suite 7.5: Administration 5 dagen IR0996 Symantec Data Loss Prevention 12.5: Administration 5 dagen SC1439 Symantec Endpoint Protection 12.X: Administration 5 dagen DP0148 Symantec Enterprise Vault 11.x for Exchange: Administration 5 dagen Security CEH Certified Ethical Hacker v8.0 5 dagen GK9840 CISSP Certification Preparation 5 dagen CISM CISM, Certified Information Security Manager 4 dagen CISAU CISA, Certified Information Systems Auditor 4 dagen 360PTC 360 Penetration Testing Course 2 dagen ISO27001LA Lead Auditor training (IRCA certified) 5 dagen Best Practices ILFN ITIL Foundation 3 dagen PRI2F PRINCE2 Foundation 2 dagen SCRUM-M SCRUM Master 2 dagen PRI2P PRINCE2 Practitioner 4 dagen ILLCSO ITIL Lifecycle, Service Operation 3 dagen ILLCST ITIL Lifecycle, Service Transition 3 dagen ILOSA ITIL Capability, Operational Support and Analysis 4 dagen ILLCCSI ITIL Lifecycle, Contimual Service Improvement 3 dagen ILRCV ITIL Capability, Release Control and Validation 4 dagen ILSOA ITIL Capability, Service Offerings and Agreements 4 dagen Management & Vaardigheden IP100E Beïnvloeden en Overtuigen 2 dagen GALECIT100 Actief Leiderschap vppr IT Professionals 3 dagen GSEE100 Klantgericht Handelen 2 dagen MMP100E Timemanagement: Prioriteiten leren stellen en managen 1 dag RSS100E Het Verkopen van Totaaloplossingen 2 dagen GPS100 Presentatie Vaardigheden 2 dagen BSITP100E Businessvaardigheden voor IT Professionals 2 dagen GCCE100 Helder leren Communiceren 1 dag A-AC Assertieve Communicatievaardigheden 1 dag 14

15 VENDOR TRAININGEN 15

16 De meeste mensen kennen Amazon van de webwinkel Amazon.com. Nog vrij onbekend is het feit dat Amazon, onder de noemer Amazon Web Services, ook s werelds grootste provider is van cloud services. Amazon Web Services (AWS) biedt online diensten als back-end voor applicaties en voor bijvoorbeeld websites. De meeste services bieden hierbij functionaliteiten die developers in hun applicaties kunnen gebruiken zonder dat deze direct zichtbaar zijn voor de eindgebruikers. Door het gebruik van Amazon Web Services zijn developers in staat om zonder hardware investering vooraf, diensten aan te bieden met een ingebouwde en ongeëvenaarde schaalbaarheid. Global Knowledge is de eerste en enige Amazon Web Services (AWS) Authorized Training Partner in de Benelux. Onze AWS trainingen zijn voor iedereen die meer kennis wil vergaren op het gebied van Amazon Web Services. Al onze cursussen worden gegeven door AWS Accredited Instructors (AAIs) en er wordt gebruik gemaakt van geautoriseerde AWS materiaal. Of u nu nieuw bent op AWS gebied of al ruime ervaring hebt wij hebben altijd een training die bij u past. AWS trainingsoverzicht Getting Started Advanced Solution Architects Architecting on AWS Architecting on AWS Advanced Concepts Developers SysOps Administrators AWS Essenstials Developing on AWS Systems Operations on AWS Advanced Operations on AWS Amazon Web Services Trainingen Amazon Web Services Essentials of Amazon Web Services GK4501 Cursusduur: 1 dag Prijs: 695,- The AWS Essentials Instructor-Led Training course introduces AWS products, services, and common solutions with videos, demos, and hands-on lab activities. It provides learners with the basic fundamentals to become more proficient in AWS and empowers them to make informed decisions about IT solutions based on business requirements. This course is intended for: Individuals responsible for articulating the business benefits of AWS services Individuals who are new to working with AWS services SysOps Administrators and Developers who are interested in using AWS services There are no prerequisites for this course. 16 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

17 Architecting with Amazon Web Services GK4502 Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.995,- Systems Operations on AWS GK4503 Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.995,- Developing on AWS GK4504 Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.995,- Architecting on AWS covers the fundamentals of AWS. It is designed to teach Solution Architects how to optimize the use of the AWS Cloud by understanding AWS services and how these services fit into a cloud solution. Your architectural solution may differ depending on industry and size of business. Because there is no one-size-fits-all design, this course highlights some AWS Cloud design patterns to help you learn how a service may fit in the overall cloud design. It also covers the best practices and lessons learned. This course is intended for: Solutions Architects Solution Design Engineers We recommend that attendees of this course have the following prerequisites: Attended AWS Essentials (GK4501) course Working knowledge of distributed systems Familiarity with general networking concepts Working knowledge of multi-tier architectures Familiarity with cloud computing concepts The Systems Operations on AWS course is designed to help individuals operate highly available and scalable infrastructure on the AWS platform. In this course, we demonstrate how to effectively manage and support AWS resources. We cover concepts such as provisioning infrastructure, deploying applications, tracking costs, monitoring utilization, and creating backups. This course is intended for: Developers, system administrators, and others responsible for managing operations on the AWS platform. We recommend that attendees of this course have: Have taken the AWS Essentials (GK4501) course or possess equivalent knowledge Working knowledge of systems administration Familiarity with cloud computing concepts Linux or Windows command-line experience The Developing on AWS course is designed to help individuals design and build secure, reliable and scalable AWS-based applications. In this course, we cover fundamental concepts and baseline programming for developing applications on AWS. We also show you how to work with AWS code libraries, SDKs, and IDE toolkits so that you can effectively develop and deploy code on the AWS platform. This course is intended for: Developers We recommend that attendees of this course have: Working knowledge of software development Familiarity with cloud computing concepts Basic familiarity with.net (C#) or Java Prior experience with AWS is not required Amazon Web Services Architecting on AWS - Advanced Concepts GK4507 Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.995,- Big Data on AWS GK4509 Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.995,- Building on concepts introduced in the Architecting on AWS course, the Architecting on AWS Advanced Concepts course is designed for individuals who are experienced with designing scalable and elastic applications on the AWS platform. In this course, we cover how to build more complex solutions which incorporate data services, infrastructure configuration management, and security on AWS. This course introduces more specialized AWS services, including Amazon Elastic MapReduce, AWS OpsWorks, and AWS Elastic Beanstalk, as well as demonstrates design components for building scalable, elastic, secure, and highly available applications on AWS. This course is intended for: Individuals who are responsible for designing cloud infrastructure and reference architectures Individuals who have attended Architecting on AWS course Systems Engineers and Developers who are responsible for designing and implementing advanced architectures on AWS We recommend that attendees of this course have: Working knowledge of architectural design Familiarity with cloud computing concepts Experience with general network architectures and services Experience with core AWS products and services, such as Amazon EC2, Amazon S3, and Amazon RDS Big Data on AWS introduces you to cloudbased big data solutions and Amazon Elastic MapReduce (EMR), the AWS big data platform. In this course, we show you how to use Amazon EMR to process data using the broad ecosystem of Hadoop tools like Pig and Hive. We also teach you how to create big data environments, work with Amazon DynamoDB, Amazon Redshift, and Amazon Kinesis, and leverage best practices to design big data environments for security and cost-effectiveness.. This course is intended for: Individuals responsible for designing and implementing big data solutions, namely Solutions Architects and SysOps Administrators Data Scientists and Data Analysts interested in learning about big data solutions on AWS We recommend that attendees of this course have: Basic familiarity with big data technologies, including Apache Hadoop and HDFS Knowledge of big data technologies such as Pig, Hive, and MapReduce is helpful but not required Working knowledge of core AWS services and public cloud implementation Students should complete the AWS Essentials (GK4501) course or have equivalent experience Basic understanding of data warehousing, relational database systems, and database design Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 17

18 AppSense is een toonaangevende leverancier van user virtualisatie-oplossingen voor organisaties, met een meer dan tien jaar bewezen track record op het gebied van virtualisatie. Global Knowledge biedt u praktijkgerichte en geautoriseerde klassikale trainingen, cursussen en opleidingen aan op het gebied van AppSense. AppSense Trainingen AppSense Professional 3.0 ILT-DSK-100 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.695,- De AppSense Professional 3.0 cursus is een uitgebreide basis training die u leert de vereiste vaardigheden op toe doen voor het beheren en onderhouden van de gebruikersaccounts van virtualisatie oplossingen met behulp van AppSense DesktopNow. De lesstof bestaat uit theorie gecombineerd met praktijkgerichte hands-on trainingen. Na afloop van deze training zijn cursisten in staat om praktische kennis te combineren met vaardigheden waardoor ze met AppSense DesktopNow administratieve taken kunnen verrichten als: Het managen van gebruikersrechten (policy, personalisatie) over meerdere sites en platformen Het beheer van gebruikersrechten voor bedrijfstoepassingen en netwerk toegangscontrole Het beheren van de rechten van systeembronnen op basis van een gebruiker, groep en toepassing Basis troubleshooting. Deze cursus bereidt cursisten voor op het AppSense Certified Professional 3.0 examen (App-DSK-100) en is de opvolger van de AppSense Professional training met cursuscode ILT-AMS-100. IT Beheerders die rechten van gebruikers toekennen en managen Nieuwe medewerkers met weinig of geen ervaring met AppSense DektopNow Channel partners en system integrators met weinig of geen ervaring met AppSense DeskTopNow Cursisten die deelnemen aan de training dienen kennis te hebben van Windows profielen en beschikken over administratieve vaardigheden op het gebied van Microsoft Windows. Deze cursus bevat de leerstof om kandidaten voor te bereiden op het AppSense Certified Professional 3.0 examen (APP-DSK-100). AppSense Support Engineer 2.0 ILT-SUP-100 Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.270,- AppSense Deze AppSense training AppSense Support Engineer 2.0 leert beheerders en helpdesk medewerkers de kennis en vaardigheden die nodig zijn om problemen en eerste lijns support incidenten op te lossen die verband houden met AppSense DesktopNow.Deze klassikale training biedt de biedt de noodzakelijke basis om problemen met de installatie en configuratie van AppSense DesktopNow te analyseren en op te lossen. De student leert de methodieken die door het AppSense Support team worden gebruikt om problemen op te lossen en vervolgens de geleerde technieken toe te passen. Deze cursus is bedoeld voor medewerkers van een helpdesk binnen een organisatie en voor medewerkers van support teams bij Channel Partners ensystem Integrators. Familiar with Windows profiles Possess moderate to advanced Microsoft Windows administrative skills including Performing administrative tasks associated with Windows XP, Windows 7, Windows Server 2003 Windows Server 2008 Knowledge of NTFS Permissions, how the Windows registry works, Windows system services and system drivers Familiarity with Windows Active Directory (AD) including Group Policy Objects, AD sites, AD group/user accounts Microsoft SQL Server administration An understanding of Windows troubleshooting techniques and tools such as Task Manager, Performance Monitor, Event Viewer, etc Attendance of the AppSense Professional 2.0 Course and/or passing the AppSense Professional 2.0 Exam is highly recommended Deze AppSense cursus bereidt de student voor het AppSense Support 2.0 Certification Examen. 18

19 Avaya is wereldwijd marktleider in communicatiesystemen voor de zakelijke markt. Het bedrijf levert Unified Communications, oplossingen voor data networking en contactcenters en gerelateerde diensten over de gehele wereld. Avaya en Avaya heeft een certificeringsprogramma Avaya heeft de volgende solutions beschikbaar: genaamd Avaya Professional Credential Program. Met dit programma wordt een Small and Medium Enterprise Communications volledig begrip van het Avaya productportfolio Unified Communications verkregen. Contact Centers Avaya Networking Het Avaya credential programma bestaat uit 2 hoofdtrajecten te weten, implementatie en Het onderstaande diagram illustreert het support. Binnen deze twee segmenten kan Avaya Professional programma inclusief de er voor verschillende Avaya Solution Tracks verschillende Avaya Solution Tracks. opgeleid worden tot Certified Specialist en Professional Specialist. Avaya Avaya Certified Solution Expert ACSE SUPPORT Avaya Support Professional Specialist ASPS Avaya Certified Support Specialist ACSS IMPLEMENT Avaya Implementation Professional AIPS Avaya Certified Implementation Specialist ACIS Avaya TECHNOLOGY FUNDAMENTALS Foundational Knowledge De Professional Specialists certificeringen, AIPS en ASPS, kunnen worden behaald via online examens uitgeleverd via het Avaya Learning Center. De Certified Specialists certificeringen, ACIS en ACSS, kunnen worden behaald via Pearson VUE Testing Centers. De certificeringen zijn 2 jaar geldig. Neem voor meer informatie over Avaya trainingen en certificeringen contact op met één van onze opleidingsadviseurs. Zij staan u graag te woord. Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 19

20 Brocade is een toonaangevende leverancier van high performance netwerk switches, routers, security en applicatie switching oplossingen voor de enterprise en service provider markt. Als Brocade Authorized Training Partner (ATP) biedt Global Knowledge het complete Brocade portfolio bestaande uit SAN, IP Network en Ethernet Fabric trainingen. Global Knowledge levert deze hoogwaardige Brocade trainingen via verschillende uitlevermethoden uit. Zo kunt u de trainingen zowel klassikaal als virtueel klassikaal volgen. Ook kunnen de trainingen als maatwerk uitgeleverd worden, waarmee een volledig team of organisatie getraind kan worden. De trainingen worden uitsluitend gegeven door gekwalificeerde docenten en bieden u de juiste kennis van de Brocade producten, waarmee u uw op Brocade gebaseerde IT-infrastructuur kunt optimaliseren en business uitdagingen met behulp van Brocade technologieën kunt oplossen. Brocade en Brocade biedt een volledig certificeringsprogramma waarmee u de juiste kennis en vaardigheden op doet, zodat u uzelf kunt onderscheiden van andere IT professionals op het gebied van netwerkomgevingen. Een Brocade certificaat kan van toepassing zijn op een specifiek onderwerp of op een volledig traject. Kandidaten die een volledig traject hebben afgerond krijgen de titel Brocade Certified Professional toegekend met de naam van het bijbehorende afgelegde traject. Brocade kent vier certificeringstrajecten: Brocade Certified Professional FICON traject Brocade Certified Professional Data Center traject Brocade Certified Professional Internetworking traject Brocade Certified Professional Converged Networking traject Na het succesvol afronden van drie volledige trajecten verkrijgen de kandidaten de Brocade Distinguished Architect accreditatie. Brocade Brocade Distinguished Architect Advanced Intermediate 20 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

21 Overzicht Brocade sprogramma Brocade Distinguished Architect Tracks Wordt verkregen door drie van de vier Brocade Certified Professional (BCP) accreditaties te behalen FICON Data Center Internetworking Converged Brocade Advanced Brocade Certified Architect for FICON AND Brocade Certified Fabric Professional OR One Elective Brocade Certified Fabric Designer AND Two Electives Brocade Certified Network Professional AND Brocade Certified Layer 4-7 Professional AND One Elective Brocade Certified Ethernet Fabric Professional AND (Pick one below) Brocade Certified vrouter Engineer OR Brocade Certified vrouter Professional Intermediate Brocade Certified Fabric Administrator Brocade Accredited Network Advisor Specialist AND Brocade Certified Fabric Professional AND Brocade Certified Fabric Administrator Brocade Certified Network Engineer AND Brocade Certified Layer 4-7 Engineer Brocade Certified Fabric Administrator OR Brocade Certified Fabric Professional AND Brocade Accredited Ethernet Fabric Support Specialist AND Brocade Certified Network Engineer OR Brocade Certified Network Professional AND Brocade Accredited Network Advisor Specialist Introductory Brocade Accredited Data Center Specialist AND Brocade Accredited FICON Specialist Brocade Accredited Data Center Specialist AND Brocade Accredited Ethernet Fabric Specialist Brocade Accredited Internetworking Specialist Brocade Accredited Internetworking Specialist Brocade Accredited Data Center Specialist Brocade Accredited FCoE Specialist Brocade Accredited Ethernet Fabric Specialist NB. Brocade credentials verlopen niet. Er wordt wel aangeraden om ze up-to-date te houden op de laatste technologieën, zodat ze marktconform blijven. Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 21

22 Brocade Trainingen Border Gateway Protocol Training Brocade trainingen BGP400 Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.295,- This course covers intermediate to advanced BGP theory and concepts. The lab-intensive course will provide students with the required skills to configure and troubleshoot BGP networks in Service Provider and Enterprise network environments. This course covers the manipulation of BGP attributes, filtering prefixes using route maps, ACLs, AS-PATH ACLs, and prefix lists. It also covers community attributes in a transit AS, BGP redundancy, load sharing, confederations, route reflectors, and peer groups. BGP 400 is one of the courses in a curriculum path which leads to the Brocade Certified Service Provider Network Engineer (BCSPNE) certification, exam number It is also is a prerequisite for Brocade University MPLS offerings. This course is for Channel Partners (SDP, VARs), end users, network engineers, network architects, network designers, technical support personnel, OEMs, professional services, field SEs, Brocade employees, and any user who would like to learn about the BGP implementation of Brocade devices. Content covered in Brocade Certified Network Engineer (BCNE) Training (CNE 200) or Basic Switch/ Router Configuration and Management (ETH 103), or equivalent knowledge. BGP content covered in Brocade Certified Network Professional (BCNP) Training (CNP 300), Advanced Switching/Routing Configuration and Management (ETH 405), or the webbased training that accompanies BGP 400; or equivalent knowledge. BGP 400 is one of the courses in a curriculum path which leads to the Brocade Certified Service Provider Network Engineer (BCSPNE) certification, exam number It is also is a prerequisite for Brocade University MPLS offerings. Brocade Network Advisor Product Training BNA200 Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.695,- Brocade Network Advisor for SAN 2-day course, provides students with the knowledge and skills needed to utilize Brocade Network Advisor (BNA) to proactively manage and monitor their Storage Area Network (SAN) environment. This course provides a significant amount of hands-on experience and discussion to help students become proficient in using BNA to install, configure, and manage their SAN environment. Students will learn how to leverage BNA s comprehensive management capabilities to simplify daily operations while improving their SAN environment s performance and reliability. Storage administrators, SAN administrators, system administrators, SAN architects, systems engineers, and SAN operators that are involved with configuration, change management, maintenance, monitoring, and configuration. Brocade Certified Fabric Professional (BCFP) 16 Gbps Training (CFP 300), or equivalent knowledge Six months of work experience associated with Fibre Channel storage and SANs BNA200 is one of the courses in a curriculum path which leads to the Brocade Accredited Network Advisor Specialist (BANAS) certification, exam number ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

23 Brocade Ethernet Fabric Administration CEF300 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.195,- Brocade Certified Fabric Professional Training CFP300 Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 2.395,- This class introduces Brocade VCS technology, Ethernet fabrics, and all associated protocols and technologies. This course will also introduce the Brocade VDX family of data center switches, including the VDX 6710, VDX 6720, VDX 6730, VDX 6740, and VDX This course covers installation, configuration, monitoring, and basic troubleshooting of Brocade VDX switches and is designed to help an administrator manage Ethernet fabrics based on Brocade Network OS (NOS) v4.1.2 and Brocade Network Advisor v12.2. This course provides a strong foundation for Brocade VCS and Ethernet fabric technologies and the features offered by the Brocade VDX switches. This 5 day course is designed in part, to prepare students for the BCEFP exam. This course is designed for network architects, designers and administrators, system administrators and engineers, professional services personnel, technical sales engineers, and support personnel, including anyone needing the detailed foundational information to install, configure, maintain, and troubleshoot Brocade Ethernet Fabrics and VDX switches. Brocade Certified Network Engineer (BCNE) Training (CNE 200) or equivalent Layer 2 and basic Layer 3 routing knowledge. This 5 day course is designed in part, to prepare students for the BCEFP exam. This 3-day advanced training course provides students with the knowledge and skills needed to help them become proficient with advanced Fabric OS v7.2.0 features. Topics include Fibre Channel-to- Fibre Channel Routing (FC-FC Routing), Fibre Channel over Internet Protocol (FCIP), Adaptive Networking, Access Gateway, Virtual Fabrics (VF), Monitoring and Alerting Policy Suite (MAPS), Flow Vision, and Brocade management tools. Switch management tasked are performed using Telnet and Brocade Network Advisor v Brocade Certified Layer 4-7 Engineer This course is designed for storage administrators, SAN administrators, system administrators, SAN architects, systems engineers, and SAN operators that are involved with configuration, change management, maintenance, monitoring, configuration, tuning and optimization related to Brocade SAN advanced features (FC-FC Routing, FCIP, Adaptive Networking, NPIV, MAPS, Flow Vision and Virtual Fabrics). Core GEN5 SAN Administration (CFA 200) Equivalent Brocade Storage Area Network (SAN) product, features, and 16 Gbps technology knowledge Six months experience with storage and storage area networks Knowledge of Fibre Channel fundamentals The CFP300 course is designed in part, to prepare students for the Brocade Certified Fabric Professional (# ) exam. Brocade trainingen Brocade Certified Fabric Administrator Training CFA200 Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 2.395,- This 3-day training course provides students with the knowledge and skills needed to help them become proficient with Brocade products and Fabric OS v7.2.0 features. Topics include an introduction to Fibre Channel, switch installation and configuration, zoning, Inter-Switch Links (ISLs), ISL Trunking, Layer 2 routing, updating switch firmware, backing up switch configurations, and basic troubleshooting. Students will learn to perform switch management tasks using the CLI and Brocade Network Advisor v This course is designed for storage administrators, SAN administrators, system administrators, SAN architects, systems engineers, and SAN operators that are involved with configuration, change management, maintenance, monitoring, configuration, and basic SAN troubleshooting. FC101: Introduction to Fibre Channel Concepts or a general understanding of the Fibre Channel protocol (frame format, etc.) Six months of work experience associated with storage technologies. The CFA200 course is designed in part, to prepare students for the Brocade Certified Fabric Administrator (BCFA) exam CLE202 Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.295,- This training course is a comprehensive study of the Layer 4 through 7 features of Brocade ServerIron ADX products. The student gains hands-on experience in configuration of typical installations with the ServerIron product. Lecture topics are supported with real world labs involving: Source NAT, Direct Server Return, Active- Active Server Load Balancing, and Global Server Load Balancing (GSLB). This course is designed for network administrators, system administrators, network architects, systems engineers, and technical support engineers that are involved with installation, configuration, maintenance, and basic troubleshooting of Brocade Layer 4-7 application delivery products. Working knowledge of: Brocade Ethernet CLI Brocade Router Interface addressing Domain Name Service (DNS) OSI reference model Classification of TCP/UDP traffic based on port number URL address structure Brocade Certified Layer 4-7 Engineer (# ) exam. Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 23

24 Brocade Certified Network Engineer Training CNE200 Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 2.595,- Brocade Certified Layer 4-7 Professional CLP240 Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.995,- Brocade Certified Network Professional Training CNP300 Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.995,- Brocade trainingen This course replaces ETH 103. This course introduces the Brocade Ethernet Switch/Router family of products, as well as basic configuration, operations and management of the L2/L3 Switches/ Routers using the Command Line Interface (CLI) for the interfaces, VLANs and L2/L3 protocols. This course serves as the foundation for advancing in the understanding of networking technologies and features offered by the Brocade Ethernet family of products. CNE 200 is designed in part, to prepare students for the Brocade Certified Network Engineer ( ) exam. CNE 200 is for customers, resellers, network technicians, network administrators, network support staff, or anyone else needing detailed foundational information to install, implement, manage, and support small to large business networks. Internetworking Fundamentals for Brocade Training (ETH 101) and the BAIS accreditation or equivalent knowledge. Introduction to Brocade IP Networking Product Solutions (BIP 101) or equivalent knowledge of Brocade IP Networking products. Certification: Brocade Certified Network Engineer (BCNE) This advanced course provides an in-depth study of Server Load Balancing (SLB) using Brocade ADX ServerIron products. The course focuses on advanced techniques of implementing SLB in a variety of network topologies. It includes an intense study of SLB theory of operations, configuration, network design and troubleshooting. The course is lab-intensive and as result, fast-moving. Key topics include, but are not limited to; Load Balancing, Global Server Load Balancing (GSLB), SSL, High Availability (HA) and Layer 7 switching. This is a blended learning course that includes a three day instructor-led event with additional web-based training content. The web-based content includes the BCLP in a Nutshell guide, it also includes classroom content deemed optional because of classroom time constraints. This course is designed for network administrators, system administrators, network architects, along with systems engineers and application engineers involved in the design, deployment, and management of Brocade application switching products. This course is also for those who are preparing to take the BCLP Certification Exam. Basic Switch/Router Configuration and Management course or equivalent knowledge Introduction to Web Switching and Load Balancing course Brocade IP networking CLI experience This course (including pre-requisites, web-based training components and BCLP Nutshell information) teaches and reinforces a majority of the skills necessary to prepare for the following exam: ( ) Brocade Certified Layer 4-7 Professional (BCLP) This course provides an in-depth study of the Brocade Ethernet Switch/Router family of products and how they are utilized in an enterprise network. The course covers advanced configuration, operations and maintenance of L2/L3 protocols including STP, RSTP, OSPF, MCT, QoS, and BGP in an enterprise network. Additional topics include the IS-IS protocol and Power Over Ethernet (PoE). CNP 300 is designed, in part, to prepare students for the Brocade Certified Network Professional ( ) exam. CNP 300 is designed for network administrators, system administrators, network architects, systems engineers, and technical support engineers that are involved with advanced installation, configuration, maintenance, and basic troubleshooting of Brocade Layer 2/3 products. Brocade Certified Network Engineer (BCNE) Training (CNE 200), Basic Switch/Router Configuration and Management (ETH 103), or equivalent knowledge General network maintenance or administration of a Brocade IP/Ethernet environment Working knowledge of Brocade IP/ Ethernet product CLI CNP 300 is designed, in part, to prepare students for the Brocade Certified Network Professional ( ) exam. Brocade DCX Backbone Product Training DCX200 Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.695,- This 2-day instructor-led training provides students with the knowledge and skills needed to deploy and manage Brocade Backbone switches. Topics include Backbone chassis and blade hardware components. Backbone configuration, firmware management, and troubleshooting concepts will also be covered. This course covers the DCX, DCX-4s, DCX , and DCX Hands-on laboratory exercises apply the concepts defined in class. This course is designed for storage administrators, SAN administrators, system administrators, SAN architects, and systems engineers involved in the design, deployment, and management of Brocade chassis-based SANs. Introduction to Fibre Channel Concepts (FC 101), or equivalent knowledge General knowledge of basic fabric administration including basic switch configuration, zone and port management. Six months experience with storage and storage area networks 24 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

25 Brocade MPLS Traffic Engineering (2 days) MPLS450 Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.295,- Brocade MPLS Implementation Training MPLS400 Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.995,- This two-day instructor-led training provides students with the knowledge and skills needed to implement MPLS Traffic Engineering using Brocade switches. This advanced course is the second of two classes, and pertains specifically to the Brocade MPLS Traffic Engineering solution being deployed on Brocade switches. This course provides a significant amount of hands-on experience and discussion to help students become proficient with the features and deployment of MPLS Traffic Engineering. Topics include introduction to Open Shortest Path First- Traffic Engineering (OSPF-TE), Resource Reservation Protocol (RSVP) and features such as Fast Re-route. Advanced topics include administrative groups, LSP primary/ Secondary path selection, OSPF and BGP shortcuts and troubleshooting. Students perform switch management using Telnet and Console CLI commands. Note: This course is designed for students that have already taken MPLS 400 or ETH 650. This course is for switch administrators, system integrators, support personnel, technicians and any user who needs detailed technical information about the deployment of MPLS-TE within a network using Brocade Switches. CNE 200 or Brocade switch/router equivalence experience CNP 300 or Advanced switch/router equivalence experience MPLS 400 or MPLS label switching and L2/3 VPN equivalence knowledge. This course is designed for students that have already taken MPLS 400 or ETH 650. This 3-day instructor-led course is an in-depth study of deploying networks using Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS). Course materials focus on features of the Brocade NetIron series of routers including multiple advanced L2 / L3 VPN technologies such as VLL, VPLS, and L3 VPNs. This course covers MPLS concepts, benefits, protocols, designs, configurations, and basic troubleshooting. MPLS 400 is one of the courses in a curriculum path which leads to the Brocade Certified Service Provider Network Engineer (BCSPNE) certification. It is also is a prerequisite for Brocade University MPLS Traffic Engineering (MPLS-TE 450). This course is for advanced support engineers, enterprise network engineers, service providers, or anyone else needing detailed foundational information to install, configure, maintain, and troubleshoot MPLS in a Brocade environment. Brocade Layer 2 switching and Layer 3 routing content covered in Brocade Certified Network Engineer (BCNE) Training (CNE 200) or Basic Switch/ Router Configuration and Management (ETH 103), or equivalent knowledge. Advanced Brocade switching/routing and IGP content covered in Brocade Certified Network Professional (BCNP) Training (CNP 300) or Advanced Switching/Routing Configuration and Management (ETH 405), or equivalent knowledge. BGP content covered in BGP Training (BGP 400), or equivalent knowledge. MPLS 400 is one of the courses in a curriculum path which leads to the Brocade Certified Service Provider Network Engineer (BCSPNE) certification. It is also is a prerequisite for Brocade University MPLS Traffic Engineering (MPLS-TE 450). Brocade trainingen SAN Troubleshooting Training SANTS300 Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 2.395,- This 3-day instructor-led course provides students with the technical and process information needed to perform troubleshooting and data gathering tasks in SAN switched and routed networks, based on 16 Gbps Brocade products and Fabric OS v Support personnel responsible for troubleshooting issues that may arise in an SAN. Individuals looking for an understanding of troubleshooting processes and initial data collection. Advanced end-users looking to enhance network troubleshooting skills. CFA200: Brocade Certified Fabric Administrator (BCFA) Training or equivalent core SAN knowledge (fabrics, zoning, etc.) CFP300: Brocade Certified Fabric Professional (BCFP) Training or equivalent advanced SAN knowledge (FC-FC routing, FCIP, etc.) Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 25

26 Technologie ondergaat momenteel een drastische verschuiving. In 2015 staan naar schatting 25 miljard apparaten digitaal met elkaar in contact. Dit aantal breidt zich ontzettend snel uit. Machines, apparaten en producten communiceren met elkaar en met mensen. Deze trend heet het Internet of Things. Als wereldwijd leider in het leveren van netwerk oplossingen en diensten speelt Cisco een belangrijke rol bij het Internet of Things (IoT). Zo worden ter ondersteuning van IoT de hardware, software en diensten van Cisco ingezet om intelligente, beheersbare, schaalbare en veilige infrastructuren te creëren. Als grootste Cisco Learning Specialized Partner wereldwijd biedt Global Knowledge u het complete aanbod aan Cisco trainingen en opleidingen aan op diverse locaties in Nederland. Door ons brede scala aan opleidingen en leermethodieken is Global Knowledge voor u de ideale partner om de benodigde Cisco kennis op te doen en indien gewenst een bijbehorende Cisco certificering te behalen. Cisco en Het certificeringsprogramma van Cisco (Cisco Career Certification program) bestaat uit vijf certificeringsniveaus: Entry, Associate, Professional, Expert en Architect. Binnen deze niveaus zijn er verschillende trajecten te onderscheiden, waaronder: Routing & Switching, Design, Security, Service Provider, Data Center, Wireless en Collaboration. Op deze manier kunt u een traject kiezen welke past bij uw functie of branche. Associate Het Associate niveau kan gezien worden als het basisniveau van de netwerk certificering en begint met de CCNA certificering (Cisco Certified Network Associate). Binnen het Associate niveau zijn de volgende certificeringen te behalen: Routing & Switching, Design, Wireless, Security, Data Center, Service Provider en Collaboration. Cisco Entry Het Entry niveau is de eerste stap binnen de Cisco Career Certifications en wordt verkregen met een Cisco Certified Entry Networking Technician (CCENT) certificering. CCENT is de opstap naar het Associate niveau. 26

27 Professional Dit niveau is voor de gevorderde Cisco professional. Na het voltooien van het Associate niveau, kan doorgestroomd worden naar het Professional niveau. Onder dit niveau vallen de volgende professional certificeringen: CCNP Routing & Switching, CCNP Voice, CCNP Security, CCNP Wireless, Design (CCDP), CCNP Datacenter en CCNP Service Provider. Expert Het Expert niveau is één van de hoogst haalbare certificeringsniveaus voor netwerk professionals. Onder dit niveau vallen de CCIE certificeringen (Cisco Certified Internetwork Expert) Architect De Cisco Certified Architect certificering is het hoogst haalbare accreditatie niveau binnen het Cisco Career Certification programma. Het geeft erkenning aan de ontwerp- en IT- ervaring en bekwaamheid op het gebied van Cisco-technologieën en infrastructuur. Gekwalificeerd Cisco Specialist Naast het standaard certificeringsprogramma biedt Cisco de mogelijkheid om met een specialisatie certficering uw kennis in bepaalde technologieën te verdiepen. Als Cisco Specialist gaat u verder in op bepaalde Cisco technologieën, zoals security, data center, internet of things en network program mobility. Cisco Learning Credits Cisco Learning Credits vormen een innovatief programma waarin bedrijven Cisco-hardware, -software en -opleidingen kunnen aanschaffen in één aankoop. Elke Cisco Learning Credit kan worden ingewisseld voor een geautoriseerde Cisco training ter waarde van $100. Cisco Wissel op tijd uw Cisco Learning Credits in! Cisco 360 Learning Program for CCIE Wat houdt het CCIE 360 Learning Program in? Het CCIE 360 Learning Program is een leerprogramma dat, afhankelijke van uw kennisniveau, binnen zes tot twaalf maanden afgerond kan worden. Het programma bevat een mix van geavanceerde vaardigheden assessments, toegespitste leermodules, begeleiding, klassikale training en hands-on practice labs. Het programma biedt een versneld opleidingstraject voor het verkrijgen van kennis en vaardigheden op expertniveau en het weerleggen van echte werkscenario s. Daarnaast bevat het Cisco 360 Learning Program pre-assessments en online classes. Waarom kiezen voor het CCIE 360 Learning Program? Anders dan niet erkende CCIE training en examenvoorbereiding, wordt het complete CCIE 360 leerprogramma aangeboden door gecertificeerde Cisco instructeurs. Dit leerprogramma is speciaal ontwikkeld voor het verkrijgen van kennis en vaardigheden op Expert niveau, waardoor de vereiste examenscores die behaald worden niet slechts van tijdelijke aard zijn. Wilt u meer informatie over het Cisco 360 Learning Program? Neem dan contact op met één van onze opleidingsadviseurs, tel KNOWLEDGE of ga naar: Cisco Learning Credits zijn gedurende één jaar na activering op de Cisco Learning Credits Management Tool (LCMT) geldig. Ze kunnen worden ingewisseld voor een door Cisco erkende cursus die wordt gegeven door een Cisco Learning Partner. Global Knowledge is s werelds grootste Cisco Specialized Learning Partner en voor u dus hét trainingscentrum waar u uw credits kunt verzilveren voor een geautoriseerde Cisco training! /CLCs Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 27

28 Cisco strajecten Cisco strajecten ENTRY ASSOCIATE CISCO CERTIFIED DESIGN ASSOCIATE (CCDA) CCNA DATA CENTER CCNA SECURITY CCNA WIRELESS CCNA ROUTING & SWITCHING ICND1 Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices - Part 1 5 Days Exam # DESGN Designing for Cisco Internetwork Solutions 5 Days Exam # DCICN Introducing Cisco Data Center Networking 4 Days Exam # DCICT Introducing Cisco Data Center Technologies 5 Days Exam # ICND1 Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices - Part 1 5 Days Exam # IINS Implementing Cisco IOS Network Security 5 Days Exam # CISCO CERTIFIED ENTRY NETWORKING TECHNICIAN ICND1 Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices - Part 1 5 Days Exam # ICND1 Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices - Part 1 5 Days Exam # IUWNE Implementing Unified Wireless Networking Essentials 5 Days Exam # ICND1 Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices - Part 1 5 Days Exam # ICND2 Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices - Part 2 5 Days Exam # or CCNABC (CCNAX) Cisco CCNA Certification Fast Track Programme 5 Days Exam # CISCO CERTIFIED DESIGN PROFESSIONAL (CCDP) CCNP DATA CENTER CCNP SECURITY CCNP WIRELESS CCNP ROUTING & SWITCHING ROUTE Implementing Cisco IP Routing 5 Days Exam # DCUFI (Mandatory) Implementing Cisco Data Center Unified Fabric 5 Days Exam # or # SENSS Implementing Cisco Edge Network Security Solutions 5 Days Exam # IUWMS Implementing Cisco Unified Wireless Mobility Services 5 Days Exam # ROUTE Implementing Cisco IP Routing 5 Days Exam # PROFESSIONAL SWITCH Implementing Cisco Switched 5 Days Exam # ARCH Designing Cisco Network Architecture 5 Days Exam # DCUCI (Mandatory) Implementing Cisco Data Center Unified Computing 5 Days Exam # or # DCUFD Designing Cisco Data Center Unified Fabric 5 Days Exam # or # DCUCD Designing Cisco Data Center Unified Computing 4/5 Days Exam # or # OR DCUFT Troubleshooting Cisco Data Center Unified Fabric 3 Days Exam # SIMOS Implementing Cisco Secure Mobility Solutions 5 Days Exam # SISAS Implementing Cisco Secure Access Solutions 5 Days Exam # SITCS Implementing Cisco Threat Control Solutions 5 Days Exam # IUWVN Implementing Cisco Unified Wireless Voice Networks 5 Days Exam # CUWSS Conducting Cisco Unified Wireless Site Surv ey 5 Days Exam # IAUWS Implementing Advanced Cisco Unified Wireless Security 5 Days Exam # SWITCH Implementing Cisco Switched Networks 5 Days Exam # TSHOOT Troubleshooting and Maintaining Cisco IP Networks 5 Days Exam # DCUCT Troubleshooting Cisco Data Center Unified Computing 3 Days Exam # CISCO CERTIFIED DESIGN EXPERT (CCDE) CISCO CERTIFIED INTERNETWORK DATA CENTER EXPERT(CCIE DATA CENTER) CISCO CERTIFIED INTERNETWORK EXPERT SECURITY (CCIE SECURITY) CISCO CERTIFIED INTERNETWORK EXPERT WIRELESS (CCIE WIRELESS) CISCO CERTIFIED INTERNETWORK EXPERT ROUTING & SWITCHING (CCIE ROUTING & SWITCHING) EXPERT CCDE Written Exam # CCDE CCDE Practical Exam CCIE Data Center Written Exam # Cisco Data Center CCIE Unified Computing Workshop (DCXUC) Cisco Data Center CCIE Unified Fabric Workshop (DCUF) Lab Exam CCIE Security Self Paced Written Exam # CCIESEC CCIE Security Lab preparation 5 Days Lab Exam CCIE Wireless Self Paced Written Exam # CCIE Wireless Lab Exam CCIERSW CCIE Routing & Switching Written Written Exam # CIERS 1 Cisco Certified Internetwork Expert Routing & Switching Bootcamp 1 5 Days *Prerequisite courses; Implementing Cisco Storage Networking Solutions (ICSNS), Implementing Cisco Advanced Storage Networking Solutions (IASNS) and Designing Cisco Storage Networking Solutions (DCSNS) These Workshops are part of Ciscos 360 Learning programme. This programme is a blended learning curricullum, packages are available covering both the ILT and E-Learning components. CIERS 2 Cisco Certified Internetwork Expert Routing & Switching Bootcamp 2 5 Days 28 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

29 CISCO CERTIFIED TECHNICIAN FOR ROUTING AND SWITCHING Elearning Exam # RSTECH CCNA VOICE ICND1 Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices - Part 1 5 Days Exam # ICOMM Introducing Cisco Voice and Unified Communication Administration 5 Days Exam # CISCO CERTIFIED TECHNICIAN CISCO CERTIFIED TECHNICIAN FOR TELEPRESENCE Elearning Exam # TPTECH CISCO CERTIFIED TECHNICIAN FOR DATA CENTER Elearning Exam # DCTECH CCNA SERVICE PROVIDER ENGINEER SPNGN1 Building Cisco Service Provider Next-Generation Networks Part 1 5 Days Exam # SPNGN2 Building Cisco Service Provider Next-Generation Networks Part 2 5 Days Exam # Een CCNA opleiding van Global Knowledge zet u hogerop de ladder Cisco strajecten CCNP VOICE CCNP SERVICE PROVIDER ENGINEER CVOICE Implementing Cisco Unified Communications and Qos 5 Days Exam # SPROUTE Deploing Cisco Service Provider Network Routing 5 Days Exam # CIPT1 Implementing Cisco Unified Communications Manager Part 1 5 Days Exam # SPADVROUTE Deploying Cisco Service Provider Network Routing 5 Days Exam # CIPT2 Implementing Cisco Unified Communications Manager Part 2 5 Days Exam # SPCORE Implementing Cisco Service Provider Next-Generation Core Network Services 5 Days Exam # CAPPS Implementing Cisco Collaboration Applications 5 Days Exam # SPEDGE Implementing Cisco Service Provider Next-Generation Edge Network Services 5 Days Exam # TVOICE Troubleshooting Cisco Unified Communications 5 Days Exam # CISCO CERTIFIED INTERNETWORK EXPERT COLLABORATION (CCIE COLLABORATION) CISCO CERTIFIED INTERNETWORK EXPERT SERVICE PROVIDER (CCIE SERVICE PROVIDER) CCIE Collaboration Self Paced Written Exam # CCIE SP Tot 21 mei 2015: CCIE SP Written Exam # CIEC Cisco 360 Learning Program for CCIE Collaboration Advanced Workshop 5 Days Lab Exam Na 21 mei 2015: CCIE SP Written Exam # CCIE SP Lab Exam Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 29

30 Cisco Channel Partner Programma Cisco Channel Partner Programma Het Cisco Channel Partner Programma biedt Channel Partners oplossingen, trainingen, tools en ondersteuning die nodig zijn voor het succesvol bedienen van klanten. De nadruk ligt hierbij op kennisontwikkeling en specialisatie. Daarnaast geeft de status van een Cisco Channel Partner een onderscheidend vermogen ten opzichte van de concurrentie. Het programma kent vier verschillende certificeringsniveaus: Select, Premier, Silver en Gold. De certificeringniveaus zijn afhankelijk van de mate van kennis, advies, inzet en ondersteuning op het gebied van specifieke technologische specialisaties. Voor uitgebreide informatie kunt u terecht op. Overzicht Cisco Partner en Master Specialization COLLABORATION SECURITY CLOUD BUILDER Optie #1 Twee van de volgende Architecture specialisaties: Advanced Enterprise Networks Architecture Specialisatie Advanced Security Architecture Specialisatie Advanced Data Center Architecture Specialisatie Advanced IP NGN Architecture Specialisatie Optie #2 Vier van de volgende specialisaties: Advanced Enterprise Networks Architecture Specialisatie (Vereist) Advanced Security Architecture Specialisatie (Vereist) Advanced Collaboration Architecture Specialisatie Advanced Data Center Architecture Specialisatie Advanced IP NGN Architecture Specialisatie Eén Architecture specialisatie Technology Skills Depth Optie #1 Eén van de beschikbare Expess Specialisaties Optie #2 Small and Midsized Business Specialisatie Eén van de volgende specialisaties: Express Foundation Specialisatie Express Collaboration Specialisatie Eén Advanced Architecture Specialisatie Eén Advanced Technology Specialisatie (zie bovenstaande lijst) PLUS Eén van de volgende Advanced Technology specialisaties: Advanced Unified Fabric Technology Specialisatie Advanced Unified Computing Technology Specialisatie 1 Business Value Practitioner Advanced Unified Access Specialisatie Advanced Core and WAN Specialisatie 4 CCIE s 2 CCIE s Support Infrastructure Customer Satisfaction Select Premier Silver Gold Integrated Technology Skills Breadth Opmerking: De Silver partner status vervalt op 1 april Tot 1 april 2015 is het nog mogelijk om de Silver partner status te bemachtigen. De vermelde vereisten voor de Premier en Gold partner status zijn geldig vanaf 1 april ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

31 Business Value Practitioner Fit4Business Verplicht voor Cisco Gold Partners Als onderdeel van het officiële Cisco Channel Partner Programma heeft Cisco de Cisco Certified Business Value Practitioner als vereiste verplicht gesteld voor alle Gold Partners. Aangezien Global Knowledge Cisco heeft geholpen bij het ontwikkelen van deze Business Value-roles inclusief de bijbehorende certificeringen en trainingen kunnen wij, als enige ervaren opleider ter wereld, het volledige Business Value programma uitleveren. Voor het behalen van de Business Value Practitioner certificering dienen de volgende trainingen en examens gevolgd en succesvol afgelegd te worden: 3 Roles 2 Trainingen 3 Examens 2 en Business Value Analyst Business Value Specialist Business Value Practitioner Cisco Business Value Boot Camp (CBVBC) Executing Cisco Advanced Business Value Analysis and Design Techniques (BTEABVD) Cisco Business Value Specialist Cisco Certified Business Value Practitioner Laat ons u helpen bij het managen van uw Channel Partner status Door de complexiteit en de steeds veranderende eisen van het Cisco Channel Programma is het voor de meeste channel partners erg lastig en tijdrovend om te bepalen waar ze staan in het behalen of behouden van hun partner status. Global Knowledge kan u hierbij helpen. Door onze nauwe samenwerking met Cisco zijn we er namelijk van verzekerd dat we altijd over de laatste informatie beschikken met betrekking tot de channel partner vereisten. Deze informatie wordt direct ingevoerd in ons Fit4Business programma. Dit programma bevat een op maat gemaakte Fit4Business applicatie die speciaal ontwikkeld is om Channel Partners te helpen bij het behalen, behouden en/of verder uit te bouwen van hun partner status. Het is een end-to-end oplossing waarmee u grip houdt op het gehele certificering-, specialisatie- en competentie proces van uw channel partner status. Fit4Business biedt iedere klant een eigen dashboard, waarmee in één oogopslag gezien kan worden wat de focusgebieden zijn voor het behouden of verkrijgen van de gewenste channel partner status. Meer informatie over Fit4Business kunt u voorin in deze opleidingsgids vinden of op onze website /fit4business. Uiteraard kunt u voor vragen altijd contact met ons opnemen. Onze opleidingsadviseurs staan u graag te woord. Cisco Channel Partner Programma Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 31

32 Ontdek welke Data Center training het beste bij u past Data Center Interactive Learning Zone Cisco Technical Education Cisco Technical Education (CTE) is een e-learning portal met een grote verscheidenheid aan trainingsmodules voor veel verschillende Cisco platformen en technologieën, inclusief troubleshooting- en nieuwe product introductie trainingen. Deze portal wordt ook gebruikt door Cisco's technical assistance center (TAC) engineers. CTE is ontwikkeld voor Cisco klanten die zich willen verdiepen in de technologieën van Cisco en interesse hebben in digitale leermogelijkheden. Tevens is CTE erg geschikt om te combineren met traditionele trainingsmethoden. INHOUD CISCO TECHNICAL EDUCATION PORTAL E-learning: Training in de vorm van presentaties in audio of video on demand. Visuele product informatie: Product informatie met gedetailleerde specificaties ondersteund door afbeeldingen in hoge resolutie soms gecombineerd met audio en video. Remote hands-on labs: Gestructureerde, zelfsturende hands- on lab oefeningen waarbij gebruik gemaakt wordt van remote access naar Cisco equipment. Visuele instructies: Gedetailleerde en stapsgewijze instructies gecombineerd met illustraties en Flash animaties voor het uitvoeren van on-site upgrade en remedial services voor Cisco producten. Lab demonstraties: Praktijk oefeningen die in video on demand gepresenteerd worden inclusief gedetailleerde en begeleide demonstraties voor het uitrollen en uitvoeren van Cisco producten. De Data Center Interactive Learning Zone is een interactieve omgeving dat inzicht geeft hoe een modern datacenter is opgebouwd. U ziet in één oogopslag de producten, oplossingen en gerelateerde trainingen van onder meer Cisco, Microsoft, Citrix en VMware, zodat u eenvoudig uw gewenste datacenter training kunt vinden. /DC-Interactive-Learning-Zone Wanneer u gebruik wilt maken van CTE dan kunt u een licentie voor een jaar aanschaffen. Er zijn twee soorten licenties: 1. Een jaar lang toegang tot trainingmodules voor alle Cisco technologieën 2. Een jaar lang toegang tot trainingmodules voor één specifieke Cisco technologie. Meer informatie over Cisco CTE kunt u vinden op: /Cisco-CTE

33 Cisco Trainingen Alle trainingen worden in het Nederlands gegeven, tenzij anders vermeld op de website. Borderless Network - Routing & Switching CCNA R&S / CCDA Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices - Part 1 (CCNA) ICND1 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.195,- Deze cursus richt zich op de kennis en kwaliteiten die nodig zijn voor het installeren, beheren, configureren en verifiëren van een basis-ipv4- en -IPv6-netwerk. Dit zijn onder meer het configureren van een LAN-switch en een IP-router, het opzetten van een verbinding met een WAN en het ontdekken van fundamentele beveiligingsproblemen. Aan het einde van de cursus moet de deelnemer in staat zijn om onder toezicht een klein bedrijfsnetwerk te configureren, te implementeren en om oplossingen te bieden bij problemen. Deze cursus is bedoeld voor netwerktechnici en -beheerders die kleine bedrijfsnetwerken willen installeren en beheren en die hierbij probleemoplossing willen aanbieden. Dit is een cursus op basisniveau en ideaal voor personen voor wie netwerken nieuw zijn en die willen beginnen aan hun Cisco Career Certification-accreditatie. Bij aanvang van de training wordt er van uitgegaan dat de deelnemers over de volgende kennis beschikken: Basisvaardigheden op het gebied van Windows-navigatie en toetsenbordgebruik Basisvaardigheden op het gebied van internetgebruik Basiskennis van IP-adressen Global Knowledge biedt ook een introductiecursus aan voor netwerken. Het wordt aanbevolen om deze netwerkcursus te volgen voor de hier beschreven cursus. GK3150 Basiscursus netwerken. De ICND1 cursus is ter voorbereiding van het examen ICND1 Introduction to Cisco Network Devices Part 1 Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices - Part 2 (CCNA) ICND2 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.195,- Deze cursus biedt netwerkbeheerders op basisniveau en ondersteunend netwerk- en helpdeskpersoneel de kennis en vaardigheden aan die nodig zijn voor het installeren en beheren van een klein bedrijfsnetwerk, inclusief probleemoplossing. ICND2 v2.0 richt zich op inzicht in redundante topologieën, probleemoplossing bij vaak voorkomende netwerkproblemen, configuratie van EIGRP en meervoudige OSPF binnen zowel IPv4 en IPv6, inzicht in WANtechnologieën en vertrouwdheid met apparaatbeheer en Cisco-licenties. Deze versie van ICND2 bevat meer labs en probleemoplossingsscenario s. Deze cursus is bedoeld voor personen die hun CCNA Routing and Switching - certificaat willen behalen en voor presales- en post-sales-technici die betrokken zijn bij de installatie en de ondersteuning van bedrijfsnetwerken. Bij aanvang van de training wordt er van uitgegaan dat de deelnemers over kennis van fundamentele netwerkbegrippen beschikken en in staat zijn om: Local Area Networks te implementeren Internetverbindingen te installeren De beveiliging van netwerkapparatuur te beheren WAN-verbindingen op te zetten Basis-IPv6-verbindingen op te zetten Al deze vaardigheden kunnen worden opgedaan in de cursus ICND1 v2.0. De ICND2 cursus is ter voorbereiding van het examen ICND2 Introduction to Cisco Network Devices Part 2. Cisco CCNA Bootcamp (CCNAX - Accelerated) CCNABC Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.795,- Ons versnelde CCNA Boot Camp is een intensief programma dat is bedoeld om in korte tijd uw CCNA-certificaat te halen. Voor optimaal gebruik van de contacturen en een uitgebreide behandeling van de CCNA-stof hebben we een driedelig programma samengesteld dat bestaat uit voorbereiding, klassikale instructie en lab-practica na de bijeenkomsten. Stap 1: in de voorbereiding krijgt u een vragenlijst die u helpt bepalen waar u bent in uw studietraject. Deze voorbereiding bestaat uit circa vijf uur e-learning en is bedoeld om u een stevig fundament te geven en u op de juiste zaken te richten tijdens de contacturen. Stap 2: de klassikale instructie bestaat onder meer uit een intensieve training onder leiding van een instructeur en uit praktijksituaties. Deelnemers leren om een basis-ipv4- of IPv6-netwerk te installeren, beheren, configureren en verifiëren, onder meer door een LAN-switch en een IP-router te configureren, basisveiligheidsproblemen te herkennen, inzicht te krijgen in redundante topologieën, oplossingen aan te bieden voor vaak voorkomende netwerkproblemen, verbindingen te maken met een WAN, EIGRP en OSPF te configureren voor zowel IPv4 als IPv6, inzicht te krijgen in WANtechnologieën en vertrouwd te raken met apparaatbeheer en Cisco-licenties. U heeft tijdens de cursus 24 uur per dag toegang tot de labs. Stap 3: na de cursus krijgt u tien e-labcredits die u kunt gebruiken voor extra lab-ervaring waarmee u uw vaardigheden kunt bijslijpen met dezelfde apparatuur die u ook hebt gebruikt bij de klassikale bijeenkomsten. U krijgt ook zelftestsoftware, toegang tot de unieke CCNA Xtra-materialen van Global Knowledge (video s en extra studiehulpmiddelen) en revisiedocumenten, die allemaal zijn bedoel om u te helpen bij de laatste fase van uw opleiding, die bestaat uit oefenen, oefenen en nog eens oefenen. + Gratis examencoupon Personen die graag het Cisco CCNA Routing and Switching-certificaat willen behalen. De cursus is ook geschikt voor pre-sales- en post-salesnetwerkbeheerders die betrokken zijn bij de installatie en de ondersteuning van complete bedrijfsnetwerken. Bij aanvang van de training wordt er van uitgegaan dat de deelnemers over de volgende kennis beschikken: Basisvaardigheden op het gebied van Windows-navigatie en toetsenbordgebruik Basisvaardigheden op het gebied van internetgebruik Basiskennis van IP-adressen Global Knowledge biedt ook een introductiecursus aan voor netwerken. Het wordt aanbevolen om deze netwerkcursus te volgen voor de hier beschreven cursus. GK3150 Basiscursus netwerken. De CCNABC cursus is ter voorbereiding van het examen CCNA - Dit examen is een composite examen en is samengesteld uit de inhoud van ICND1 en ICND2. Cisco Trainingen 33

34 CCNP R&S/ CCDP Designing for Cisco Internetwork Solutions Implementing Cisco IP Routing Implementing Cisco Switched Networks Cisco Trainingen DESGN Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.095,- Deze klassikale, door een instructeur geleide cursus, is bedoeld om studenten in staat te stellen om van klanten de Internetworking vereisten te verzamelen, oplossingen te definiëren en netwerk infrastructuur ontwerpen te ontwikkelen met de benodigde basis elementen voor de voorgestelde oplossingen aan de klant. De bedoeling van deze cursus is om de studenten te voor zien van de kennis en vaardigheden die nodig zijn om associate niveau competentie te bereiken in netwerk ontwerp. De DESGN cursus is de eerste cursus in een design/ontwerp curriculum die de design certificering ondersteund. De cursus richt zich op de technologie en methodieken die nu beschikbaar zijn. De doelgroep voor deze cursus zijn pre-sales en post-sales netwerk engineers die betrokken zijn bij netwerk ontwerp, planning en implementatie. Ook personen die zich willen kwalificeren voor de Cisco Certified Design Associate CCDA certificering of de Cisco Certified Design Professional CCDP certificering, behoren tot de doelgroep. ICND1 is nu vereist om de CCDA certificering te kunnen behalen Een wat hoger kennisniveau van Switching is aanbevolen. De SWITCH cursus biedt hiervoor het juiste kennisniveau. Recommended as preparation for exam(s): DESGN - Designing for Cisco Internetwork Solutions This course is part of the CCDA certification. ROUTE Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.395,- This 5 day course is designed to provide professionals working with medium to large networks with the skills and knowledge required to incorporate advanced routing concepts when implementing scalability for Cisco routers that are connected to LANs and WANs. Delegates will be able to dramatically increase the number of routers and sites using these techniques instead of redesigning the network when additional sites or wiring configurations are added. Labs are an important feature of this course with 2 different types of labs being used to aid learning, discovery labs are instructor guided labs through which students explore new topics in an interactive way, the challenge Labs are designed to test students understanding of the topics being taught and to provide vital hands-on practice. This course is intended for Network professionals who want to correctly implement routing based solutions within a given network design, using Cisco IOS services and features, where implementation includes planning, configuring and verification. Attendees should meet the following prerequisites: ICND1 - Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices Part 1 ICND2 - Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices Part 2Or CCNABC - Cisco CCNA Certification Fast Track Programme Practical experience in installing, operating and maintaining Cisco routers & switches in an enterprise environment is recommended. Recommended preparation for exam(s): ROUTE - Implementing Cisco IP Routing This exam is required for those delegates wishing to achieve either the Cisco Certified Network Professional for Routing and Switching or the Cisco Certified Design Professional Certifications. SWITCH Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.395,- This is a five-day course designed to help students prepare to plan, configure, and verify the implementation of complex enterprise switching solutions for campus environments using the Cisco Enterprise Campus Architecture. Labs are an important feature of this course with 2 different types of labs being used to aid learning, discovery labs are instructor guided labs through which students explore new topics in an interactive way, the challenge Labs are designed to test students understanding of the topics being taught and to provide vital hands-on practice. This course is intended for Network Professionals who need to implement and support switch based solutions within a given network design using Cisco IOS services and features. Attendees should meet the following prerequisites: ICND1 - Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices Part 1 ICND2 - Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices Part 2Or CCNABC - Cisco CCNA Certification Fast Track Programme Practical experience in installing, operating and maintaining Cisco routers & switches in an enterprise environment is recommended. Recommended preparation for exam(s): SWITCH - Implementing Cisco Switched Networks This exam is required for those delegates wishing to achieve either the Cisco Certified Network Professional for Routing and Switching or the Cisco Certified Design Professional Certifications. 34 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

35 CCIE R&S Troubleshooting and Maintaining Cisco IP Networks CCIE Routing & Switching Written TSHOOT Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.395,- This five day course is designed to provide professionals who work in complex network environments with the skills that they need to maintain their networks and to diagnose and resolve network problems quickly and effectively. The course will provide information about troubleshooting and maintaining particular technologies, as well as procedural and organizational aspects of the troubleshooting and maintenance process. A large part of the training will consist of practicing these skills and reinforcing the concepts by putting them to use in a controlled environment. At the end of the course,delegates will have increased their skill level and developed a set of best practices based on their own experiences and those of other delegates that they can then take back into their own organizations. This course is intended for Network professionals who want to increase their skills at maintaining and troubleshooting complex Cisco IP networks. This course is required for those looking to achieve the Cisco CCNP Certification Attendees should meet the following prerequisites: Valid CCNA (ICND1, ICND2 Or CCNABC) ROUTE - Implementing Cisco IP Routing SWITCH - Implementing Cisco Switched Networks Practical experience in installing, operating and maintaining Cisco routers & switches in an enterprise environment is recommended. Recommended preparation for exam(s): TSHOOT - Troubleshooting and Maintaining Cisco IP Networks This exam is required for those delegates wishing to achieve the Cisco Certified Network Professional for Routing and Switching Certification. CCIERSW Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.995,- This instructor-led theory course is designed to build upon the knowledge gained from the CCNP or CCIP Certification. This course will refresh and enhance your knowledge, focusing on the key areas required in preparation for the CCIE Routing & Switching WrittenExam v5.0. The CCIE Routing & Switching (R&S) Written and Lab exams are being revised from v4.0 to v5.0 to align with changing industry job roles and the addition of new study materials. The last day to test for both the Written and Lab v4.0 exams will be June 3, CCIE 360 R&S Advanced Workshop 1 The CCIE Routing & Switching Written and Lab exams v5.0 will be available for testing begining June 4, This course is aimed at anyone studying for the CCIE Routing & Switching Written exam ( ). Attendees whould meet the following prerequisites: CCNP Routing and Switching - ROUTE, SWITCH, TSHOOT, QoS - Implementing Cisco Quality of Service (QoS) Recommended as preparation for exam(s): CCIE Routing & Switching WrittenExam v5.0 Cisco Trainingen CIERS1 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.495,- Designing Cisco Network Service Architectures ARCH Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.395,- This course is designed to enable students to perform the conceptual, intermediate, and detailed design of a network infrastructure that supports desired networks solutions over intelligent network services, to achieve effective performance, scalability, and availability. ARCH enables learners applying solid Cisco network solution models and recommended design practices to provide viable, stable enterprise internetworking solutions. The course presents concepts and examples necessary to design converged enterprise networks. Advanced network infrastructure technologies, such as Virtual Private Networks (VPNs) and wireless communications are also covered. This course is intended for individuals seeking the Cisco CCDP certification and those working toward the Cisco CCDE certification. Presales and postsales network engineers that are involved in network design, planning, and implementation,network administrators and designers that are responsible for designing and implementing the enterprise network. Attendees should meet the following prerequisites: Valid CCNA in Routing and Switching - ICND1 and ICND2 or CCNABC Valid CCDA - DESGN Attended ROUTE and SWITCH Recommended preparation for exam(s): ARCH Designing Cisco Network Service Architectures This is one of three exams required for the Cisco Certified Design Professional Certification (CCDP). This 5 day course provides knowledge and hands-on experience related to both configuring and troubleshoting the following Cisco Routing and Switching topics:cisco Catalyst Switch core configuration tasks, Interior gateway protocols (IGPs): Open Shortest Path First (OSPF), Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP), and Routing Information Protocol version 2 (RIPv2), Route redistribution, Border Gateway Protocol (BGP), MPLS Layer 3 VPN s, IP multicast, Router and Cisco Catalyst quality of service (QoS). After completing the lectures on these technologies that include best practice you will complete labs based on that specific technology. If you have purchased the CCIE 360 E-learning Packages, please do not attempt the 360RSW05-LAB-GA01 or 360RSW05- LAb-GA02 before attending this class. Students booking this workshop as a standalone product, not bundled with e-learning will also receive access to preassessment lab, Workbook (20 labs) Reference Library 200 hours virtual rack rental This course is recommended for CCIE candidates who are preparing for the CCIE Routing and Switching Lab Exam. Attendees should meet the following prerequisites: A valid CCNP or CCIP certification or equivalent understanding of configuring and troubleshooting data link layer technologies, IGP routing protocols, basic redistribution and BGP. Attained a passing score on the CCIE written exam Recommended as preparation for: The Cisco CCIE Practical Exam. The CCIE lab exam is an eight-hour, hands-on exam which requires you to configure and troubleshoot a series of complex networks to given specifications. Knowledge of troubleshooting is an important skill and candidates are expected to diagnose and solve issues as part of the CCIE lab exam. You will not configure end-user systems, but are responsible for all devices residing in the network (hubs, etc.). Point values and testing criteria are provided. Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 35

36 Overig Routing & Switching CCIE 360 R&S Advanced Workshop 2 Configuring BGP on Cisco Routers Cisco Content Services Gateway 2 Cisco Trainingen CIERS2 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.995,- CIERS-2 provides an intensive, hands-on experience that includes four 8-hour Cisco CCIE-level labs and one 4-hour CCIE-style lab. Delegates perform five Performance Assessment Labs on five separate days,establishing a performance trend that allows the learners to determine their level of readiness to attempt the actual Cisco CCIE Routing and Switching lab. After performing each of the five Performance Assessment Labs that are delivered in this course, learners receive detailed feedback on each section of the lab. This feedback includes a web-linked Score Card. Delegates will be able to refine their endto-end test-taking strategies and methods by applying these strategies and methods to five labs on five consecutive days. This approach helps to refine both time and stress-management techniques. Delegates will need to bring their own laptops to this class as Cisco will provide the courseware electronically. Delegates should expect the days to be long. Students booking this workshop as a standalone product, not bundled with e-learning will also receive access to preassessment lab, Workbook (20 labs) Reference Library 200 hours virtual rack rental This course is designed for anyone who is in the final phase of preparation for the Cisco CCIE Routing and Switching lab exam and who is within three to six weeks of the lab date. Attendees should meet the following prerequisites: Passed the CCIE R&S written exam (v4) or (v5) Completed Cisco Advanced Instructorled Workshop I (CIERS-1) or its equivalent, or haverecorded a strong attempt at the actual Cisco CCIE Routing and Switching lab. Possess a solid understanding of the core technologies that are encountered in the Cisco CCIE Routing and Switching lab. These technologies include:cisco CatalystSwitch baseline tasks, Open Shortest Path First (OSPF), Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP), Routing Information Protocol version 2 (RIPv2), route redistribution, and Border Gateway Protocol (BGP). Recommended as preparation for : The Cisco CCIE Practical Exam. The CCIE lab exam is an eight-hour, hands-on exam which requires you to configure and troubleshoot a series of complex networks to given specifications. Knowledge of troubleshooting is an important skill and candidates are expected to diagnose and solve issues as part of the CCIE lab exam. You will not configure end-user systems, but are responsible for all devices residing in the network (hubs, etc.). Point values and testing criteria are provided. BGP Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.395,- The Configuring BGP on Cisco Routers (BGP) v3.2 course provides students with in-depth knowledge of BGP, the routing protocol that is one of the underlying foundations of the Internet and new-world technologies such as Multi-protocol Label Switching (MPLS). This curriculum covers the theory of BGP, configuration of BGP on Cisco IOS routers, detailed troubleshooting information and hands-on exercises that provide students with the skills needed to configure and troubleshoot BGP networks in customer environments. Different service solutions in the curriculum cover BGP network design issues and usage rules for various BGP features preparing students to design and implement efficient, optimal and trouble free BGP networks. This course is intended for technical engineers and delegates seeking professional level certification including Cisco Certified Internetwork Professional (CCIP) or Cisco Certified Internetwork Expert (CCIE). Delegates are required to meet the following prerequisites: Valid CCNA Valid BSCI Recommended as preparation for exam: BGP is part of the Cisco Certified Internetwork Professional Qualification Global Site Selector Operation & Configuration GSSOC Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.995,- This is a three-day hands-on instructorled course that teaches delegates how to design in and deploy the Cisco Global Services Switch (GSS) 4492R to load balance multiple Data Centers.All of the key features of the GSS 4492R are covered including the new command-line interface(cli)commands for the improved configuration for global server load balancing (GSLB), modification of the GSS configuration through import and export of a flat text file, and configuring keepalive groups that allow the GSS to check the availability of multiple devices. Individuals responsible for the planning, design, and implementation of the Cisco Global Site Selector systems in an IP CSG2 Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 2.595,- The Cisco Content Services Gateway 2 (CSG2) Advanced Training course provides the learners with Cisco Mobile Internet (MI) infrastructure knowledge and skills and focusing on the Cisco CSG2. The course starts with an overview of the Cisco 7600 platform, the Cisco Service and Application Module for IP (SAMI) card and featuressuch as VLANs, routing, access control lists (ACLs) and Network Time Protocol (NTP). The rest of the course provides an overview of the CSG2 hardware and functionality and addresses features such as user authentication, supervisor and SAMI configuration, CSG2 configuration, protocol inspection, Network-Based Application Recognition (NBAR), Quality of Service (QoS) and high availability. Troubleshooting information and labs help students to enhance their practical skills. environment that uses DNS for name/ip address resolution. Attendees should have the following skills: Basic understanding of TCP Working Knowledge of the basic functionality of Server Load Balancers Working Knowledge of basic DNS Working Knowledge of basic HTTP Network engineers and administrators who deploy, maintain and operate the Cisco mobile infrastructure and IP service control solutions based on the Cisco CSG2. Attendees should meet the following prerequisites: Basic knowledge of mobile wireless solutions Solid Cisco IOS Knowledge - CCNAlevel recommended - the knowledge can best be gained by attending the Interconnecting Cisco Networking Devices Part 1 and Part 2 courses (ICND1 and ICND2). There is currently no exam aligned to this course. fundamentals CCNA level knowledge of Routing and Switching ICND1 recommended There is currently no exam aligned to this course. 36 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

37 IPv6 Fundamentals, Design and Deployment IP6FD Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.795,- Implementing Cisco Multicast MCAST Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.995,- Implementing Cisco MPLS versie 2.3 MPLS Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.695,- Deze vijfdaagse cursus verzorgt de kennis en de vaardigheden voor netwerk engineers en techneuten die in de enterprise sector werkzaam zijn, om de IP version 6 (IPv6) fuuncties van Cisco IOS Software te bestuderen en te configureren. Deze cursus verzorgt een overzicht van de IPv6 technologien, behandeld IPv6 ontwerp en implementatie enbeschrijft de IPv6 operatie, addressing, routing, services en transition. Tevens leert u hoe u IPv6 in een enterprise en service provider netwerk omgeving kunt uitrollen. Hands-on labs en case studies worden gebruikt om mogelijke uitrol scenario s te behandelen. De primaire doelgroep voor deze cursus is netwerk engineers en technicians die werkzaam zijn in de enterprise sector Vean deelnemers wordt de volgende voorkennis verwacht: Cisco CCNA certificering. ICND1en ICND2 of CCNABCverplicht CCNP kennis niveau van networking en routing is verplicht. (ROUTE) isaanbevolen alhoewel er geen formele certificering op CCNP level isverplicht Parate kennis van het Microsoft Windows operating system. There is currently no exam aligned to this course. Implementing Cisco Multicast is a five-day instructor-led course designed to provide technical solutions for simple deployments of IP multicast within a provider or customer network. This course covers the fundamentals of IP multicasting including multicast applications, sources, receivers, group management, and IP multicast routing protocols (such as Protocol Independent Multicast [PIM]) used within a single administrative domain (intradomain). The issues of switched LAN environments and reliable IP multicasting have also been incorporated. The labs incorporated in this course provide delegates with hands-on experience of the configuration and troubleshooting guidelines for implementing IP multicast on Cisco routers. This course is intended for pre and post-sales technical engineers responsible for designing, implementing, and/or troubleshooting basic IP multicast enabled networks within a single domain. Attendees should meet the following prerequisites: ICND1 - Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices Part 1 ICND2 - Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices Part 2Or CCNABC - Cisco CCNA Certification Fast Track ProgrammePlus ROUTE - Implementing Cisco IP Routing There is currently no exam aligned to this course. This course is designed as arefresh of the Implementing Cisco MPLS (MPLS) v2.3 instructor-led training (ILT) course, which is used for the Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS) Cisco CCIP certification tract. This update to the course reflects the most-recent developments in network design and technologies, using real-world scenarios to help reinforce the learning of key objectives. This course is aimed at network administrators and technicians responsible for implementing and troubleshooting basic IP multicast-enabled networks within a single domain. Cisco CCNP, CCDP, CCIE, and CCIP routing and switching candidates Attendees should meet the following prerequisites: Delegates should hold a valid CCNA or equivalent knowledge Delegates should have attended the ROUTE or equivalent knowledge Delegates should have attended the BGP or equivalent knowledge Recommended preparation for exam(s): MPLS - Implementing Cisco MPLS This course is part of the Cisco Internetwork Professional Certification. Cisco Trainingen Implementing Cisco MPLS Traffic Engineering & Other Features MPLST Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.245,- Implementing Cisco Catalyst 6500 Series Switches RSCAT6K Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.995,- This five-day course will enable customers to gather information from the technology basics to some of the more updated features and functions such as Traffic Engineering, Carrier Supporting Carrier and Any Transport over MPLS (AToM). The focus of the course is on technology issues of MPLS from the Service Providers perspective and how to configure some of those features and functions in an existing routed environment. Customized training is available to emphasize the specific requirements of the customer s network and business demands. The course is delivered in a balance of lectures, hands-on labs, and white board discussions The Implementing Cisco MPLS Traffic Engineering and Other Features (MPLST) course is recommended training for individuals seeking advanced MPLS based knowledge and skills. Delegates are required to meet the following prerequisites: CCNA or equivalent knowledge BSCI Building Scaleable Cisco Internetworks course BGP - Configuring BGP on Cisco Routers Course QoS Implementing Cisco Quality of Service MPLS Implementing MPLS or have equivalent knowledge. Practical experience with deploying and operating networks based on Cisco IOS and network devices is strongly recommended. Recommended as preparation for exam: TBA The Catalyst 6500 Switch has been a core component of a Cisco network for many years and this course has been specifically designed for system and field engineers, consulting system engineers, technical solutions architects,cisco integrators and Cisco Partners who install and implement the Cisco Catalyst 6500 Series Switches. The course covers the key components and procedures that are needed to install, configure, manage, and troubleshoot the Cisco Catalyst 6500 Series Switches in the network environment. Anyone involved in the installation and maintenance of a Cat 6K. Attendees should meet the following prerequisites: Cisco CCNA level knowledge is recommended - either ICND1 and ICND2 or CCNABC There is currently no exam aligned to this course. Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 37

38 Borderless Network - Wireless CCNA Wireless CCNP Wireless Cisco Trainingen Implementing Unified Wireless Networking Essentials IUWNE Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.395,- Nederlands De Implementing Cisco Unified Networking Essentials training is een training van vijf dagen, ontworpen omvoor te bereiden op de CCNA Wireless certificering, een associate level certificering gespecialiseert in draadloze verbindingen. Het doel van de IUWNE is studenten te voorzien vaninformatie en praktijk ervaring die nodig is om hen voor te bereiden op het ontwerpen, installeren, configureren en het monitoren van standaard troubleshoot taken op een Cisco WLAN in een SMB en Enterprise installaties. Dit is een associate level training met alleen entry level informatie en gaat niet in op meer geavanceerde onderwerpen van de Cisco WLAN netwerkoplossingen. Het publiek voor deze cursus is primair diegenen die geinteresseerd zijn in het verkrijgen van een overzicht van Cisco WLAN en de technologien die kunnen worden uitgerold in dat netwerk. Het is een ideale cursus voor diegenen die onbekend zijn met wirelessen op zoek zijn naar het bereiken van het 1e niveau van wireless certificering. Van deelnemers wordt de volgende voorkennis verwacht: ICND1 - Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices Part 1 v2.0 Het is bovendien aanbevolen dat de deelnemeners een basis kennis hebben van Cisco lifecycle deployment, SONA, Wireless standards (IEEE), wireless regulator environment (FCC, ETSI, etc) enwireless certification organisation (WIFI alliance) voordat er word deelgenomen aan de cursus. Recommended as preparation for exam(s): IUWNE Implementing Cisco Unified Wireless Networking Essentials This exam is required for those delegates wishing to obtain the CCNA Wireless Concentration Implementing Cisco Unified Wireless Mobility Services IUWMS Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.795,- Deze cursus is ontwikkeld om te ondersteunen bij de voorbereiding voor het professional-level CCNP Wireless Certification. Deelnemers leren hoe ze mobillity services kunnen integreren in het netwerk, hoe de wireless LAN (WLAN) kan worden getuned en ge-troubleshoot en hoe ze indoor enterprise mesh netwerken kunnen implementeren. Er worden handon labs gebruikt om de cursus materialen te ondersteunen en de deelnemers ervan te verzekeren dat ze voldoende stevige kennis vergaren over hoe ze mobility services in het wireless network kunnen implementeren. Wireless netwerk engineers, mid-level wireless support engineers, wireless test engineers, wireless netwerk designers, en andere IT professionals die de taak hebben om site surveys voor WLAN oplossing implementaties uit te voeren of te beheren. Individuen die het CCNP Wireless certificaat wensen te behalen. Van deelnemers wordt de volgende voorkennis verwacht: CCNA in Wireless (ICND1, ICND2 en IUWNE) Recommended preparation for exam(s) : IUWMS Implementing Cisco Unified Wireless Mobility Services This is one of the four exams required to achieve the Cisco CCNP Wireless Certification Conducting Cisco Unified Wireless Site Survey v2.0 Implementing Cisco Unified Wireless Voice Networks IUWVN Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.795,- Deze cursus is ontwikkeld om voor te bereiden op de professional-level CCNP Wireless certificering, je leert hoe je een VoWLAN service moet integreren in het WLAN en hoe je QOS en high-bandwidth applicaties kunt implementeren in het wireless network. De training ondersteund met hands-on labs waarbij je leert om QOS te configureren op een controller en hoe je end-to-end QoS kunt configureren op een router en hoe je QoS parameters kunt vastleggen en analyseren, hoe je een WLAN van het WCS kunt managen en hoe je de netwerk infrastructuur kunt verifieren. Wireless network engineers, mid-level wireless support engineers, wireless test engineers, wireless network designers en andere IT professionals die de taak hebben om een WLAN te installeren, configureren, opereren en troubleshooten. Individuen die de CCNP Wireless certificering wensen te behalen. Van deelnemers wordt de volgende voorkennis verwacht: CCNA in Wireless (ICND1en ICND2 plus IUWNE) Recommended preparation for exam(s) : IUWVN Implementing Cisco Unified Wireless Voice Networks This is one of the four exams required to achieve the Cisco CCNP Wireless Certification CUWSS Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.795,- Dit is een vijfdaagse cursus ontwikkeld om deelnemers te voorzien van de kennis en de vaardigheden om een wireless site survey technisch te plannen en uit te voeren. Hands-on labs worden gebruikt om de basis doelen te versterken en deelnemers worden geacht in staat te zijn om een RF netwerk te ontwerpen en om een post installatie assesment te doen bij voltooing van de cursus. Wireless netwerk engineers, mid-level wireless support engineers, wireless test engineers, wireless netwerk designersenandere IT professionals die de taak hebben om een site survey voor WLAN oplossing implementaties te beheren of uit te voeren. Individuen die de CCNP Wireless certificering willen behalen. Van deelnemers wordt de volgende voorkennis verwacht: Interconnecting Cisco Networking Devices Part 1 (ICND1) Interconnecting Cisco Networking Devices Part 2 (ICND2) Implementing Cisco Unified Wireless Networking Essentials (IUWNE) Recommended preparation for exam(s) : CUWSS - Conducting Cisco Unified Wireless Site Survey This exam is one of the four exams required to achieve the Cisco CCNP Wireless Certification 38 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

39 Wireless Overig Implementing Advanced Cisco Unified Wireless Security IAUWS Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.795,- In deze cursus, die is bedoeld om voor te bereiden op het professional-level CCNP Wireless certificaat, leer je om wireless netwerken te beveiligen tegen security threats met behulp van de geschikte security policies en best practices. De implementatie van security standaarden en de configuratie van security componenten zijn belangrijke componenten van deze cursus en de hands-on labs zijn toegevoegd om de concepten, policies en praktijken die nodig zijn om hoe een netwerk te beveiligen te demonstreren. Wireless netwerk professionals die nodig zijn om de diverse security eisen voor diverse uitrol modellen te definieren. Individuen die de CCNP Wireless Certification wensen te behalen. van deelnemers wordt de volgende voorkennis verwacht: CCNA in Wireless ( ICND1en ICND2 plus IUWNE ) Recommended preparation for exam(s): IAUWS - Implementing Advanced Cisco Unified Wireless Security This exam is one of the four exams required to achieve the Cisco CCNP Wireless Certification. Cisco Wireless Mesh Networking CWMN Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.995,- During this instructor-led technical course you will learn how to design, install, and maintain a wireless mesh network both as an add-on to an existing wireless LAN and as a new installation. This course is intended for System Engineers and may also so be of benefit to internal and external Cisco sales personnel Attendees should meet the following prerequisites: Legacy course Cisco Airespace Installation and Administration and Maintenance (CAIAM) v2 or v3 Cisco Unified Wireless Networks (CUWN) v4 Cisco Wireless LAN Fundamentals (CWLF) Cisco Wireless LAN Advanced Topics (CWLAT) There is currently no exam aligned to this course. Deploying Cisco Wireless LANs (WDBWL-WDAWL) DCWL Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.995,- This 5-day instructor-led, hands-on course provides learners with the skills and resources required to successfully plan, install, configure, troubleshoot, monitor, and maintain a Cisco Wireless LAN solution in a customer enterprise environment. The complexity of the topics covered build during the course, the first 3 days focus on Wireless Fundamentals such as: pre-deployment planning considerations, configuration of autonomous, unified and FlexConnect architectures, configuration of all base features, including wireless security, the administration of the WLAN network and the maintenance and troubleshooting of wireless network issues. The final two days looks at the more challenging real-world scenario s such as client mobility between subnets, high client densityand mesh network deployments. The course is written at software code level 7.5. This course is designed for engineers involved in the planning, deployment and managment of enterprise WLAN using both autonomous architecture and lightweight access points with controllers. Attendees should meet the following pre-requisites: Viewed Defining Cisco Wireless LAN Essentials (WLE) - 4 Hour ELT available on the CLN or via Global Knowledge. CCNA Level of Knowledge There is currently no exam aligned to this course. Managing Unified Access Networks with Cisco Prime Infrastructure WMUAPI Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 2.195,- The WMUAPI course establishes a strong foundation in managing the full range of Cisco wired and wireless infrastructure using Prime Infrastructure 2.0. During this course you will also explore the Application Visibility and Control capabilities of Prime Infrastructure through monitoring and troubleshooting problems on the network. The course puts the user in the context of a realistic customer scenario, and covers every aspect of Cisco Prime Infrastructure 2.0 s Lifecycle management approach. You will create Sites, Maps, Deploy configurations, perform device discovery as well as learn to set alarms and troubleshoot network and application issues. This course is intended for engineers, administrators or managers that need to understand the fundamentals of planning, installing, configuring, troubleshooting, and maintaining Cisco infrastructures using Cisco Prime Infrastructure 2.0. Managing Cisco Wireless LANs This course is focused on Cisco s Unified Wireless Network Management tools and is designed to provide engineers with the knowledge and skills required to configure, administer, manage, troubleshoot, and optimize the network. Any individual involved in managing a network that incorporates wireless devices. Attendees should meet the following pre-requisites: Attendance of the Cisco Prime Infrastructure 2.0 Essentials ELT training (available for free on Cisco s web site) C CNA-Wireless and CCNA-Route/ Switch level of knowledge would be of advantage Knowledge of network management and network management terminology Knowledge of wireless networks and wireless networking terminology Previous training in or experience with CiscoWorks and/or Network Control System (NCS) or Wireless Control System (WCS) would be advantageous (CUWN and WMNGI courses) There is currently no exam aligned to this course. WMNGI Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 2.195,- Attendees should meet the following prerequisites Attendance of the CUWN course Understanding of basic networking principles, network management, RF and Cisco Lifecylce Services There is currently no exam aligned to this course. Cisco Trainingen Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 39

40 Deploying Advanced Cisco Wireless LANs Borderless Network - Security Cisco Trainingen WDAWL Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.495,- This 2-day instructor-led, hands-on course builds upon the basic deployments course by presenting students with more challenging real-world deployments such as client mobility between subnets, high client density deployments, and mesh network deployments. Understanding the challenges you may encounter when configuring and troubleshooting a WLAN will help you make the right network design decicions. The format of the course allows you and the instructor to explore realistic use cases and best practices around more challenging deployment scenarios. The course is written at software code level 7.5. When booking WDBWL & WDAWL as a bundle, receive the WLE e-learning ( prework) for free. This course is designed for engineers responsible for the planning, deployment and management of the advanced functions of an enterprise WLAN using lightweight access points with controllers. Attendees should meet the following prerequisites: Viewed - WLE - Defining Cisco Wireless LAN Essentials available from CLN or Global Knowledge Attended WDBWL Deploying Basic Cisco Wireless LANs There is currently no exam aligned to this course. Deploying Basic Cisco Wireless LANs WDBWL Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 2.095,- This 3-day instructor-led, hands-on course provides learners with the skills and resources required to successfully plan, install, configure, troubleshoot, monitor, and maintain basic Cisco Wireless LAN solutions in a customer enterprise environment. Topics include pre-deployment planning considerations, configuration of autonomous, unified and FlexConnect architectures, configuration of all base features, including wireless security, the administration of the WLAN network and the maintenance and troubleshooting of wireless network issues. The course is written at software code level 7.5. When booking WDBWL & WDAWL as a bundle, receive the WLE e-learning ( prework) for free. This course is designed for engineers involved in the planning, deployment and managment of enterprise WLAN using both autonomous architecture and lightweight access points with controllers. Attendees should meet the following prerequisites: Viewed Defining Cisco Wireless LAN Essentials (WLE) - 4 Hour ELT available on the CLN or via Global Knowledge. Have Basic Networking Knowledge There is currently no exam aligned to this course. CCNA Security Implementing Cisco IOS Network Security IINS Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.395,- Implementing Cisco IOS Network Security (IINS) v2.0 is een klassikale cursus waarbij de noodzaak om een goed beveiligingsbeleid (security policy) op te zetten wordt uitgediept en waarin er wordt gekeken naar welke gevolgen dit heeft voor het netwerk. Er wordt gebruik gemaakt van de Cisco IOS security features en technologieen als medevoorbeelden uit de praktijk. De training behandeld de security controls van de Cisco IOS apparaten als mede de functionele introductie van de Cisco ASA adaptive security appliance. Door een instructeurr geleide discussies, lessen en hands-on lab oefeningen, geeft deze training de deelnemers de kennis en vaardigheden de nodig zijn voor het uitvoeren van basis de taken rondom het beveiligen van een klein kantoor netwerk gebruikmakend van Cisco IOS security features die beschikbaar zijn via de web-based GUIs (Cisco Configuration Professional) en de CLI op Cisco routers, switches en ASA appliances. This is an ideal course for those individuals looking for an entry level understanding of security on the network. Attendees should meet the following prerequisites: ICND1 - Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices Part 1 ICND2 - Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices Part 2 Or CCNABC - Cisco CCNA Certification Fast Track Programme Recommended preparation for exam(s): IINS Implementing Cisco IOS Network Security This exam is required for those delegates wishing to obtain the CCNA Security Concentration Certification CCNP Security Implementing Cisco Edge Network Security Solutions SENSS Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.495,- This course has been designed to provide students with the knowledge and skills required to implement and manage security on Cisco ASA firewalls, Cisco Routers with the firewall feature set and Cisco Switches. Students will gain hands-on experience with configuring various perimeter security solutions to mitigate outside threats and secure network zones. At the end of the course, students should be able to reduce the risk to their IT infrastructures and applications and provide detailed operations support for Cisco Switches, Cisco ASA, and Router security appliance features. This course is aimed at network professionals involved in the support and deployment of Cisco Edge Security solutions utilizing Cisco Switches, Cisco Routers and Cisco ASA Firewalls, as well as Individuals looking to obtain the Cisco Certified Network Professional Certification. Attendees should meet the following prerequisites: Cisco Certified Network Associate (CCNA ) certification Cisco Certified Network Associate (CCNA ) Security certification Knowledge of Microsoft Windows Operating System Recommended preparation for exam(s): Implementing Cisco Edge Network Security Solutions 40 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

41 Implementing Cisco Secure Mobility Security Overig SIMOS Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.495,- This course is designed to prepare network security engineers with the knowledge and skills they need to protect data traversing a public or shared infrastructure such as the Internet by implementing and maintaining Cisco VPN solutions. Students of this course will gain hands-on experience with configuring and troubleshooting remote access and site-to-site VPN solutions, using Cisco ASA adaptive Security Appliances and Cisco IOS routers. This course will be of benefit to security engineers involved in the support and deployment of Cisco VPN Solutions and individuals looking to obtain the Cisco Certified Network Professional for Security Certification. Attendees should meet the following prerequisites: Cisco Certified Network Associate (CCNA ) certification Cisco Certified Network Associate (CCNA ) Security certification Knowledge of Microsoft Windows Operating System Recommended preparation for exam(s): Implementing Cisco Edge Network Security Solutions Implementing Cisco Secure Access Solutions SISAS Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.495,- This course has been designed to provide engineers with the foundational knowledge and skills required to implement and manage network access security through the deployment of the Cisco Identity Services Engine and 802.1x Solution. Students will gain hands-on experience with configuring advanced Cisco security solutions to enable secure device connection to the network and for mitigating outside threats. At the end of the course, students will be able to reduce the risk to their IT infrastructures and applications using Cisco s ISE appliance features and provide operational support to identity and network access control. This course is aimed at engineers looking to deploy or support a Cisco s Identity Services Engine solution and individuals looking to achieve the Cisco Certified Network Professional Certification for Security. Attendees should meet the following prerequisites: Cisco Certified Network Associate Certification ICND1 and ICND2 or CCNABC Cisco Certified Network AssociateSecurity Certification ICND1 and IINS Knowledge of Microsoft Windows Operating System Recommended Preparation for Exam(s): Implementing Cisco Secure AccessSolutions Exam Introduction to 802.1X Operations for Cisco Security Professionals 8021X Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.995,- Deze driedaagse cursus is ontworpen om studenten te voorzien van de kennis en de vaardigheden benodigd om Cisco TrustSec oplossingen te configureren gebaseerd op de Cisco Identity Services module, Cisco Catalyst switches en Cisco Wireless LAN Controllers. Deze cursus introduceert de architectuur, componenten en functies van een Cisco TrustSec netwerk ontworpen rond de IEEE 802.1X en RADIUS protocols. Studenten verkrijgen basiskennis van de mogelijkheden en functies van het IEEE 802.1X protocol en de de mogelijkheid om een Cisco Identity Services Engine (ISE) voor 802.1X te configureren. Dit word geborgd in hands-on ervaring met het configureren van het netwerk voor 802.1x gebaseerde services. Security architects, design engineers, and other individuals seeking hands-on experience with Cisco TrustSec 802.1X deployments with Cisco ISE. Cisco Channel Partner systems engineers and field engineers looking to achive theeducation requirementsfor the Cisco ISE ATP Authorized Technology Provider. Deelnemers moeten voldoen aan de volgende voorkennis: Cisco CCNA, ICND1en ICND2 of CCNABC Deelnemen aan Securing Cisco Routers en Switches (SECURE) of equivalente kennis Kennis van Microsoft Windows Server 2008Active Directory Kennis van Cisco wireless LAN controllers en lightweight access points IUWNE, CUWN Recommended preparation for exam (s): PAISESE - System Engineers ATP ISE Exam This Exam is currently only required for System Engineers looking to achieve the ISE ATP accreditation. Implementing Cisco Secure Access Control System ACS Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.995,- In deze cursus leer je hoe je een veilige toegang tot network resources kunt creëren met gebruik van Cisco Secure Access Control System (ACS) 5.2. Je leert onder andere hoe de 4.x configuraties aansluiten op de 5.x configuratie. Je krijgt bovendien een blik op de toekomst van ACS technologie. Je leert over de rol en het belang van ACS in Cisco TrustSec, het is hetzelfde als TrustSec is uitgerold als een appliance-based overlay oplossing of als een netwerkgeintegreerde 802.1x oplossing. Je leert over user authentication en authorisatie, posture assessment, device profiling, guest access, data integrity en confidentiality, centralized policy, collaborative monitoring, troubleshooting, en reporting in Cisco TrustSec oplossingen. Cisco channel partners die Cisco ACS oplossingen verkopen, implementeren, en onderhouden en voor Security professionals, architecten, engineers en network Implementing Cisco Threat Control Systems SITCS Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.495,- This course has been designed to prepare security engineers with the knowledge and skills required to deploy Cisco s Next Generation Firewall (NGFW), Web Security, Security and Cloud Web Security solutions including Cisco Prime Security Mangaer for the mangement of identity policies. Students will gain hands-on experience with configuring various advance Cisco security solutions for mitigating outside threats and securing traffic traversing the firewall. At the end of the course, students should be able to reduce the risk to their IT infrastructures and applications using Cisco s Next Generation Firewall security appliance features and provide operational support for Intrusion Prevention Systems, Security, and Web based security appliances. This course is aimed at engineers invovled in the implementation and support of Cisco Security Solutions that include Cisco s Next Generation Firewall, Web administrators die verantwoordelijk zijn voor het beveiligen van hun netwerken en die ervoor zorgen dat er alleen toegang wordt verkregen door geauthentiseerde geauthoriseerde gebruikers, waarvan de activiteiten worden bijgehouden. Van deelnemers wordt de volgende voorkennis verwacht: CCNA ICND1 plus ICND2 of CCNABC aanbevolen CCNA Security IINS Security. Security and Cloud Web Security Applicances. This course is also required for engineers looking to achieve the Cisco Certified Network Professional Certification for Security. Attendees should meet the following prerequisites: Cisco Certified Network Associate Certification ICND1 and ICND2 or CCNABC Cisco Certified Network AssociateSecurity Certification ICND1 and IINS Knowledge of Microsoft Windows operating system Recommended Preparation for Exam(s): Implementing Cisco Threat Control Solutions Exam aanbevolen maar niet verplicht Parate kennis van het Microsoft windows operating system There is currently no exam aligned to this course. Cisco Trainingen Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 41

42 Cisco Trainingen Implementing NAC Appliance (Cisco CLean Access) CANAC Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.995,- This course is designed to teach delegates how to design & implement a Cisco NAC Appliance solution to suit your network. You will learn basic configuration tasks such as NAM and NAS deployment modes, authentication (including Windows SSO), role-based access control, posture assessment, and remediation. This course will be of interest for anyone responsible for the design, implementation, or support of a Cisco NAC Appliance installation and Cisco Channel Partners preparing for CCSP and NAC Specialist certification. Network Admission Control The knowledge and skills that a learner must have before attending this course are as follows: Fundamental knowledge of implementing network security or CCSP or Cisco Security CSQ SNRS or working knowledge of digital certificates BCSI or working knowledge of HSRP. This course will prepare delegates for the following exam; CANAC (Now part of the CCSP Certification and one of the three possible electives). NAC Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 2.195,- Network Access Devices (NADs) Switch (layer 2): NAC Phase 2 Network devices that enforce admission control policy on switches. This devices demand host security credentials and relay this information to policy servers, where network admission control decisions are made. Based on customer-defined policy, the network will enforce the appropriate admission control decision, permit, deny, quarantine, or restrict. Cisco Channel Partners/Resellers, Customers, Employees. Mitigating DDoS Using Cisco Guard and Traffic Anomaly Detector DDOS Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.395,- This course Mitigating DDoS Using Cisco Guard and Traffic Anomaly Detector (DDOS) v1.0, is an introductory end-user course focused on the basic deployment and configuration of the Cisco Guard (Guard) and Cisco Traffic Anomaly Detector (Detector) distributed denial of service (DDoS) mitigation solutions. The course covers recognizing threats posed by DDoS attacks, selecting the appropriate mitigation strategies, and successfully deploying Cisco DDoS mitigation solutions. This course includes hands-on lab practice in setting up and configuring Guard and Detector devices, creating zones and protection policies, and analyzing Guard attack reports for various DDoS attack scenarios. The target audience for this course is Network Designers, Network Administrators, Network Engineers, Network Managers, Program Managers, Project Managers and System Engineers. Attendees should meet the following prerequisites: ICND1 - Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices Foundation-level network knowledge and skills necessary to install, configure, operate, and troubleshoot network devices and applications. Basic knowledge of Cisco IOS networking and concepts Foundation-level network security knowledge and skills necessary to install, configure, operate and troubleshoot network security devices and applications including firewalls,intrusion detection systems and intrusion preventions systems. Basic knowledge of the Windows operating system There is currently no exam aligned to this course. Deploying Firewall Services with the Catalyst 6500 FWSM FWSM Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.795,- The Cisco Catalyst 6500 Firewall Services Module (FWSM) provides centralized firewall services under distributed control, allowing firewall services to be easily provisioned for deploying and scaling n-tier applications.in this course, you will learn how to design effective firewall services solutions with the Cisco Catalyst You will learn how to implement and deploy the FWSM, how to streamline the provisioning of multiple firewall contexts, and how to deploy the FWSM in high-availability configuration This course is delivered as part of the Global Knowledge and Firefly strategic alliance, providing delegates with the latest in Data Center technology. This course is designed for Systems Engineers and Field Engineers who need to design and implement firewall services using the FWSM. Securing with Cisco Security Appliance - Channel Partners PASESA Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 2.095,- This course is designed to help learners understand how to install, configure, and manage the Cisco Security Appliance in a small to medium-sized business and enterprise installation. Knowledge application and basic troubleshooting skills are reinforced with the use of hands-onlabs. This course is for Channel Partners looking to achieve their Security Accreditatation for Field Engineers. Individuals responsible for messaging implementations such as Enterprise messaging managers and system administrators, system designers, architects or Network managers. This course is specifically designed for Channel Partners looking to achieve their Security Accreditation. Attendees should meet the following prerequisites: TCP/IP Fundamentals Experience with Internet-based messaging, including Simple Mail Transfer Protocol(SMTP), Internet message formats, and Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions (MIME) ICND2 Recommended Delegates should meet the following prerequisites: CCNP certification or equivalent experience Familiarity with the architecture of the Catalyst 6500 platform Intermediate-level knowledge of firewall concepts, such as NAT and packet inspection There is currently no exam aligned to this course. Recommended Preparation for exam(s): ESFE Exam or ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

43 Securing the Web with Cisco Web Security Appliance SWSA Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.495,- Managing Advanced Cisco SSL VPN (CAVPN) SASSL Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 2.095,- Securing with Cisco Security Appliance SESA Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 2.195,- This course has been designed to help learners understand how to install, configure, manage, and troubleshoot a Cisco Web Security Applicance (WSA). Students will learn how to design, configure, administer, monitor, and troubleshoot the Cisco Web Security Appliance(WSA) in small to medium-sized business and enterprise installations. Extensive lab exercises provide attendees with critical hands-on product experience, providing a safe environment to experiment with malware etc. Individuals involved with the deployment and installation of the Cisco s Web Security Appliances, or Channel Partner s looking to achieve accreditation. Delegates should meet the following prerequisites: Knowledge of TCP/IP services, including Domain Name Server (DNS), Secure Shell (SSH), FTP, Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP), HTTP, and HTTPS is assumed. ICND2 Recommended Experience with IP Routing Recommended preparation for exam(s) : WSFE or This exam is only required for Field engineers looking to be certified to meet the Cisco Channel Partner requirement. This three-day course focuses on providing advanced knowledge and features of Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) VPNs on the Cisco Adaptive Security Appliance (ASA). Learners will be able to evaluate various deployment options for SSL VPNs and configure advanced features using the Cisco Advanced Security Device Manager (ASDM) GUI. Any engineer involved in the deployment and management of a SSL solution Attendees should meet the following prerequisites : Skills and knowledge equivalent to those learned in VPN Working knowledge of the Microsoft Windows operating system, including Microsoft Internet Explorer There is currently no exam aligned to this course. Implementing and Configuring Cisco Identity Services Engine This course is designed to help learners understand how to install, configure, and manage the Cisco Security Appliance in a small to medium-sized business and enterprise installation. Knowledge application and basic troubleshooting skills are reinforced with the use of hands-on-labs. Individuals responsible for messaging implementations such as Enterprise messaging managers and system administrators, system designers, architects or Network managers. Attendees should meet the following prerequisites: TCP/IP Fundamentals Experience with Internet-based messaging, including Simple Mail Transfer Protocol(SMTP), Internet message formats, and Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions (MIME) ICND2 Recommended Recommended Preparation for exam(s): There is currently no exam associated to this course. Delegates looking to acheive the Channel Partner Accreditation should attend the PASESA course. Cisco Trainingen Implementing Cisco AnyConnect Secure Mobility (IACSM) SIASM Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.495,- The Cisco AnyConnect Secure Mobility Solution (ACSM) provides web security for the borderless network. This solution brings together Cisco SSL VPN technology and Cisco IronPort content security. This comprehensive training course covers how to install, configure and administer ACSM. The course consists of hands-on labs and presentations. End Users: Network and Security Administrators, Network Architect and Customer Support Engineers Attendees should meet the following prerequisites: One of the following courses is required Web Security Channel Partner Training (WSCPT or SWSA) Securing Your Web with Cisco IronPort S-Series (SYEBC or SESA) PLUS Cisco Advanced SSL VPN Administration (CAVPN or SASSL) The AnyConnect Secure Mobility e-learning course is strongly recommended There is currently no exam aligned to this course. SISE Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.995,- This course discusses the Cisco Identity Services Engine (ISE) version 1.1.1, a next-generation identity and access control policy platform that provides a single policy plane across the entire organization combining multiple services, including authentication, authorization, and accounting (AAA), posture, profiling, device on-boarding, and guest management, into a single context-aware identity-based platform. The training provides learners with the knowledge and skills required to enforce security posture compliance for wired and wireless endpoints and enhance infrastructure security using the Cisco ISE. Individuals involved in the deployment and maintence of the Cisco ISE platform and Cisco Channel Partner engineers looking for Cisco ISE ATP accreditation. Attendees should meet the following prerequisites: Basic knowledge of Cisco IOS networking and concepts Foundation-level wireless knowledge and skills. IUWNE recommended. Foundation-level network knowledge and skills necessary to install, configure, operate, and troubleshoot network devices and applications CCNA Security certification ICND1 and ICND2 plus IINS Recommended preparation for exam (s): Implementing and Configuring Cisco Identity Services Engine This exam is only relevant for Field Engineers looking to achieve the Cisco ISE ATP Accreditation. Engineers looking for the Field Engineer Accreditation will also need to take the X exam. Implementing Cisco Identity Services Engine for Wireless Engineers SWISE Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.795,- This course has been designed to enable wireless engineers understand the concepts, architecture, and use cases of the Cisco Identity Services Engine Solution.This course provides students with the knowledge and skills required to implement a basic Cisco ISE solution. The focus is on ensuring that students can implement the core features required in most Identity Services Engine Solution deployments. Students should already be familiar with basic Cisco Wireless LAN Controller and Access Point configuration. This course is on ISE 1.2 Wireless Engineers new to deploying Cisco s Identity Services Engine Solutions. Attendees should meet the following prerequisites. Knowledge of basic 802.1X (It is recommended that the student take the free 802.1X E-learning on PEC before attending this training.) Basic understanding of Microsoft Active Directory or LDAP CCNA-level route and switch knowledge - ICND1 and ICND2 or CCNABC There is currently no exam aligned to this course. Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 43

44 Cisco Trainingen Managing Enterprise Security with Cisco Security Manager SSECMGT Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.995,- This is a five-day instructor-led course that is aimed at providing network security engineers with the knowledge and skills that are needed to configure and deploy Cisco Security Manager. The course also provides an overview of network security technologies, and includes case studies that are useful for deployment scenarios. Network Security engineers deploying Cisco Security Manager. Attendees should meet the following prerequisites: Cisco CCSP or CCNP Security Certification Understanding of networking and routing (on the CCNP level, but no certification is required). Understanding of different VPN technologies (such as DMVPN, GET VPN, and SSL VPN). Working knowledge of the Microsoft Windows operating system. There is currently no exam aligned to this course. Cisco ASA Express Security SAEXS Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.695,- This course has been designed to providean understanding of Cisco s ASA solution portfolio. Students will learn how to successfully configure various aspects of the Cisco ASA components including Cisco ASA NGFW, Cisco ASA NGFW Security Services and Cisco ASA Remote Access VPN including Clientless and AnyConnect. This course is aimed at engineers new to Cisco s Next Generation Firewall products and partners looking to acquire the Cisco Express Security accreditation. Attendees should meet the following prerequsites: Cisco ASA Overview (SAAOV) v1.0 Available as E-learning via PEC - Duration 6 hours Firewall knowledge Recommended as preparation for exam(s): ASA Express Security Exam Implementing Core Cisco ASA Security SASAC Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.495,- This five-day course aims to provide network security engineers with the knowledge and skills needed to implement and maintain Cisco ASA adaptive security appliance-based perimeter solutions. Delegates will be able to reduce risk to the IT infrastructure and applications using Cisco ASA adaptive security appliance features, and provide detailed operations support for the Cisco ASA adaptive security appliance. This course is focused on the features of 9.x Network engineers supporting Cisco ASA 9.x implementations Attendees should meet the following prerequisites: Hold a CCNA in Security ICND1 + IINS There is currently no exam aligned to this course. Implementing Advanced Cisco ASA Security SASAA Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.495,- This course provides up-to-date training on the key features of the post release of the Cisco ASA 5500-X Series Next-Generation Firewalls, focusing heavily on the advanced 9.x features of the CX Module and Clustering. Hands on labs are incorporated into the class to help underline the functionality of the CX Module.Other topics covered include IPv6 Enhancements and Cloud Web Security Integration. This course has been specifically designed for Network engineers supporting Cisco ASA 9.x implementations. Attendees should meet the following prerequisites: FIREWALL v1.0 or FIREWALL v2.0 or an equivalent knowledge of the Cisco ASA There is currently no exam aligned to this course. Implementing Cisco Bring Your Own Device Solutions SBYOD Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 2.195,- The Implementing Cisco Bring Your Own Device Solutions (SBYOD) 1.0 course is a three-day instructor-led course that is aimed at enabling Cisco customers and System Engineers (SEs) to understand advanced concepts, architecture, and use cases that are related to the Cisco Identity Services Engine (ISE). This course will also prepare learners to implement advanced Cisco ISE solutions. The focus is to extend the knowledge that is gained in the SWISE course material to ensure that students can implement additional, advanced features of Cisco ISE deployments. Engineers involved in the deployment and management of corporate security policies, that incorporate the Cisco Identity Services Engine Solution. Attendees should meet the following prerequisites: Cisco CCNA Wireless certification (ICND1+IUWNE) or commensurate wireless experience Basic knowledge of 802.1X Familiarity with Microsoft Active Directory and LDAP Have attended the SISE or SWISE course, or have commensurate field experience There is currently no exam aligned to this course. 44 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

45 Collaboration CCNP Voice CCNA Voice Implementing Cisco Unified Communications Part 1 Implementing Cisco Unified Communications Part 2 Introducing Cisco Voice and Unified Communications Administration ICOMM Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.495,- Deze cursus geeft een inleiding in de architectuur, componenten, functionaliteiten en eigenschappen van de Cisco Unified Communications-systemen en laat zien hoe dagelijkse taken als systeemmonitoring, verplaatsingen, toevoegingen en wijzigingen worden uitgevoerd in Cisco Unified Communications Manager, Cisco Unified Communications Manager Express, Cisco Unity Connection en Cisco Unified Presence. Deze cursus is bedoeld voor personen die een Cisco Unified Communicationssysteem willen beheren en onderhouden dat is gebaseerd op Cisco Unified Communications Manager, Cisco Unified Communications Manager Express, Cisco Unity Connection en Cisco Unified Presence. Deze cursus is ook verplicht voor deelnemers die het CCNA Voice-certificaat willen behalen. Bij aanvang van de training wordt er van uitgegaan dat de deelnemers over de volgende kennis beschikken: Praktijkkennis van geconvergeerde data- en voice-netwerken Basiskennis van Cisco IOS-gateways Basiskennis van Cisco Unified Communications Manager en Cisco Unity Connection De cursus ICND1 moet zijn gevolgd Aanbevolen voorbereiding voor het examen: CIPT1 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.495,- Deze cursus bereid de deelnemers voor op het implementeren van een Cisco Unified Communications Manager oplossing in een single-site omgeving. Deze cursus richt zich vooral op de Cisco Unified Communications Manager Version 8.0, dat is de call routing en signaling component voor de Cisco Unified Communications oplossing. Deelnemers verrichten post-installatie taken, configureren Cisco Unified Communications Manager, implementeren Media Gateway Control Protocol (MGCP) en H.323 gateways en ontwikkelen kies plannen om op het net en van het net calls te kunnen maken. De deelnemer leert ook om media resources, Cisco IP Phone Services, Cisco Unified Communications Manager native presence en Cisco Unified Mobility te implementeren. De primaire doelgroep voor deze cursus is Netwerk administrators, netwerk engineers en CCNP Voice kandidaten. Van deelnemers wordt de volgende voorkennis verwacht: Parate kennis van fundamentele termen en concepten van computer networking, inclusief LANs, WANs en IP switching and routing De vaardigheid om Cisco routers en switches te opereren en om VLANs en DHCP te creëren Basis kennis van digital interfaces, PSTN en VoIP Fundamentele kennis van samengevoegde voice en data networks De vaardigheid om Cisco IOS gateways te configureren met traditionele en VoIP call legs Voorafgaande deelname aan de volgende cursussen is aanbevolen: ICND1 en ICND2 ofccnabc, ICOMM en CVOICEV8 Recommended preparation for exam(s): Implementing CiscoCommunications Manager Part 1 CIPT1 is one of five courses required for the Cisco Certified Network Professional for Voice Career Certification. CIPT2 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.495,- Deze cursus is het vervolg op Implementing Cisco Unified Communications Manager, Part1 (CIPT1) v8.0 En bereid de kandidaten voor op het implementeren van een Cisco Unified Communications oplossing in een multisite omgeving. Het behandeld wereldwijde call routing, Cisco Service Advertisement Framework (SAF) en Call Control Discovery (CCD), tail-end hop-off (TEHO), Cisco Unified Survivable Remote Site Telephony (SRST), en mobility features zoals Cisco Device Mobility en Cisco Extension Mobility. Deelnemers passen een dial plan toe voor een multisite omgeving inclusief TEHO, configuratie survivability voor remote sites gedurende WAN failure en implementeren van oplossingen bandbreedte eisen te reduceren in het IP WAN. Deelnemers maken het ook mogelijk om Call Admission Control (CAC) toe te passen inclusief Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) Preconditions en automated alternate routing (AAR). De primaire doelgroep voor deze cursus is Netwerk Administrators, Network Engineers en CCNP Voice kandidaten. Van deelnemers wordt de volgende voorkennis verwacht: Parate kennis van samengestelde voice en data netwerken Parate kennis van MGCP, SIP en H.323 protocols en hun implementatie op Cisco IOS gateways Vaardugheid om Cisco routers and switches te configureren en opereren. Vaardigheid om Cisco Unified Communications Manager in een single-site omgeving te configureren en opereren Voorafgaande deelname aan CVOICE plus CIPT1 is vereist Recommended preparation for exam(s): Implementing Cisco Communications Manager Part 2 CIPT2 is one of five courses required for the Cisco Certified Network Professional for Voice Career Certification. Cisco Trainingen Implementing Cisco Voice Communications and QoS CVOICE Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.395,- Deze cursus verzorgt de basis kennis van voice gateways, de karakteristieken van VoIP call legs, dial plans en de implementatie daarvan, plus de basis implementatie van IP telefoons in een Cisco Unified Communications Manager Express omgeving, alsmede essentiële informatie over gatekeepers en Cisco Unified Border Element. Voice-gerelateerde QoS mechanismen die nodig zijn in eencisco Unified Communications netwerk zijn een onderdeel van deze cursus. De primaire doelgroep voor deze cursus is Netwerk Administrators, Network Engineers en CCNP Voice kandidaten. Van deelnemers wordt de volgende voorkennis verwacht: Parate kennis van fundamentele termen en concepten van computer networking inclusief LANs, WANs, en IP switching en routing De vaardigheid om Cisco IOS routers te configureren en beheren in een IP omgeving op CCNA niveau ICND1 of CCNABC is aanbevolen Basiskennis van traditionele voice, samengestelde voice en data netwerken op CCNA Voice Level ICOMM is aanbevolen Recommended preparation for exam(s): Implementing Cisco Voice Communications and QoS CVOICE is one of five courses required for the Cisco Certified Network Professional for Voice Career Certification Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 45

46 Cisco Trainingen Troubleshooting Cisco Unified Communications TVOICE Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.495,- Deze cursus verzorgt voor de kennis en vaardigheden die nodig zijn om Cisco Unified Communications systemen en oplossingen te troubleshooten in enterprise, midmarket, commerciele ontwerpen in single-site en multisite omgevingen. De cursus verzorgt troubleshooting methodologien, triage, resources, tools en reparaties voor het systeem of oplossingsniveau voor Cisco Unified Communications Manager. De primaire doelgroep voor deze cursus is: Netwerk Administrators en Network Engineers CCNP Voice kandidaten Van deelnemers wordt de volgende voorkennis verwacht: Parate kennis vansamengestelde voice en data networks CCIE Collaboration Parate kennis van MGCP, SIP enh.323 en hun implementatie op Cisco IOS gateways Parate kennis van Cisco Unified Communications Manager, Cisco Unified Communicationsfuncties en applicaties en Cisco IOS voice gateways in eensingle-siteen multisite omgeving. Voorafgaande deelname aan CVOICEV8, CIPT1V8en CIPT2V8 is een vereiste. Recommended preparation for exam(s): Troubleshooting Cisco Unified Communications TVOICE is one of five courses required for the Cisco Certified Network Professional for Voice Career Certification. Integrating Cisco Unified Communications Applications CAPPS Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.495,- This course provides delegates with an understanding of the integration options of Cisco Unified Presence, Cisco Unity Express, and Cisco Unity Connection. It describes voice messaging deployment scenarios, Cisco Unified Presence features, and troubleshooting mechanisms as well as Cisco Unified Presence and Cisco Unified Personal Communicator integration options with Cisco Unified Communications Manager. The primary audience for this course is Network Administrators and Network Engineers or CCNP Voice candidates Attendees should meet the following prerequisites: Working knowledge of converged voice and data networks Basic Knowledge of Cisco IOS Gateways Working knowledge of Cisco Unified Communications Manager and Cisco Unity Connection Prior attendance of ICOMM, and CIPT1V8 is recommended Recommended preparation for exam(s): Intergrating Cisco Unified Communications Applications CAPPS is one of five courses required for the Cisco Certified Network Professional for Voice Career Certification. Contact Center Administering Cisco Unified Contact Center Enterprise Part 1 AUCCE1 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.995,- This 5 day instructor-led course is designed for system engineers and customers involved with the support of a UCCE solution deployed in a CVP comprehensive environment. This course describes the requirements, resources and tools needed to perform routine adds, moves and changes in the inbound/outbound UCCE environment. This course is intended for those administering a UCEE solution, or responsible for Level 1-2 support. Attendees should meet the following prerequisites: Basic knowledge of networking (Windows A/D, SQL) and components (servers, routers, switch) is helpful but not required Working knowledge of a Windows computer including a mouse and the simultaneous use of the Alt-Tab keys is required Working knowledge of Unified Communications Manager and Voice Gateways Basic understanding of contact center operations Recommended preparation for the following exam(s): Unified Contact Center Enterprise Design Exam Unified Contact Center Enterprise Implementation Unified Contact Center Enterprise Support Delegates looking to take these exams will also need to have studied the AUCCE2 and DUCCE courses. Cisco 360 Learning Program for CCIE Collaboration Advanced Workshop CIEC Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 4.995,- Cisco 360 CCIE Collaboration Advanced Workshop teaches students how to use an expert-level problem-solving process, including options analysis, to support complex Cisco Collaboration technologies and topologies. This course is part of a blended learning curriculum that aids students preparing for the CCIE Collaboration Lab Exam. CIEC includes one Pre-Assessment lab and one 8-hour Graded Performance Assessment Lab. This course is 50% hands on labs and 50% lecture. Delegates must bring their own laptops with them as courseware is provided electronically. This course is for technical professionals who are preparing for the Cisco CCIE Collaboration Lab Exam. Attendees should meet the following prerequisites: Have passed the CCIE Voice or CCIE Collaboration written exam Be able to demonstrate advanced level competencies both in knowledge and skills in the following areas: - Cisco Unified CM 7.0 or later: Globalized Dial Plan (Plus Dialing) - Cisco Unified Communications Manager Express : SIP/SCCP Endpoints - Cisco Unity Connection and Cisco Unity Express: Integration and Call Routing - Cisco Unified Presence : Cisco Unified CM Integration, Soft phone/desk phone modes - Cisco Unified Contact Center Express: ACD, Cisco Unified CM integration and basic scripting - Cisco Voice Gateways: Dial Peers, PRI, Digit manipulation Recommended as preparation for : The Cisco CCIE Collaboration Lab Exam The Cisco CCIE Collaboration Lab Exam is an eight-hour, hands-on exam which requires you to configure a network to given specifications in a timed test situation. Although basic network connectivity is provided, you will be responsible for configuring the pre-installed applications to satisfy the requirements of the lab, and to troubleshoot important parameters of a voice network, such as quality of service, VLANs, gateways and gatekeepers. Points values and testing criteria are provided. 46 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

47 Administering Cisco Unified Contact Center Enterprise Part 2 AUCCE2 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.995,- This is a 5 day instructor-led course for system engineers and customers who will be involved with Day2 support of a UCCE solution deployed in a CVP comprehensive environment. This course gives the learner an understanding of the requirements, resources and tools required to perform complex adds, moves and changes in the inbound/outbound UCCE environment. This course is intended for those performing advanced administration of the solution, or who may be responsible for Level 2-3 support. Individuals involved in the advanced administration and support of a UCCE environment Attendees should meet the following prerequisites: Attendance of AUCCE Part 1 or equivalent real world experience is a requirement to attend this course Working knowledge of Unified Communications Manager and Voice Gateways would be very helpful Recommended preparation for the following exam(s): Unified Contact Center Enterprise Design Exam Unified Contact Center Enterprise Implementation Unified Contact Center Enterprise Support Delegates looking to take these exams will also need to have studied the AUCCE1 and DUCCE courses. Deploying Cisco Unified Contact Center Enterprise DUCCE Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.995,- This course is designed for system engineers involved in the day-to-day interaction with the Cisco Unified Contact Center Enterprise (CCE) product. Students will gain an understanding of the Unified CCE deployment capabilities, processes, fault tolerance, installation, and basic troubleshooting options.the Unified CCE software will be installed and the Unified CCE troubleshooting tools explored. Engineers involved in the configuration and maintenance of a Cisco Unified Contact Center Enterprise deployment, as well as Cisco Channel Partners looking to achieve the Cisco UCCE ATP. Attendees should meet the following prerequisites: Understanding of basic networking and the relevant components. Working knowledge of Microsoft Windows Server deployed within an Active Directory environment Working knowledge of a Windows computer including a mouse and the simultaneous use of the Alt-Tab keys Recommended as preparation for exam (s) ; Unified Contact Center Enterprise Design Unified Contact Center Enterprise Implementation Unified Contact Center Enterprise Support Delegates looking to take these exams will also need to have studied the AUCCE1 and DUCCE courses. Deploying Cisco Unified Intelligence Center DUIC Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 2.495,- Deploying Cisco Unified Intelligence Center (DUIC) 1.0 is a three-day ILT course. Cisco Unified Intelligence Center 8.0 is a comprehensive, end-to-end reporting solution, designed to make the task of creating reports and managing disparate data sources easier on the customer and, at the same time, present a consistent user interface and a common tool to access the varied data across multiple Cisco product families. Cisco customers Cisco technology partners Cisco employees Collaboration overig Attendees should meet the following prerequisites: A working knowledge of Unified Contact Center Enterprise is desired AUCCE and DUCCE recommended A working knowledge of contact center operations is desirable There is currently no exam aligned to this course. Cisco Trainingen Installing and Configuring the Cisco BE6000 Deploying Cisco Unified Contact Center Express BE6000 Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.395,- UCCX Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.795,- This course provides students with hands-on experience and knowledge of tasks typically performed during contact center deployment. This includes the deployment of Cisco Unified Contact Center Express (CCX) and Cisco Unified IP Interactive Voice Response (IVR) as contact center solutions. Tasks include planning, installation and configuration, scripting, and troubleshooting. This course is based on UCCX release 9.0 The primary audience for this course will be CiscoChannel Partners and Resellers, System Engineers and Customers deploying and maintaining Unified Contact Center Express products. This course is also very popular for people looking to prepare for the CCIE Voice exam as it covers the use of the CRS server for IP IVR and Call Centre type ACD applications. Attendees should meet the following prerequisites: Internetworking Fundamentals (ICND1 and ICND2 Or CCNABC) recommended. Basic IP telephony concepts (ICOMM) recommended. Cisco Unified Communication Manager deployments (CIPT1V8) recommended. Cisco IP Phones, Cisco IP Communicator Contact Center Operations Microsoft Windows 2000, 2003, XP MS SQL 2000, MSDE Databases Recommended preparation for exam(s): UCCX - Unified Communications Contact Center Express Implementation This exam is required for the Cisco IP Contact Center Express Specialist Certification. This course is focused entirely on the Cisco Business Edition 6000 solution, designed for organizations with up to 1000 employees. The solution offers premium voice, video, mobility, messaging, presence, and contact center features on a single platform and provides core communication capabilities that medium-sized businesses need for improved collaboration across the value chain. During this course delegates will learn how the Cisco Business Edition 6000 solution, enabled by virtualization technology, consolidates multiple applications on a single platform and how high-availability features can be maximised to support mission-critical voice, messaging, and contact center capabilities. Presence, Unity Connection, Jabber, Webex UUCX are all covered during this course. Engineers involved in the installation and deployment of a Cisco BE6000 solution. Advanced UC Channel Partners. Attendees should meet the following prerequisites: Understanding of Cisco Unified Communications Manager There is currently no exam aligned to this course. Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 47

48 Cisco Trainingen Cisco Unified Customer Voice Portal Implementation [v8.0] CVPI Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.995,- This course defines the tasks necessary for the Operation, Administration, Management and Provisioning of Cisco Unified Customer Voice Portal as it is installed in a comprehensive Cisco Unified Intelligent Contact Management Enterprise environment. This course will be beneficial for Individuals with telephony or data networking background who are familiar with network infrastructure and IP Communication components upon which Cisco Unified CVP will be implemented. Delegates should meet the following prerequisites;. CCNA - ICND1 and ICND2 CVOICEV8 - Cisco Voice Over IP CIPT1V8 - Implementing Cisco Unified Communications Manager, Part 1 There is currently no exam aligned to this course. Implementing Cisco Unified Communications Security IP Transfer Point ITP Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 2.995,- This course enables learners to use appropriate technologies to build a scalable SS7 signaling network, to create and deploy an SS7 over IP signaling network, and to implement basic troubleshooting techniques in environments that use the Cisco ITP. The ITP v3.0 course also enables students to improve traffic flow, reliability, redundancy, and performance in the signaling network. This course is aimed at individuals involved in configuring, maintaining, operating, and troubleshooting a signalling network, to implement basic troubleshooting techniques in environments that use the Cisco ITP. The ITP v3.0 course also enables learners to improve traffic flow, reliability, redundancy, and performance in the signalling network. The primary audience for this course is Network engineers, and Network Architects. Delegates are required to provide their own Laptop when this course is delivered at a Cisco Location All delegates should have a working knowledge of: Basic IPS skills Basic SS7 knowledge Basic TCP/IP knowledge There is currently no exam aligned to this course. Implementing Cisco QOS QOS Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.395,- This course is designed to provide students with in-depth knowledge of IP QoS requirements, conceptual models using Differentiated Services (Diffserv), Integrated Services (IntServ) and Best Effort (over provisioning), and the implementation of IP QoS on Cisco IOS switch and router platforms. Case studies and lab exercises included in the course help students to apply the concepts mastered in individual modules to real-life scenarios. This course is aimed at network designers and engineers responsible for implementation and management of IP QoS and students seeking Cisco CCIP & CCVP Certification. Delegates are required to meet the following prerequisites: Delegates are required to hold a valid CCNA to attend this course Attendance of the BGP is alsorecommended before delegates attend this course. Recommended as preparation for exam(s): QOS - Implementing Cisco QOS UCSEC Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.595,- Cisco Unified Communications support several features and mechanisms to secure voice signaling and communications and to mitigate attacks against Cisco Unified Communications networks. The Implementing Cisco Unified Communications Security (UCSEC) v1.0 course introduces security mechanisms and describes different implementation scenarios that increase the security level of Cisco Unified Communications networks. The course is designed to provide students with the necessary knowledge and skills to implement security features in a Cisco Unified Communications environment. This course is designed for experienced Cisco Unified Communications engineers who will be deploying or managing secure Cisco Unified Communications networks Attendees should meet the following prerequisites: Working knowledge of converged voice and data networks and network Security fundamentals. Working knowledge of Cisco IOS gateways, Cisco Unified SRST gateways, and Cisco Unified Border Element Working knowledge of Cisco Unified Communications Manager and Cisco Unified Communications Manager Express Working knowledge of Cisco IOS Firewall and Cisco ASA Firewalls Working knowledge of IPsec and SSL VPNs CCNP Voice certification and CCNA Security Certification is recommended. There is currently no exam aligned to this course. Implementing Cisco Unified and Web Interaction Manager Enterprise UEIME Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.995,- This course is intented for installation engineers, system administrators, database administrators, sales engineers, and others who are responsible for installing and maintaining the Cisco Unified Web and Interaction Manager installation, which includes a common platform and one or both of the following applications: Cisco Unified Interaction Manager (EIM) and Cisco Unified Web Interaction Manager (WIM). The primary audience for this course ispeople who will implement, configure, and support Cisco Unified EIM and Cisco Unified WIM with Cisco Unified CCE or Cisco Unified Contact Center Hosted Attendees should meet the following prerequisites: Working knowledge of Windows 2003 Server and Windows XP Basic knowledge of Microsoft SQL Server 2000 Basic knowledge of WebLogic and WebLogic domains Basic knowledge of Microsoft Internet Information Services (IIS) Cisco Unified CCE version 7.x There is currently no exam aligned to this course. 48 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

49 Data Center & Virtualization CCNA Data Center Introducing Cisco Data Center Networking DCICN Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 2.295,- Deze nieuwe cursus op associateniveau is bedoeld om deelnemers te in te leiden in de drie belangrijkste technologieën binnen het Cisco Data Center. Het basiskennisniveau dat in deze cursus wordt aangeleerd is bedoeld voor personen die alleen de basisconfiguratie op zich zullen nemen. In de labs worden configuraties vooral bekeken; er worden geen wijzigingen in aangebracht of nieuwe topologieën aangemaakt. Deze cursus is bedoeld voor nieuwe technici die actief zullen zijn in een Data Center-omgeving. Bij aanvang van de training wordt er van uitgegaan dat de deelnemers over de volgende kennis beschikken: Basiskennis van computers Basiskennis van het besturingssysteem Microsoft Windows Basiskennis van het internet Aanbevolen voorbereiding voor het examen: Introducing Cisco Data Center Networking Cursisten die het Cisco Certified Network Associate Data Center willen behalen zullen ook het DCICT moeten behalen. Introducing Cisco Data Center Technologies DCICT Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.495,- DCICT is de 2e introductie cursus die nodig is voor studenten die van plan zijn om de Cisco Certified Network Associate certificering te behalen. Deze cursus verzorgt een introductie tot technologien die geinstalleerd zijn in het Data Center: unified computing, unified fabric en netwerk services. Studenten leren alleen de meer basale configuratie taken. De labs richten zich op het herkennen van configuraties met een aantal geselecteerde oefeningen die er op zijn gericht om configuratie veranderingen te maken en om nieuwe topologien te ontwerpen. Deze cursus is bedoeld voor nieuwe engineers die in een Data Center omgeving zullen opereren. Van deelnemers wordt de volgende voorkennis verwacht: Deelname aan DCICN of het hebben van gelijkwaardige kennis Recommended preparation for exam(s): DCICT - Introducing Cisco Data Center Technologies Delegates looking to acheive their Cisco Certified Network Associate for Data Center Certification will also need the DCICN Exam. Cisco Trainingen CCNP Data Center Implementing Cisco Data Center Unified Fabric DCUFI Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.995,- Cisco Data Center Unified Computing Implementation DCUCI Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.995,- This is a 5-day hands-on course designed for engineers involved in the installation and implementation of the Cisco Nexus 7000, Cisco Nexus 5000 Switches,Cisco Nexus 2000 Fabric Extender and the Cisco MDS Multilayer Fabric Switches. The course covers the key components and procedures needed to install, configure, manage, and troubleshoot the Cisco Nexus 7000 and 5000 Switches in the network and SAN environment. The primary audience for this course is engineers involved in the selling, implementation, and maintainenance of the Cisco Nexus products in the data center. Attendees should meet the following prerequisites: Good understanding of Data Center networking protocols, CCNA DC Certification Recommended (DCICN and DCICT) Good understanding of the Fibre Channel protocol and the SAN environment, attendance of a Fibre Channel protocol and SAN class, (ICSNS) or equivalent experience recommended Recommended to read Robert Kembel s books on Fibre Channel and Fibre Channel switched fabrics Recommended Preparation for exam(s) Implementing Data Center Unified Fabric Delegates looking to achieve the Cisco Certified Network Professional for Data Center will also need the DCUCI exam plus DCUCT and DCUFT or DCUCD and DCUFD. Deze cursus is bedoeld voor technici die betrokken zijn bij de implementatie van B-Series Blade Servers en Cisco UCS C-Series Rack-Mount Servers binnen het Unified Computing System (UCS) van Cisco. De cursus voert deelnemers langs het installeren van racks en het verzorgen van server-hardware, besturingssystemen, hypervisors en applicaties. In de cursus zijn ook beheer-, onderhouds- en probleemoplossingsaspecten opgenomen. Iedereen die betrokken is bij de implementatie van het Unified Computing System. Bij aanvang van de training wordt er van uitgegaan dat de deelnemers over de volgende kennis beschikken: CCNA DC (DCICN en DCICT) of vergelijkbare kennis. CCNA (ICND1 en ICND2), dit wordt vervangen door CCNA DC Deelname aan DCUFI en ICSNS vóór deze cursus wordt aanbevolen Vertrouwdheid met hypervisortechnologieën (VMware vsphere, Microsoft Hyper-V,Citrix Xen) - VSICM wordt hiervoor aangeraden Aanbevolen voorbereiding voor het examen: DCUCI Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 49

50 Designing Cisco Data Center Unified Fabric DCUFD Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: ,- Cisco Data Center Unified Computing Design DCUCD Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: ,- Cisco Trainingen This course is aimed at providing data center designers with the knowledge and skills needed to design scalable, reliable, and intelligent data center unified fabrics, and virtualization solutions based on the Cisco Fabric Extenders (FEXs), Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE), Cisco FabricPath, and equipment and link virtualization technologies. The course describes the Cisco Data Center Unified Fabric solutions, and explains how to evaluate existing data center infrastructure, determine the requirements, and design the Cisco Data Center Unified Fabric solution based on Cisco products and technologies. Anyone involved in designing a data center or data center solutions Attendees should meet the following prerequisites: CCNA Data Center Certification ( DCICN and DCICT) Knowledge that is covered in the Cisco Nexus product family courses (DCUFI) Knowledge that is covered in the Designing for Cisco Internetwork Solutions (DESGN) course Knowledge that is covered in the Designing Cisco Storage Networking Solutions (DCSNS) course Recommended preparation for exam(s): DCUFD This exam is required for individuals looking to achieve the Cisco Certified Network Professional for Data Center Certification or the Cisco Data Center Unified Fabric Design Specialist Certification. This course enables engineers to choose and design scalable, reliable, and intelligent data center unified computing and virtualization solutions, based on the Cisco Unified Computing System (UCS) product portfolio as a centerpiece, integrated with contemporary virtualization solutions (for example, VMware vsphere, VMware View, Microsoft Hyper-V, Citrix XenServer, Citrix XenDesktop, Red Hat Kernel-Based Virtual Machine [KVM], and so on), operating systems (for example, Microsoft Windows and Linux), and applications (database, collaboration, and so on). The course describes the data center unified computing and virtualization solutions based on the Cisco data center unified computing product portfolio, explains how to evaluate existing data center computing solutions and determine the requirements, and design Cisco data center unified computing solutions. Anyone involved in designing a data center or data center solutions Attendees should meet the following prerequisites: CCNA Data Center certification (DCICN and DCICT) Knowledge that is covered in the Cisco Nexus product family courses (DCUFI) Knowledge that is covered in the Designing Cisco Data Center Unified Fabric (DCUFD) course Knowledge that is covered in the Cisco MDS product family courses (ICSNS) Knowledge of server and desktop virtualization (for example, VMware vsphere, Microsoft Hyper-V, VMware View, Citrix XenDesktop, and so on) Operating system administration familiarity (for example, Linux and Windows) Recommended as preparation for exam(s): DCUCD This exam is required for individuals looking to achieve the Cisco Certified Network Professional for Data Center Certification or the Cisco Data Center Unified Computing Design Specialist Certification. Troubleshooting Cisco Data Center Unified Fabric DCUFT Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.995,- Troubleshooting Cisco Data Center Unified Computing DCUCT Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.995,- Deze cursus is ontwikkeld voor field engineers, consulting systems engineers, en Cisco integrators en partners die de Cisco Nexus 7000 en 5000 Series Switches, de Cisco Nexus 2000 Series Fabric Extenders en Cisco MDS Multilayer Fabric Switches installeren, implementeren, onderhouden en troubleshooten. De cursus behandelt de belangrijkste componenten en procedures voor de Cisco Nexus 7000, 5000, MDS switches en de Nexus 2000 Series Fabric Extenders in het network en in SAN omgevingen die nodig zijn om de meest voorkomende problemen te troubleshooten en op te lossen. Engineers die betrokken zijn bij de ontwikkeling en troubleshooting van Nexus oplossingen Van deelnemers wordt de volgende voorkennis verwacht: Aanbevolen deelname aan Fibre Channel Protocol cursus of gelijkwaardige ervaring. Aanbevolen deelname aan Implementing Cisco Storage Network Solutions (ICSNS) cursus of gelijkwaardige ervaring. Deelname aan Implementing Cisco Data Center Unified Fabric (DCUFI) cursus OF Deelname aan Cisco Nexus 7000, 5000 en MDS product cursussen (DCNX7K,DCNX5K of DCMDS) Recommended Preparation for exam(s): DCUFT Delegates looking to achieve the Cisco Certified Network Professional for Data Center will also need the DCUCI and DCUFI exam plus DCUCT. Delegates looking to achieve the Cisco Data Center Unified Fabric Support Specialist will also require the DCUFI exam. Deze drie daagse cursus is ontwikkeld om system engineers en andere professionals die systemen implementeren, te voorzien van de kennis, vaardigheden en hands-on ervaring die nodig is om Cisco UCS B-Series en C-Series servers te troubleshooten die opereren in standalone of geintegreerde modes. Hands-on labs zorgen voor de praktijkervaring met configuratie procedures en algemene troubleshoot scenarios tesamen met aanbevolen oplossingen. Engineers die betrokken zijn bij de ontwikkeling en troubleshooting van Cisco Unified Computing Systems. Van deelnemers wordt de volgende voorkennis verwacht: Gelijkwaardige kennis of deelname aan DCICT Deelname aan DCUCI Bekendheid met server virtualization (bijvoorbeeld, VMware vsphere en Microsoft Hyper-V) - VSICM aanbevolen Bekendheid met administratie van voorkomende operating systems (bijvoorbeeld, Linux en Windows) Recommended Preparation for exams(s): DCUCT Delegates looking to achieve the Cisco Certified Network Professional for Data Center will also need the DCUCI and DCUFI exam plus DCUFT. Delegates looking to achieve the Cisco Data Center Unified Computing Support Specialist will also require the DCUCI exam. 50 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

51 UCS Implementation and Design Boot Camp UCSIDBC Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.495,- UCS Implementation and Troubleshooting Bootcamp UCSITBC Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.495,- This is an extensive accelerated course focusing on the design of a Cisco UCS solution and the deployment of the Cisco UCS B-Series and C-Series Servers. You will learn how to design, size, evaluateand implement a UCS solution looking at both Network, management and storage considerations, as well as learning how to install, configure, and maintain Unified Computing System (UCS) B-Series and C-Series servers with a strong emphasis on Cisco UCS B-Series Blade Servers. You will focus on the management, maintenance, and troubleshooting of UCS B-Series and C-Series servers. You will cover virtualization solutions and how to execute a virtualization solution on UCS B-series and C-series hardware. New features of the UCS v2.0 code will be addressed with additional information provided on the new hardware additions to the UCS portfolio, including the 6248 and 6296Fabric Interconnects, 2204 and 2208 I/O modules (IOMs), and 1240 and 1280 virtual interface cards (VICs). This course is recommended for any engineer involved in the design, implementation and administration of a Cisco UCS solution. Attendees should meet the following prerequisites: CCNA DC (DCICN and DCICT) or equivalent knowledge. CCNA (ICND1 and ICND2) this will be superceeded by CCNA DC Prior Attendance of DCUFI recommended Familiarity with hypervisor technologies (VMware vsphere, Microsoft Hyper- V,Citrix Xen) - VSICM recommended Recommended Preparation for exams(s): DCUCI DCUCD These exams are required by delegates looking to achieve their CCNP in Data Center. In this course, you will learn to install, configure, and maintain Unified Computing System (UCS) B-Series and C-Series servers with a strong emphasis on Cisco UCS B-Series Blade Servers. You will focus on the management, maintenance, and troubleshooting of UCS B-Series and C-Series servers. You will cover virtualization solutions and how to execute a virtualization solution on UCS B-series and C-series hardware. New features of the UCS v2.0 code will be addressed with additional information provided on the new hardware additions to the UCS portfolio, including the 6248 series Fabric Interconnects, 2208 I/O modules (IOMs), and 1280 virtual interface cards (VICs). This course is recommended for any engineer involved in the implementation and troubleshooting of Cisco Unified Computing System solution. Attendees should meet the following prerequisites: CCNA DC (DCICN and DCICT) or equivalent knowledge. CCNA (ICND1 and ICND2) this will be superceeded by CCNA DC Prior Attendance of DCUFI recommended Familiarity with hypervisor technologies (VMware vsphere, Microsoft Hyper- V,Citrix Xen) - VSICM recommended Recommended Preparation for exams(s): DCUCI DCUCT These exams are required by delegates looking to achieve a CCNP in Data Center. Cisco Trainingen Cisco Nexus Implementing the Cisco Nexus 1000v DCNX1K Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.995,- Implementing the Cisco Nexus 5000 and 2000 DCNX5K Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.995,- This 3-day course is designed for systems and field engineers who install and implement the Cisco Nexus 1000V Switch. The course covers the key components and procedures you need to know to install, configure, manage, and troubleshoot the Cisco Nexus 1000V Switch. Network, systems, and consulting systems engineers, as well as server administrators Network designers, administrators, and managers involved in the mangement, configuration and deployment of the Cisco Nexus 1000v Switch. Attendees should meet the following prerequsities: Good understanding of networking protocols. ICND1 and ICND2 or CCNABC Recommended Good understanding of the VMware environment. VSICM recommended. There is currently no exam aligned to this course. This 5-day course is specifically designed for engineers involved in the implementation, installation and maintenance ofthe Cisco Nexus 5000 Switch and Cisco Nexus 2000 Fabric Extender. The key components and procedures needed to install, configure, manage and troubleshoot the Cisco Nexus 5000 Series Switch and the Cisco Nexus 2000 Fabric Extenders in the network and SAN environment are covered in this course. This course is designed for network engineers, systems engineers, consulting systems engineers, technical solutions architects, and Cisco integrators and partners who sell, implement, and maintain Cisco Nexus 5000 products in the data center. Attendees should meet the following prerequisites: Good understanding of networking protocols ICND1 and ICND2 or CCNABC recommended. Good understanding of the Fibre Channel protocol and the SAN environment. ICSNS recommended. Recommended preparation for exam(s): There are no relevant exams or certifications at this time. Delegates requiring knowledge of both the Nexus 5K and Nexus 7K switches, or those looking to achieve Channel Partner Certifications should consider the DCUFI course. Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 51

52 Implementing the Cisco Nexus 7000 Unified Computing System Cisco Trainingen DCNX7K Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.995,- This is a 5-day course designed for systems and field engineers who install and implement the Cisco Nexus 7000 switch. This course covers the key components and procedures you need to know to configure, manage, and troubleshoot the Cisco Nexus 7000 switch platform. Network Engineers involved in the installation and maintenance of Nexus 7000 switches. Attendees should meet the following prerequisites: A Good understanding of networking protocols.attendance of the following courses are recommended. ICND1 and ICND2 or CCNABC ROUTE Introducing Cisco Nexus 9000 Switches in NX-OS Mode SWITCH During the course delegates will be exposed to the configuration of advanced technologies, such as BGP, MPLS and FCoE. The learner will not be required to have experience with these technologies in order successfully complete the class as initial configuration of BGP, MPLS, and FCoE on the Cisco Nexus 7000 will be covered in class.for a deeper understanding in BGP, MPLS and FCoE, students are encouraged to explore additional training in those technologies. There is currently no exam aligned to this course. Data Center Unified Computing System C-Series Troubleshooting DCUCSCTS Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.995,- This 2-day instructor-led training (ILT) course is designed to prepare engineers with the knowledge and skills required to install, configure, and troubleshoot UCS C-Series servers operating in standalone mode. Students will become familiar with common troubleshooting scenarios and recommended solutions for leve1 and level 2 integrations issues, gaining hands-on experience of proper configuration procedures on the specifically designed labs. addressing and correcting Level 1 and 2 UCS C-Series Standalone Server issues. Attendees should meet the following prerequisites: Attended DCUCI - Cisco Data Center Unified Computing Implementation. There is currently no exam aligned to this course. DCINX9K Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.795,- DCINX9K is a 2-day ILT training program that is designed for systems and field engineers who install and implement the Cisco Nexus 9000 Switches in NX-OS mode. This course covers the key components and procedures you need to know to install, configure, manage, and troubleshoot the Cisco Nexus 9000 Switch platform. Any engineers or administartors involved in the installation and implementation of a Cisco Nexus 9000 Switch in NX-OS mode. Attendees should meet the following prerequisites: Good understanding of networking protocols, routing, and switching Recommended CCNA Certification ICND1 and ICND2 or CCNABC Recommended attendance of Cisco IP Routing Class (ROUTE) Recommended attendance of Cisco Switching Class (SWITCH) There is currently no exam aligned to this course. Cisco Channel Partner SEs and FEs that are seeking to assume active roles in Configuring Cisco Data Center Unified Computing System DCUCS Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.795,- Configuring Cisco Nexus 9000 Switches in ACI Mode DCAC9K Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.995,- This course is a 5-day ILT training program designed for customers, systems engineers, and field engineers who are implementing and managing Cisco ACI. The course covers the key concepts behind ACI s application-centric, policy-based view of infrastructure. You will learn how to configure ACI tenants, application profiles, contracts, and endpoints, how to connect the ACI Fabric to external networks and services, how to configure hypervisor integration and L4-7 services. You will also learn about strategies for migrating existing applications to an ACI fabric, and for automating and integrating configuration processes via scripting and APIs. This course features extensive hands-on labs that begin with ACI fabric discovery and include deployment of application profiles, hypervisor integration, service graphs, external network connectivity, and a brief exploration of the APIC REST API. Data center engineers considering Application Centric Infrastructure (ACI) technologies for their Data Center and Nexus 9k switches will benefit from this course. Attendees should meet the following prerequisities: Good understanding of networking protocols - CCNA or CCNP Recommended Good understanding of the VMware environment - VSICM Recommended There is currently no exam aligned to this course. The Configuring Data Center Unified Computing course is designed to familiarize data center engineers, architects and Cisco partners with the Cisco UCS B-series and C-series products. This course prepares individuals for implementing and maintaining Cisco UCS hardware with a strong emphasis on best practices. The Configuring Data Center Unified Computing course also addresses relevant additional features added by Version 2.1 Cisco UCS Software Release. This course is designed specifically for individuals involved in the deployment and maintenance of a UCS system. Attendees should meet the following prerequisites: General knowledge of servers Routing and switching knowledge - DCUFI recommended Storage area networking knowledge Server virtualization knowledge There is currently no exam aligned to this course. 52 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

53 Cisco Data Center Unified Computing (UCS) for Operators and Administrators UCSOA Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.695,- NederlandsTijdens deze tweedaagse cursus leren de deelnemers hoe zij Cisco UCS-servers met een geconsolideerdei/onetwerken voor LAN en SAN-connectiviteit kunnen beheren. Ook zal een cursist tijdens deze cursus ervaring opdoen in het maken van een back up en het herstellen van systeemconfiguraties. Daarnaast gaat de cursus in op het effectief gebruikmaken van de monitoring en troubleshooting hulpprogramma s binnen Cisco UCS Manager. This course is intended for Cisco Server Administrators and/or Operators involved in the management of Cisco Unified Computing System Solutions. This course does not meet the requirements for Channel Partners looking for accreditation fro the Cisco DC Architecture Specialisation. Attendees should meet the following prerequisites: Valid CCNA Certification or similar knowledge and experience Familiarity with SAN Concepts and Cisco MDS 9000 swithces (ICSNS recommended) Knowledge of VMware ESX and Virtual Center There is currently no exam aligned to this course. UCS Troubleshooting Boot Camp UCSTSBC Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.995,- This is an intensive course that combines the Cisco UCS B-Series and C-series troubleshooting courses. Delegates will learn how to identify and configure the features available in thecisco UCS B-Series and C-series products to ensure that can successfully deploy and maintain their unified computing system. This course includes the new features added by Cisco UCM code version 2.0.You will receive an overview of the new hardware available with this release, namely the Cisco 6248 Fabric Interconnects, 2208 IOMs, and 1208 VICs.Hands-on experience is vital to a successfull deployment and in this course you will be able to properly install, configure, and troubleshoot UCS B-Series servers in conjunction with UCS C-Series servers operating in standalone mode. Anyone involved in the deployment and maintenance of a Cisco UCS solution. Attendees should meet the following pre-requisites: Understanding of server system design/ architecture and Cisco Enterprise Data Center Architecture Familiarity with Cisco UCS Architecture Familiarity with Ethernet and TCP/ IP networking, SANs, Fibre Channel Protocol (FCP), and hypervisor technologies (VMware vsphere, Microsoft Hyper-V, Citrix Xen) Attendanced of DCUCD or DCUCI recommended There is currently no exam aligned to this course. Cisco Trainingen Data Center Overig Cisco ACE Boot Camp ACEBC Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 2.595,- De Cisco ACE Boot Camp is een vierdaagse cursus met instructeur, cursusmateriaal en lab, met een update om de 5.1 release van Cisco te behandelen. Je leert hoe je een Cisco Catalyst 4710 Application Control Engine (ACE) Appliance (release 5.1) en een Cisco Catalyst 6500 Application Control Engine (ACE) module in gebruik kan nemen en configureren. Deze cursus omvat alle belangrijke eigenschappen van de Cisco ACE appliance, inclusief resource virtualization en management, server load balancing (Layer 2-4 en Layer 7), Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) termination en offload, en security eigenschappen zoals application-layer inspection en fixups. De cursus word geleverd als een onderdeel van de Global Knowledge en Firefly strategic alliance. Studenten worden voorzien van de laatset kennis in Data Center technologie This course is designed for systems engineers and network architects who need to design or deploy server load-balancing solutions using the Cisco ACE module or appliance. This is also a great kick start class to prepare for the CCIE Data Center (both lab and written) for those looking to get upto-speed on Cisco s (The labs run the same version as on the CCIE Data Center). Van studenten wordt de volgende voorkennis verwacht: Basis kennis hebben van: TCP/IP protocol TTPen SSL protocols N-tier application architecture Server load-balancing There is currently no exam aligned to this course. Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 53

54 Cisco Trainingen Implementing the Application Control Engine Service Module ACESM Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 2.595,- Implementing the Application Control Engine Service Module (ACESM) is a fourday, instructor-led, lecture and lab course that teaches learners how to design, deploy, and optimize intelligent network services using the Cisco ACE Application Control Engine Module for Catalyst 6500 Switches. This course covers all of the key features of the Cisco ACE 2.0 software, including resource virtualization and management, server load balancing (Layer 2 to 4 and Layer 7), Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) termination and offload, and security features like application-layer inspection and fixups. This course is designed for systems engineers and network architects who need to design or deploy server loadbalancing solutions using the Cisco ACE Module. Attendees should meet the following prerequisites: A basic understanding of the TCP/IP protocol Familiarity with HTTP and SSL protocols Basic knowledge of the N-tier application architecture Familiarity with server load-balancing concepts There is currently no exam aligned to this course. ACE XML Gateway Operation & Configuration AXGOC Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.295,- This course covers all of the key features of the ACE XML Gateway, including Application Security, Message Level Security and protocol transformation. This course is designed for systems engineers and network architects who need to design or deploy application security solutions using the Cisco ACE XML Gateway. Attendees should meet the following prerequisites: TCP/IP protocol HTTP and SSL protocols XML N-tier application architecture There is currently no exam aligned to this course. Cisco Wide-Area Application Services CWAAS Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.795,- This instructor led course is designed to teach delegates how to design and deploy a solution that improves application performance over the WAN whilst enabling infrastructure consolidation. Delegates will learn to fully appreciate the optimization and application acceleration features of Cisco WAAS enabling them to incorporate these capabilities into their design and integrate with this network.troubleshooting has been incorporated both theoretically and through hands-on labs. Individuals involved in the design and deployment of a WAAS solution, or system and field engineers who need to attain the Advanced Routing and Switching Certification. Attendees should meet the following prerequisites: Fundamental knowledge of Microsoft Windows networking technologies Fundamental knowledge of WAN optimization Fundamental knowledge of VMware server virtualization technologies CCNA is Recommended. ICND1 and ICND2 or CCNABC Recommended as preparation for the following exams: WAASFE - Required for the Cisco Routing and Switching Field Specialist Certification WAASSE - Required for the Cisco Routing and Switching Solutions Specialist Certification Delegates looking to obtain the above specialisations will also need RSSSE or ARSFE depending on the specialisation they are trying to achieve. Configuring Cisco MDS 9000 Switches Data Center for Operators and Administrators DCMDS Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.995,- This five-day course is designed to provide engineers with the knowledge and skills required to install, configure and manage the Cisco MDS 9000 Series switch platform. Course topics include setting up the switch, configuring interfaces, virtual SANs (VSANs), domains, zones, PortChannels, management security, and Fibre Channel over IP (FCIP) tunnels. Delegates should be able to improve availability, scalability, performance and manageability of the SAN by the end of the course. Any individual involved in the deployment of the Cisco MDS 9000 Series switch platform. Attendees should meet the following prerequisites: Basic understanding of data storage hardware components and protocols, including SCSI and Fibre Channel. Basic understanding of networking protocols, including Ethernet and IP ICND1 and ICND2 or CCNABC Recommended Recommended as preparation for exam(s): There is currently no exam associated with this course. Delegates looking to achieve Cisco Storage certification should attend the ICSNS and IASNS courses and take the relevant exam. DCOA Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.995,- This five day class has been designed to focus on the knowledge and skills required by system engineers involved in the operation and administration of a Cisco Unified Computing System and Nexus Switch deployments. The key configuration features of the Cisco UCS and Nexus Products are covered along with advanced features such as FCoE, OTV and MPLS. Hands on labs are available, ensuring delegates get the opportunity to practice their new skills. This course is designed for System and Network Engineers involved in the administration and operation of Cisco UCS and Cisco Nexus 5K and 7K deployments. Attendees should meet the following prerequisites: General knowledge of servers Routing and switching knowledge Storage area networking knowledge Server virtualization knowledge Recommended preparation for exam(s): There is currently no exam aligned to this course. Delegates looking to achieve their CCNP Data Center Certification should consider attending the certification courses DCUCI, and DCUFI plus DCUFT,and DCUCT or DCUCD and DCUFD. FlexPod for Data Center Systems Administration DCFSA Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.495,- In this 5-day instructor-led course, you will become experienced with the planning, design, and implementation of a FlexPod integrated platform that includes NetApp unified storage systems, Cisco Unified Computing System servers, Cisco Nexus fabric, and VMware vsphere virtualization platform. Using real-world scenarios and examples, this course will explore all of the components of the FlexPod system and guide you through the installation, management, and troubleshooting of the platform as a whole, as well as all of the individual Cisco, NetApp, and VMware components. Engineers involved in the support and administration of a Flexpod Solution. Attendees should meet the following prerequisites: Basic knowledge of Cisco routing and switching Basic knowledge of servers and storage Familiarity with basic VMware virtualization concepts There is currently no exam aligned to this course. 54 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

55 Desigining a VCE VBLOCK Architecture VCEA Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 2.195,- This course focuses on the design and planning of a Vblock architecture, beginning with a thorough analysis of the application and services the solution will provide. From this analysis, an appropriate Vblock configuration is sized and the details necessary to implement the solution defined and documented. The VCE methodology, tools, and documentation for performing an end-to-end analysis and design are leveraged to ensure the solution is designed to meet the requirements. The outcome of the analysis and design phase is a build/implement plan used to pre-build the solution at the VCE facility or at the customer s site VCE, Parent, and Partner Solution Architects, responsible for planning and designing VCE Vblock solutions. Participants may be associated with either presales or post sales aspects of a planning and design process. To understand the content and successfully complete this course, participants must have foundation-level knowledge of the compute, network, and storage technologies that comprise Vblock, and must possess one or more of the following certifications: EMC Proven Professional Technology Architect. Cisco CCDA and DCUCD (DESGN and DCUCD) are recommended. VMware VCP4 and VCAP4-DCD (VSICM and VSD) are recommended. There is no exam aligned to this course. Cisco Trainingen Service Provider CCNA Service Provider Building Cisco Service Provider Next-Generation Networks, Part 1 SPNGN1 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.795,- Deze vijfdaagse cursus is bedoeld om netwerkbeheerders en -technici vertrouwd te maken met de basiskennis en -vaardigheden voor het onderhouden van een serviceprovider-netwerk. In de cursus wordt ingegaan op de belangrijkste onderdelen van een netwerk en op de manier waarop een serviceprovider-netwerk functioneert. De cursus geeft een inleiding in de IP Next-Generation Network-architectuur (IP NGN) waarmee serviceproviders moderne, schaalbare en betrouwbare netwerken kunnen opzetten. De cursus bestaat ook uit klassikale lessen met labs op afstand, die nuttig zijn voor het aanleren van praktische vaardigheden rondom de implementatie van fundamentele Cisco IOS-, IOS XE- en Cisco IOS XT-softwarefuncties voor het beheren en onderhouden van een serviceprovidernetwerk. Netwerk Engineers die werkzaam zijn in Service Provider omgeving en individuen die op zoek zijn naar de Cisco Certified Network Associate SP. Bij aanvang van de training wordt er van uitgegaan dat de deelnemers over de volgende kennis beschikken: Basiskennis van computers Basisvaardigheden rondom de navigatie door Microsoft Windows Basisvaardigheden rondom internetgebruik Aanbevolen voorbereiding voor het examen: Building Cisco Service Provider Next-Generation Networks, Part 1 Building Cisco Service Provider Next-Generation Networks, Part 2 SPNGN2 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.795,- Deze vijfdaagse cursus is ontwikkeld om netwerk-engineers en techneuten te voorzien van de basis kennis en vaardigheden die nodig zijn om een service provider netwerk te implementeren en supporten. De cursus richt zich met name op het gebruik van Cisco switches en routers die verbonden zijn in LANs en WANs en die typisch zijn voor een P-netwerk. Bij voltooiing van deze cursus zijn de kandidaten in staat om de verschillende Cisco netwerk apparaten te configureren, checken en te troubleshooten De cursus bevat ook klassikale activiteiten met remote labs die zinvol zijn om praktische kennis te vergaren voor het implementeren van Cisco IOS/IOS XE Software encisco IOS XR Software functies voor het opereren en supporten van het P-network. Netwerk Engineers die werkzaam zijn in Service Provider omgeving en individuen die op zoek zijn naar de Cisco Certified Network Associate SP. Van deelnemers wordt de volgende voorkennis verwacht: Basis kennis van networking concepten Basis kennis vancisco IOS/IOS XEen Cisco IOS XR softwareconfiguratie Kennis en vaardigheden die vergelijkbaar zijn met die verkregen zijn in Building Cisco Service Provider Next-Generation Networks, Part 1 (SPNGN1) cursus Recommended preparation for exam(s): Building Cisco Service Provider Next-Generation Networks, Part 2 CCNP Service Provider Deploying Cisco Service Provider Network Routing SPROUTE Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.995,- Deze vijfdaagse cursus is ontwikkeld om service provider professionals te voorzien van de kennis en vaardigheden die nodig zijn om advanced routing te implementeren voor schaalbaarheid op Cisco routers die verbonden zijn aan LANs and WANs. Het gebruik van deze technieken zou er toe moeten leiden dat de noodzaak tot opnieuw ontwerpen van het netwerk verdwijnt wanneer er additionele sites of aansluitingen worden gemaakt. Hands-on labs verzorgen de practische kennis die nodig is om de advance routing concepten en methodologien te verstevigen alsook voor het verzorgen van praktische ervaring met de Cisco IOS/IOS XEen IOS XR functie noodzakelijk om een Service Provider netwerk te supporten. Deze cursus is bedoeld voor netwerk administratoren, netwerk engineers, netwerk managers, and systeem engineers die betrokken zijn bij de implementatie en configuratie van IP routing in een service provider omgeving evenals voor individuen die bezig zijn met de CCNP Service Provider accreditatie. Deelnemers worden verwacht de volgende voorkennis te hebben: Gemiddelde kennis van Cisco IOS/ IOS XEen Cisco IOS XR Software configuratie. SPNGN1e SPNGN2zijn aanbevolen Recommended Preparation for exam(s): SPROUTE - Deploying Cisco Service Provider Network Routing This exam is one of the four exams required for delegates looking to achieve the Cisco Certified Network Professional for Service Providers. Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 55

56 Deploying Cisco Service Provider Network Advanced Routing Implementing Cisco Service Provider Next Generation Core Network Services Business Value Certifications Cisco Trainingen SPADVROUTE Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.995,- Deze vijfdaagse cursus is ontwikkeld om netwerk engineers en techneuten te voor zien van de kennis en de vaardigheden die nodig zijn om een service provider netwerk te implementeren en supprten.voor deze cursus worden Cisco routers gebruikt die in dit soort netwerken voorkomen. Na het voltooien van deze cursus zijn de deelnemers instaat om advanced Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) configuration, IP multicasting,en IPv6 transition mechanismen te configureren, te verifieren en te troubleshooten. Hands on labs worden gebruikt om de praktische vaardigheden te vergaren op het implementeren van Cisco IOS, IOS XE,en IOS XR Software functies die nodig zijn om het service provider netwerk te opereren en supporten. Deze cursus is bedoeld voor network administrators, netwerk engineers, network managers and systeem engineers die IP routing willen implementeren in een service provider netwerk omgeving. Van deelnemers wordt de volgende voorkennis verwacht: Een geldig CCNA SP - SPNGN1en SPNGN2 aanbevolen. Deelname aan SPROUTE aanbevolen. Recommended preparation for exam(s): Deploying Cisco Service Provider Network Advanced Routing (SPADVROUTE) This exam is required for those delegates wishing to achieve the Cisco Certified Network Professional Service Provider Certification. SPCORE Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.995,- Deze vijfdaagse cursus is gericht op de concepten en mogelijkheden van Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS) en op de best practices voor het implementeren van QoS in een nieuwe of bestaande service provider omgeving. MPLS Traffic Engineering (MPLS TE) services worden in meer detail ook behandeld. Hands-on labs verzorgen de deelnemers de praktijk ervaring om een gedegen begrip te verkrijgen van MPLS en MPLSTE in een Service Provider omgeving evenals kennismaking met IOS/IOS XEen IOS XR implementaties. Deze cursus is primair bedoeld voor netwerk administratoren, netwerk engineers, netwerk managers en systeem engineers die MPLS and MPLS TE willen implementeren in de core portie van een service provider omgeving en die QoS willen verzekeren in de Service Provider backbone. Van deelnemers wordt de volgende voorkennis verwacht: Middelmatig tot gedegen kennis van Cisco IOS, IOS XEen Cisco IOS XR Software configuratie. SPROUTE en ADVSPROUTE worden aanbevolen. Understanding Cisco Business Value Analysis Fundamentals BTUBVAF Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.395,- Engaging with customers through a business value approach leads to new revenue opportunities and higher account loyalty. Sales and services professionals can provide customers with more value in a shorter time period especially when clearly-defined needs can be addressed with standard or mature solutions. Through the course, participants will learn new analysis techniques and improve consultative selling skills. This training covers topics such as: Understanding the elements of a business value engagement. Identifying and engaging with key stakeholders. Assessing a customer s business model and motivations. Identifying benefits associated with Cisco s architectures and Smart Solutions. Understanding financial concepts which influence customer investment decisions. Applying an overall framework for successful customer conversations. Have passed or have knowledge equivalent to that required for the following exams. CSE Cisco Sales Essentials Advanced Borderless Network for Account Managers (Exam # ) or Advance Borderless Network Architecture for Sales Exam (Exam # ) OR Advanced Collaboration Architecture Sales Specialist (Exam # ) or Advanced Collaboration Architecture Sales Specialist (Exam # ) OR Data Center Networking Solution Sales (Exam # ) Recommended preparation for exam(s): Business Value Analyst Exam Implementing Cisco Service Provider Next Generation EDGE Network Services SPEDGE Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.995,- Deze vijfdaagse cursus is ontwikkeld om service provider professionals te voorzien van de informatie die ze nodig hebben om service provider VPN s oplossingen te gebruiken en beheren. Het doel is om de professionals te trainen om een service provider point of presence (POP) te voorzien van Layer 2 end Layer 3 VPNs. Hands-on labs zijn meegenomen in het cursus materiaal om het begrip bij studenten hoe VPN s in het netwerk te implementeren te verstevigen, bovendien verzorgt het de praktische ervaring om Cisco IOSen IOS XE uit te rollen en kennis van de functies van Cisco IOS XR die nodig zijn voor de operatie en support van service provider netwerken. De cursus is bedoeld voor netwerk administratoren, netwerk engineers, netwerk managers, en systeeem engineers die MPLS VPN services in hun netwerken willen implementeren. Deze cursus is ook aanbevolen voor alle individuen die zich voor bereiden opde Cisco CCNP SP certificering. De volgende voorkennis wordt verwacht: Gemiddelde tot gevorderde kennis vancisco IOS, IOS XE,en IOS XR Software configuratie. Deelname aan Deploying Cisco Service Provider Network Routing (SPROUTE) 1.0 Deelname aan Deploying Cisco Service Provider Advanced Network Routing (SPADVROUTE) 1.0 Deelname aan Implementing Cisco Service Provider Next-Generation Core Network Services (SPCORE) 1.0 Recommended preparation for exam(s): Implementing Cisco Service Provider Next Generation EDGE Network Services This is one of the 4 exams required for delegates looking to achieve the Cisco Certified Network Professional for Service Providers. Cisco and Cisco Channel Partner Sales individuals looking to improve their ability to sell Cisco Solutions by understanding the Business requirements of customers undergoing IT transformation. Gold Partners looking to achieve the new business value requirements for Aug FY16 56 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

57 Applying Cisco Specialized Business Value Analysis Skills BTASBVA Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 2.695,- Executing Cisco Advanced Business Value Analysis and Design Techniques BTEABVD Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 3.205,- Business-Focused Transformative Architecture Engagements BTPBTAE Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.995,- IT industry sales and services professionals encounter customers who accept that major changes in business models, operating processes or technology use may be required to greatly improve results. This course provides training on frameworks and techniques useful for diagnosing customer pain points and opportunities, defining solutions to these challenges and gaining customer buy-in for adoption on a broad scale. This training covers topics such as: Understanding customer strategies, competitive position and history with IT-enabled change. Depicting key elements of a customer s strategy and business model. Discovering and conveying an understanding of customer pain points and opportunities, as a way to enhance credibility. Describing the business relevance of Cisco Architectures and Smart Solutions.Refining customer needs and creating high-level, business-focused IT solution designs. Preparing a business case that shows investment, costs, benefits and risks. Composing an initiative / project roadmap and describe key success factors. Demonstrating how Cisco products, solutions and services provide unique value, in context of the architecture lifecycle and customer conversation framework Please note this course consists of 4 days in the class and then a 1/2 day of coaching about 6 weeks later. Cisco and Cisco Channel Partner Sales individuals looking to improve their ability to sell Cisco Solutions by understanding the Business requirements of customers undergoing IT transformation. Channel Partners looking to achieve Gold Partner Accreditation. Have passed or have knowledge equivalent to that required for the following exams Understanding Cisco Business Value Fundamentals Advanced Borderless Network for Account Managers (Exam # ) or Advance Borderless Network Architecture for Sales Exam (Exam # ) OR Advanced Collaboration Architecture Sales Specialist (Exam # ) or Advanced Collaboration Architecture Sales Specialist (Exam # ) OR Data Center Networking Solution Sales (Exam # ) Recommended preparation for exam(s): Applying Cisco Specialized Business Value Analysis Skills Exam Delegates looking to achieve the Business Value Specialist Certification will also need to have taken the Business Value Analyst Exam In this training program, for the Cisco Value Practitioner role you will evolve your skills further in the Architecture Lifecycle, but also use your knowledge to ensure that the other members of your account team are familiar with operating in an architectural style and can support your clients accordingly. You will also workshop your current internal and client engagements to examine the challenges. Some of the key topics covered in this program include: Understanding the suite of tools and techniques used to deliver an architecture consulting approach in your customer engagement. Demonstrating the use of advanced architecture tools and techniques. Understanding current state of architectural engagement both internally and externally. Identifying common issues faced by Business Architects. Selecting and sequencing appropriate collateral and techniques in support of successful internal and external engagements. Cisco and Cisco Channel Partner Sales individuals looking to improve their ability to sell Cisco Solutions by understanding the Business requirements of customers Cisco Business Value Boot Camp undergoing IT transformation. Have passed or have knowledge equivalent to that required for the following exams Applying Cisco Specialized Business Value Analysis Skills(BTASBVA) Cisco Sales Essentials (CSE) Advanced Borderless Network for Account Managers OR Advanced Collaboration Architecture Sales Specialist OR Data Center Networking Solution Sales Recommended preparation for exam(s): Executing Cisco Advanced Business Value Analysis and Design Techniques Exam Delegates looking to achieve the Business Value Practitioner Certification must already be Business Value Specialist Certified. (Requires taking and exams). CBVBC Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.955,- This unique boot camp combines 2 new Cisco certification courses,understanding Cisco Business Value Analysis Fundamentals (BTUBVAF) and Applying Cisco Specialized Business Value Analysis Skills (BTASBVA). It prepares participants to take examinations: Business Value Analyst Exam and Applying Cisco Specialized Business Value Analysis Skill Exam. Upon successful completing and passing both examinations candidates will be awarded the Cisco Business Value Specialist designation. Engaging with customers through a business value approached leads to new revenue opportunities and higher account loyalty. Sales and services professionals can provide customers with more value in a shorter time period especially when clearly-defined needs can be addressed with standard or mature solutions. Cisco and Cisco Channel Partner Sales individuals looking to improve their ability to sell Cisco Solutions by understanding the Business requirements of customers This course enables participants to align Cisco architectures, Smart Solutions and services with a customer s strategic vision and technology needs. Participants will enhance their skills in executing a consultative, business-led sales approach. Activities train on how to use Cisco s Transformational Networking methodology in uncovering customer priorities, IT capability gaps and financial drivers for Cisco-related IT investments. Participants build skills necessary to gain customer acceptance as trusted advisor. This drives higher Cisco / channel partner revenue, influence and customer loyalty. This training covers topics such as: Understanding a customer business strategy and priorities: Moving beyond IT to engaging with Line of Business stakeholders and building credibility;identifying how Cisco architectures and solutions address customer IT capability gaps and much more. Engineers and Architects involved in the planning of customer solutions. Attendees should meet the following prerequisites: undergoing IT transformation. Individuals looking to achieve the Cisco Business Value Specialist Certification. Have passed or have knowledge equivalent to that required for the following exams : Cisco Sales Essentials (CSE) : Advanced Borderless Networks for Account Managers, or : Advanced Collaboration Architecture Sales Specialist, or : Data Center Networking Have a valid Cisco CCO Login Holistic technical background with one of the following: Advanced Borderless Network for Account Managers (Exam # ) or Advanced Borderless Network Architecture for Sales Exam (Exam # ) Advanced Collaboration Architecture Sales Specialist (Exam # ) or Advanced Collaboration Architecture Sales Specialist (Exam # ) Data Center Networking Solution Sales (Exam # ) CCDP is recommended An overview understanding of the ITIL and TOGAF9 frameworks and the key principles,components, processes, and techniques of each framework. Recommended preparation for exam(s): BTPBTAE Exam This exam is required for the Cisco Transformative Architecture Specialist Accreditation. Solution Sales Recommended preparation for exam(s): Business Value Analyst Exam Applying Cisco Specialized Business Value Analysis Skills Exam Delegates looking to achieve the Cisco Business Value Specialist Accreditation will need to take both Exams. Cisco Trainingen Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 57

58 We willen altijd en overal toegang hebben tot onze data. Dit ongeacht het device. Maar wel veilig! Een Citrix Mobile Workspace-technologie biedt een IT-organisatie de mogelijkheid om veilig desktops en apps aan eindgebruikers te kunnen bieden. Gebruikers krijgen een naadloze, veilige toegang tot alle bedrijfsapplicaties, gegevens en diensten die nodig zijn om werkzaamheden goed te kunnen uitvoeren. Plaats onafhankelijk, van pc tot smartphone. De technologie kan bovendien worden geleverd als één geïntegreerde oplossing, over elk type netwerk en vanuit elke cloud, inclusief private, openbare of hybride omgevingen. Global Knowledge is in Nederland, en tevens in de Benelux, het grootste door Citrix geaccrediteerde Citrix Authorized Learning Center (CALC). Dit geeft u de zekerheid van de hoogste doorgangsgarantie van een Citrix training of opleiding. Global Knowledge levert alleen officieel gecertificeerde cursussen, trainingen en opleidingen van Citrix. Hierdoor bent u ervan gegarandeerd dat de trainingen op een consistent niveau worden gegeven, die voldoen aan de door Citrix gestelde strenge eisen en die u optimaal opleiden voor een eventueel Citrix examen. Bovendien werkt Global Knowledge alleen met Citrix Certified Instructors (CCI s) die gerechtigd zijn deze Citrix cursussen te geven. Alle cursussen, trainingen en opleidingen worden gegeven met behulp van het officieel cursusmateriaal dat is ontwikkeld door Citrix. Citrix en De Citrix certificeringen zijn oplossingsgericht en spelen in op de behoefte van IT professionals en organisaties. Als een certified associate, professional of expert toont u aan dat u over de juiste vaardigheden en ervaring beschikt om Citrix oplossingen succesvol uit te kunnen leveren. U kunt zich certificeren voor de Citrix technologieën: Virtualization, Networking en Mobility. Certified Expert Citrix Certified Expert Citrix Certified Professional Certified Associate Citrix Certified Professional Citrix Certified Associate 58

59 strajecten per technologie Virtualization (CCA-V/CCP-V/CCE-V) Networking (CCA-N/CCP-N/CCE-N) Mobility (CCP-M) De Citrix Virtualization certificeringen zijn gericht op het design, deployment & management van XenDesktop 7 oplossingen. De Citrix Networking certificeringen valideren de kennis en vaardigheden die nodig zijn om de volledige capaciteiten van Citrix NetScaler, inclusief implementatie voor app en desktop delivery, netwerkprestaties en optimalisering te benutten. Citrix Mobility certificering is gericht op enterprise mobility management voor apps, data en devices met Citrix XenMobile enterprise. Citrix en CCA-V Citrix Certified Associate - Virtualization CCA-N Citrix Certified Associate - Networking CCP-M Citrix Certified Professional - Mobility CCA-V certificering + examennummer Managing Citrix XenDesktop 7 Solutions (1Y0-200) Voorbereidende training(en) Managing XenDesktop 7.5 Solutions (CXD-203) CCA-N certificering + examennummer Implementing Citrix NetScaler 10.5 for App and Desktop Solutions exam (1Y0-253) of Implementing Citrix NetScaler 10 for App and Desktop Solutions (1YO-250) Voorbereidende training(en) Implementing Citrix NetScaler 10.5 for App and Desktop Solutions (CNS-207) CCP-M examen + examennummer Designing, Deploying, and Managing Enterprise Mobility Solutions with Citrix XenMobile examen (1Y0-370) Voorbereidende training(en) Designing, Deploying, and Managing Enterprise Mobility Solutions with Citrix XenMobile (CXM-302) CCP-V Citrix Certified Professional - Virtualization CCP-V certificering + examennummer Deploying Citrix XenDesktop 7 Solutions (1Y0-300) CCE-V Citrix Certified Expert - Virtualization CCE-AD certificering + examennummer Designing Citrix XenDesktop 7 Solutions (1Y0-400) Voorbereidende training(en) Deploying Citrix XenDesktop 7.5 Solutions (CXD-300) Voorbereidende training(en) Designing Citrix XenDesktop 7 Solutions (CXD-400) CCP-N Citrix Certified Professional - Networking CCP-N certificering + examennummer Citrix NetScaler 10.5 Essentials for Networking exam (1Y0-351) of Citrix NetScaler 10 Essentials and Networking (1Y0-350) CCE-N Citrix Certified Expert Networking Wordt binnenkort verwacht Voorbereidende training(en) Citrix NetScaler 10.5 Essentials + Networking (CNS-205) Bent u CCA, CCAA, CCEE, CIA for Virtualization? Wanneer u CCA of CCAA gecertificeerd bent, dan kunt u uw huidige certificering updaten naar de Virtualization (CCA-V) certificering. Hiervoor dient u het Associate-level examen 1Y0-200 te behalen. Wanneer u CCEE for Virtualization gecertificeerd bent, dan kunt u uw huidige certificering updaten naar de Citrix Certified Professional (CCP-V) certificering. Hiervoor dient u het professional-level examen 1Y0-300 te behalen. Wanneer u CCIA for Virtualization gecertificeerd bent, dan kunt u uw huidige certificering updaten naar de Citrix Certified Expert (CCE-V) certificering. Hiervoor dient u het expert-level examen 1Y0-400 te behalen. Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 59

60 Citrix Trainingen Alle trainingen worden in het Nederlands gegeven, tenzij anders vermeld op de website. Virtualisation Citrix Trainingen Managing App and Desktop Solutions with Citrix XenDesktop 7.5 CXD-203 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.495,- Deploying App and Desktop Solutions with Citrix XenApp and XenDesktop 7.5 CXD-300 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.695,- Designing App and Desktop Solutions with Citrix XenApp and XenDesktop CXD-400 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.850,- In Citrix XenDesktop 7.5 worden de populaire Citrix virtualisatie producten XenDesktop en XenApp samengevoegd. In de Citrix cursus Managing Citrix Xen- Desktop 7.5 Solutions worden studenten de vaardigheden aangeleerd die nodig zijn om een Citrix XenDesktop 7.5 omgeving binnen een desktop- en applicatie delivery infrastructuur effectief te kunnen managen en ondersteunen. Na afloop van de training zijn cursisten in staat een Citrix XenDesktop 7.5 omgeving succesvol te managen, ondersteunen, monitoren en problemen op te lossen. Bij Global Knowledge is een examen voucher bij de prijs van deze Citrix training inbegrepen! De cursus is bedoeld voor IT professionals zoals server-, netwerk- en systeembeheerders, system en sales engineers, consultants, analysts en architecten die bekend zijn met Microsoft Windows Server omgevingen en zich willen certificeren voor Citrix Certified Administrator (CCA). De cursus is ook geschikt voor IT-professionals, inclusief Administrators en Engineers, die een bestaande XenDesktop 7.5 omgeving moeten managen en onderhouden op zowel gebruikers, applicatie en desktop niveau. Om deze cursus goed te kunnen volgen wordt u geadviseerd van de volgende begrippen kennis te hebben: An understanding of server, desktop and application virtualization concepts Experience with Windows Server 2012, specifically: - Active Directory - Domains - Groups and User Accounts - Organizational Units - Group Policy Objects - Experience with Windows 7 and Windows 8 user interfaces Experience with SQL Server 2012, specifically: - General understanding of databases, permissions, security, clustering/mirroring, HA - Basic networking knowledge - Protocols (TCP/IP, UDP, HTTP, etc.) - Basic storage knowledge (manage existing storage types, add new storage) - Basics of Citrix licensing - Familiarity with at least one hypervisor (XenServer, Hyper-V, or vsphere) - Basic understanding of the different types of profiles (local, roaming, mandatory) - Basic understanding of certificates, the role of Certificate Authorities, certificate types - Completed the following courses or can demonstrate equivalent knowledge: - CXD-102 Introduction to XenDesktop 7 Deze Citrix XenDesktop 7.5 training bereidt u voor op tot het examen 1Y Managing Citrix XenDesktop 7 Solutions. Na het behalen van dit examen bent u gecertificeerd als Citrix Certified Associate Virtualization (CCA-V). In de implementatiecursus Deploying App and Desktop Solutions with Citrix XenApp and XenDesktop 7.5 leren deelnemers de vaardigheden aan die nodig zijn om succesvol een complete Citrix-app- en -desktopomgeving te implementeren in een Windows Server 2012-omgeving. In deze cursus die in een workshop omgeving plaatsvindt, leren deelnemers een omgeving op te zetten met de volgende Citrix-componenten: XenServer, XenDesktop, Citrix License Server, MCS, PVS, Personal vdisk, Storefront, NetScaler (ICA-proxy, load balancing en eindpuntanalyse) en Citrix Receiver. Bij afronding van de cursus kunnen deelnemers van de grond af een omgeving opbouwen met alle XenDesktop 7.5 componenten.bij Global Knowledge is een examen voucher bij de prijs van deze Citrix training inbegrepen! Deze cursus is aanbevolen voor systeemontwikkelaars, zoals systeemarchitecten, adviseurs en technici. Deelnemers krijgen praktijkervaring met het installeren en configureren van app- en desktopomgevingen vanaf nul en met het testen van hun implementaties voor de uitrol van deze omgevingen. Aan het einde van de cursus beschikken deelnemers over de vaardigheden om succesvol XenDesktop 7.5 systemen op te zetten die het grootste deel van de Citrix-klanten vandaag de dag gebruikt. Bij aanvang van de training wordt er van uitgegaan dat de deelnemers over de volgende kennis beschikken: Kennis van server-, desktop- en applicatie-virtualisatieconcepten Ervaring met Windows Server 2012, onder meer met:o Active Directory (AD) oterminal-diensteno Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) o Domain Name System (DNS) o Prestatiemonitoringo Group Policy Objectso Microsoft SQL Server Succesvolle afronding van de volgende cursussen of aantoonbare vergelijkbare kennis van:o CXD-102 Introductie XenDesktop 7 o CXD-203 Beheer van XenDesktop 7-systemen De training CXD-300 bereidt kandidaten voor op het Citrix examen: 1Y0-300 Deploying XenDesktop 7 Solutions exam. Na succesvol afronden van het examen bent u gecertificeerd als Citrix Certified Professional - Virtualization (CCP-V). In deze cursus leren deelnemers succesvol een XenDesktop 7-omgeving met desktop en apps te ontwerpen, op basis van de architecturen en projecten die door de meeste Citrix-klanten worden gebruikt, in verschillende branches en gebruikssituaties. Deelnemers hebben ook de mogelijkheid om een ontwerp te bouwen voor hun eigen organisatie en krijgen toegang tot alle hulpmiddelen en referentiematerialen die hen bij hun werkzaamheden kunnen helpen. Deze cursus staat onder leiding van een Citrix Certified Instructor (CCI) en bestaat uit demonstraties en het praktisch toepassen van concepten via actieve en toepassingsgerichte oefeningen.bij Global Knowledge is een examen voucher bij de prijs van deze Citrix training inbegrepen! Deze cursus is aanbevolen voor ontwerpers van systemen voor desktopvirtualisatie, zoals systeemarchitecten, adviseurs en technici. Bij aanvang van de training wordt er van uitgegaan dat de deelnemers over de volgende kennis beschikken: Gemiddelde kennis van componenten en concepten van Citrixdesktopvirtualisatie Basiskennis van projectmanagement en van best practices voor documentatie Basis-presentatievaardigheden Kennis van Windows Server (Windows Server 2012), waaronder van:oactive DirectoryoDHCP Basiskennis van netwerken SQL Server: basiskennis van databases, toegangsrechten, beveiliging en hoge beschikbaarheid Basiskennis van fysieke en virtuele opslag:onas, SAN, SSDoCIFS Bekendheid met hypervisortechnologieën (XenServer, Hyper-V of vsphere) Succesvolle afronding van de volgende cursussen of aantoonbare vergelijkbare kennis van:ocxd-102 Introductie XenDesktop 7 ocxd-300 Implementatie van XenDesktop 7-systemen Behalve praktijkervaring krijgen deelnemers in deze cursus ook een voorbereiding op het examen Designing XenDesktop 7 Solutions exam (1Y0-400). Wanneer deelnemers voor dit examen slagen ontvangen ze het nieuwe certificaat Citrix Certified Expert - Virtualization (CCE-V). 60 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

61 Citrix XenApp 7.5 Skills Update CXA-207 Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.495,- Citrix XenDesktop 7.5 Skills Update CXD-205 Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.490,- In deze cursus doen ervaren Citrix XenApp-gebruikers de benodigde kennis op voor het implementeren van Citrix XenApp 7.5. Deelnemers leren hoe zij een XenApp 7.5-omgeving kunnen configureren die bestaat uit de Citrix-onderdelen Delivery Controller, Director, Studio, MCS, NetScaler, Provisioning Services en Receiver. Na afloop van de cursus kunnen de deelnemers een XenApp 7.5-systeem implementeren en configureren. Bij deze cursus is er ook toegang tot een live-labomgeving.de cursus staat onder leiding van een Citrix Certified Instructor (CCI); er worden demonstraties gegeven en de concepten kunnen in de praktijk worden gebracht door praktijkoefeningen in een live-labomgeving. Deze cursus is bedoeld voor IT-professionals, systeemarchitecten, systeemtechnici, serverbeheerders en Citrix-partners met eerdere Citrix XenApp-ervaring. Bij aanvang van de training wordt er van uitgegaan dat de deelnemers over de volgende kennis beschikken: Kennis van de werking van eerdere XenApp-versies Kennis van de producten van derden die een rol spelen bij de implementatie, zoals Active Directory en databases Kennis van de invloed die designgerelateerde beslissingen kunnen hebben op een productieomgeving Ervaring met de implementatie van kleinschalige omgevingen van 100 servers of minder voor eerdere versies van XenApp Ervaring met het uitvoeren van dagelijkse taken die nodig zijn voor optimale prestaties van applicaties in eerdere XenApp-versies Ervaring met het beheer van gebruikersaccounts, apps en diensten volgens bepaalde specificaties Er is geen certificering gekoppeld aan deze Citrix training. In deze cursus doen ervaren Citrix XenDesktop-gebruikers de benodigde kennis op voor het implementeren van Citrix XenDesktop 7.5. Deelnemers leren hoe zij een XenDesktop 7.5-omgeving kunnen configureren die bestaat uit de Citrix-onderdelen Delivery Controller, Director, Studio, MCS, NetScaler, Provisioning Services en Receiver. Na afloop van de cursus kunnen de deelnemers een XenDesktop 7.5-systeem implementeren en configureren. Bij deze cursus is er ook toegang tot een live-labomgeving. De cursus staat onder leiding van een Citrix Certified Instructor (CCI); er worden demonstraties gegeven en de concepten kunnen in de praktijk worden gebracht door praktijkoefeningen in een live-labomgeving. Deze cursus is bedoeld voor IT-professionals, systeemarchitecten, systeemtechnici, serverbeheerders en Citrix-partners met eerdere Citrix XenDesktop-ervaring. Bij aanvang van de training wordt er van uitgegaan dat de deelnemers over de volgende kennis beschikken:kennis van de werking van eerdere XenDesktop-versiesKennis van de producten van derden die een rol spelen bij de implementatie, zoals Active Directory en databaseskennis van de invloed die design-gerelateerde beslissingen kunnen hebben op een productieomgevingervaring met de implementatie van kleinschalige omgevingen van 100 servers of minder voor eerdere versies van XenDesktopErvaring met het uitvoeren van dagelijkse taken die nodig zijn voor optimale prestaties van applicaties in eerdere XenDesktop-versiesErvaring met het beheer van gebruikersaccounts, apps en diensten volgens bepaalde specificaties. Er is geen certificering gekoppeld aan deze Citrix training. Citrix Trainingen Citrix XenDesktop 7 Helpdesk CXD-104 Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 995,- Bij de cursus Citrix XenDesktop 7 HelpDesk Support, die onder leiding staat van een Citrix Certified Instructor (CCI), worden Helpdesk-medewerkers uitgerust met de vaardigheden die nodig zijn om problemen bij gebruikers effectief en snel op te lossen, om te voorkomen dat deze problemen opnieuw optreden en om bij het oplossen van problemen de juiste consoles te gebruiken, zodat de oorzaak van problemen snel kan worden opgespoord. Na afloop van de cursus zijn deelnemers in staat om problemen bij de gebruikers op te lossen, bijvoorbeeld door op een goede manier de behoeften van de gebruiker te bepalen, door de juiste vragen te stellen zodat veel voorkomende problemen kunnen worden opgelost en door gesprekken goed te documenteren, zodat eventuele escalatie op een soepele manier kan plaatsvinden. De cursus bestaat uit demonstraties en uit de praktische toepassing van concepten via praktijkoefeningen in een live-labomgeving. Deze tweedaagse cursus is bedoeld voor helpdeskmedewerkers die ondersteuning moeten bieden aan gebruikers van Xen- Desktop 7-applicaties en -desktops. Voor aanvang van de training raadt Citrix deelnemers aan om de gratis online-cursus CXD-102 Introduction to Citrix XenDesktop 7 te volgen. Na afloop van de cursus zijn deelnemers in staat om: helpdesktickets volledig te verwerken met behulp van de juiste documentatie; problemen binnen hun verantwoordelijkheid snel op te lossen; problemen buiten hun verantwoordelijkheid te escaleren naar de juiste persoon of het juiste team; ervoor te zorgen dat problemen volledig worden opgelost en dat er stappen worden ondernomen om te voorkomen dat deze opnieuw optreden; strategisch te denken en tijdens de probleemoplossing de juiste consoles te gebruiken om snel de oorzaak van een probleem te kunnen bepalen. Er is geen certificering gekoppeld aan deze Citrix training. Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 61

62 Citrix Trainingen Deploy and Manage XenApp/XenDesktop 7.5 Fast Track CMB-300 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.595,- Deze training biedt deelnemers een versneld pad om vaardigheden op te doen die vereist zijn om succesvol een complete met Citrix gehoste applicatie- en desktopvirtualisatie-oplossing in een Windows Server 2012 R2 omgeving te implementeren en ondersteunen. In deze training zullen deelnemers leren om een omgeving te configureren die de volgende Citrix-componenten bevat: XenServer, XenDesktop, Citrix License Server, MCS, PVS, Personal vdisk, StoreFront, NetScaler (ICA Proxy, Load Balancing, Endpoint Analysis) en Citrix Receiver. Na het voltooien van de training zullen deelnemers in staat zijn om een XenDesktop 7.5-omgeving van scratch af op te bouwen, de implementatie te testen om te verzekeren dat alle componenten naar verwachting werken, en succesvol een XenDesktop 7.5-oplossing te beheren en monitoren en problemen op te lossen. Deze training wordt door een docent geleid met demonstraties en de praktische toepassing van concepten door hands-on oefeningen in een live labomgeving, evenals simulaties. Gedurende de duur van de training heeft u toegang tot de labs.bij Global Knowledge is een examen voucher bij de prijs van deze Citrix training inbegrepen! Deze training wordt aanbevolen voor architecten, consultants, technici en beheerders. Cursisten zullen hands-on ervaring opdoen met het installeren, configureren en beheren van gehoste applicatie- en desktopvirtualisatieoplossingen vanaf de basis. Na het voltooien van de training zullen deelnemers de vaardigheden hebben om succesvol XenDesktop 7.5-oplossingen te implementeren en ondersteunen die de meerderheid van Citrix-klanten momenteel gebruiken. Bij aanvang van de training wordt er van uitgegaan dat de deelnemers over de volgende kennis beschikken: Kennis van server-, desktop- en applicatievirtualisatieconcepten Ervaring met Windows Server 2012 R2, in het bijzonder: - Active Directory - Domeinen - Groepen en gebruikersaccounts - Organisatie-eenheden - Groepsbeleidsobjecten Domeinen Ervaring met Windows 7 en Windows 8.1 gebruikersinterfaces Basiskennis opslag (beheren van bestaande opslagtypes, nieuwe opslag toevoegen) Basiskennis van Citrix licentieverlening Bekendheid met minimaal één hypervisor (XenServer, Hyper-V of vsphere) Basiskennis van de verschillende soorten profielen (lokaal, zwervend, verplicht) De training CMB-300 bereidt kandidaten voor op het Citrix Managing XenDesktop 7 Solutions examen en het Deploying XenDesktop 7 Solutions examen. Naast het opdoen van praktijkervaring, bereidt deze training deelnemers voor op het examen Managing XenDesktop 7 Solutions en het examen Deploying XenDesktop 7 Solutions. Door te slagen voor het examen Managing Citrix XenDesktop 7 Solutions, verwerven deelnemers de nieuwe certificering Citrix Certified Associate Virtualization (CCA-V). Door te slagen voor het examen Deploying Citrix XenDesktop 7 Solutions, krijgen deelnemers de nieuwe certificering Citrix Certified Professional Virtualization (CCP-V). Hier vindt u meer informatie over de nieuwe Citrix certificeringen. Citrix XenApp 6.5 Administration CXA-206 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.495,- De Citrix XenApp 6.5 Administration cursus leert beheerders de benodigde basisvaardigheden die noodzakelijk zijn om applicaties in een datacenter effectief te centraliseren en beheren met behulp van XenApp en ze vervolgens als een service te leveren aan gebruikers, ongeacht waar ze zich in de wereld bevinden. Cursisten leren hoe ze Citrix XenApp 6.5 voor Windows Server 2008 R2, Citrix Receiver en de plug-ins succesvol kunnen installeren en configureren. Daarnaast zal de cursus ingaan op het gebruik van administratieve consoles en gereedschappen om resources, beleidsmaatregelen, server en farm settings, printers, gevirtualiseerde applicaties, etc. te configureren.bij Global Knowledge is een examen voucher bij de prijs van deze Citrix training inbegrepen! De cursus is bedoeld voor IT professionals zoals server-, netwerk- en systeembeheerders, system en sales engineers, consultants, analysts en architecten die bekend zijn met Microsoft Windows Server omgevingen en zich willen certificeren voor Citrix Certified Administrator (CCA). De cursus is ook geschikt voor bestaande XenApp beheerders en/ of systeemingenieurs die geïnteresseerd zijn in het bijwerken van hun XenApp vaardigheden, het krijgen van een Citrix Authorized Training over XenApp 6.5 of hun XenApp 6.5 certificeringen willen behalen. Cursisten dienen kennis en ervaring te hebben met de volgende Citrix producten: Familiarity with Microsoft Windows Server 2008 R2 Experience with Microsoft SQL Server or enterprise database servers Experience with Active Directory and Group Policy Basic understanding of Microsoft Remote Desktop Services Familiarity with application virtualization technologies, such as Citrix application streaming or Microsoft App-V Basic understanding of Windows Server networking concepts, such as DNS, IIS, load balancing, and file and printing services Exposure to basic system administration concepts, including logging, software upgrade procedures and high availability operations Familiarity with server monitoring tools Basic understanding of VPN concepts, including SSL encryption and certificates De training CXA-206 bereidt kandidaten voor op het Citrix examen A20 - Citrix XenApp 6.5 Administration. Na het behalen van dit examen certificeert u zich als Citrix Certified Administrator (CCA). Het behalen van het examen A20 - Citrix XenApp 6.5 Administration is tevens een stap bij het behalen van de volgende certificeringen: Citrix Certified Advanced Administrator (CCAA) for Citrix XenApp 6 Citrix Certified Enterprise Engineer (CCEE) for Virtualization Citrix Certified Integration Architect (CCIA) for Virtualization Citrix XenApp 6.5 Advanced Administration CXA-301 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.495,- De cursus CXA-301 Citrix XenApp 6.5 Advanced Administration is de vervolgtraining op de training CXA-206 Citrix XenApp 6.5 Administration. In de cursus leert u de vaardigheden die nodig zijn voor het controleren en onderhouden van Citrix XenApp 6.5 omgevingen waarin Windows Server 2008 R2 software wordt gebruikt. Ook zal een cursist na afloop problemen kunnen oplossen die in deze omgevingen voorkomen. Cursisten maken kennis met tools die nuttig zijn bij het genereren van rapporten en met instrumenten die worden gebruikt voor het monitoren van XenApp farm activiteiten. Daarnaast leren cursisten de vaardigheden die nodig zijn om data en server integriteit te behouden, XenApp farm te monitoren en optimaliseren en problemen die zich binnen de XenApp farm voordoen op te lossen. Deze cursus spoort cursisten aan te leren door te doen. Dit gebeurt aan de hand van verschillende hands-on oefeningen die dieper ingaan op de cursusstof.bij Global Knowledge is een examen voucher bij de prijs van deze Citrix training inbegrepen! IT-professionals als Netwerk en Systeembeheerders, consultants, engineers, architecten en Citrix Solution Advisors die bekend zijn met Windows Server 2008 R2 en Citrix XenApp 6 of 6.5 omgevingen. IT-professionals die zich willen certificeren tot Citrix Certified Advanced Administrator (CCAA) for Citrix XenApp 6, Citrix Certified Enterprise Engineer (CCEE) of Citrix Certified Integration Architect (CCIA). Systeem Beheerders, engineers, analisten, consultants, architects en Citrix partners zijn geschikte kandidaten voor deze cursus. Bestaande XenApp administrators, met name diegene met basis XenApp 6.5 ervaring en die zijn geïnteresseerd in het behalen van CCAA of CCEE certificaten, zijn ideale kandidaten. Het dient aanbeveling om de trainingen CXA-204 of CXA-206 te hebben gevolgd. Deelnemers dienen voorafgaand aan de cursus praktijkervaring en/of bekendheid te hebben van: Working knowledge of Microsoft Windows Server 2008 R2 with Remote Desktop Services Familiarity with Microsoft SQL Server 2008 Reporting Services Working knowledge of the architecture and administrative tasks associated with Citrix XenApp 6.5 CXA Citrix XenApp 6.5 Basic Administration Basic knowledge of XenServer, EdgeSight, Branch Repeater and XenDesktop De training CXA-301 bereidt kandidaten voor op het Citrix examen A22 - Citrix XenApp 6.5 Advanced Administration. Indien u gecertificeerd bent als CCA XenApp 6 of 6.5 en u rondt het examen A22 goed af, dan certificeert u zich als Citrix Certified Advanced Administrator (CCAA) voor Citrix XenApp 6.Het examen A22 telt tevens mee bij het behalen van de volgende certificeringen: Citrix Certified Enterprise Engineer (CCEE) for Virtualization Citrix Certified Integration Architect for Virtualization (CCIA) 62 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

63 Citrix XenDesktop 5 Administration CXD-202 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.495,- Citrix XenServer 6 Administration CXS-203 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.495,- Citrix XenApp and XenDesktop Fast Track CMB-207 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.495,- Deze Citrix XenDesktop cursus biedt beheerders de basis die nodig is om desktops effectief te centraliseren en te beheren in het datacenter en ze vervolgens te leveren als een service aan gebruikers, ongeacht waar ze zich bevinden. Cursisten leren hoe een desktop delivery-model voor elke groep gebruikers kan worden geselecteerd op basis van hun behoeften. Tevens leert u hoe een XenDesktop proofof-concept en productieomgeving bouwt, virtuele desktops toewijst en per gebruiker rechten kunt geven.bij Global Knowledge is een examen voucher bij de prijs van deze Citrix training inbegrepen! De cursus is bedoeld voor: IT-professionals als netwerk en systeem beheerders, consultants, engineers en architecten, inclusief members van het Citrix Partner Network. IT-professionals die zich willen certificeren tot Citrix Certified Administrator voor Citrix XenDesktop 5 (CCA), Citrix Certified Enterprise Engineer (CCEE) for Virtualization of Citrix Certified Integration Architect for Virtualization (CCIA). Bij aanvang van de training wordt er van uitgegaan dat de deelnemers over de volgende kennis beschikken: Enige kennis en ervaring met de achtergronden en doelstellingen van virtualisatie techniek Enige kennis en ervaring met Windows Server 2008 R2 Basiskennis van server, desktop en applicatie virtualisatie concepten Enige kennis en ervaring van network en storage devices, device driversen besturingsystemen Deze training CXD-202 bereidt de cursist voor op het Citrix examen A19 - Citrix XenDesktop 5 Administration.Indien u het examen A22 - Citrix XenApp 6.5 Advanced Administration goed afrondt, dan certificeert u zich als Citrix Certified Administrator (CCA) op Citrix XenDesktop 5.5. Het examen A22 telt tevens mee voor het behalen van de volgende certificeringen: Citrix Certified Enterprise Engineer (CCEE) for Virtualization Citrix Certified Integration Architect for Virtualization (CCIA) In deze Citrix XenServer 6.0 training leren cursisten de vaardigheden die nodig zijn voor het configureren en beheren van XenServer 6.0, XenCenter en Provisioning Server 6.0. Middels virtual labs, demonstraties en praktische toepassingen van concepten doen cursisten ervaring op met: Het configureren van een XenServer virtualisatie server. Het beheren van een XenServer door gebruik te maken van XenCenter. Het creëren van Windows- en Linux virtuele machines. Het creëren van XenServer resource pools en verbinding maken met remote storage. Het gebruik van XenMotion en automatic virtual machine placement. Het ontwerpen van een Provisioning Server farm. Het creëren, toewijzen en beheren van virtual disks. Het beheren van target devices. Het configureren van hoge beschikbaarheid. Bij Global Knowledge is een examen voucher bij de prijs van deze Citrix training inbegrepen! De cursus is bedoeld voor: IT-professionals als netwerk en systeem beheerders, consultants, engineers en architecten plus Citrix Solution Advisors die de Citrix virtualisatieproducten XenServer 6.0 en Provisioning Services 6.0 for Datacenters moeten implementeren en beheren. IT-professionals die zich willen certificeren tot Citrix Certified Administrator (CCA) voor Citrix XenServer 6.0, Citrix Certified Enterprise Engineer (CCEE) for Virtualization of Citrix Certified Integration Architect (CCIA) for Virtualization. Bij aanvang van de training wordt er van uitgegaan dat de deelnemers over de volgende kennis beschikken: Enige kennis en ervaring met de achtergronden en doelstellingen van virtualisatie technologie Enige kennis en ervaring met Windows Server 2003 of Windows Server 2008 Enige kennis en ervaring van network en storage devices, device driversen besturingsystemen Basis ervaring met het installeren en onderhouden van Linux distributies Kennis en ervaring met computer architectuur waaronder netwerk en opslag apparatuur, vlan configuratie, device drivers en besturingssystemen De training CXS-203 bereidt de kandidaat voor op het Citrix examen A26 - Citrix XenServer 6.0 Administration. Indien u het examen A26 succesvol afrondt, dan behaalt u het Citrix Certified Administrator (CCA) certificaat voor Citrix XenServer 6. Het certificaat CCA voor XenServer 6 telt tevens mee voor het behalen van de volgende certificeringen: Citrix Certified Enterprise Engineer (CCEE) for Virtualization Citrix Certified Integration Architect (CCIA) for Virtualization Deze 5-daagse Fast Track training biedt studenten de basis die nodig is om effectief desktops en applicaties in het datacenter te beheren en ze vervolgens als een dienst te leveren ongeacht waar een gebruiker zich bevindt. Cursisten leren tijdens deze versnelde cursus onder meer hoe XenDesktop- en XenApp-omgeving opgezet kunnen worden en administratieve rechten, virtuele desktops en printers toegewezen worden aan gebruikers. Deze Fast Track-training is een combinatie van de cursussen Citrix XenApp 6.5 Administration (CXA-206) en Citrix XenDesktop 5 Administration (CXD-202). De cursus is vooral bedoeld voor ervaren Citrix XenApp Administrators die hun vaardigheden met XenDesktop willen uitbreiden. Met deze cursus kunt u de kennis opdoen om u versneld te certificeren als Citrix Certified Administrator (CCA).Bij Global Knowledge is een examen voucher bij de prijs van deze Citrix training inbegrepen! De cursus is bedoeld voor IT professionals zoals server-, netwerk- en systeembeheerders, system en sales engineers, consultants, analysts en architecten die bekend zijn met Microsoft Windows Server omgevingen. Met name voor bestaande Citrix XenApp Administrators die hun kennis willen uitbreiden met XenDesktop is deze cursus zeer geschikt. Bij aanvang van de cursus wordt van de cursisten de volgende voorkennis en ervaring verwacht: Microsoft Windows Server 2008 R2 and Remote Desktop Services Network and storage devices, device drivers, and operating systems Networking concepts, such as DNS, DHCP, IIS, load balancing, and file and printing services Active Directory and group policy Server, desktop, and application virtualization concepts Citrix XenApp Deze training CMB-207 bereidt de cursist voor op het Citrix examen A19 - Citrix XenDesktop 5 Administration. Indien u het examen A22 - Citrix XenApp 6.5 Advanced Administration goed afrondt, dan certificeert u zich als Citrix Certified Administrator (CCA) voor Citrix XenDesktop 5.5. Het examen A22 telt tevens mee voor het behalen van de volgende certificeringen: Citrix Certified Enterprise Engineer (CCEE) for Virtualization Citrix Certified Integration Architect (CCIA) for Virtualization Citrix Trainingen Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 63

64 Networking Citrix Trainingen Help Desk Support for Citrix XenDesktop 5.6 and XenApp 6.5 CHD-100 Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.495,- Deze training maakt helpdeskpersoneel en eerste- en tweedelijns-supportmedewerkers vertrouwd met concepten en probleemoplossingsstrategieën voor XenApp- en XenDesktop-omgevingen. Studenten maken kennis met de basisconcepten achter de beschikbare mogelijkheden van een XenApp- of XenDesktop-omgeving, de communicatievereisten voor elke omgeving en de procedure voor toegang tot hulpbronnen vanuit de beide omgevingen.helpdeskpersoneel kan hierna bepalen of een probleem invloed heeft op een algemener probleemgebied en vervolgens het probleem onderverdelen in specifiekere zaken. Sommige problemen kunnen direct door de helpdesk worden opgelost. Bij andere problemen kan de helpdesk nodig zijn om het probleem vast te stellen en door te sturen naar de geschikte afdeling, zoals XenApp- of XenDesktopbeheerders, netwerkbeheerders, applicatieteams enzovoort. De cursist wordt door helpdesktaken heen geleid door middel van interactieve discussies onder leiding van een instructeur en met praktijktrainingen. Zo wordt de cursist voorbereid op het aanbieden van oplossingen voor problemen die vaak voorkomen binnen een XenApp-omgeving. Deze training is bedoeld voor 1e en 2e lijns IT Support en Helpdesk medewerkers. De training is tevens geschikt voor andere medewerkers dan beheerders die kennis willen opdoen van de basisfunctionaliteiten van Citrix XenApp en Citrix XenDesktop. De volgende basis- en/of voorkennis wordt aanbevolen: Kennis en ervaring met Windows Server 2003/2008 support Basiskennis van Microsoft policybeheer en netwerkbegrippen Er is geen certificering gekoppeld aan deze Citrix training. Citrix NetScaler 10.5 Essentials and Networking CNS-205 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.495,- Het doel van de Citrix NetScaler 10.5 Essentials en Networking cursus is om de fundamentele concepten en vereiste vaardigheden te leren die benodigd zijn om een Citrix NetScaler systeem te configureren, beveiligen, bewaken en optimaliseren in een netwerkomgeving. Deze Citrix NetScaler training is speciaal ontworpen voor studenten met weinig of geen eerdere NetScaler ervaring. Om met succes deze opleiding te voltooien hebben de cursisten toegang tot diverse hands-on oefeningen in een virtuele testomgeving. De Netscaler cursus is gebaseerd op Citrix NetScaler 10.5, maar de vaardigheden en de basis concepten die worden geleerd zijn gelijk aan de eerdere productversies van NetScaler.Bij Global Knowledge is een examen voucher bij de prijs van deze Citrix training inbegrepen! De training is met name bedoeld voor: Netwerk professionals die beginnen met het NetScaler platform IT-professionals die zich bezig houden met het configureren en onderhouden van netwerkproducten. Netwerk- en systeembeheerders, consultants, engineers en members van het Citrix Partner Network. IT professionals die zich willen certificeren tot Citrix Certified Administrator (CCA) voor NetScaler 10.X. Het dient aanbeveling dat de cursisten voorafgaand aan de training in ieder geval kennis hebben van: Intermediate knowledge of TCP/IP and HTTP protocols and an understanding of the OSI model Experience with network devices, networking protocols and aspects of application and site architecture Moderate exposure to UNIX or Linux Exposure to basic systems administration concepts, including logging, software upgrade procedures and high availability operations Familiarity with web server software Knowledge of network security threats and site protection concepts De training CNS-205 bereidt kandidaten voor op het Citrix examena28 - Implementing NetScaler 10 for Networking and Traffic Optimization. Indien u dit examen succesvol afrondt, dan behaalt u het Citrix Certified Administrator (CCA) certificaat voor Citrix NetScaler 10. U bent dan gecertificeerd als Citrix Certified Professional Networking (CCP-N). Implementing Citrix NetScaler 10.5 for App and Desktop Solutions CNS-207 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.595,- Het doel van deze cursus is het verwerven van basiskennis en -vaardigheden voor het implementeren, configureren, beveiligen en monitoren van een Citrix NetScaler-systeem met NetScaler Gateway in een desktopvirtualisatie-omgeving, bijvoorbeeld een omgeving die beschikt over Citrix XenDesktop 7 of Citrix XenApp en die beveiligde applicatie- en datatoegang aanbiedt aan gebruikers. Deze cursus is speciaal bedoeld voor cursisten die nog weinig of geen ervaring hebben met NetScaler. Om deze cursus succesvol te kunnen afronden krijgen cursisten toegang tot praktijkoefeningen in een virtuele labomgeving. Er is ook een optionele module beschikbaar met extra simulatieoefeningen voor NetScaler SDX-toepassingen.Deze cursus is gebaseerd op Citrix NetScaler 10.5, maar de vaardigheden en concepten die aan de orde komen zijn vergelijkbaar met die in eerdere productversies. Bij Global Knowledge is een examen voucher bij de prijs van deze Citrix training inbegrepen! De cursus is bedoeld voor cursisten die: Onbekend zijn met het NetScalerplatform; Geïnteresseerd zijn in de integratie tussen Netscaler Gateway en Citrix XenDesktop of Citrix XenApp. Bij aanvang van de training wordt er van uitgegaan dat de deelnemers bekend zijn met het volgende: Het aanbieden van applicaties en cloud-netwerken Citrix-desktopvirtualisatiestrategieën zoals XenDesktop en XenApp Microsoft Windows Server 2008 R2 Microsoft Windows Server 2012 Microsoft SQL Server of databaseservers in een bedrijfsomgeving Active Directory en Group Policy Microsoft Remote Desktop Services Netwerkconcepten binnen Windows Server, zoals DNS, IIS en load balancing Basisconcepten van systeembeheer, zoals logging, softwareupgradeprocedures en operaties rondom hoge beschikbaarheid De training CNS-207 bereidt kandidaten voor op het Citrix examen Implementing Citrix NetScaler 10 for App and Desktop Solutions (1YO-250). Na het behalen van het examen bent u gecertificeerd als Citrix Certified Associate Networking (CCA-N). 64 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

65 Mobility Citrix NetScaler 10.5 Advanced Implementation CNS-301 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.595,- Deze cursus levert de basis voor het beheren en het monitoren van de geavanceerde functies en componenten van Citrix NetScaler Interactieve discussies en praktijkgerichte laboratoria gidsen de deelnemers door de geavanceerde administratieve taken, zoals probleemoplossing, het instellen van de beveiliging voor de applicaties met behulp van Citrix Application Firewall, het afstemmen van NetScaler op zware belastingen, het configureren van AAA voor systeembeheer en het vormgeven van geavanceerd beleid met gebruik van service callouts. Ook de geavanceerde toezicht- en beheertaken, zoals de configuratie en toepassing van NetScaler Insight Center, Command Center, en NetScaler Web Logging, worden behandeld. Ervaring met NetScaler is een absolute pre. Om deze cursus succesvol af te sluiten, krijgen de cursisten toegang tot praktijkgerichte oefeningen binnen een virtuele laboratoriumomgeving. De cursus is gebaseerd op Citrix NetScaler 10.1, maar de aangeleerde vaardigheden en basisconcepten zijn vergelijkbaar met die in eerdere productversies. Deze cursus staat onder leiding van een instructeur en bestaat o.a. uit klassikale discussies, demonstraties en praktische toepassingen van concepten via praktijkgerichte oefeningen. Bij aanvang van de cursus wordt er op aanraden van Citrix van uitgegaan dat de deelnemers over de volgende kennis en ervaring beschikken: Ervaring met het configureren van NetScaler-systemen, waaronder kennis over de diensten, de virtuele servers en het beleid Ervaring met netwerkapparatuur, zoals routers en switches, diverse netwerkprotocollen en aspecten van applicaties en sitearchitecturen (zoals DMZ s en VLAN s) Kennis van bedreigingen m.b.t. de veiligheid van netwerken, en van concepten van sitebeveiliging als firewalls, worms en DDoS-aanvallen Kennis van concepten m.b.t. monitoring en beheer, waaronder de basisbegrippen van SNMP Voltooiing van CNS-205 Citrix NetScaler 10 Essentials and Networking of gerelateerde ervaring Er is geen certificering gekoppeld aan deze Citrix training. Citrix NetScaler 10 Essentials for Cisco ACE CNS-208 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.695,- Het doel van deze cursus is het aanbieden van de basisconcepten en de geavanceerde vaardigheden die nodig zijn voor het implementeren, configureren, beveiligen, monitoren en optimaliseren van een Citrix Netscaler-systeem vanuit een netwerkframework dat gebruik maakt van Cisco ACE. Ook probleemoplossing maakt deel uit van deze set vaardigheden. De cursus is gebaseerd op Citrix NetScaler 10.0, maar de aangeleerde vaardigheden en basisconcepten zijn vergelijkbaar met die voor eerdere versies. De cursus is bedoeld voor netwerkspecialisten die nog onbekend zijn met het Citrix NetScaler platform en migreren vanaf het Cisco Ace Network. U dient bekend te zijn met de Cisco ACE producten. Er is geen certificering gekoppeld aan deze Citrix training. Designing, Deploying, and Managing Enterprise Mobility Solutions with Citrix XenMobile CXM-302 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.595,- Citrix XenMobile Enterprise is de nieuwe mobiliteitsbeheeroplossing van Citrix die het mogelijk maakt om alle mobiele devices zoals tablets en smartphones in een organisatie centraal te configureren en te beheren. XenMobile zorgt ervoor dat mobiele gebruikers overal productief kunnen werken terwijl de kosten laag worden gehouden. XenMobile Enterprise is een onmisbare mobiliteitsbeheeroplossing voor organisaties waar medewerkers worden gestimuleerd om eigen apparatuur (BYOD) productief in te zetten in een werkomgeving. De 5-daagse klassikale Citrix XenMobile cursus Designing, Deploying, and Managing Enterprise Mobility Solutions with Citrix XenMobile is bedoeld voor diegene die een Citrix XenMobile Enterprise omgeving willen ontwerpen, opzetten, uitrollen en beheren. De training bevat alle componenten dieu nodig heeft om een Citrix XenMobile oplossing te ontwerpen, uit te rollen, veelvoorkomende problemen op te lossen en onderhoudstaken uit voeren. Deze training bevat veel hands-on oefenopdrachten en leert u hoe u Citrix XenMobile MDM optimaal kunt inzetten in uw organisatie. Bij Global Knowledge is een examen voucher bij de prijs van deze Citrix training inbegrepen! De is bedoeld voor IT professionals zoals systeembeheerders, consultants, engineers, architecten en leden van het Citrix Partner Networkdie een Citrix XenMobile Enterprise omgeving willen ontwerpen, opzetten, uitrollen en beheren. De volgende voorkennis wordt aanbevolen: Ervaring met het gebruik en beheer van mobiele apparaten (bv Windows Phone, BlackBerry, Android, ios, Symbian) Kennis van Microsoft Windows, Microsoft Exchange en ActiveSync Na het behalen van het examen bent u gecertificeerd als Citrix Certified Professional Mobility (CCP-M) Citrix Trainingen Deze cursus is bedoeld voor systeembeheerders en netwerkpersoneel die zich bezighouden met het configureren en het beheren van Citrix NetScaler producten. Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 65

66 Cloud Implementing WAN Optimization with Citrix CloudBridge 7 Implementing Citrix CloudPlatform 4.3 Powered by Apache CloudStack Citrix Trainingen CCB-200 Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.495,- Het doel van de cursus Implementing WAN Optimization with Citrix CloudBridge 7 is het aanleren van de belangrijkste concepten en vaardigheden die nodig zijn voor de implementatie, configuratie, beveiliging en monitoring van een Citrix CloudBridge-systeem in een WAN-omgeving waarin gebruikers toegang wordt verleend tot applicaties en data. Deze cursus is speciaal bedoeld voor deelnemers die weinig tot geen ervaring hebben met CloudBridge. Om deze cursus succesvol te kunnen afronden krijgen cursisten toegang tot praktijkoefeningen binnen een virtuele labomgeving.deze cursus is gebaseerd op Citrix CloudBridge-versie 7.2, maar de aangeleerde vaardigheden en concepten zijn vergelijkbaar met die voor eerdere versies van het product. Tijdens de training heeft u toegang tot de labomgeving.als eerste Citrix Authorized Learning Center (CALC) in de BeneluxGlobal Knowledge is door Citrix geselecteerd om deze training als eerste Citrix Authorized Learning Center (CALC) in de Benelux te kunnen uit leveren. Global Knowledge biedt u deze training daarom frequent aan als open rooster of maatwerk training aan.n.b.: Indien er vanuit Citrix een examen beschikbaar is voor deze cursus, dan is het examen bij Global Knowledge inbegrepen in de cursusprijs! Deze cursus wordt aanbevolen voor deelnemers: voor wie het CloudBridge-platform nieuw is; die geïnteresseerd zijn in WANoptimalisatie via CloudBridge. Bij aanvang van de training wordt er van uitgegaan dat de deelnemers over de volgende kennis beschikken: Bekendheid met de principes van LAN en WAN Bekendheid met Microsoft Windows Server 2008 R2 Ervaring met Active Directory en Group Policy Basiskennis van Microsoft Remote Desktop Services Basiskennis van de netwerkconcepten binnen Windows Server, zoals DNS, IIS en load balancing Ervaring met basisconcepten voor systeembeheer, zoals loggen, softwareupgradeprocedures en activiteiten met betrekking tot hoge beschikbaarheid Bekendheid met servermonitortools Basiskennis van VPN-concepten, waaronder van SSL-encryptie en -certificaten Er is geen certificering gekoppeld aan deze Citrix training. CCP-300 Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.495,- Het doel van de cursus Implementing Citrix CloudPlatform is het aanleren van de basisconcepten en -vaardigheden die nodig zijn voor het implementeren, configureren, beveiligen en monitoren van een Citrix CloudPlatform-omgeving. Deze cursus is speciaal bedoeld voor deelnemers die weinig tot geen ervaring hebben met CloudPlatform. Om deze cursus succesvol te kunnen afronden krijgen deelnemers toegang tot praktische oefeningen in een virtuele labomgeving.deze cursus is gebaseerd op Citrix CloudPlatform 4.3, maar de vaardigheden en de basisconcepten die worden aangeleerd zijn vergelijkbaar met die voor eerdere productversies en zijn te gebruiken binnen de CloudStack-community. Deze cursus wordt aanbevolen voor deelnemers die: Geïnteresseerd zijn in het implementeren van CloudPlatform; Geïnteresseerd zijn in het implementeren van CloudStack of Citrix CloudPlatform overwegen. Bij aanvang van de training wordt er van uitgegaan dat de deelnemers over de volgende kennis beschikken: Ervaring met hypervisors, zoals Citrix XenServer Basiservaring met netwerken Algemene ervaring met virtualisatie en opslag Ervaring met het gebruik van de Linux CLI Er is geen certificering gekoppeld aan deze Citrix training. 66 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

67 HP is een Technology Solutions Provider voor zowel de consumenten- als zakelijke markt. HP is daarbij marktleider in fault Storage solutions, Management software en Cloud oplossingen. HP HP Enterprise Trainingen Als enige opleider in de Benelux is Global Knowledge in staat om als one-stop shop het volledige HP trainingsaanbod overzichtelijk aan te bieden. Of u nu geïnteresseerd bent in trainingen op het gebied van HP Servers, Software of Security, bij Global Knowledge bent u aan het juiste adres. Global Knowledge kan HP trainingen verzorgen op het gebied van: HP Cloud HP Data Center HP Networking HP Non-Stop HP Storage HP Software HP Servers HP Meer informatie over het HP trainingsaanbod en certificeringsmogelijkheden bij Global Knowledge, kunt u vinden op: /HP Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 67

68 HP Trainingen HP UX OpenVMS HP Trainingen UNIX Fundamentals (51434S) Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.299,- This course is an extensive introduction to the UNIX operating system and how to use its many commands and utilities. It also covers the standard UNIX system file editor and basic shell programming. This course is the foundation and prerequisite for most other courses in HP Education s Tru64 and HP-UX curricula. The course is 60 percent lecture and 40 percent handson labs using HP servers. System administrators, network administrators, software developers, programmers, operators, and technical users General computer literacy Er is geen certificering gekoppeld aan deze training. HP-UX System and Network Administration I (H3064S) Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.874,- This hands-on course is the first of two courses that prepare system administrators to successfully configure, manage, maintain, and administer HP-UX servers in a networked environment. This course focuses on configuring disks, file systems, peripherals, and user accounts, as well as managing and configuring core OS, patches, and application software. Successful completion of HP-UX System and Network Administration I and II will help prepare students for the HP-UX CSA technical certification exam. The 5-day course is 50 percent lecture and 50 percent hands-on labs using HP servers. HP-UX 11i system administrators and others who install, configure, and maintain HP-UX servers UNIX Fundamentals (51434S) or equivalent experience Er is geen certificering gekoppeld aan deze training. OpenVMS Fundamentals U3716 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.575,- In deze cursus wordt ingegaan op de elementaire kennis die benodigd is voor het beheren van OpenVMS systemen. Systeembeheerders die verantwoordelijk zijn voor het dagelijks beheer van OpenVMS systemen. Ontwikkelaars die programmeren op OpenVMS systemen. Kennis van en ervaring met algemene begrippen en concepten van de automatisering. Deze cursus leidt op voor het examen OpenVMS Systems Administration ( ). OpenVMS System Management I: Essentials for Established Systems HP-UX System and Network Administration II (H3065S) Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.874,- This course is the second of two courses that prepare system administrators to successfully administer HP-UX servers in a networked environment. Successful completion of HP-UX System and Network Administration I and II will help students prepare for the HP-UX Certified System Administrator (CSA) technical certification exam. The 5-day course is 50 percent lecture and 50 percent hands-on labs using HP servers. System and network administrators who maintain and configure system resources, control access to resources, and establish procedures HP-UX System and Network Administration I (H3064S) or equivalent experience Become an HP-UX Certified System Administrator (CSA) by successfully completing the HP0-A01 (previously HP0-095) HP-UX CSA certification exam. HP-UX for Experienced UNIX System Administrators (H5875S) Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.874,- This fast-paced intensive course is designed for experienced Tru64, AIX, Solaris, Linux, or other UNIX administrators who need to understand the differences between HP-UX and standard UNIX. It is essential that students have existing UNIX system administration experience. Successful completion of the course will help prepare students for the HP-UX Certified System Administrator (CSA) certification exam. The 5-day course is 50 percent lecture and 50 percent hands-on labds using HP servers. Experienced UNIX system administrators who are new to HP-UX Existing knowledge and system administration experience of a version of UNIX Become an HP-UX Certified System Administrator (CSA) by successfully completing the HP-UX CSA certification exam U3724 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.875,- In deze cursus wordt ingegaan op bestaande OpenVMS systemen in een netwerk omgeving, welke onderhouden moeten worden door de systeembeheerder of operator. Systeembeheerders en operators die verantwoordelijk zijn voor het dagelijkse onderhoud en beschikbaarheid van een OpenVMS systeem in een netwerkomgeving. Kennis en ervaring op het niveau van de cursus OpenVMS Fundamentals (HP-U3716). Deze cursus leidt op voor het examen OpenVMS Systems Administration ( ). 68

69 Server & Storage OpenVMS System Management II: Installation Configuration and Customisation U3725 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.875,- In deze cursus wordt ingegaan op het aanpassen van een OpenVMS systeem en op het opnemen in een netwerk en/ of cluster, zodat de deelnemer voldoende praktische en theoretische kennis heeft die vereist is om als systeembeheerder zelfstandig taken te kunnen uitvoeren. Systeem- en netwerkbeheerders die verantwoordelijk zijn voor het installeren, configureren en beheren van eenl OpenVMS systeem in een netwerk en/of OpenVMScluster. TCP/IP Services for OpenVMS Kennis en ervaring op het niveau van de cursus OpenVMS System Manager I: Essentials for Established Systems (HP-U3724). Deze cursus leidt op voor het examen OpenVMS Systems Administration ( ). U3728 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.575,- In deze cursus wordt ingegaan op de gebruikte protocollen, het gebruik en beheer van TCP/IP, om een OpenVMS systeem op te kunnen nemen in een TCP/ IP Internet netwerk. OpenVMS systeembeheerders, die verantwoordelijk zijn voor het beheer van de TCP/IP software op het OpenVMS systeem. Kennis en ervaring op het niveau van de cursussen OpenVMS System Management II: Installation, Configuration and Customization (HP-U3725) en Internetworking with TCP/IP (GK-9000). Deze cursus leidt op voor het examen OpenVMS Network Administration ( ). Implementing HP StorageWorks Enterprise Virtual Array Solutions v.9.21 (HH705S) Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.500,- This course provides training for the HP StorageWorks Enterprise Virtual Array family, including the EVA 4000/6000/8000, EVA 4100/6100/8100, and EVA 4400/6400/8400 series. After a conceptual overview, including terminology, the course describes hardware components and functions in detail, including the HSV controllers, disk drive enclosures, Fibre Channel loop switch, Management Module, and management server. Instructions are given on how to set up, configure, and manage the storage system and hosts using either HP SmartStart for EVA Storage or Command View EVA software. An overview of replication solutions software is provided. Finally, this course describes how error messages are generated and analyzed, and provides basic diagnostic and troubleshooting resources. Hands-on laboratories are included to correlate with the classroom materials. This course is primarily intended for Pre-Sales Technical personnel. A secondary audience is HP employees, customers, and partners with an interest in learning about the installation, configuration and support of the Enterprise Virtual Array storage solutions. The following courses are recommended prerequisites for this course: Storage Basics for Better TCE Storage Change Management Storage Technologies Web-Based Training (WBT) HP StorageWorks Full-Line Technical WBT Introduction to Storage Area Networks Computer-Based Training (CBT) Storage Area Network Fundamentals Compaq StorageWorks Virtualization Concepts WBT HP StorageWorks Enterprise Virtual Array Product Overview The student should also be familiar with OpenView and SANworks software products through the appropriate courses. Er is geen certificering gekoppeld aan deze training. HP StorageWorks VLS and D2D Solutions (HK766S) Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.499,- Managing HP Storage D2D Solutions introduces the D2D Disk Backup products, discusses the range of products in the product line, and explains D2D concepts, installation, and use. Learning concepts are reinforced with a series of hands-on lab exercises. This course is intended for D2D customers, HP Services field engineers, call center personnel, Presales and Channel Partners, and other field personnel who provide installation and/or operational support assistance for HP D2D Disk Backup devices. Basic Windows administration experience Basic understanding of SCSI, iscsi, RAID, Fibre Channel, and SAN technologies Er is geen certificering gekoppeld aan deze training. HP Insight Control server deployment, previously RDP, (HE645S) Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.600,- This 3-day course provides students with the knowledge and skills to effectively deploy Windows and Linux operating systems to HP ProLiant servers using the HP Insight Control Server Deployment software. By taking this course, the student will learn the basics of the HP Insight Control Server Deployment software and will gain practical skills from several hands-on labs. The primary audience for this course is administrators, engineers, and consultants who will: Plan, implement, and manage a deployment environment based on HP Insight Control Server Deployment 7 Perform basic HP Insight Control Server Deployment 7 tasks such as installation, configuration, and scripted and imaged deployment of Microsoft Windows, Red Hat Linux, and SuSE Linux HP recommends that students have attained these credentials or levels of experience before taking this course: Introduction to HP Insight Control WBT(HK317AAE) Essentials for HP ProLiant (HE643S) Familiarity with general networking terminology and basic network security concepts An understanding of these operating systems: Microsoft Windows Server 2008 and Either Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS/ES or SuSE Linux Enterprise Server Er is geen certificering gekoppeld aan deze training. HP Trainingen Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 69

70 Data Protector Basics (HK974S) Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.500,- Managing HP Storage P9000 Solutions - v Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 2.800,- Designing HP StorageWorks Solutions (HH702S) Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 3.099,- HP Trainingen The HP Data Protector software Basics course is a level 200 comprehensive technical-based training that teaches the skills necessary for planning, installing, configuring, and managing HP Data Protector core components. This training will also provide an overview of optional features such as: online extensions for VMware, Oracle, SAP, Microsoft applications and Data Protector Zero Downtime Backup integration with the HP StorageWorks EVA. This course is intended for HP internal and Partner solution architects. It may also serve as basic training for support and services engineers. Recommended prerequisite training: Microsoft Windows administration VMware basic administration SAN architecture and function Er is geen certificering gekoppeld aan deze training. Designing and Implementing HP Cloud Solutions using 3PAR, Rev (HL034S) This course introduces the HP StorageWorks P9500 Disk Array product and associated software applications. The focus is predominately on the P9500. XP24000 and XP20000 product training is included in course appendix section. The material in this presentation describes the P9500 Disk Array hardware architecture and components and provides instructions on how to configure and manage the P9500 Disk Array. This course is intended for Presales and Partners. The following courses are required prerequisites for this course: Understanding of storage technologies and interconnects. Working knowledge of connecting storage and mounting file systems on storage devices in HP-UX or Microsoft Windows Working knowledge of Fibre Channel. The following courses can be helpful in meeting the prerequistes: Storage Technologies WBT SAN Fundamentals WBT Er is geen certificering gekoppeld aan deze training. This is an ILT/VILT course designed to teach the correct skill requirements for Storage Pre-sales focused individuals that have the right knowledge to support the sales representatives at the customer site and prepare a complete and supported solution for a customer. Technical consultants who support sales representatives in the Sales cycle and have the ability to document a HP product based solution based on listening and understanding what the customers business needs are. Technical consultants who do not need in depth knowledge around installation, startup and troubleshooting but do need technical HP StorageWorks product and solutions understanding to design and plan an effective Storage solution that will solve customer business needs. Technical consultants who can sell a fully functional HP solution and help to reduce the cost of selling. The following courses are recommended prerequisites for this course: Storage Technologies ProLiant Server Technologies SAN Fundamentals HP StorageWorks Full-Line Technical WBT HP Software and Solutions Full-Line Technical WBT An understanding of the SNIA and the SMI-s initiative A working knowledge of path failover capabilities and the HP failover options Recommended preparation for exam(s) HP0-J48 Designing HP StorageWorks Solutions Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 2.700,- This is an ILT/vILT course designed to teach the correct skill requirements for Storage Pre-sales focused individuals that have the right knowledge to support the sales representatives at the customer site and prepare a complete and supported 3PAR solution for a customer. Technical consultants who support sales representatives in the Sales cycle and have the ability to document a HP product-based solution, based on listening and understanding what the customers business needs are. Technical consultants who do not need in-depth knowledge around installation, startup and troubleshooting but do need technical HP 3PAR Storage System product and solutions understanding to design and plan an effective storage solution that will solve customer business needs. Technical consultants, who can sell a fully functional HP 3PAR Storage System solution. The following courses are recommended prerequisites for this course: Storage Technologies Server Technologies SAN Fundamentals HP StorageWorks Full-Line Technical WBT A working knowledge of path failover capabilities and the HP failover options Recommended preparation for exam(s) HP0-J49 Designing and Implementing HP Cloud Solutions using HP 3PAR SAN Infrastructure and Solutions Rev (HH703S) Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 2.500,- The SAN Infrastructure and Solutions training focuses on implementing HP StorageWorks storage area networks (SANs) according to HP guidelines. This course is designed to provide you with the foundation needed to design, implement, and service a high-availability heterogeneous SAN. SAN architecture is the overall design or structure of a storage area network solution. It includes one or more fabrics each of which has a topology. Fabric topology refers to the layout of switches that form a fabric.at the completion of this course, you should be able to implement a small heterogeneous HP StorageWorks Fibre Channel SAN using rules in the HP StorageWorks SAN Design Reference Guide. This implementation will include HP StorageWorks B-Series or C-Series switches, and an HP StorageWorks Enterprise Virtual Array (EVA) storage subsystem. After the SAN is implemented, you should be able to: Use software to collect SAN data and display the SAN in SANXpert format Perform maintenance tasks on a SAN Use the SAN Visibility tool to view SAN topology and obtain diagrams and details of the SAN components Diagnose and resolve SAN problems This course is intended for HP Services field engineers, call center personnel, and HP Partner personnel who provide installation and/or operational support assistance for HP StorageWorks SANs. The following courses are required prerequisites for this course: Microsoft Windows administration HP-UX, Linux, or OpenVMS administration SCSI, RAID, Fibre Channel, and backup technologies SAN architecture and function HP StorageWorks Enterprise Virtual Array Family Service and Support Introduction to SANs Recommended preparation for exam(s) HP0-J52 Implementing HP SAN Infrastructure and Solutions 70 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

71 Advanced SAN Architecture, Rev (HH718S) Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.875,- This course is designed to help you understand the tasks that a storage area network (SAN) architect must undertake to develop a SAN architecture solution. These tasks include the steps necessary to architect, plan, design, and implement large complex SAN infrastructures using the HP StorageWorks SAN Design Guide and HP supported SAN product and services offerings. This course is intended for technical presales engineers and partners. The following courses are required prerequisites for this course: SAN Infrastructure & Solutions Rev or HP ASE StorageWorks Integration (2011) Er is geen certificering gekoppeld aan deze training. Introduction to HP ProLiant Servers HE643S Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.299,- This two-day course provides essential HP ProLiant training to system administrators who are responsible for ProLiant ML, DL, and BL servers. Students will be presented with an overview of HP products, tools, agents, and utilities that will help them to set up, deploy, monitor, and maintain their ProLiant servers. Practical hands-on lab exercises are presented on an HP ProLiant BL460c Gen8 server. Administrators, engineers, and consultants who will configure and maintain HP ProLiant servers. Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2 Standard SUSE Linux Enterprise Server (SLES) 11 VMWare ESXi 5.5 Er is geen certificering gekoppeld aan deze training. HP BladeSystem Networking - Rev (HL942S) Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 2.024,- As the use of server virtualization technology has significantly expanded in data centers, an alternative solution for server connectivity to IP and storage networks has been developed to help simplify the resulting equipment and operations complexity that has followed. HP Virtual Connect is a hardware and software solution implemented as an interconnect module for the HP BladeSystem. HP Virtual Connect is a server edge virtualization solution that introduces a layer of abstraction between servers, and the local area (IP-based) networks and storage area networks. This course describes how the HP virtual connect family of interconnect solutions, which are modules deployed in HP BladeSystem enclosures, can be used to enable server blades, also installed in the BladeSystem, to access IP and storage networks. A variety of supporting networking technologies will also be covered, including protocols and standards applicable to Layer1, 2, and 3, that are commonly encountered when selling data HP BladeSystem Administration center solutions encompassing local area and storage area networks. What is new? Content has been added on the Converged Network Adapter (CAN) technology and HP Virtual Connect FlexFabric module and the latest Virtual Connect firmware. HP Solution Architect HP Authorized Reseller Partners HP Technical Client Consultants HP Field Presales & Competency Center Solution Architects Certifications: AIS - HP BladeSystem Solutions [2010] AIS - HP ProLiant ML/DL/SL Servers [2010] HP AIS - Converged infrastructure Integration [2011] Exam(s): HP0-S32 HE646S Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.949,- This 3-day course provides intstruction on HP BladesSystem administration and Management. Discussions of the portfolio overview ensures an understanding of components, configurations, and solutions. Er is geen certificering gekoppeld aan deze training. Implementing HP BladeSystem Solutions Rev (HH707S) Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.374,- Implementing HP BladeSystem Solutions Rev is a comprehensive course that focuses on the initial installation and startup tasks required to bring a customer s BladeSystem Solution online and prepared for the deployment of applications. The course delivers the technical information necessary to successfully install and configure HP BladeSystem components including enclosure, server blades, interconnect modules, storage blades, and management devices. Students will install multiple operating systems using deployment tools and also use HP management software. Students who wish to apply for certification exam: HP0-S35 HP Solution Architect HP Authorized Reseller Partners HP Technical Client Consultants HP Field Presales & Competency Center Solution Architects ATP Server Administrator V8 or Equivalent HP ATP BladeSystem Solution Integrator V8 HP0-S35 - Implementing HP BladeSystem Solutions Advanced Integration and Management of HP Server Solutions ( ) HH708S Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.500,- This course focuses on advanced topics such as scripting, performance planning and tuning, advanced troubleshooting, virtualization and clustered environments. This class will focus on HP Server Solutions in the Enterprise and how these solutions address real problems that customers are facing today. Topics presented include using customized scripts to automate infrastructure deployments, and practices used to migrate from one server platform to another. Also covers high-level technologies like Infiniband and Virtual Connect Enterprise Manager as well as the HP Matrix Operating Environment. HP Solution Architect HP Authorized Reseller Partners HP Technical Client Consultants HP Field Presales & Competency Center Solution Architects HP ASE Server Solutions Integrator V8 Exam HP0-S33 HP Trainingen Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 71

72 HP Trainingen HP StoreVirtual 4000 Storage Administration and Configuration (HK364S) (Lefthand) HK364S Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.499,- The P4000 SAN course is a comprehensive technical-based training course that teaches the skills needed for planning, installing, configuring, and managing HP P4000 storage area networks (SANs). Learning concepts are reinforced through a series of comprehensive lab assignments. Storage Administrators HP Virtual Connect (HK758S) Basic networking Advanced knowledge of Windows Servers Er is geen certificering gekoppeld aan deze training. HK758S Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.994,- This three day course helps students identify, manage, and configure HP Virtual Connect components. An architecture overview ensures understanding of the Virtual Connect Ethernet, FlexFabric, and Fibre Channel components and their function. Hands-on labs provide configuration setup and a variety of network scenarios. Administrators, engineers and consultants who will plan and manage the configuration of HP ProLiant BladeSystem c-class network connectivity and blade servers HP recommends that students have attained the following credentials or levels of experience before taking this course: Completion of HP BladeSystem Administration (HE646S) Basic Windows Server 2003/2008 knowledge Er is geen certificering gekoppeld aan deze training. HP Insight Control: Management Fundamentals (HK756S) HK756S Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.949,- This 3-day course equips students with the skills and knowledge to install and configure HP Insight Control integrated management solution for physical and virtual servers. Students will spend the time learning, installing and configuring HP Insight Control capabilities to proactively manage system health through remote management tools. The course will also cover the integration of various options within HP Systems Insight Manager: ProLiant Support Pack version control. Administrators, engineers and consultants who will: Plan and manage the deployment of the HP Systems Insight Managerand HP Insight Control suite components Monitor and manage network systems with HP SIM HP recommends that students have attained the following credentials or levels of experience before taking this course: An understanding of one of the following operating systems: Introduction to HP Insight Control Introduction to HP Proliant ServersIn addition, HP recommends that students are familiar with general networking terminology and basic network security concepts and have an understanding of one of the following operating systems: Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2008 R2 or Windows 7 RedHat Enterprise Linux AS or RedHat Enterprise Linux ES SuSE Linux Enterprise Server Er is geen certificering gekoppeld aan deze training. Managing HP 3PAR StorServ I (HK902S) HK902S Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 2.249,- This course reviews HP 3PAR hardware and architecture along with providing administrators insight into the constructs within the HP 3PAR array family. Topics include Management Console GUI and CLI, Common Provisioning Groups, hosts and volume sets, Thin Provisioning, Dynamic Optimization, Virtual Copies, and Virtual Domains. The course is 50 percent lecture and 50 percent hands-on labs using HP 3PAR arrays. Note: hosts used are MS Windows HP 3PAR administrators who desire training on specific concepts and best practices needed to administer the array An understanding of general storage concepts, preferably having studied fibre channel theory, and should at least be OS proficient at operator level. Er is geen certificering gekoppeld aan deze training. HP Systems Insight Control Advanced Topics HK757S Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.299,- This 2-day course equips students with the skills and knowledge to configure and use several advanced features of HP Insight Control integrated management solution for physical and virtual servers. Students will spend the time learning, installing and configuring HP Insight Control capabilities to proactively manage system health through remote management tools. The course will focus on the integration of various options within HP Insight Control: power management, performance monitor, virtual machine management and server migration Administrators, engineers and consultants who will: Plan and manage the deployment of the HP Systems Insight Manager and HP Insight Control suite components Monitor and Manage network systems with HP Systems Insight Manager Introduction to HP Insight Control WBT Recommended completion of HP Insight Foundation Recommended completion of HP SIM Essentials Familiarity with general networking terminology and basic network security concepts. Er is geen certificering gekoppeld aan deze training. Managing HP 3PAR StorServ II (HK904S) HK904S Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.499,- This course covers Remote Copy, System Reporter, Adaptive Optimization, and Peer Motion. Additional topics include best practices: performance, cost, and high availability along with the new EVA to HP 3PAR Online Migration feature. Hands-on lab exercises help illustrate the concepts learned. The two-day course is 50 percent lecture and 50 percent hands-on labs using HP 3PAR arrays. In some cases students will partner with other students for hands-on labs. HP 3PAR administrators who desire additional training on more features and concepts of the HP 3PAR disk array. Managing HP 3PARStorServ (HK902S) or An understanding of HP 3PAR disk array concepts (CPG, VV, VLUN) and Operating system administration training/experience and SAN and storage technologies training/ experience Er is geen certificering gekoppeld aan deze training. 72 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

73 HP P6000 Administration and Management Networking HK975S Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 2.250,- This 3-day course combines theory and practical labs to teach users how to manage the new addition to the EVA disk array family product line the P6000. Hardware, concepts and terminology are covered in-depth followed by configuration tasks which include Command View EVA (version 10.0) as well Local Replication using Business Copy with Snapshots, Snapclones and Mirrorclones. This class is ideal for new users as well as administrators who have worked with the legacy EVA product line, as new features and differences are discussed. Er is geen certificering gekoppeld aan deze training. Accelerated SAN Essentials (UC434S) UC434S Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.749,- This course provides a comprehensive and accelerated understanding of SAN technologies and concepts. Students gain experience needed to tackle challenges of working in enterprise class SAN environments. The course is 60 percent lecture and 40 percent hands-on labs using HP servers. Technical professionals seeking an accelerated learning path that includes both conceptual knowledge of fibre channel SAN technologies and experience in heterogeneous SAN environments. Basic technical understanding of networking and storage, concepts and terminology. Experience managing Windows or UNIX systems Er is geen certificering gekoppeld aan deze training. Implementing HP Network Infrastructure Security - v10.41 (HK654S) Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.399,- The Troubleshooting HP Enterprise Networks course focuses on the advanced switching and routing features required in enterprise level networks. It teaches based on an established troubleshooting methodology support engineers and network engineers how to troubleshoot enterprise level networks based on established core and backbone Layer 2 and Layer 3 technologies such as MPLS and BGP4. Professionals, who maintain and troubleshoot network solutions based on HP Networking A-Series products in large enterprise environments, including systems engineers, customer IT staff, HP services field and call center support engineers. The following courses are required prerequisites for this course: HP ASE Network Infrastructure [2011] HP Enterprise Networks course (Recommended) Recommended preparation for exam(s) HP0-Y37 - Migrating and Troubleshooting HP Enterprise Networks Troubleshooting HP Networks, Rev (HK655S) Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 2.100,- The Troubleshooting HP Networks course helps networking engineers to improve their troubleshooting skills on both the HP A Series and E Series switches. The course focuses on troubleshooting methodologies and practices in medium to enterprise networks. The Troubleshooting HP Networks course is built around the IETF 5 Layer Model and includes a number of labs covering topics like troubleshooting Vlan, OSPF routing, spanning tree and other Layer-3 issues. Network engineers will learn how to isolate network problems and find solutions for these problems by methodically analyzing the network problems. Professionals who support network solutions based on HP A-Series and E-Series switches, including systems engineers, systems designers, customer IT staff, HP services field and call center support engineers. Implementing HP E-Series Networks Implementing A-Series Networks HP Networking Interoperability Recommended preparation for exam(s) HP0-Y32 Networking Essentials for Security Specialists (HK653S) Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.400,- The Networking Essentials for Security Specialists course introduces network technicians to the HP E-Series switches and the basic networking technologies technicians need to know to begin configuring and managing these switches. For example, network technicians learn about infrastructure device security, virtual local area networks (VLANs), and IP routing. This course is designed for professionals who deploy security solutions based on HP technologies, including HP Reseller Systems Engineers, Customer IT Staff, HP System Engineers, HP Services Field & Call Center Support Engineers. The following courses are required prerequisites for this course: Getting Started with HP Switching and Routing (WBT) ProCurve Networking Primer (WBT) (Recommended for learners new to the networking industry) Er is geen certificering gekoppeld aan deze training. Troubleshooting HP Enterprise Networks (HK661S) Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 2.100,- The Troubleshooting HP Enterprise Networks course focuses on the advanced switching and routing features required in enterprise level networks. It teaches based on an established troubleshooting methodology support engineers and network engineers how to troubleshoot enterprise level networks based on established core and backbone Layer 2 and Layer 3 technologies such as MPLS and BGP4. Professionals, who maintain and troubleshoot network solutions based on HP Networking A-Series products in large enterprise environments, including systems engineers, customer IT staff, HP services field and call center support engineers. The following courses are required prerequisites for this course: HP ASE Network Infrastructure [2011] HP Enterprise Networks course (Recommended) Recommended preparation for exam(s) HP0-Y37 - Migrating and Troubleshooting HP Enterprise Networks HP Trainingen Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 73

74 HP Trainingen HP Networking Interoperability - v11.12 (HK656S) Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 2.800,- The HP Networking Interoperability course helps network engineers design and implement multivendor networks that include HP A-Series, HP E-Series, and Cisco switches. The course focuses on the key differences between platforms, such as VLAN configuration, Spanning Tree Protocol (STP), Open Shortest Path First (OSPF), link aggregation, and Network Address Translation (NAT). Network engineers will learn how to identify compatibility problems and evaluate the pros and cons of each possible solution for a given network environment. Professionals who design, implement, and maintain network solutions based on HP and Cisco technologies, including systems engineers, systems designers, customer IT staff, HP services field and call center support engineers. The following courses are required prerequisites for this course: Implementing HP E-Series Networks or Implementing A-Series Networks Cisco CCNP level training or similar professional experience Recommended preparation for exam(s) HP ASE - Network Infrastructure [2011] HP ASE - Network Infrastructure [2011] - upgrade from ASE - HP ProCurve Campus LANs [2010]/Cisco/ H3C HP ASE - Network Infrastructure [2011] - upgrade from previous versions HP Enterprise Networks (HK743S) Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 2.699,- The HP Enterprise Networks course focuses on the advanced switching and routing features required in enterprise level networks. It teaches network designers and network engineers how to design, install and maintain enterprise level networks based on established core and backbone Layer 2 and Layer 3 technologies such as MPLS and BGP4. Professionals, who design, implement, maintain and troubleshoot network solutions based on HP Networking A-Series products in large enterprise environments, including systems engineers, systems designers, customer IT staff, HP services field and call center support engineers. Accelerated Interoperability & Troubleshooting HP Networks, Rev (HL039S) The following courses are required prerequisites for this course: HP ASE Network Infrastructure [2011] Recommended preparation for exam(s) HP0-Y36 - Deploying HP Enterprise Networks Migrating to an Open Standards Network (HK660S) Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 2.800,- The HP Migrating to an Open Standards Network is one of how many courses that prepares candidates for the HP ExpertONE Master Accredited System Engineer (MASE) certification. The HP Migrating to an Open Standards Network course focuses on the advantages of using open-standard protocols on contemporary networks. It teaches network designers and network engineers how to migrate proprietary protocols to open-standard protocols and then helps them develop migration strategies that reduce both risk and downtime. Once the network is running open-standard protocols, they learn how to upgrade the edge and core. Professionals who design, implement, and maintain network solutions based on HP and Cisco technologies, including systems engineers, systems designers, customer IT staff, HP services field and call center support engineers. The following courses are required prerequisites for this course: ASE-Network Infrastructure [2011] certification or Cisco CCNP certification. HP Networking Interoperability. (Recommended) Recommended preparation for exam(s) HP Migrating to an Open Standards Network is one course that prepares candidates for the Master Accredited System Engineer (MASE) certification within the HP ExpertONE program. The exam number is HP0-Y Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.499,- The Accelerated Interoperability Troubleshooting HP Networks course is a 5-day course combining the Troubleshooting HP Networks and HP Networking Interoperability courses. This accelerated training helps network engineers to design and implement multivendor networks that include HP A-Series, HP E-Series, and Cisco switches. The course focuses on the key differences between platforms, such as VLAN configuration, Spanning Tree Protocol (STP), Open Shortest Path First (OSPF), link aggregation, and Network Address Translation (NAT). This accelerated course also helps networking engineers to improve their troubleshooting skills on both the HP A-Series and E-Series switches. The course focuses on troubleshooting methodologies and practices in medium to enterprise networks. The course is built around the IETF 5 Layer Model and includes a number of labs covering topics like troubleshooting VLANs, OSPF routing and spanning tree issues. Professionals who design, implement, and support network solutions based on HP A-Series, HP E-Series and Cisco switches and technologies, including systems engineers, systems designers, customer IT staff, HP services field and call center support engineers. The following courses are recommended prerequisites for this course: HP ProCurve ASE 2006 (or later) Certification CCNP Certification H3CSE Certification Recommended preparation for exam(s) HP ASE - Network Infrastructure [2011] HP ASE - Network Infrastructure [2011] - upgrade from ASE - HP ProCurve Campus LANs [2010]/Cisco/H3C HP ASE - Network Infrastructure [2011] - upgrade from previous versions 74 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

75 Accelerated Migrating & Troubleshooting HP Enterprise Networks (HL040S) Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 3.499,- Accelerated HP Access Layer Network Technologies (HL042S) Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.500,- Getting Started with HP Switching and Routing (ILT), Rev (HL044S) Cursusduur: 1 dag Prijs: 700,- The Accelerated Migrating Troubleshooting HP Enterprise Networks course is a 5-day course combining the Troubleshooting HP Enterprise Networks and Migrating to an Open Standards Network courses. The course focuses on the advantages of using open-standard protocols on contemporary networks. It teaches network designers and network engineers how to migrate proprietary protocols to open-standard protocols and then helps them develop migration strategies that reduce both risk and downtime. The Troubleshooting HP Enterprise Networks part of this accelerated course focuses on the advanced switching and routing features required in enterprise level networks. It teaches based on an established troubleshooting methodology support engineers and network engineers how to troubleshoot enterprise level networks based on established core and backbone Layer-2 and Layer-3 technologies such as MPLS and BGP4. This course prepares candidates for the Master Accredited System Engineer (MASE) certification within the HP ExpertONE program. Professionals who design, implement, and support enterprise level network solutions based on HP A-Series switches and technologies, including systems engineers, systems designers, customer IT staff, HP services field and call center support engineers. The following courses are recommended prerequisites for this course: HP ProCurve MASE Campus LANs [2010] HP ASE NI [2011] CCIE Routing & Switching H3CSE Recommended preparation for exam(s) HP0-Y37 - Migrating and Troubleshooting HP Enterprise Networks The Accelerated HP A E-Series Networking Technologies training is a 5-day course combining the HP A-Series Networking Technologies and HP E-Series Networking Technologies courses. This accelerated training introduces network technicians to the technologies and products in the HP A-Series line of routers and switches. The Accelerated HP A & E-Series Networking Technologies training also introduces network technicians to the HP E-Series switches, wireless access points, and controllers and the technologies they need to understand to begin configuring and managing these products. The course also introduces IPv6 and HP ProCurve Manager Plus (PCM+), the network management platform for the E-Series products. This course prepares new candidates and candidates who hold an older HP ProCurve AIS or a 3rd party network vendor certification of equal level for the Accredited Integration Specialist (AIS) 2011 certification within the HP ExpertONE program. Professionals who deploy SMB solutions based on HP technologies, including HP Reseller Systems Engineers, Customer IT Staff, HP System Engineers and HP Services Field & Call Center Support Engineers. Er is geen certificering gekoppeld aan deze training. The Getting Started with HP Switching and Routing Instructor Led training (ILT) helps network technicians understand the foundational network technologies they need to know before attending the HP A-Series Networking Technologies (ILT) and HP E-Series Networking Technologies (ILT) courses. Specifically, the training covers basic switch functionality, virtual LANs (VLANs), infrastructure device security, IP routing concepts, link aggregation, and network redundancy. This course also provides an overview of HP A-Series switches, which are designed for data centers and enterprises, and E-Series switches, which are designed for small-to-medium businesses (SMBs). In addition, this training describes how each foundational technology is implemented on both A-Series and E-Series switches. Professionals who deploy SMB and enterprise-edge solutions based on HP technologies, including HP reseller systems engineers, customer IT staff, HP system engineers, HP services field and call center support engineers. Certifications: HP AIS - Network Infrastructure [2011] HP AIS - Network Infrastructure [2011] - upgrade from AIS - ProCurve Networking [2004] & [2006] HP AIS - Network Infrastructure [2011] - upgrade from AIS - ProCurve Networking [2008] AIS - HP ProCurve Networking [2010] HP AIS - Network Infrastructure [2011] - upgrade from Cisco/3Com/H3C Exam(s): HP0-Y30 - Implementing HP Networking Technologies HP2-Z18 - Network Infrastructure AIS 2011 Delta Exam HP2-Z19 - Implementing HP Network Security Solutions HP Trainingen Accelerated HP Core/Distribution Layer Network Technologies (HL045S) Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.499,- The Accelerated HP Core/Distribution Layer Network Technologies course is a 5-day course combining the HP Core/Distribution Network Technologies using Comware Software, HP Core/Distribution Network Technologies using ProVision Software and Implementing HP Network Infrastructure Security courses. Professionals who design, implement, and support enterprise level network solutions based on HP A-Series switches and technologies, including systems engineers, systems designers, customer IT staff, HP services field and call center support engineers. To attend the Accelerated HP Core/ Distribution Layer Network Technologies course it is recommended that the candidate has one of the following active certifications: HP ProCurve ASE Campus LANs [2010] HP ProCurve ASE (2006 or later) CCNP Routing & Switching H3CSE For those who want to obtain the HP ASE - Wireless Networks certification and do not have the above mentioned active certification it is not recommended to follow the Accelerated HP Core/Distribution Layer Network Technologies course. HP Master ASE - Network Infrastructure [2011] HP0-Y37: Migrating &Troubleshooting Enterprise Networks Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 75

76 HP Access Layer Network Technologies using ProVision Software (HK651S) Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 2.800,- HP Access Layer Network Technologies using Comware Software (HK652S) Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.399,- Accelerated HP Access Layer Network Technologies (HL042S) Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.500,- HP Trainingen The HP E-Series Networking Technologies course introduces network technicians to the HP E-Series switches, wireless access points, and controllers and the technologies they need to understand to begin configuring and managing these products. The course also introduces IPv6 and HP ProCurve Manager Plus (PCM+), the network management platform for the E-Series products. Professionals who deploy SMB solutions based on HP technologies, including HP Reseller Systems Engineers, Customer IT Staff, HP System Engineers, HP Services Field & Call Center Support Engineers. The following courses are required prerequisites for this course: Getting Started with HP Switching and Routing v (WBT) Getting Started with HP Wireless Networks v (WBT) ProCurve Networking Primer (WBT) (Recommended for Learners new to the networking industry) Recommended preparation for exam(s) HP0-Y30 - Implementing HP Networking Technologies. The HP Access Layer Network Technologies using Comware Software course introduces network technicians to the technologies and products in the HP A-Series line of routers and switches. This course has been renamed. It has the same content as the previous course HP A-Series Networking Technologies, Rev with course ID Professionals who deploy SMB and enterprise-edge solutions based on HP technologies, including HP Reseller Systems Engineers, Customer IT Staff, HP System Engineers, HP Services Field & Call Center Support Engineers. Required: Getting Started with HP Switching and Routing v (WBT) Getting Started with HP Wireless Networks v (WBT) HP E-Series Networking Technologies v (ILT). Recommended: Learners new to the networking industry should review the ProCurve Networking Primer (WBT). HP AIS - Network Infrastructure [2011] HP0-Y30: Implementing HP Networking Technologies The Accelerated HP A E-Series Networking Technologies training is a 5-day course combining the HP A-Series Networking Technologies and HP E-Series Networking Technologies courses. This accelerated training introduces network technicians to the technologies and products in the HP A-Series line of routers and switches. The Accelerated HP A E-Series Networking Technologies training also introduces network technicians to the HP E-Series switches, wireless access points, and controllers and the technologies they need to understand to begin configuring and managing these products. The course also introduces IPv6 and HP ProCurve Manager Plus (PCM+), the network management platform for the E-Series products. This course prepares new candidates and candidates who hold an older HP ProCurve AIS or a 3rd party network vendor certification of equal level for the Accredited Integration Specialist (AIS) 2011 certification within the HP ExpertONE program. Professionals who deploy SMB solutions based on HP technologies, including HP Reseller Systems Engineers, Customer IT Staff, HP System Engineers and HP Services Field & Call Center Support Engineers. Er is geen certificering gekoppeld aan deze training. HP Core/Distribution Network Technologies using ProVision Software (HK741S) Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 2.700,- HP Core/Distribution Network Technologies using Comware Software (HK742S) Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.500,- Implementing HP E-Series Networks describes techniques for designing and implementing resilient switched and routed converged networks based on the HP E-Series ProVision ASIC switches. These networks will be capable of fulfilling the triple play requirement of supporting voice, video, and data transmissions on a unified infrastructure. Professionals who design and deploy SMB and enterprise-edge solutions based on HP technologies, including HP reseller systems engineers, customer IT staff, HP system engineers, HP services field and call center support engineers. The following courses are recommended prerequisites for this course: HP E-Series Networking Technologies (ILT) HP Switching and Routing Technologies (WBT) HP Network Design Principles (Recommended for Learners new to the networking industry) Implementing HP E-Series Networks, along with the prerequisite courses, prepares participants for the Accredited Systems Engineer certification within the HP ExpertONE program. The exam number is HP0-Y31. The Implementing HP A-Series Networks course is a 5-day course. This training prepares learners on how to implement HP A-Series products into network solutions based on HP Flex Network architecture. The Implementing HP A-Series Networks course describes techniques for designing and implementing resilient switched and routed converged networks based on the HP A-Series switches. The HP A-Series switches play an important role in the HP FlexNetwork, the only converged networking architecture that spans from the virtualized data center to the virtual workplace for cloud, multimedia, and mobile services with integrated security solutions. This training will provide network engineers and technicians with the knowledge and skills necessary to configure HP A-Series switches supporting network redundancy at Layer 2 and Layer 3, networks supporting IPv4 and IPv6 as well as OSPFv2 and OSPFv3 and IP multicast routing supported network systems. Intelligent Resilient Framework (IRF) will also be covered in this training. This course will exist of about 60% hands on labs and 40% lecture and learning enhancing activities. This course prepares candidates for the Accredited System Engineer (ASE) certification within the HP ExpertONE program. This course is intended for Professionals who design, implement, and support enterprise level network solutions based on HP A-Series switches and technologies, including systems engineers, systems designers, customer IT staff, HP services field and call center support engineers. The following courses are required prerequisites for this course: HP A-Series Technologies (ILT) and HP Switching and Routing Technologies (WBT) Basic knowledge on dynamic routing protocols, redundancy protocols and multicasting protocols is recommended, but not required. Furthermore it is highly recommended that the candidate is familiar with; How to perform basic configuration and switch setup on HP A-Series switches How to configure Layer 2 technologies such as STP, Link Aggregation and VLANs on HP A-Series switches How to configure basic IP Routing like static routing and RIP on HP A-Series switches How to configure IRF on HP A -Series switches Er is geen certificering gekoppeld aan deze training. 76 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

77 Accelerated HP Core/Distribution Layer Network Technologies (HL045S) Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.499,- The Accelerated Implementing HP A E-Series Secure Infrastructure Networks course is a 5-day course combining the Implementing HP A-Series Networks and Implementing, HP ESeries Networks and Implementing HP Network Infrastructure Security courses. The Accelerated Implementing HP A E-Series Secure Infrastructure Networks course describes techniques for designing and implementing resilient switched and routed converged networks based on the HP A & E-Series switches. These networks will be capable of fulfilling the triple play requirement of supporting voice, video, and data transmissions on a unified infrastructure. This accelerated training will provide network engineers and technicians with the knowledge and skills necessary to configure HP A &E- Series switches supporting network redundancy at Layer 2 and Layer 3, networks supporting IPv4 and IPv6 as well as OSPFv2 and OSPFv3 and IP multicast routing supported network systems. Intelligent Resilient Framework (IRF) will also be covered in this training. Device access security can be accomplished with various techniques. This accelerated course will cover topics like, Traffic Mirroring, ACLs, MAC address protection, Spanning Tree Protection, DHCP Protection and ARP Protection. These features and others will help to protect a network from both intentional and unintentional threats. This class will explore those features that help to protect the network itself. Many network protocols are designed to be interoperable and do not have built in security. These network protection features of both the A-Series and E-Series devices help to protect those insecure protocols. This course is designed for professionals who design, implement, and support enterprise level network solutions based on HP A-Series switches and technologies, including systems engineers, systems designers, customer IT staff, HP services field and call center support engineers. To attend the Accelerated Implementing HP A & E-Series Secure Infrastructure Networks course it is recommended that the candidate has one of the following active certifications: HP ProCurve ASE Campus LANs [2010] HP ProCurve ASE (2006 or later) CCNP Routing & Switching H3CSE For those who want to obtain the HP ASE - Wireless Networks certification and do not have the above mentioned active certification it is not recommended to follow the Accelerated Implementing HP A & E-Series Secure Infrastructure Networks course. HP ASE Network Infrastructure [2011] HP ASE - Network Infrastructure [2011] - upgrade from ASE - HP ProCurve Campus LANs [2010]/Cisco/ H3C HP ASE - Network Infrastructure [2011] - upgrade from previous versions HP ASE - Wireless Networks [2011] HP ASE - Wireless Networks [2011] - upgrade from previous versions HP FlexNetwork Fundamentals ( ) H4C81S Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 2.024,- HP FlexNetwork Fundamentals introduces network technicians to the basic features of modern networks such as VLAN s, redundancy technologies such as MSTP, link aggregation technologies like LACP, static and dynamic IP routing with OSPF, standalone Access Points (AP s), and network management with HP s Intelligent Management Center (IMC).The course will cover a high level introduction to HP s Converged Infrastructure strategy and also network virtualization with HP s Intelligent Resilient Framework (IRF). This course is approximately 50 percent lecture and learning activities and 50 percent lab activities. The HP FlexNetwork Fundamentals course prepares candidates for the HP Accredited Technical Professional (ATP) - FlexNetwork Solutions V2 certification within the HP ExpertOne program. IT Professionals who deploy small to Mdium enterprise network solutions based on HP products and technologies HP Reseller Systems Engineers Customer IT Staff HP Services Field Engineers Call Center Support Engineers Getting Started with HP Switching and Routing, Rev (course ID ) Getting Started with HP Wireless, Rev (course ID ) Er is geen certificering gekoppeld aan deze training. imc Essentials for Network Administrators (HL048S) HL048S Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.374,- This training course covers the features of HP Intelligent Management Center Software Platform (IMC). This course will teach a learner how IMC can be used for: Fault Management; Configuration and Change Management; Accounting Management; Performance Management; Security Management in a manner consistent with the OSI Management Framework. In this course learners will get hands on experience using IMC to manage ComWare and ProVision products as well as products from 3rd party vendors like Cisco, Microsoft and VMWare. Network Engineers and Administrators Network Architects and Consultants Learners should have experience in the networking field to get the most from this seminar Er is geen certificering gekoppeld aan deze training. Wireless Networking HP Enterprise Wireless Networks (HL047S) Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.375,- The HP Enterprise Wireless Networks course provides learners with the skills and tools to successfully plan, design, implement and troubleshoot enterprise level HP wireless networks, including how to integrate into the existing wired infrastructure. HP Partners, customers and employees who design, implement, and support enterprise level wireless network solutions based on HP MSM wireless products and solutions, including systems engineers, systems designers, customer IT staff, HP services field and call center support engineers. HP ASE Wireless Networks [2011] or CCIE Wireless certification HP Master ASE - Network Infrastructure [2011] HP0-Y37: Migrating &Troubleshooting Enterprise Networks Troubleshooting HP Enterprise Wireless Networks (HK661S) Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 2.100,- Students will learn to identify and resolve issues related to client connectivity, roaming, and authentication using network management software and device debugging commands. Students will become familiar with common issues and their resolutions as well as troubleshooting methods and tools that are used to identify and resolve unfamiliar or undocumented issues. The course is a 3-day instructor-led course, 40% lecture, 40% hands-on labs, 10% activity, and 10% review. Generally the student lab activities will consist of identifying, defining, resolving, and documenting issues with wireless networking, as well as reporting their approach and results back to the class. This class is for senior network administrators and technicians specializing in enterprise wireless deployments. The following courses are required prerequisites for this course: HP Wireless LAN Technologies (WBT) Implementing A-Series Wireless LANs (ILT) Introducing HP Intelligent Management Center (IMC) HP Enterprise Wireless Networks (ILT) Recommended preparation for exam(s) HP0-Y39 - Managing and Troubleshooting Enterprise Wireless Networks HP Trainingen Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 77

78 Getting Started with HP Wireless Networks (ILT), Rev (HL043S) HP Enterprise Wireless Networks, Rev (HL047S) Cloud HP Trainingen Cursusduur: 1 dag Prijs: 700,- The Getting Started with HP Wireless Networks Instructor Led training (ILT) helps network technicians understand the wireless concepts they need to know before attending HP A-Series Networking Technologies (ILT) and HP E-Series Networking Technologies (ILT). Specifically, the course focuses on the standards used to implement wireless networks and the security options used to protect wireless access and transmissions. In addition, this course introduces network technicians to the HP A-Series wireless products, which are designed for data centers and enterprises, and the E-Series wireless products, which are designed for small-to-medium businesses (SMBs). Professionals who deploy SMB and enterprise-edge solutions based on HP technologies, including HP reseller systems engineers, customer IT staff, HP system engineers, HP services field and call center support engineers. Certifications: HP AIS - Network Infrastructure [2011] HP AIS - Network Infrastructure [2011] - upgrade from AIS - ProCurve Networking [2004] & [2006] HP AIS - Network Infrastructure [2011] - upgrade from AIS - ProCurve Networking [2008] & AIS - HP ProCurve Networking [2010] HP AIS - Network Infrastructure [2011] - upgrade from Cisco/3Com/H3C HP AIS - Network Security [2011] Exam(s): HP0-Y30 - Implementing HP Networking Technologies HP2-Z18 - Network Infrastructure AIS 2011 Delta Exam HP2-Z19 - Implementing HP Network Security Solutions Implementing & Troubleshooting HP Wireless Networks (H3K66S) Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.374,- The Implementing and Troubleshooting HP Wireless Networks course provides learners with the skills and tools to successfully design, implement and troubleshoot SMB and small enterprise level HP wireless networks, including how to integrate into the existing wired infrastructure. HP Partners, customers and employees who design, implement, and support wireless network solutions based on HP MSM wireless products and solutions, including systems engineers, systems designers, customer IT staff, HP services field and call center support engineers. HP AIS Network Infrastructure [2011] or CCNP Wireless certification HP ASE Wireless NetworksImplementer V1 HP0-Y44 - Implementing and Troubleshooting HP Wireless Networks Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.374,- The HP Enterprise Wireless Networks course provides learners with the skills and tools to successfully plan, design, implement and troubleshoot enterprise level HP wireless networks, including how to integrate into the existing wired infrastructure. The HP Enterprise Wireless Networks course provides in-depth training on wireless enterprise solutions based on mobility traffic management and wireless traffic prioritization. In today s large enterprises, the wireless network is expanding both in size and complexity. Planning and designing wireless networks is often oversimplified, but many factors must be taken into account, including RF coverage, access point placement, number of users, number of guests, and signal strength, among other variables. The HP Enterprise Wireless Networks course teaches students how to use HP RF Planner to overcome wireless network design challenges. Security is also a critical factor. The number one concern for the CIO s with regard to wireless network implementation is security. This course goes into great detail on how to secure an HP Networking wireless solution from security threats using appropriate policies to ensure proper implementation of security standards. This course is approximately 60% handson-labs and 40% lecture and learning activities. The HP Enterprise Wireless Networks course prepares candidates for the HP Master Accredited Solutions Expert (Master ASE) certification within the HP ExpertONE program. HP Partners, customers and employees who design, implement, and support enterprise level wireless network solutions based on HP MSM wireless products and solutions, including systems engineers, systems designers, customer IT staff, HP services field and call center support engineers. HP ASE Wireless Networks [2011] or CCIE Wireless certification Certification: HP Master ASE - Wireless Networks Implementer V1 Exam(s): HP0-Y27 - Deploying HP Enterprise Wireless Networks Architecting HP Cloud Solutions (HL984S) Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.400,- The Architecting HP Cloud System Solutions course prepares the participant to navigate through the HP CloudSystem solution offerings and identify, describe, position, and specify the correct solution based on identified customer needs. Upon its completion, you should be able to demonstrate a broad understanding at the level of purpose, function, market positioning, competition, and capabilities of the HP CloudSystem solutions. Specifically, you should be able to: Explain the Cloud computing fundamentals, Describe the HP CloudSystem offering, positioning, competition, and components, Explain the HP Cloud Functional Architecture, Recommend a correct solution based on analysis of customer requirements, Demonstrate key features and benefits of HP CloudSystem The Architecting HP CloudSystem Solutions course prepares new candidates for the HP ASE Cloud Architect v1 certification within the HP ExpertONE program. Candidates will also learn the technical consulting skills needed to deliver planning and design services. An HP employee, a channel partner, or a customer who needs to learn how to describe, position, recommend, select, and architect the HP CloudSystem solutions. The candidate should have a thorough understanding of HP Converged Infrastructure and its components, including HP servers, storage, networking, power and cooling, software, security, and services. The following courses are required prerequisites for this course: HP APC HP Converged Infrastructure Solutions [2010] certification (or one that supersedes this certification) Er is geen certificering gekoppeld aan deze training. 78 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

79 Software Implementing the HP Matrix Operating Environment, Rev (HK251S) HP Data Protector 7x Software Essentials (DP120) Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.375,- This course validates a complete skill set for the installation and integration of an HP Converged Infrastructure solution. Such a solution incorporates the main components of today s cloud-based data center infrastructure - virtualized servers, massive and redundant storage, and high-speed, high-availability networking - to solve enterprise-class business problems with the cutting-edge IT infrastructure customers require. The integration specialist performs all aspects of installation and startup tasks, including hardware configuration, operating system installation, HP driver installation, and full management instrumentation of HP BladeSystem servers, networking, and storage solution components. In addition, the individual installs and configures the software solution, Matrix Operating Environment, which integrates all of the virtualized components to enable ondemand fulfillment of server, storage, and networking functions to meet the business computing needs. The audience for the HP ATP Converged Infrastructure Integrator are IT professionals who want the skills to implement and manage the converged data center as the wave of the future. The IT specialist who earns this certification is able to install and integrate the complete set of technology components of a Converged Infrastructure solution, including storage, networking, servers and management software. The skills behind this certification are critical career skills that will sustain the candidate for many years into the future. Certification: HP ATP - Converged Infrastructure Integrator V1 Exam(s): HP0-D21 HP Matrix Operating Environment: infrastructure orchestration Integration HK916S Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 2.599,- This course covers the configuration and use of the HP Matrix Operating Environment infrastructure orchestration software to create an infrastructure service catalog and integrate into datacenter processes and services. Administrators, engineers and consultants who will plan and manage internal cloud service catalogs using HP Matrixoperating Environment infrastructure orchestration software. HP recommends that students have attained the following credentials or levels of experience before taking this course: HP CloudSystem Matrix Administration (HK920S) Basic Microsoft Windows server management HP Systems Insight Manager experience or training Basic networking knowledge Basic SAN knowledge Familiarity with HP Systems Insight Manager and HP Matrix Operating Environment Er is geen certificering gekoppeld aan deze training Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 2.340,- This course provides the essential knowledge to enable storage administrators to configure and Manage HP Data Protector software. The hands-on lab exercises re-enforce the theory sessions to ensure a thorough understanding of backup and recovery concepts, the functionality of the software and its application to typical storage implementations. Storage and system administrators using HP Data Protector Software. System and Network Administration or equivalent experience. Er is geen certificering gekoppeld aan deze training. Operations Orchestration 10.x Intermediate and Advanced Authoring (OO350) Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.170,- In the Intermediate and Advanced Authoring course you will become familiar with all aspects of authoring within Operations Orchestration 9.x. In this course you will learn how to: Author new operations to perform various tasks in your flows Incorporate subflows to simplify flow design Extract data from complex output using filters Use looping and iteration, control access to objects in the repository Persist data across flow runs Practice many advanced flow development techniques that will prepare you for working on a variety of Operations Orchestration deployments The course consists of focused, taskoriented lectures and detailed hands-on labs. This is the Intermediate and Advanced course for Operations Orchestration. This course covers Software versions 9.0 The hands-on labs are currently using software version 9.0 Er is geen certificering gekoppeld aan deze training. HP Trainingen Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 79

80 HP Trainingen Operations Orchestration 10.x Essentials (OO120) Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.170,- In the Essentials course you will become familiar with all aspects of working with Operations Orchestration In this course you will learn how to: Use Central, the Operations Orchestration runtime engine, to locate, run, and monitor automated workflows. Use Central to perform many important administration tasks Use Operations Orchestration Studio to author and deploy automated workflows Install, configure, and verify HP Operations Orchestration Manage the Operations Orchestration content repository The course consists of focused, taskoriented lectures and detailed handson labs. This is the foundation course for subsequent advanced training in Operations Orchestration. New users of HP Operations Orchestration 9.0 Familiarity with networking terms and concepts Familiarity with Web browsers and telnet or SSH connection methods Familiarity with different operating system environments AIS - Operations Orchestration v9.x SiteScope 11.x Essentials (SS120) Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 2.925,- This course provides the technical knowledge and skills needed to manage and monitor an IT infrastructure with the help of the HP SiteScope product. Students gain practical experience using SiteScope to design and configure an extensive set of monitoring assets, proactive alerts, and reports. In addition, the course describes best practices and administrative techniques fundamental to the successful use of SiteScope. Participants become familiar with SiteScope deployment and implementation processes with an emphasis on advanced product administration and configuration skills. The topics included in the course are reinforced through intensive lab exercises and hands-on activities. The hands-on lab exercises use version of SiteScope. This course is recommended for both new and experienced SiteScope users, system administrators, operations team members, and anyone responsible for the installation and maintenance of critical systems using SiteScope. Working knowledge of the following: Administrative and network experience Enterprise applications, such as a database server Er is geen certificering gekoppeld aan deze training. Business Service Management 9.x Essentials (BSM120) Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.925,- This entry-level, instructor-led classroom training offers technical personnel, who are new to Business Service Management (BSM) 9.0 or 9.1, the opportunity to develop hands-on experience in applying the fundamental concepts, principles, and methodologies for managing the administration and configuration aspects of this best-in-class enterprise software performance monitoring and service management solution. This course is recommended for individuals who are responsible for providing operational visibility into the performance and availability of mission-critical applications. The hands-on lab exercises in this course use Business Service Management version 9.1. New users of BSM 9.0 or 9.1, including: IT Tools Engineers Database Administrators System Administrators Network Administrators Operations Managers Availability Engineer Working knowledge of the following: Systems, network, and database administration Information Technology Infrastructure Library (ITIL) concepts and terminology Industry-standard operating systems Network, system, and application monitoring principles and practices Er is geen certificering gekoppeld aan deze training. Asset Manager 9.x Software Essentials (AM120) Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.925,- This five-day instructor-led training course is designed to provide the essential skills and knowledge needed to configure, deploy, and use Asset Manager 9.30 to successfully implement an asset management solution in an enterpriselevel business or large organization. The class consists of approximately 50% lecture and 50% hands-on lab exercises. The hands-on lab exercises use version 9.3 of the software. This course is designed for users who are new to HP Asset Manager. Customers: Administrators, developers, web developers, and managers who are managing the Asset Manager 9.x product Channel Partners and HP C&I Personnel: Consultants, system architects, integrators and planners who help customers with Asset Manager 9.x implementations HP Engineers: HP personnel who provide pre-sales and post-sales support for Asset Manager 9.x Experience with Windows operating systems Knowledge of relational databases and database terminology Er is geen certificering gekoppeld aan deze training. Network Node Manager i Software 9.x Essentials (NNMI120) Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.925,- This course is designed for those Network and/or System administrators tasked with the installation, configuration, and maintenance of the Network Node Manager i Software (NNMi) product. This course teaches the skills needed to successfully implement the product to manage small, medium, or large networked enterprises. The course includes training on the NNM i Smart Plug-In (NNM ispi) Performance for Metrics Software. This course is designed for administrators of the NNMi software 9.x application. The hands-on lab exercises in this course use NNMi software version 9.2. This course is intended for network or system administrators and network engineers seeking a more in-depth knowledge of Network Node Manager i Software 9.x To maximize success in this course, students should have a working knowledge the following topics: Windows system administration Network protocols Network device administration Er is geen certificering gekoppeld aan deze training. 80 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

81 Server Automation 10.x Essentials (SA120) Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 2.775,- This five-day course provides the necessary foundation to manage the data center servers and application environment using HP Server Automation (SA) 10. The course covers the key components of SA and their functionality.through lecture and hands-on practice, you develop the skills necessary to successfully provision servers, manage physical and virtual environments, as well as manage software, packages, patches, and application configurations using SA. You will also learn how to enforce compliance, and audit and report on server activities through SA.The course consists of focused, task-oriented lectures, text, and a series of detailed hands-on labs to teach the course material to the student. The hands-on labs use version 10.0 of the software. System Administrators Patch Administrators SA Administrators PolicyIT Managers IT or Application Architects Data Center Managers Application Experts Operations Experts Deployment Specialists Application Deployment Manager Administrators QA Team Members and Managers Security Administrators Other technical personnel who are responsible for data center automation Knowledge of networking terms and concepts Knowledge of different operating system environments Er is geen certificering gekoppeld aan deze training. Quality Center 11.x Site Administration (QC350) Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.170,- This course covers the tasks that are performed by site administrators, project managers, and Quality Assurance (QA) leads to set up Quality Center (QC) projects before users can work with requirements, test cases, and defects. This hands-on course focuses on planning, creating, and customizing Quality Center projects. It is an important course for people involved in creating projects, modifying existing fields, creating userdefined fields, creating users, setting user permissions, and defining basic workflow. Note: Course is based on the Enterprise edition of Quality Center. Project managers Quality Center Administrators Quality Assurance Leads Other Quality Center users responsible for managing projects, users, and workflow customizations Quality Center 11 Essentials course Er is geen certificering gekoppeld aan deze training. Operations Manager 9.x on UNIX/Linux Administration Essentials (OMU120) Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.925,- This five-day instructor-led course focuses on the essential administrative tasks for Operations Manager on UNIX or Linux. You will learn how to effectively monitor, manage, and report on the health and performance of systems and applications in a heterogeneous IT environment using Operations Manager on UNIX or Linux. The course is delivered using the Linux platform, but applies to all three UNIX platforms where Operations Manager can be installed. The course reinforces concepts with extensive hands-on lab exercises. These hands-on exercises use version 9.10 of the software.this course is designed for administrators of the Operations Manager 9.x on UNIX/Linux product. Anyone tasked with the administration of the Operations Manager 9.x on UNIX/Linux product Consultants and systems integrators tasked with enterprise-wide management integration solutions HP personnel who provide pre-sales and post-sales support for the product Fundamentals and administration of a UNIX or Linux operating system Basic elements of ITIL and ITSM, and common protocols, such as TCP, UDP, and IP POSIX, UNIX shell, or Perl scripting Er is geen certificering gekoppeld aan deze training. Using the ALM 11.x Edition (QC360) Cursusduur: 1 dag Prijs: 585,- This hands-on course is for those who have completed the Application Lifecycle Management 11 Essentials course and require knowledge of the extra features in the ALM 11 edition. Students learn how to implement cross-project customizations and reports, and share assets, libraries and defects. In addition, the Project Planning and Tracking (PPT) platform will be discussed. Quality assurance engineers Quality testers Project managers Quality Center Administrators Quality Assurance Leads Other Quality Center users responsible for managing projects, users, and workflow customizations Application Lifecycle Management (ALM) 11 Essentials course Er is geen certificering gekoppeld aan deze training. Operations Manager 9.x on Windows Administration Essentials (OMW120) Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.925,- This 5-day instructor-led course focuses on the essential administrative tasks for HP Operations Manager on Windows. You will learn how to effectively monitor, manage, and report on the health and performance of systems and applications in a heterogeneous IT environment using HP Operations Manager on Windows. The course reinforces concepts with extensive hands-on lab exercises. For Operations Manager 9.0 on Windows administrators Fundamentals and administration of a Windows operating system Understanding of the basic elements of ITIL and ITSM Knowledge of network management and network management common protocols, such as TCP, UDP, and IP Er is geen certificering gekoppeld aan deze training. Unified Functional Testing 11.5 Essentials (UFT120) Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.925,- This course provides a comprehensive understanding of how to use the Unified Functional Testing (UFT) 11.5 application as an automated functional testing tool. You use the point and click interface to record and play back tests, add synchronization points and verification steps, and create multiple action tests. The hands-on lab exercises use version 11.5 of the Unified Functional Testing application. This course is intended for: New users of Unified Functional Testing (UFT), who need to automate manual testing and verification in a short amount of time. UTF 11.5 is the HP Software upgrade of Quick Test Professional Quality assurance engineers who assume technical lead roles in the use of QuickTest Professional/UFT applications. Working knowledge of: Windows Web sites and browsers Testing concepts Er is geen certificering gekoppeld aan deze training. HP Trainingen Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 81

82 HP Trainingen Business Process Testing 11.x Essentials (BPT120) Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.755,- You will learn the process of creating BPT components and tests using both QuickTest Professional and Quality Center. You will also study how to create and manage BPT application areas, object repositories, keywords, functions and scripted components. Best practices for the implementation of BPT automation are stressed throughout the course. All topics are supported by hands-on exercises designed to provide you with the ability to successfully automate using the BPT methodology. This course is for Test Automation Engineers and Subject Matter Experts who will be using QuickTest Professional and Quality Center to implement automation in a Business Process Testing environment Test Automation Engineers Subject Matter Experts Project Managers Experience with Microsoft Windows Basic understanding of the testing process Familiarity with Quality Center concepts and terminology Experience with QuickTest Professional is extremely helpful Er is geen certificering gekoppeld aan deze training. PPM Center 9.x Advanced Training (PPM350) Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 2.340,- Take your skills beyond the PPM Essentials course by learning how to configure advanced process logic and automation in your PPM implementation. Through discussions and hands-on exercises, you will learn to modularize processes into subworkflows, use condition checks to direct parallel workflow branches, automate system executions and database updates, and build custom portlets and reports. This course is recommended for PPM Administrators/Configurers who have already taken the PPM 9.1 Essentials course and have basic field experience in implementing PPM processes. PPM Essentials Er is geen certificering gekoppeld aan deze training. Application Lifecycle Management 11.x Essentials (ALM120) Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.925,- This four-day course introduces students to ALM Performance Center The course covers material from both the VuGen Scripting and ALM Performance Center sites. The Virtual User Generator (VuGen) is a scripting tool used to record and run user actions on the application to the load tested. This course focuses on planning, creating, and enhancing Virtual User (Vuser) scripts using VuGen in the Web environment. All topics are supported by hands-on labs designed to provide you with the knowledge necessary to create scripts in the Web environment. The ALM Performance Center topics include how to schedule tests, run tests, and analyze test results. Students will learn how to effectively and efficiently plan, create, schedule and run a simple test based on the goals determined at the planning phase. They will also learn how to interpret analysis graphs and achieve set performance testing goals. The lesson topics are reinforced with structured hands-on labs. The class is appropriate for both experienced and new product users and others responsible for or involved in performance testing with Performance Center. Quality Assurance Engineers Performance Engineers Users of ALM Performance Center who need to create scripts to load test their Web applications and run those scripts in the ALM Performance Center environment Working knowledge of: Windows Web sites and browsers Testing concepts Basic knowledge of the ALM platform Er is geen certificering gekoppeld aan deze training. Universal CMDB 10.x Essentials (UCMDB120) Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.925,- This course is designed to provide an understanding of the fundamental concepts and applications of the HP Universal Configuration Management Database (UCMDB). Participants learn visualization and mapping techniques to build business service views, implement change tracking, perform impact analysis and enrichment of topology data and reporting. This course also covers UCMDB Browser and UCMDB Configuration Manager, which provide different end-user perspectives to analyze and consume UCMDB data. The discussions and scenario-based exercises reinforce skills to optimize business outcomes through the efficient use of the HP UCMDB, UCMDB Configuration Manager and UCMDB Browser. The hands-on lab environment uses UCMDB version 10.0x. LoadRunner 11.x Essentials (LR120) Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.925,- This five-day course introduces students to LoadRunner The course covers topics for the VuGen, the Controller, and Analysis tools. It also includes a final one day, hands-on lab. LoadRunner is an automated load testing tool that allows you to test your application before, during, and after deployment. This course is designed to give you a firm foundation in basic load testing tasks. The Virtual User Generator (VuGen) is a scripting tool used to record and run user actions on the application to be load tested. You will plan, create, and enhance VuGen scripts in the Web environment. The Controller tool is used to execute scripts created in VuGen. You will create and run load test scenarios using the Controller. The Analysis tool is used to analyze load test results. You will learn to work with the graphs to display data after a test is executed. Hands-on labs are designed to provide you with the knowledge necessary to create scripts in VuGen, execute scenarios This course is recommended for application or system support personnel or anyone who needs an overview of the capabilities of HP UCMDB 10.x. General knowledge of IT operations, familiarity with business services, and service management Familiarity with the ITIL V3 Foundations subject area and the Configuration Management System (CMS) in particular in the Controller, and view the results in the Analysis. Quality Assurance and Performance Engineers Users of LoadRunner who need to create scripts to load test their Web applications Executives involved in any aspect of the load testing process Working knowledge of: Windows Web sites and browsers Fundamental understanding of C programming is helpful, but not required Er is geen certificering gekoppeld aan deze training. Background in network or enterprise application administration and knowledge of enterprise architectures in a production IT infrastructure Er is geen certificering gekoppeld aan deze training. 82 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

83 Configuration Management System 9.x Advanced (UCMDB350) Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 2.340,- This course introduces the basic concepts and terminology for the Configuration Management System (CMS). This course demonstrates how to design a CMS and discusses implementation using HP UCMDB and DDM products. The students will learn how to configure, demo, and extend the change management solution with Service Manager to implement the automate change management process. In addition, students will learn how to learn scope a discovery project and understand the best practices and discovery lifecycle. The students will learn how to write discovery patterns and how to debug the patterns within the HP UCMDB 9.x product. The hands-on labs in this course use version 9.0 of the software. For Process Owners, Project Managers, and other managers, this is the only class you will need. Business Technology Optimization (BTO) architects leveraging the power of the integrated CMDB across the BTO/BSM portfolio. Those in charge of Configuration Management and the documentation and storage of business services and their related assets and relationships. Project managers, application modelers, discovery engineers, and UCMDB implementation consultants. Integration specialists implementing data federation across the different business silos and software product families Attended the UCMDB 9.0 Essentials course. At least 6 months experience with UCMDB & DDM.\ Prior experience with scripting language such as Python, Perl, etc. PPM Center 9.x Deployment Management Training (PPM340) Cursusduur: 1 dag Prijs: 585,- Take your skills beyond the PPM Essentials and Advanced courses by learning how to configure advanced deployment process logic and automation in your PPM implementation. Through discussions and handson exercises, you will learn to configure multi-server migration processes, designing and configuring automated workflows and object type logic. Students walk away from this course with a solid understanding of the procedures and tools for building and managing Deployment Management-driven processes. This course is recommended for PPM Administrators/Configurers who have already taken the PPM 9.1 Essentials and Advanced courses and have basic field experience in implementing PPM processes. PPM 9.1 Essentials PPM 9.1 Advanced Er is geen certificering gekoppeld aan deze training. Universal Discovery 10.x Essentials (UD120) Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 2.340,- This course teaches the fundamental concepts and applications of the HP Universal Discovery (UD) solution.it covers various discovery methods and how to implement them. It also includes Federation and leveraging of actionable information in the context of Discovery operations and management.the hands on lab environment uses UD version 10.0x. Software Version 10.0x This course is recommended for application or system support personnel or anyone who needs an overview of the capabilities of HP UD 10.0x General knowledge of IT operations, familiarity with business services and service management Familiarity with the ITIL V3 Foundations subject area and the Configuration Management System (CMS) in particular Background in network or enterprise application administration and knowledge of enterprise architectures in a production IT infrastructureworking knowledge of web sites and browsers Familiarity with testing concepts For complete prerequisites and requirements to achieve any of the related certifications or upgrade paths, see the certification description on the HP ExpertOne website. Storage Essentials 9.x Report Optimizer (SE140) Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.170,- This course provides the essential knowledge to enable participants to support Report Optimizer users and groups, use standard reports, customize standard reports, and create ad hoc reports. The hands-on lab exercises provide practical reinforcement to ensure a thorough understanding of concepts, software functionality, and application. Storage Essentials 9.5 software is used during the hands-on exercises. Adminstrators and users of HP Storage Essentials Report Optimizer Familiarity with SAN environments and concepts. Familiarity with enterprise system management concepts Completion of the course SE 120 Managing Storage Essentials is recommended Er is geen certificering gekoppeld aan deze training. Managing Storage Essentials 9.x (SE120) Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.755,- This course provides the essential knowledge to enable administrators to configure and manage HP Storage Essentials software. The hands-on lab exercises reinforce the theory sessions to ensure a thorough understanding of Storage Resource Management (SRM) concepts, the functionality of the software and its application to typical storage implementations. Storage Essentials 9.5 software is used during the hands-on exercises. Storage and system administrators using HP Storage Essentials software. System and Network Administration or equivalent experience. Er is geen certificering gekoppeld aan deze training. HP Trainingen HP Universal Discovery 10.x Software Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 83

84 HP Trainingen Network Node Manager i Software 9.x for Operators NNMI140 Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.170,- This 2-day course provides operational skills for the Network Node Manager i (NNMi) Software product. The course is targeted to network operators who are responsible for using the NNMi product to troubleshoot the networked environment. This includes an overview of the NNMi product, key terminologies and definitions, and an overview of using NNMi to troubleshoot a networked environment. The course is approximately 50 percent lecture and 50 percent lab. The lab exercises use version 9.1 of the software. This course is designed for operators of the Network Node Manager i Software 9.x application. This course is intended for network operators seeking a more in-depth knowledge of Network Node Manager i Software 9.x. To maximize success in this course, students should have basic UNIX or Windows backgrounds, plus basic networking experience. Er is geen certificering gekoppeld aan deze training. Operations Manager i Software 9.x Essentials OMI120 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.925,- This five-day, entry-level, instructor-led training offers technical personnel, who are new to Operations Management i Software (OMi), the opportunity to develop hands-on experience in applying the fundamental principles, methodologies, and capabilities for managing events using OMi. OMi is a best-in-class service operations solution. This course is recommended for individuals who are responsible for designing, implementing, or administering effective service operations capabilities for missioncritical business services. This course includes hands-on labs that use version 9.22 of the OMi software. IT Tools engineers Operations staff Operations managers Availability engineers System administrators Network administrators IT operations principles and practices Systems and network, administration Industry-standard operating systems Network, system, and application monitoring principles and practices HP AIS BSM Operations Manager iv9 HP ASE Business Service Management v9 84 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

85 IBM Als IBM Authorized Global Training Provider is Global Knowledge voor u de ideale partner om de benodigde IBM kennis op te doen. Dus, bestaat er in uw bedrijf een tekort aan IT-skills op het gebied van IBM producten of diensten? Bij ons kunt u terecht voor geautoriseerde IBM trainingen. Onze IBM software en systems trainingen kunnen op verschillende manieren gevolgd worden. Zo heeft u de keuze uit de volgende lesmethodieken: klassikaal, virtueel en klassikaal, e-learning en gecombineerde oplossingen (blended solutions). De trainingen zijn standaard voorzien van hands-on praktijk labs. U werkt met de nieuwste producten binnen een testomgeving met real-world scenario s. Op deze manier wordt u goed voorbereid op de dagelijkse praktijk en de eventuele te behalen IBM-examens. Wanneer er behoefte is aan een bedrijfsgerichte training dan bieden wij ook maatwerk trainingen voor het trainen van uw hele team of organisatie. Voor professionals die geïnteresseerd zijn in het opdoen van IBM kennis via zelfstudie biedt Global Knowledge een volledig gamma van IBM web-based interactive self-paced studiemateriaal. U verkrijgt hiermee maximale flexibiliteit inclusief de meer proactieve Self- Paced Virtuele trainingen die zijn voorzien van praktijkoefeningen met toegang tot echte IBM systemen. IBM In deze catalogus is slecht een kleine selectie van het totale IBM trainingsaanbod opgenomen. Voor het uitgebreide trainingsaanbod verwijzen we u graag naar onze website: /IBM Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 85

86 IBM Trainingen Cognos IBM Trainingen IBM Cognos 8 BI Report Studio: Author Professional Reports Fundamentals (V8.4) B2458G Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 2.095,- IBM Cognos Analysis Studio: Analyze Data (v10.1/10.2) B5151G Cursusduur: 1 dag Prijs: 625,- IBM Cognos Report Studio: Author Reports with Multidimensional Data (V10.1) B5161G Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.345,- IBM Cognos 8 BI Report Studio: Author Professional Reports Fundamentals (V8.4) is a three-day, instructor-led course. It is designed for report authors to learn report building techniques using relational data models, and ways of enhancing, customizing, and managing professional reports. Attendees will participate in hands-on demos and workshops that illustrate key concepts while learning how to use the product. This course is intended for Professional Report Authors Knowledge of your business requirements Experience using the Windows operating system Experience using a web browser IBM Cognos BI Analysis Studio: Analyze Data (V10.1/10.2) is a one-day, instructor-led course that teaches business authors to navigate and analyze data in Analysis Studio. Through a combination of lectures and hands-on workshops, attendees will discover trends, identify opportunities, and learn how to make better business decisions. Participants will learn techniques such as ranking, filtering, asymmetrical crosstabs, and graphing to help them analyze large volumes of data (whether OLAP or dimensionally modeled relational metadata). They will also learn to manage reports through IBM Cognos Connection. Please Note: Screen captures and labs in this course are taken from the V10.1 of the product. However, the concepts, procedures, and tasks are all applicable to a V10.2 environment and are suitable for V10.2 user education. This is a basic course for Business Authors. Students should have: Knowledge of their business requirements Experience using basic Windows functionality Experience using a Web browser IBM Cognos Report Studio: Author Reports with Multidimensional Data (V10.1) is an advanced two-day, instructor-led course in which professional report authors build on their experience with Report Studio by applying dimensional techniques to reports. Through interactive demos and workshops, students will learn how to author reports that navigate and manipulate dimensional data structures using specific dimensional functions and features available in Report Studio. This course is intended for Professional Report Authors working with dimensional data sources. You should attend the IBM Cognos Report Studio: Author Professional Reports Fundamentals (V10.1) course and have: Knowledge of your business requirements Experience using Advanced Windows and Web functionality IBM Cognos Report Studio: Author Active Reports (V10.1) B5198G Cursusduur: 1 dag Prijs: 695,- IBM Cognos Framework Manager: Design Metadata Models (v10.2) B5252G Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.125,- IBM Cognos Report Studio: Author Active Reports (V10.1) is an advanced one-day, instructor-led course in which students build on their Report Studio experience by using active report controls to build highly interactive reports that can be consumed by users. Participants will apply their knowledge through demos and workshops to author active reports containing pre-packaged data which can be distributed and viewed by users when a data source is not available. This course builds on advanced report authoring skills and contains many independent workshop exercises. In addition, this course contains a new module that demonstrates features added to IBM Cognos Active Reports V Participants will learn how they can use these features to optimize active reports that are consumed on mobile devices, such as an ipad tablet. This advanced offering is intended for professional report authors who have a need to create reports that will be consumed by an audience who will consume the reports in an interactive manner. Students should attend: IBM Cognos Report Studio: Author Professional Reports Fundamentals (V10.1) course IBM Cognos Report Studio: Author Professional Reports Advanced (V10.1) IBM Cognos Framework Manager: Design Metadata Models (V10.2) is a five-day, instructor-led online course that provides participants with introductory to advanced knowledge of metadata modeling concepts, and how to model metadata for predictable reporting and analysis results using Framework Manager. You will learn the full scope of the metadata modeling process, from initial project creation, to publishing of metadata to the Web, enabling end users to easily author reports and analyze data. This advanced course is intended for Developers. Knowledge of common industry standard data structures and design Experience with SQL Experience gathering requirements and analyzing data Recommended: IBM Cognos Report Studio: Author Professional Reports Fundamentals (V10.2) 86

87 IBM Cognos BI Administration (V10.2) B5255G Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.875,- IBM Cognos BI Administration (V10.2) is a three-day, instructor-led online course that is designed to teach new administrators the fundamental tasks of administering servers and content in IBM Cognos BI. Through a combination of lectures and interactive exercises, students will install and configure the IBM Cognos BI software, implement security, and manage the server components. You will also monitor and schedule tasks, create data sources, manage and deploy content, manage report content in IBM Cognos Connection. This intermediate course is intended for Administrators. This offering is intended for administrators with a knowledge of web application server architecture, security systems administration, and of their business requirements. You should also have experience using the Windows operating system and a web browser. IBM Cognos Report Studio: Author Professional Reports Fundamentals (V10.2.2) B5A58G Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.875,- IBM Cognos Report Studio: Author Professional Reports Fundamentals (v10.2.2) is a three-day, instructor-led course. It is designed for professional report authors to learn report building techniques using relational data models, and methods of enhancing, customizing, and managing professional reports. Attendees will participate in hands-on demos and workshops that illustrate key concepts while learning how to use the product. This intermediate course is intended for Professional Report Authors. This offering is intended for professional report authors who have a knowledge of their business requirements, experience using the Windows OS and a web browser, and have also taken the IBM Cognos BI for Consumers (10.2) WBT. IBM Cognos Report Studio: Author Professional Reports Advanced (V10.2) B5259G Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.250,- IBM Cognos Report Studio: Author Professional Reports Advanced (V10.2) is a two-day, instructor-led course. Building on topics learned in the Fundamentals course, the Advanced course is designed for professional report authors to learn advanced report building techniques using mostly relational data models, and ways of enhancing, customizing, and managing professional reports. Attendees will participate in interactive demos and workshops that illustrate key concepts while learning how to use the product. This advanced course is intended for Professional Report Authors. This offering is intended for professional report authors who have a knowledge of their business requirements, basic knowledge of SQL, XML and have taken the IBM Cognos Report Studio: Author Professional Reports Fundamentals (V10.2) course. IBM Trainingen Essentials for IBM Cognos BI (V10.2) B5270G Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 4.375,- Essentials for IBM Cognos BI (V10.2) is a blended offering consisting of five-days of instructor-led online training (ILO) and 21 hours of Web-based, self-paced training. This accelerated offering is intended for core project team members wishing to acquire a broad understanding of a Business Intelligence platform implementation. During the ILT segments, participants will perform hands-on demos and workshops that cover four essential topic areas: Modeling, Report Authoring, Workspace Advanced, and Administration of a BI platform. Throughout the ILT, participants will be guided to more-in depth training offerings and paths leading to certification. This intermediate course is intended for Project Managers,Technical Analysts and Developers. You should have experience: using the Windows operating system using a web browser IBM Cognos Data Manager: Build Data Marts with Enterprise Data (v10.2) B5280G Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.500,- IBM Cognos Data Manager: Build Data Marts with Enterprise Data (V10.2) is a five-day, instructor-led online course that teaches participants how to move, merge, consolidate, and transform data from a range of data sources to build and maintain subject-area data marts. In the process, you will create a catalog and add connections to data sources and targets. They will also deliver fact and dimension data to a data mart through the use of builds and the dimensional framework. In addition, you will learn how to automate common functionality and handle complex data issues, such as unbalanced hierarchical structures. This advanced course is intended for Developers. This offering is intended for Developers who have a knowledge of basic Windows functionality, database and dimensional. analysis concepts, as well as a working knowledge of SQL. IBM Cognos Workspace Advanced: Author Self-Service Reports (v10.2) B5281G Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.250,- IBM Cognos Workspace Advanced: Author Self-Service Reports (V10.2) is a two-day instructor-led training course. This course will develop the skills the participants will need to use IBM Cognos Workspace Advanced to create effective reports with relational and dimensional data. Through interactive demos and workshops, this course will present topics related to creating reports with IBM Cognos Workspace Advanced for the business author. This intermediate course is intended for Business Authors. This offering is intended for Business Authors who have a knowledge of basic Windows and Web functionality, as well as their business requirements. Also, students should have taken the IBM Cognos BI for Consumers (V10.1) WBT or have knowledge of IBM Cognos Connection, and have experience with Microsoft Excel or Microsoft Access. Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 87

88 ECM I2 IBM Trainingen IBM FileNet Content Manager 5.2: System Implementation and Administration F115G Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.950,- This course trains the skills needed to configure and maintain a FileNet P8 5.2 Content Manager system. Anyone who administers an IBM FileNet Content Manager system or who builds a business solution hosted on the IBM FileNet Content Manager system. None IBM Enterprise Records 5.1: Records Management F174G Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.345,- This course is for those whose job includes responsibility for designing the file plan for an IBM Enterprise Records system and making decisions regarding record retention, disposition, and security. You use the IBM Enterprise Records web application to learn core skills, such as declaring and managing records. Then, you learn to design and create a file plan that meets specific records management goals. You work with a records administrator, an installer, a database administrator, and a programmer. You must be able to organize and communicate records management system requirements to the other roles. You work with a fully functioning IBM Enterprise Records system to practice the skills required for managing records and designing file plans for records management. This intermediate course is for anyone who manages records and who is responsible for planning the records management strategy for their organization that uses IBM Enterprise Records. You should have completed: IBM FileNet P8 Prerequisite Skills 4.5 (F0400GB) IBM FileNet P8 Platform 5.0: System Implementation and Administration F142G Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.950,- This course is for those whose job responsibility is to maintain, monitor, and configure an operational IBM FileNet P8 Content Manager system. Maintenance tasks include starting and stopping FileNet P8 engines and other system components as required, configuring object stores and file systems for storing documents, and implementing system security and access control structures. In addition, this course is for those whose job responsibility is to build or implement a business solution using the tools provided with an IBM FileNet P8 system. These tasks include creating content data structures (document classes), document properties, list structures, document indexes, and stored searches and queries. Related activities include exporting and importing documents and associated metadata from one object store to another. You work with a fully functioning, IBM FileNet P8 system to practice the skills required for administering, configuring, and monitoring components of an IBM FileNet P8 Content Manager system, as well as building and modifying an IBM FileNet P8 business solution. NOTE: This is an online course. Please do not make travel arrangements for this course. After you receive confirmation that you are enrolled, you will be sent further instructions to access audio and video. This intermediate course is for anyone who is currently, or soon will be, administering an IBM FileNet P8 system or building a business solution hosted on the IBM FileNet P8 platform. You should complete: IBM FileNet P8 5.0 Prerequisite Skills using Workplace XT (F141) or have equivalent experience You should have: A basic understanding of relational database concepts Some experience as a system administrator, database administrator, or business solution builder IBM i2 Analyst s Notebook Essentials 9I02G Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.995,- This 3-day instructor-led course provides you with an understanding of the basics of i2 Analyst s Notebook. This course provides the essential skills required to use IBM i2 Analyst s Notebook as a tool in your analytical role to hold, search, analyze and disseminate data. This intermediate course is for those who handle national security, law enforcement, customer intelligence and researcher. You should have: A basic knowledge of using Windows analysis techniques i2 Analyst s Workstation/Data Miner 9T224G Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.295,- This advanced hands-on 4.5-day workshop focuses on the 3rd component of i2 Analyst s Workstation - i2 Data Miner. After briefly reviewing key components of i2 Analyst s Notebook and i2 ibase, attention shifts to learning the functionality of Data Miner. Through a series of exercises, the various features and analytical tools available in Data Miner are explored. You will learn to build cubes for analysis and perfect how to drill down into your data to uncover trends underlying problems. Students will master moving data among i2 Data Miner, i2 ibase, i2 Analyst s Notebook and mapping programs to use the advantages of each tool to squeeze the most out of the information in your database. The final project will include charts from Analyst s Notebook, reports from ibase, graphs from Data Miner, and maps from a GIS component. This advanced course is for intelligence and criminal analysts who will be using i2 Analyst s Workstation Data Miner for tactical and strategic analysis. You should have completed: Charting with i2 ibase Databases OR the combination of i2 Analyst s Notebook - Level 1 and i2 ibaseyou should have: Knowledge of GISKnowledge of the types of queries performed on your database is helpful 88 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

89 Information Management DB2 Family Fundamentals IBM DB2 SQL Workshop IBM DB2 SQL Workshop for Experienced Users CE031G Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.345,- This course provides you with information about the functions of IBM s DB2, a relational database manager which may be installed under a variety of operating systems on many hardware platforms.db2 runs under the z/os, VM, Linux, UNIX, and Windows operating systems, to name a few.the course includes discussion of how the DB2 products provide services. The focus is on the services DB2 provides and how we work with DB2, not on its internal workings. This basic course is for persons needing an introductory knowledge of DB2, and persons preparing for advanced and specialized DB2 education. You should have: Basic knowledge in data processing CE121G Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.345,- This course provides an introduction to the SQL language. This course is appropriate for customers working in all DB2 environments, that is, z/os, VM/VSE, iseries, Linux, UNIX, and Windows. It is also appropriate for customers working in an Informix environment. Everyone needing to write, support, or understand SQL queries. This includes but is not limited to end-users, programmers, application designers, database administrators, and system administrators who do not yet have knowledge of the SQL Data Manipulation Language (DML). You should have: Basic computer literacy Basic editing skills Database skills are not required CE131G Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.995,- This course teaches you how to make use of advanced SQL techniques to access DB2 databases in different environments. This course is appropriate for customers working in all DB2 environments, specifically for z/os, Linux, UNIX, and Windows. This intermediate course is for experienced SQL end users, application programmers, database administrators, and user support staff who need more advanced knowledge of SQL. You should have experience with: coding and executing basic SQL statements. These skills can be developed by attending SQL Workshop (CE120GB), or equivalent experience. IBM Trainingen DB2 10 for LUW: Basic Administration for AIX IBM Using Queue Replication CE243G Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 2.645,- Gain knowledge on InfoSphere Replication Server and how it is used to perform both queue-based homogeneous data replication and heterogeneous data replication. Learn to distinguish the differences in functionality of the queue architecture s highly parallel, transaction-based, asynchronous message-based transmission capability with the SQL-based architecture. Use the Replication Center Graphical User Interface (GUI) to perform the Q Replication operations necessary to define, manage, and maintain queue-based data replication functions for DB2 for z/os and DB2 for Linux, UNIX, and Windows. Additionally, incorporate the use of the ASNCLP command line interpreter for definitional tasks, along with utilities such as ASNTDIFF and ASNTREP and the Q Replication Dashboard, in your replication environment. Discover how InfoSphere Replication Server can be engaged to publish transactions in either an Extensible Markup Language (XML) format or in a character delimited format. Become versed in the use of the WebSphere MQ queues required by InfoSphere Replication Server. Included are a number of intensive hands-on machine exercises demonstrating InfoSphere Replication Server s capabilities in unidirectional replication as well as multidirectional replication. Linux will serve as the control point for administering the InfoSphere Replication Server for Linux, UNIX, Windows, and z/os. This is an intermediate course for system administrators, database administrators, replication administrators, data warehouse architects, programmers, users, IBM professionals, and other individuals desiring a highly parallel, transaction-based, asynchronous queue message-based transmission replication architecture. This includes all individuals who perform or support evaluation, implementation, and usage activities for data movement, data availability, and data replication. Having a working knowledge of WebSphere MQ and an understanding of the basic operation and creation of queues and related queue managers will provide a good foundation for this course. Skills or experience in the following specific areas enable you to more easily navigate the course material and facilitate in the execution of the exercises: Relational databases Database system design DB2 Control Center SQL DB2 platform knowledge CL213G Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 2.645,- This course teaches you to perform, basic database administrative tasks using DB for Linux, UNIX, and Windows. These tasks include creating and populating databases and implementing a logical design to support recovery requirements. The access strategies selected by the DB2 Optimizer will be examined using the DB2 Explain tools. Various diagnostic methods will be presented, including using the db2diag.log file messages to direct your investigation of problems, as well as using the db2pd commands. This is the classroom version of Instructorled Online course DB2 10 for LUW: Basic Administration for AIX (ILO) (3L213GB) This intermediate course is for system administrators, database administrators, and technical personnel involved in planning, implementing, and maintaining DB2 databases. You should be able to: Use basic OS functions such as utilities, file permissions, hierarchical file system, commands, and editor State the functions of the Structured Query Language (SQL), and be able to construct DDL, DML, and authorization statements Discuss basic relational database concepts and objects such as tables, indexes, views, and joins These skills can be developed by taking: OS Training: Linux Basics and Administration Windows Systems Administration DB2 SQL Workshop DB2 Fundamentals Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 89

90 DB2 10 for LUW: Basic Administration for Linux and Windows CL2X3G Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 2.390,- DB2 for LUW Performance Tuning and Monitoring Workshop CL413G Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 2.645,- IBM DB for Linux, UNIX, and Windows Quickstart for Experienced Relational DBAs CL484G Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 2.390,- IBM Trainingen This course teaches you to perform basic database administrative tasks using DB for Linux, UNIX, and Windows. These tasks include creating and populating databases and implementing a logical design to support recovery requirements. The access strategies selected by the DB2 Optimizer will be examined using the DB2 Explain tools. Various diagnostic methods will be presented including using the db2diag.log file messages to direct your investigation of problems as well as using the db2pd commands. This intermediate course is for system administrators, database administrators, and technical personnel involved in planning, implementing, and maintaining DB2 databases. You should be able to: Use basic OS functions such as utilities, file permissions, hierarchical file system, commands, and editor State the functions of the Structured Query Language (SQL) and be able to construct DDL, DML, and authorization statements Discuss basic relational database concepts and objects such as tables, indexes, views, and join These skills can be developed by taking: OS Training: AIX 5L Basics Linux Basics and Administration Windows Systems Administration Or by having equivalent HP-UX or Solaris administration experience DB2 SQL Workshop DB2 Fundamentals DB2 for z/os - New Features in Version 10 Workshop Learn how to tune for optimum performance the IBM DB2 10 for Linux, UNIX, and Windows relational database management system and associated applications written for this environment. Learn about DB2 10 for Linux, UNIX, and Windows in a single partition database environment. Explore performance issues affecting the design of the database and applications using the database, the major database performance parameters, and the different tools that assist in performance monitoring and tuning. Use tools in class that are common across the Linux, UNIX, and Windows environments. During labs running on DB2 10.1, develop your ability to use monitoring tools. Explain tools and DB2 utilities like RUNSTATS, REORG and db2batch to tune a database running on your local LINUX workstation. This is an advanced course for database designers, database administrators, and application developers working with DB2 for Linux, UNIX, and Windows who are concerned about performance. You should have completed: DB2 10 for LUW: Basic Administration for Linux and Windows (CL2X3G) or DB for Linux, UNIX, and Windows Quickstart for Experienced Relational DBAs (CL484G) DB2 10 for z/os Database Administration Workshop Part 1 This course teaches you to perform, basic and advanced, database administrative tasks using DB for Linux, UNIX, and Windows. These tasks include creating and populating databases and implementing a logical design to support recovery requirements. The access strategies selected by the DB2 Optimizer will be examined using the DB2 Explain tools. Various diagnostic methods will be presented, including using the db2diag.log file messages to direct your investigation of problems, as well as using the db2pd commands and DB2 traces. You will learn how to implement automatic archival for database logs and how to plan a redirected database restore to relocate either selected table spaces or an entire database. The selection of indexes to improve application performance and the use of SQL statements to track database performance and health will be covered. This course provides a quick start to DB2 database administration skills for experienced relational Database Administrators (DBA). This is an intermediate course for experienced DBAs and technical individuals, with experience on other relational database platforms, who plan, implement, and maintain DB for Linux, UNIX, and Windows databases. You should be able to: Perform basic database administration tasks on a relational database system Use basic OS functions such as utilities, file permissions, hierarchical file system, commands, and editor State the functions of the Structured Query Language (SQL) and be able to construct DDL, DML, and authorization statements Discuss basic relational database concepts and objects such as tables, indexes, views, and joins These skills can be developed by taking: OS Training: AIX Basics and Administration Linux Basics and Administration Windows Systems Administration Or by having equivalent HP-UX or Solaris administration experience DB2 SQL Workshop DB2 Fundamentals CV312G Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.795,- Learn about the new features and enhancements of DB2 10 for z/os, including the technical detail of the functional enhancements of this significant new version of DB2 for z/os. Get a better understanding of several of the new functions by performing hands-on machine exercises. This is an intermediate course for system and database administrators, application developers, and other individuals who need a technical introduction to selected new features of DB2 10 for z/os. You should have practical experience with DB2 for z/os and have good knowledge of the functions and usage of DB2 9 for z/ OS. CV831G Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.795,- This course provides you with instruction on how to physically implement a logical database design in DB2. The course includes instruction on DB2 data management, DB2 catalog tables, the bind process, database utilities such as LOAD and REORG, and security considerations. This course replaces course number (CV830G). Note: This course material is at the DB2 10 for z/os level. This intermediate course is for future DB2 for z/os database administrators who need to acquire the basic skills required to administer a DB2 database. You should have completed DB2 Family Fundamentals (CE031GB) and DB2 SQL Workshop (CE121GB), or have equivalent experience. You should be able to: Design a relational table Describe the SQL data manipulation statements to access and change the contents of DB2 tables 90 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

91 IBM DB2 10 for z/os Implementation Workshop InfoSphere BigInsights Foundation CV861G Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.795,- DW612G Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.995,- This course is for installers of DB2 9 z/ OS and/or migration to DB2 10 for z/os using the Install CLIST. You are involved in lectures that explain DB2 10 components and pointers, and the processes used to install or migrate from DB2 9 for z/os. To reinforce the lectures, a series of labs are provided to give you hands-on experience installing DB2 9 for z/os and migrating to DB2 10 for z/os. The hands-on labs include exercises to: Install DB2 9 for z/os subsystem Verify with the sample applications Perform parameter updates Migrate to DB2 10 conversion mode Fall back to DB2 9 for z/os Migrate again to DB2 10 conversion mode Enable new function mode Verify with the sample applications Precompile option NEWFUN(V9) This course replaces course DB2 9 for z/os Implementation Workshop (CV860GB). This is the Classroom version of Instructor-led online course DB2 for z/os Implementation Workshop - Instructor Led Online (3V861GB). This intermediate course is for anyone responsible for maintaining, installing or migrating DB2 9 for z/os to DB2 10 for z/ OS, or installing DB2 10 for z/os. Completion of the following courses is suggested: DB2 10 for z/os Database Administration Workshop Part 1 (CV831GB) or equivalent Work experience in a z/os environment DB2 10 for z/os System Administration (CV851) The following prerequisites are suggested: The basic concepts and facilities of DB2 The basic concepts of Structured Query Language (SQL) z/os Time Sharing Option (TSO) and the z/os interactive System Productivity Facility (ISPF) Defining and allocating MVS data sets using z/os job control language (JCL) or equivalent experience IBM Informix 11.7 Database Administration IX222G Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 2.645,- In this course, students will learn the basic concepts of data management within Informix. They will learn how to determine correct data types; how to create, manage, and maintain tables and indexes; how the Informix optimizer works; how to manage data; and how to use the SET EXPLAIN feature to determine query effectiveness. This course is designed for Informix Administrators, Database Administrators, and Application Developers. The student should have a working knowledge of Structured Query Language (SQL). This training course is for those who want a foundation of IBM InfoSphere BigInsights. It will give you an overview of IBM s Big Data strategy as well as a more detailed information on Apache Hadoop. It presents concepts required by a system administrator to work with the Hadoop Distributed File System and concepts of MapReduce that are required by a developer. It gives an introduction to the scheduling capabilities of Hadoop and how to use Oozie to control workflows and use Flume to load data into HDFS. Curriculum relationship: Programming for InfoSphere Streams V3 with SPL (DW720) InfoSphere Streams Administration (DW730) IBM InfoSphere BigInsights Analytics for Business Analysts (DW640) IBM InfoSphere BigInsights Analytics for Programmer (DW650) This intermediate training course is for those who want a foundation of IBM InfoSphere BigInsights and is designed for system administrators and developers. There are no prerequisites for this course. However, knowledge of Linux would be beneficial. IBM Informix 11.7 System Administration IX812G Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 2.800,- In this course, you will develop the skills necessary to administer one or more database servers. You will learn how to configure and initialize a database server instance, configure and test client connectivity, configure and manage memory and disk usage, plan and implement system maintenance tasks, and configure the server for optimal Online Transaction Processing (OLTP) or decision support. This course is based on the 11.7 version of IBM Informix. This intermediate course is for Informix Administrators, Database Administrators, and Applications Developers. You should have the following knowledge and skills: Ability to write complex SQL queries Ability to navigate through a Linux/UNIX file system and use common utilities in that environment IBM Certified System Administrator - Informix Dynamic Server V11 Test System Administration for IBM Informix Dynamic Server V11 IP&S IBM InfoSphere DataStage Essentials 9.1 KM202G Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 2.190,- This course is designed to introduce ETL developers to DataStage 9.1. This is the Classroom version of Instructor-led online course IBM InfoSphere DataStage Essentials 9.1 (ILO) (3M202GB). This is a basic course for project administrators and ETL developers responsible for data extractions and transformations using DataStage. You should have basic knowledge of the Windows operating system and some familiarity with database access techniques. IBM Trainingen Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 91

92 ISSC IBM Trainingen IBM Connections Social Software for Business CNW42G Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.250,- IBM Connections 4.0 is social software for business that provides an exceptional social platform that helps enable you to access the right people and internal and external content in your professional networks and communities. With IBM Connections 4.0, you can track the activity of your network and respond more quickly using the embedded experience within the activity stream. You can also bring external applications and content into the activity stream to respond in context, saving time and reducing context switching. What s new in IBM Connections 4.5 These are just a few of the many features in IBM Connections 4.0 that will allow you to increase personal and organizational effectiveness by creating, connecting, and sharing in one easy to use social experience. In this workshop, you will learn about the new features in IBM Connections 4.0, including Activity Streams, IBM Connections Mail, and the Metrics application. Application developers will be interested in topics such as iwidget development, Activity Stream development, and the REST APIs. Get started and become a social business today! CNW43G Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.345,- IBM Connections V4.5, social software for business, provides an exceptional social software solution that is designed to help enable users to access the right people and internal and external content in your professional networks and communities. IBM Connections is designed to help users engage with networks of expertise in the context of critical business processes in order to act with confidence and anticipate and respond to emerging opportunities. In this workshop you will learn about the new features in IBM Connections 4.5, the capabilities provided by IBM Connections Content Manager and how to leverage the social Business toolkit SDK to socialize existing applications. This advanced course is designed for Solution architects and social networking administrators. This advanced course is designed for Solution architects and social networking administrators. You should: Have good technical understanding of Web 2.0 concepts Have high-level understanding of object-oriented programming concepts, systems, and languages Review existing IBM Social Business resources and websites Optional skills You should have: Knowledge of IBM Connections 4.0 or attendance to IBM Connections Social Software for Business (CNW42GB) Good technical understanding of Web 2.0 concepts High-level understanding of objectoriented programming concepts, systems, and languages Review existing IBM Social Business that will be useful: Previous experience with IBM Connections or other WebSphere based applications Familiarity with the Eclipse development environment Familiarity with Java, Dojo, and OpenSocial resources and websites Previous experience with IBM Connections or other WebSphere based applications Familiarity with the Eclipse development environment Familiarity with Java, Dojo, and OpenSocial IBM Lotus Domino 8.5 System Administration Bootcamp D8L89G Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.725,- In this course, you will: Be introduced to basic concepts that provide the foundation for Lotus Domino and Lotus Notes Practice performing basic administration tasks using the Lotus Domino Administrator client Install and configure a basic infrastructure with a single domain using an existing deployment plan Set up replication and mail routing in the single-domain environment Perform standard server maintenance and troubleshooting tasks Register and maintain Notes and non-notes users Note: This course covers the entire core Lotus Domino 8.5 system administration curriculum which is normally taught in 6 days. While the course duration is condensed to 5 days, the course content is not condensed; therefore, this bootcamp offering covers the material at an accelerated pace, and could require participants to attend extended classroom hours. The target audience for this course is system administrators new to Lotus Domino who need to acquire a foundational knowledge and working experience with the Lotus Domino 8 administration tools and who are responsible for: Installing and setting up of the initial, basic Lotus Domino and Lotus Notes 8 infrastructure Setting up Domino Mail servers in the corporate intranet and extranet (i.e. Internet) environment Monitoring and maintaining an existing Lotus Domino 8 infrastructure Managing Notes and non-notes users in a Domino domain a Previous experience as a network administrator or mail system administrator, and experience using the Lotus Notes 8 Client. 92 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

93 Lenovo Linux IBM BladeCenter Fundamentals - BladeCenter H Linux Basic and Installation XTRB3G Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 2.295,- The IBM BladeCenter Fundamentals - BladeCenter H course provides a detailed introduction and overview of the IBM BladeCenter. Major topics covered include the BladeCenter chassis components and infrastructure, management interface, blade servers, and I/O modules. Each major lecture group is followed by a hands-on lab exercise, including chassis configuration and management, blade server control, I/O module management and control, and BladeCenter Open Fabric Manager (BOFM). Building on these skills and with emphasis on the IBM BladeCenter H, we discuss the IBM BladeCenter H and its unique components, power and cooling, midplane connections, and systems management. We then cover the high-speed infrastructure and options that are available. Open Fabric Manager is discussed to help you get the most from your I/O followed by showing the sequence of events in a Blade failover and recovery. The last portion of this three day class covers those elements regarding installation and the associated tools. The additional focused labs with the BladeCenter H is the BladeCenter Open Fabric Manager, known as BOFM. This intermediate course is for individuals who are involved in the planning, installation, configuration and upgrading of IBM BladeCenters. You should have completed: IBM System x Technical Principles (XTR11NL) LX02G Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 2.645,- The objective of the course is to teach students enough about Linux to successfully install, configure, and run Linux on the student s personal workstation and be productive with it. This course is designed for students with little or no Linux knowledge or experience who want to make a start with Linux. Rational Students should be able to use a Microsoft Windows-based workstation. Mastering Web Application Development with Rational Application Developer V7.5 RD815G Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.245,- IBM Trainingen This course is intended for developers who are already familiar with Java Enterprise Edition (Java EE) Web application development, and who wish to understand the capabilities of IBM Rational Application Developer V7.5 to help you develop such applications. The features covered will include the tools that you can use to create, test, debug, and package Java EE Web applications. These tools include the wizards that you can use to create Servlets, HTML pages, and JavaServer Pages (JSP). In addition, you can use the Page Designer to edit HTML and JSP pages. Rational Application Developer also provides support for component testing of Java EE Web components, the Struts and JavaServer Faces (JSF) application frameworks, and Ajax (Asynchronous JavaScript and XML). Finally, you can use the export wizards to package Java EE applications. This instructor-led, classroom course is intended for the following audience: Java developers interested in learning IBM Rational Application Developer V7.5 Java developers who want to learn Web Application development using Rational Application Developer V7.5 You should have the following skills or experience: Java programming Familiarity with Java EE for Web development (HTML, JSP pages, and servlets) Basics of XML Experience using relational databases The design-implement-test-deploy stages of application development Object-oriented design and analysis Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 93

94 Essentials of Configuration Management with IBM Rational ClearCase UCM, v7.1 SPSS IBM Trainingen RS404G Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.345,- Configuration Management with IBM Rational ClearCase UCM, V7.1 is a two-day, instructor-led course designed to teach configuration managers how to implement ClearCase UCM effectively in their development environment (Windows or Unix/Linux). This course introduces you to the discipline of software configuration management (SCM) using a unified change management approach (UCM) and discusses the attributes of effective SCM. Learn what information is critical to include in a configuration management plan. Practice creating and implementing a usage model based on a simulated software development project. The usage model includes details about organizing project artifacts, streaming strategies, and project process and policies. Configuring Projects in IBM Rational Team Concert V4.0 RS727G Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.750,- Configuring Projects with IBM Rational Team Concert V4.0 targets project administrators and team leads. You learn how to configure Rational Team Concert project areas and processes so that the core IBM practices for agile development and change and release management can be effectively adopted by the project team. Topics include planning projects, teams, and iterations to support both traditional and agile projects; defining source control streams and component structure; customizing process controls and work items; and customizing Rational Team Concert queries and reports to provide project status and measure progress. This course can be deployed through traditional classroom Configuring Projects in IBM Rational Team Concert (RS727GB) or (YS727GB) virtual classroom. This intermediate course is for Project Administrators, Team Leads, Scrum Masters, and Product Owners. This is a basic course for users who fill the role of configuration manager in their organizations. Some knowledge of ClearCase is assumed. No knowledge of ClearCase administration is assumed. You should have completed: Essentials of IBM Rational ClearCase UCM for Windows (RS524) You should complete: Developing Software with IBM Rational Team Concert V4.0 (ILT) (RS842GB) Developing Software with IBM Rational Team Concert V4.0 (ILO) (YS842GB) You should have: Experience working with Microsoft Windows Understanding on basic software development principles Understanding on basic project planning principles Essentials of IBM Rational ClearCase UCM for UNIX (RS533) Working knowledge of an Eclipse-based IDE Introduction to IBM SPSS Modeler and Data Mining (V15) 0A004G Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.250,- Introduction to IBM SPSS Modeler and Data Mining is a two day instructorledbasic course that provides an overview of data mining and the fundamentals of using IBM SPSS Modeler. The principles and practice of data mining are illustrated using the CRISP-DM methodology. The course structure follows the stages of a typical data mining project, from reading data, to data exploration, data transformation, modeling, and effective interpretation of results. The course provides training in the basics of how to read, explore, and manipulate data with IBM SPSS Modeler, and then create and use successful models. This basic course is for: Anyone with little or no experience in using IBM SPSS Modeler Anyone with little or no experience in data mining Anyone who is considering purchasing IBM SPSS Modeler You should have: General computer literacy No statistical background is necessary. It would be helpful if you had: an understanding of your organization s data, as well as any of your organization s business issues that are relevant to the use of data mining. Classifying Customers with IBM SPSS Modeler (v15) 0A0U4G Cursusduur: 1 dag Prijs: 695,- Essentials of IBM Rational Functional Tester, Java Scripting, V8.0 RT545G Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.995,- This introductory course is designed to familiarize testing professionals with the basics of the IBM Rational test automation tools for use in testing Java and Web applications. Testers can build, enhance, and maintain scripts in a full-function Java IDE that integrates with the IBM Rational Software Delivery Platform products. Hands-on instruction is provided for those who want to explore the power of using IBM Rational Functional Tester. The Rational Functional Tester application builds effective and resilient test scripts using Java code and IBM ScriptAssure technology. The focus is on the practical application of Rational Functional Tester to resolve common Java and Web automated testing challenges. Additionally, some basics about Java code relevant to creating scripts for testing are covered. This course focuses on getting started with Rational Functional Tester. This basic instructor-led, classroom course is intended for the following audience: IBM Rational Functional Testers Testing professionals Quality assurance practitioners Managers Team leaders There are no prerequisites for this course. Classifying Customers Using IBM SPSS Modeler (V15) is a one day, instructorled classroom, intermediate level course that provides an overview of how to use Modeler to predict the category to which a customer belongs based on selected data. Some examples include: whether a customer switches to another provider or brand, whether a customer responds to a particular advertising campaign, or how well a student will perform in a specific academic setting. This course follows the Introduction to IBM SPSS Modeler and Data Mining course and is essential for anyone who wishes to become familiar with a number of modeling techniques available in IBM SPSS Modeler used to classify customers. This would include Data Analysts and analytics business users. You should have: Experience using IBM SPSS ModelerPrior completion of Introduction to IBM SPSS Modeler and Data Mining is recommended. An introductory course in statistics, or equivalent experience, is helpful. 94 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

95 STG - Power Systems - AIX Market Segmentation Using IBM SPSS Statistics - ILT 0G036G Cursusduur: 1 dag Prijs: 695,- In this one-day course you will focus on the statistical techniques most often used to support market segmentation. The course emphasizes the practical issues of setting up, running and interpreting the results of market segmentation analysis. This intermediate course is for anyone who has worked with SPSS for Windows and is interested in knowing more about the appropriate procedures for market segmentation. Attendees should have an on the job experience with SPSS for Windows or completion of the Windows Basic and/ or Intermediate courses. Basic statistical knowledge or at least one college level course in statistics is helpful. Introduction to IBM SPSS Statistics (v22) 0G503G Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.345,- Introduction to IBM SPSS Statistics (V22) is a two day instructor-led classroom course that guides students through the fundamentals of using IBM SPSS Statistics for typical data analysis process. Students will learn the basics of reading data, data definition, data modification, and data analysis and presentation of analytical results. Students will also see how easy it is to get data into IBM SPSS Statistics so that they can focus on analyzing the information. In addition to the fundamentals, students will learn shortcuts that will help them save time. This course uses the IBM SPSS Statistics Base features. This basic course is for students with: Minimal experience in using IBM SPSS StatisticsAlso, students that are: New to using a statistical package for data analysis Considering purchasing IBM SPSS You should have: Experience using applications, such as word processors or spreadsheets, in the Microsoft Windows, Macintosh or Linux environment Experience with IBM SPSS Statistics is not necessary, though a basic understanding of purpose and functions of the software is helpfulno statistical background is necessary. Shell Programming AL32G Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.100,- Learn effective methods to create and use KornShell and Bourne Again SHell (bash) scripts and utilities. Shell scripts are often the key to becoming a productive AIX or Linux system administrator. During this course you will write simple programs that demonstrate your ability to write shell scripts in either an AIX or Linux environment. Basic programming concepts are not taught in this course. System administrators of Unix and Linux systems, application developers, programmers and anyone intending to write Korn or Bash shell scripts. AIX Basics You should complete: AIX 5L Basics (AU13) or a Linux Basics course or understand the programming fundamentals of variables and flow control concepts, such as repetition and decision, or have working knowledge of UNIX or Linux, including the use of the vi editor, manipulating files and directories, basic variables, piping and redirection, and the find and grep commands. AN10G Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 2.000,- This course enables students to perform everyday tasks using the AIX operating system. Learn basic AIX/UNIX commands, features and functions through lectures and hands-on lab exercises. This basic course is intended for anyone who requires basic AIX/UNIX user skills to be able to work in an AIX environment. This course is also a prerequisite for many courses in the AIX Systems Administration curriculum. Students should be familiar with: Basic information technology (IT) concepts and the role of an operating system. Power Systems and AIX Differences Workshop AN08G Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 2.100,- This course is designed to provide continuing education for system administrators who have extensive experience with previous levels of POWER hardware; PowerVM, and AIX. It will introduce the student to the features available with the POWER7, PowerVM 2.1, and AIX 7 environment. This is accomplished by discussing the details or enhancements in each of these followed by hands-on labs which provide additional exposure to the new environment. This course is intended for anyone responsible for purchasing, managing, and planning an IBM POWER7 server running PowerVM 2.1 or later and the AIX 7.1 or greater operating system. The audience for this training include the following: AIX technical support individuals System administrators Systems engineers System architects Students must have basic AIX, LPAR, and PowerVM system administration experience. The AIX prerequisite can be met by attending one of the following classes or students can have equivalent AIX skills. Power Systems for AIX II: AIX Implementation and Administration (AN120) AIX 6 Jumpstart for UNIX Professionals (AN140) The LPAR and PowerVM prerequisite can be met by attending one of the following classes or students can have equivalent LPAR skills. Power Systems for AIX - Virtualization I: Implementing Virtualization (AN300) Power Systems for AIX I: LPAR Configuration and Planning AN11G Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.500,- Learn the skills needed to become an effective administrator on IBM s POWER6- based systems that support Logical Partitioning (LPAR). Learn about the features of PowerVM Editions (Advanced POWER Virtualization - APV) and how to configure and manage LPARs running AIX V6.1 using the Hardware Management Console (HMC). This course is appropriate for system administrators, technical support individuals, and IBM business partners who implement LPARs on IBM Power Systems. This introductory course does not require any logical partitioning experience. IBM Trainingen Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 95

96 IBM Trainingen Power Systems for AIX II: AIX Implementation and Administration AN12G Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.500,- Learn to install, customize, and administer the AIX operating system in a POWER (System p) partitioned environment. This course is based on AIX 7.1 running on a Power7 system managed by HMC version 7. This course is also appropriate for prior releases of AIX and has a high practical content. There is also an instructor-led online version of this course: Power Systems for AIX II: AIX Implementation and Administration (ILO) (AX120GB) This intermediate course is appropriate for anyone with system administrative duties implementing and managing an AIX operating system in a multiuser POWER (System p) partitioned environment. You should be able to: Log in to an AIX system and set a user password Execute basic AIX commands Manage files and directories Use the vi editor Use redirection, pipes, and tees Use the utilities find and grep Use the command and variable substitution Set and change Korn shell variables Write simple shell scripts Use a graphic Common Desktop Environment (CDE) interface These skills can be acquired by taking AIX Basics (AN10G) or through equivalent AIX/UNIX knowledge. In addition, it would be helpful (but not mandatory) that you be familiar with partitioning concepts and technology as taught in Power Virtualization I: LPAR Planning and Configuration (AN11G) AIX Jumpstart for UNIX Professionals Provide focused training for experienced UNIX administrators on how to install, customize and administer the AIX operating system in a multiuser POWER (System p) partitioned environment. The course is based on AIX 6.1 running on a Power system managed by Hardware Management Console version 7 and provides practical discussions that are appropriate to earlier AIX releases. Learn to install, customize and administer the AIX operating system in a multiuser POWER (System p) partitioned environment. The course is based on AIX 6.1 running on a Power system managed by Hardware Management Console version 7 and provides practical discussions that are appropriate to earlier AIX releases. This intermediate course is appropriate for experienced UNIX system administrators who want to support AIX running on POWER processor based systems in a mult-iuser POWER (System p) partitioned environment. AIX Network Installation Manager (NIM) I: Concepts and Configuration AN22G Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.345,- The primary goal of this course is to provide the student with a working knowledge of the fundamental capabilities of the Network Installation Manager (NIM) facility of the AIX 6 operating system. This course uses a combination of instructor lecture and machine exercises to provide the student with practical background knowledge of the topics covered. Learn the fundamental capabilities of the Network Installation Manager (NIM) facility of the AIX 6 operating system. This course is appropriate for anyone with system administrative duties installing and managing an AIX operating system in a multiuser POWER (System p) environment. AN14G Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.750,- Students should have: Basic AIX systems administration skills and be able to use HMC V7 to manage POWER-based managed systems These skills may be obtained by attending: Power Systems for AIX I: LPAR Configuration and Planning (AN11) Power Systems for AIX II: AIX Implementation and Administration(AN12) Students should be able to use basic UNIX commands including: Execute basic AIX commands Manage files and directories Use the vi editor Use redirection, pipes, and tees Use the utilities find and grep Use command and variable substitution Set and change Korn shell variables Write simple shell scripts These skills can be acquired by attending AIX Basics (AU13) or through equivalent AIX/UNIX knowledge. Students should also have experience administering a UNIX operating system (such as Solaris, HP/UX, and others) including: User management and system security Storage Networking System shutdown and restart Backup and recovery System task scheduling Power Systems for AIX III: Advanced Administration and Problem Determination AN15G Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.750,- This course provides advanced AIX system administrator skills with a focus on availability and problem determination. It provides detailed knowledge of the ODM database where AIX maintains so much configuration information. It shows how to monitor for and deal with AIX problems. There is special focus on dealing with Logical Volume Manager problems, including procedures for replacing disks. Several techniques for minimizing the system maintenance window are covered. It also covers how to migrate AIX Workload Partitions to another system with minimal disruption. While the course includes some AIX 6.1 enhancements, most of the material is applicable to prior releases of AIX. This is an advanced course for AIX system administrators, system support, and contract support individuals with at least six months of experience in AIX. You should have basic AIX System Administration skills. These skills include: Use of the Hardware Management Console (HMC) to activate a logical partition running AIX and to access the AIX system console Install an AIX operating system from an already configured NIM server Implementation of AIX backup and recovery Manage additional software and base operating system updates Familiarity with management tools such as SMIT Understand how to manage file systems, logical volumes, and volume groups Understand basic Workload Partition (WPAR) concepts and commands (recommended for the WPAR Manager content) Mastery of the UNIX user interface including use of the vi editor, command execution, input and output redirection, and the use of utilities such as grep These skills could be developed through experience or by formal training. Recommended training courses to obtain these prerequisite skills are either of the following: Power Systems for AIX III: Advanced Administration and Problem Determination (AN12) and its prerequisites AIX System Administration I: Implementation (AU14) and its prerequisites. (Note that AU14 does not cover WPARs) If the student has AIX system administration skills, but is not familiar with the LPAR environment, those skills may be obtained by attending either of the following: System p Virtualization I: Planning and Configuration (AU73) / (Q1373) Power Systems Administration I: LPAR Configuration (AN11) 96 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

97 Power Systems for AIX - Virtualization I: Implementing Virtualization AN30G Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.500,- Power Systems for AIX - Virtualization II: Advanced PowerVM and Performance AN31G Cursusduur: 4,5 dagen Prijs: 3.500,- PowerHA SystemMirror 6.1 Planning, Implementation and Administration AN41G Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.495,- This course provides an overview of the PowerVM edition s features on POWER6 and POWER7 processor-based systems. It explains the new features and benefits of virtualization including processor virtualization, Integrated Virtual Ethernet, Virtual I/O Server, and virtual devices, such as virtual Ethernet, virtual SCSI, and virtual Fibre Channel adapters. Basic and advanced configurations of the Virtual I/O Server and its clients are discussed including various availability options. Expand your knowledge about PowerVM features that were introduced in Power Systems for AIX I: LPAR Configuration and Planning (AN110) / Power Systems for AIX I: LPAR Configuration and Planning (ILO) (AX110).This course provides lectures and hands on labs in a face-to-face classroom setting. The course is also offered in a live virtual classroom environment (ILO - Instructor Led Online) with hands-on labs Power Systems for AIX - Virtualization I: Implementing Virtualization (ILO) (AX301). This advanced course is appropriate for System Administrators, Technical Support Personnel, and Business Partners responsible for implementing LPARs on IBM Power Systems with AIX servers. You should have advanced system administration experience with AIX 5.3 or later. This prerequisite may be met by attending one of the following courses: Power Systems for AIX II: AIX Implementation and Administration (AN120) or Power Systems for AIX II: AIX Implementation and Administration (ILO) (AX120) AIX Jumpstart for UNIX Professionals (AN140) or AIX Jumpstart for UNIX Professionals (ILO) (AX140) or you must have equivalent AIX and LPAR skills.general TCP/IP knowledge is strongly recommended. This prerequisite may be met by attending AIX 5L TCP/IP I: Configuration (AU070) or TCPIP for AIX Administrators (AN210) / TCPIP for AIX Administrators (ILO) (AX210).You are also expected to have logical partition administration skills on POWER6 or POWER7 processor-based systems, which can be obtained by attending Power Systems for AIX I: LPAR Configuration and Planning (AN110) or Power Systems for AIX I: LPAR Configuration and Planning (ILO) (AX110). Learn to implement advanced PowerVM features such as Active Memory Sharing, Shared Dedicated Processors, Multiple Shared Processor Pools, N_Port Virtualization, and Remote Live Partition Mobility. This course focuses on the features that relate to the performance of the POWER6 processor, AIX 6.1, and the special monitoring, configuring, and tuning needs of logical partitions (LPARs). This course does not cover application monitoring and tuning. You will learn skills to implement, measure, analyze, and tune PowerVM virtualization features for optimal performance on IBM System p servers. You will also learn about the AIX 6.1 performance analysis and tuning tools that enable an administrator to take advantage of the Micro-Partitioning and other virtualization features of the System p servers. Hands-on lab exercises reinforce each lecture and give the students practical experience. This course is for anyone responsible for implementing and managing virtualization features on a System p server including: AIX technical support individuals System administrators Systems engineers System Architects Students should complete: Power Systems for AIX I: LPAR Planning and Configuration (AN11) or (AX11) or Power Systems for AIX - Virtualization I: Implementing Virtualization (AN30) or (AX30) or have equivalent LPAR skills Power Systems for AIX IV: Performance Management AN51G Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.000,- Develop the skills to measure, analyze, and tune common performance issues on IBM POWER systems running AIX6. Learn about performance management concepts and techniques and how to use of basic AIX tools to monitor, analyze, and tune an AIX6 system. The course covers how virtualization technologies such as the PowerVM environment and workload partitions affect AIX performance management. Monitoring and analyzing tools discussed in this course include vmstat, iostat, sar, tprof, svmon, filemon, netstat, lvmstat, and topas. Tuning tools include schedo, vmo, ioo, no, and nfso. The course also covers how to use Performance Problem Reporting (PerfPMR) to capture a variety of performance data for later analysis. Each lecture is reinforced with extensive hands-on lab exercises which provide practical experience. This course is for: AIX technical support personnel Performance benchmarking personnel AIX system administrators You are expected to have basic AIX system administration skills. These skills can be obtained by attending the following courses: Learn to install and configure a highly available cluster using PowerHA for AIX. The lab exercises are conducted on an AIX 6.1 level system. This course is for experienced AIX system administrators with TCP/IP networking and AIX LVM experience who are responsible for the planning and installation of a Power HA 6.1 cluster on an IBM power systems server running AIX 5L V5.3 or later. AIX System Administration I: Implementation (AU14) or Power Systems for AIX II: Implementation and Administration (AN12) It is very helpful to have a strong background in TCP/IP networking to support the network performance portion of the course. These skills can be built or reinforced by attending: AIX 5L Configuring TCP/IP ( AU07 ) or TCP/IP for AIX Administrators (AN21) It is also very helpful to have a strong background in PowerVM (paricularly micropartitioning and the role of the virtual I/O server). These skills can be built or reinforced by attending: System p LPAR and Virtualization I: You should be an AIX system administrator and have TCP/ IP, LVM storage and disk hardware implementation skills. These skills may be obtained by attending: Power Systems for AIX II: AIX Implementation and Administration (AN12) or (AX12) Power Systems for AIX III: Advanced Administration and Problem Determination (AN15) or (AX15) or through equivalent experience Planning and Configuration (AU73) or Power Systems for AIX - Virtualization I: Implementing Virtualization (AN30) IBM Trainingen Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 97

98 IBM Trainingen Implementing AIX Security Features AN57G Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.875,- This course is designed to help you implement a security policy in an AIX environment. AIX 6.1 features are covered. This course is intended for persons who: Want to learn what the security mechanisms are in an AIX system. Will plan, implement, or distribute a security policy in AIX. The audience for this training includes: AIX technical support individuals System administrators System architects You should have basic AIX administration experience. The AIX prerequisite can be met by attending one of the two following classes or having equivalent AIX skills: AIX Version 5L System Administration I: Implementation (AU15) / (Q1314) AIX 5L Jumpstart for UNIX Professionals (AW18) / (Q1818) RPG IV Programming Fundamentals Workshop for IBM i AS06G Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 2.645,- This course teaches the basics of the IBM i RPG IV programming language. It is the first of three courses that should be attended in sequence. This course is a comprehensive exposure to the basic features and functions of RPG IV for Version 7. It does not introduce either information processing or programming in general. Students who are new to programming should attend other courses that are offered by local technical colleges or self-study methods. This course is designed to enable a trained programmer to develop and maintain simple RPG IV programs written using the latest features and techniques available in the Version 7 compiler. This course has been designed for programmers who are new to RPG IV. Basic programming experience is required. The student should have attended at least an introductory course to programming such as one of those available at technical colleges. The student is not taught the concepts of programming. This course is also for experienced programmers who are new to the Power System with IBM i should also attend this course. Examples of other programming languages are BASIC, COBOL or RPG II. PowerHA SystemMirror 7 Planning, Implementation, Customization and Basic Admin AN61G Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.250,- This course is designed to prepare students to install and configure a highly available cluster using PowerHA SystemMirror. The audience for this course is students who are experienced AIX system administrators with TCP/IP networking and AIX Logical Volume Manager (LVM) experience who are responsible for the planning and installation of a PowerHA SystemMirror 7.1 and later cluster on an IBM Power Systems server running AIX 5L V5.3 or later. The lab exercises are conducted on an AIX 6.1 TL6 -level system. Students should be able to: Use a Windows-based PC Run PC applications using menus, icons, toolbars, and so forth Write a simple program in another highlevel language (for example, CL, COBOL, BASIC or RPG II) Use basic IBM i tools, including: CL commands Online Help WRKSPLF and related commands to manage output WRKJOB, DSPMSG, DSPJOB commands and so forth to perform basic problem determination Use and display IBM i print queues Students should be AIX system administrators and have TCP/IP, LVM storage, and disk hardware implementation skills. These skills are addressed in the following courses or can be obtained through equivalent education and experience: TCP/IP for AIX Administration (AN21GB) Use the Program Development Manager/source entry utility or the RSE/ LPEX Editor to create and maintain DDS Create and maintain physical and logical files Attendance at IBM i RPG Development with Rational Developer for Power Systems Software V8 (RN500NL) is strongly recommended. Experience with Printer and Display files prior to attending this course is beneficial as well. PowerHA 7 Additional Configurations AN62G Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.250,- This course is designed to teach experienced PowerHA SystemMirror for AIX professionals the latest features in PowerHA SystemMirror. It covers how to: Effectively administer and monitor an IBM PowerHA SystemMirror for AIX cluster Implement PowerHA SystemMirror for AIX s more complex options This intermediate course is for experienced AIX system administrators and support personnel who will be responsible for the administration, maintenance, and implementation of PowerHA SystemMirror clusters on IBM Power p systems running AIX. This audience will include: Students who want to learn to work with the PowerHA SystemMirror 7.1 for AIX Students who want to learn about how to implement PowerHA SystemMirror for AIX in complex configurations Technical leaders responsible for designing PowerHA SystemMirror for AIX clustering solutions Important: This course is not suitable for students that do not have prior knowledge of AIX or PowerHA SystemMirror for AIX and want to go from novice to expert in five days. You should have experience with installing and performing standard PowerHA System- Mirror for AIX configuration functions, which can be obtained through the following course (or equivalent experience): PowerHA SystemMirror 7 Planning, Implementing, Customizing and Administrating (AN61AGB) Note: AN61 is a mandatory prerequisite. You should also be familiar with: The AIX operating system The IBM server hardware that they are using The principles of good system management TCP/IP communications concepts and tools, as covered in Power Systems for AIX II: AIX Implementation and Administration (AN12GB) or AIX Jumpstart for UNIX Professionals (AN14GB) briefly (or in TCPIP for AIX Administrators (AN21GB) extensively) Logical Volume Manager (LVM) concepts and configuration, as covered in Power Systems for AIX II: AIX Implementation and Administration (AN12GB) or AIX Jumpstart for UNIX Professionals (AN14GB) Good Korn Shell script programming 98 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

99 Control Language Programming for IBM i STG - Power Systems - I OL20G Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 2.645,- Hands-on course for iseries students who intend to write Control Language programs to simplify server management and make effective use of system resources. Application programmers, systems programmers and others who have a need to write Control Language programs. Before taking this course, students should be able to: Perform basic system operations Issue the appropriate commands to send inquiry and information messages Use DDS and the host-base toolset (PDM,SEU, SDA) to create physical, logical, and display files Describe basic iseries work management Create a library, output queue and a job description RPG IV Programming Advanced Workshop for i AS10G Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 2.645,- A comprehensive exposure to some of the advanced features and functions of the language for experienced RPG IV programmers. Power-programming for the discerning! This is the third in a series of three courses designed for programmers who are new to RPG IV. Basic programming experience using RPG IV is essential. Experienced RPG/400 programmers who have recently migrated to the RPG IV language will also find this course important to their continued skills development. Before attending this course, the student should be able to: Code subfile-processing programs in RPG IV Employ error-handling features of the RPG IV language. Describe the basic concepts of ILE and modular program design. Use free-format coding techniques Write date-processing routines which employ built-in functions These skills can be developed by attending the following courses: AS06 - iseries RPG IV Programming - Fundamentals AS07 - iseries RPG IV Programming - Intermediate Alternatively, experienced RPG/400 programmers should have attended the course: OE85 - Moving to the RPG IV Programming Language System Operator Workshop for IBM i AS24G Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 2.000,- New system operators can develop basicto-intermediate skills needed for day to day operations of the iseries system. You ll learn the Character Driven Interface (Green Screens) and iseries Navigator (Graphical User Interface) where applicable. Those who have responsibility for daily system operations. It is not intended for technical audiences who are seeking an indepth look at how the iseries 400 system works. This audience should instead attend the Concepts and facilities workshop OL49 None IBM Trainingen PowerVM on IBM i - I: Implementing Virtualization and LPAR AS5EG Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.650,- Learn the concepts of Logical Partitioning (LPAR) for Power System servers with IBM i. In this course you begin with an overview of LPAR on Power System servers, followed with more detailed information on configuration planning and implementation using hands-on exercises to create and implement logical partitions. Also, learn about partial processors, dynamic allocation and reallocation of memory, processors, interactive Commercial Processing Workloads (CPW), buses, Graphical User Interface (GUI), Virtual Local Area Network (VLAN), Host Ethernet Adapters (HEA) and System Planning Tool (SPT). Use IBM Power7 or Power6 servers and emphasize the new hardware, including the use of the Hardware Management Console (HMC). This intermediate course is for technical specialists, support/services individuals, individuals implementing LPARs for Power Systems with IBM i. This course is also appropriate for IBM Business Partners who sell and plan for consolidated systems. You should have: some knowledge of Power system architectural concepts some experience with Power System servers attended Hardware Management Console (HMC) for Power System with IBM i workshop or have the equivalent knowledge Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 99

100 IBM Trainingen PowerVM on IBM i - II: Advanced Topics and Performance AS5FG Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.100,- Learn the objectives, prerequisites, installation and managing steps of PowerVM advanced features like Suspend/ Resume, Active Memory Sharing, Live Partition Mobility and Shared Storage Pools. All learning materials are primary focused on IBM i as a client partition and dual VIOS as host environment. Part of this course is presentation of the tools for monitoring virtualized environment. This advanced course is for technical specialists, support/services individuals, individuals implementing PowerVM features for Power Systems with IBM i. This course is also appropriate for IBM Business Partners who sell and plan for consolidated systems. attended PowerVM on IBM i - I: Implementing Virtualization and LPAR (AS5EG) course some knowledge of Power system architectural concepts some experience with Power System servers IBM i - System i Work Management, Tailoring and Basic Tuning Introduction to IBM i for New Users OE98G Cursusduur: 1 dag Prijs: 795,- De cursus is een korte kennismaking voor iedereen die in zijn of haar werk te maken krijgt met iseries of AS/400. In één dag krijgt u een goed overzicht van de vele mogelijkheden en specifieke kenmerken van dit systeem. De iseries en AS/400 draait naast moderne client/ server- en internetapplicaties de nog steeds effectieve traditionele niet-grafische applicaties. Deze cursus behandelt de diverse basisbegrippen en termen, de unieke architectuur, de hardware en de relationele database. U leert niet alleen op welke manieren de iseries en de AS/400 kan worden ingezet, maar u wordt ook vertrouwd gemaakt met het gebruik van traditionele green screen -applicaties. Iedereen die direct of indirect met de AS/400 te maken heeft of krijgt. Geen vooropleiding vereist. STG - System x and Pure System IBM Flex System v7000 Integrated Storage NGT61G Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.995,- IBM PureFlex provides customers the ability to consolidate key IT elements into a simple, easy to manage, footprint: compute, storage, and networking elements within a single managed framework. The Flex System V7000 Storage Node brings years of IBM storage expertise to the PureSystems arena. This course is designed to provide you basic operational knowledge of the Flex System V7000. This includes initial setup, configuration, and provisioning. We will also look at key advanced features such as Easy Tier, Compression, and Copy Services. You should feel comfortable with deploying Flex System V7000 storage volumes to both Power compute nodes and Intel compute nodes upon completion. Enrollment in this intermediate course is not restricted. Typical students may include those persons involved with the planning, installation, configuration and upgrade of the IBM PureFlex Systems where V7000 Storage Nodes are involved. This may include: Customers IT Consultants Technical IBM personnel Business Partner technical personnel You should complete: IBM PureFlex System Fundamentals (NGT11) OL23G Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.000,- This Classroom course explains how to balance the workload of the I-Series system to ensure optimum performance. Specifically this course explains how to manage workloads measure system performance and tune the operating system to meet processing requirements. This course is run using Version R520 of the software Anyone who has responsibility for tuning and basic setup of OS/400. Before taking this course students should be able to to do the following: Start and Stop the Operating System Start and Stop subsystems Manage job, message and output queues Describe security concepts and create user profiles. STG - System Z z/os JCL and Utilities ES07G Cursusduur: 4,5 dagen Prijs: 3.495,- This course is designed to teach you how to use z/os job control language (JCL) and selected z/os utility programs in an online batch environment. Both Storage Management Subsystem (SMS) and non-sms JCL are discussed. Machine lab exercises complement the lecture material. This course is intended for people who want to use z/os JCL and utilities. You should have: Basic knowledge of information systems (IS) technologies You should be familiar with z/os concepts and how these systems support the Enterprise Servers. This knowledge can be obtained by attending course An Introduction to the z/os Environment (ES05). 100 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

101 Fundamental System Skills in Z/OS ES10G Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.995,- This course is designed to teach you the fundamental practical skills to navigate and work in a z/os environment. This includes the use of ISPF/PDF dialogs, TSO/E commands, JCL, UNIX System Services shell and BookManager. The intended audience for this class is IT personnel with a theoretical background of z/os (for example, as taught in ES05) and some general practical IS experience. SMP/E for z/os Workshop You should complete: An Introduction to the z/os Environment(ES05) or equivalent onthe-job training ES26G Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.900,- This course is designed to provide the SMP/E skills needed in the installation and maintenance of optional features and maintenance in the z/os operating environment. You are taught to define the SMP/E database and invoke SMP/E to add, modify, or replace system elements. The course includes extensive hands-on labs using a current level of SMP/E. You will get practical experience in the SMP/E tasks involved in installing a z/ OS product. Emphasis is on interpreting results of SMP/E processing. SMP/E concepts examined in this course include modification control statements, the consolidated software inventory, zone structure, and error analysis. SMP/E commands such as RECEIVE, APPLY, ACCEPT, RESTORE, REPORT, and LIST are discussed. You will also learn how to perform automated SMP/E delivery of z/os and product maintenance over the Internet with an automated SMP/E process that downloads and installs IBM preventive and corrective service over the Internet This course is for system programmers with no prior SMP experience who plan to use SMP/E for system and subsystem maintenance and installation. Required Skills and Knowledge Use basic JCL statements Describe the use of the following z/ OS utility programs: assembler, linkage editor, IEBCOPY, IEBUPDTE, and AMASPZAP Identify the access method services commands and parameters used in creating a VSAM KSDS Use ISPF/PDF panels This knowledge and these skills can be acquired on the job or by completing one or more of the following education offerings: Fundamental Practical System Skills in z/os, (ES10GB) (ES10AGB) z/os VSAM and Access Method Services, (SS83) (H3840) The students new to z/os could benefit from attending z/os Facilities (ES15) (ES150) for additional basic z/os knowledge. Basics of z/os RACF Administration ES19G Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.795,- Learn how to administer the z/os Security Server Resource Access Control Facility (RACF). Get an introduction to the z/os environment, Time Sharing Option (TSO) and Interactive System Productivity Facility / Program Development Facility (ISPF/ PDF), batch processing, and z/os data sets. Gain experience with z/os by viewing, and allocating datasets, submitting a batch job, and viewing job output. Learn how to use basic RACF command parameters, and panels, to define users and groups, protect general resources, z/os data sets, and choose a basic set of RACF options. Course Materials: The course materials cover z/os Security Server RACF. Hands-On Labs:Nine labs are included to address logging on to the z/os system, working with z/os data sets, submitting batch jobs to z/os, using System Display and Search Facility (SDSF) to view jobs in the system, defining a RACF group structure, RACF user administration, delegating security administration, protecting z/os data sets, and using RACF for TSO administration. Hands-on lab projects may be done in teams depending on the number of attendees and location. Training Path: This course is part of an IBM Training Path. Taking this course in the recommended sequence allows you to maximize the benefits from your education. This is a basic course for individuals who are new to z/os and the z/os Security Server RACF and who administration security using the RACF element of the z/ OS Security Server.Experienced z/os users should take: Effective RACF Administration (BE87) Some familiarity with z/os system facilities is beneficial. Background material needed to proceed is presented the first day. Assembler Language Coding Workshop ES34G Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.900,- This classroom hands-on lab course provides an introduction to the mainframe Assembler language. The course is designed to develop the skills appropriate to write and/or maintain programs and routines written in S/370 or S/390 Assembler Language. Emphasis is placed on enhancing skills in problem resolution through program check interruption analysis and dump reading. This course is designed for application programmers and/or beginning system programmers who code, maintain and/ or debug application support programs or subroutines written in S/370 or S/390 Assembler Language. This classroom hands-on lab course provides an introduction to the mainframe Assembler language. The course is designed to develop the skills appropriate to write and/or maintain programs and routines written in S/370 or S/390 Assembler Language. Emphasis is placed on enhancing skills in problem resolution through program check interruption analysis and dump reading. IBM System z Hardware Management Console (HMC) Operations ES24G Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.545,- This course teaches you navigation, operation, and recovery techniques for the Hardware Management Console (HMC) in a System z environment. Through lectures and hands-on exercises, you learn setup and operating procedures for the HMC, gain in-depth problem determination skills, practice HMC operations, and utilize recovery capabilities provided by the System z servers. Operations personnel and technical staff who are directly involved in the installation, operation, systems support, and software support of their System z mainframe environment. z/os Installation Using ServerPac You should have an understanding of: Basic data processing and I/O concepts and terminology, which can be obtained in the course An Introduction to the z/os Environment (ES05) z/os console operation, including display of device, job, and console status. This can be obtained from the z/os System Operators (ES27) ES41G Cursusduur: 4,5 dagen Prijs: 2.610,- Setting it up learn to use ServerPac to plan, order and install a z/os MVS system, and IPL and customise it. And so to work! New system programmers with responsibility for installing and administering a z/os environment. z/os Facilities (ES15GB) z/os JCL (ES07GB) Introduction to ISPF (ES47GB) SMP/E Introduction (ES26GB) Nice to have - Understanding VSAM and the IDCAMS utility (SS83GB or equivalent knowledge) IBM Trainingen Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 101

102 z/os REXX Programming Workshop Storage IBM Trainingen ES52G Cursusduur: 4,5 dagen Prijs: 2.610,- This course is designed to teach you the basic skills required to write programs using the REXX language in z/os. The course covers the TSO extensions to REXX and interaction with other environments such as the MVS console, running REXX in batch jobs, and compiling REXX. People who need to write and maintain REXX programs in the z/os system environment. You should be able to: Code basic Job Control Language statements Code in a programming language Create, alter, and delete data sets using TSO These skills can be developed by taking: Fundamental System Skills of z/os (ES10) A programming language course Introducing z/os UNIX System Services OP05G Cursusduur: 2,5 dagen Prijs: 1.740,- Open standards in z/os describes the z/os open systems server and teaches participants how to use UNIX system services from an end-user or application perspective. All computer professionals that intend to use z/os UNIX services. Before attending this course, participants should have a basic knowledge of z/ OS and z/os skills as can be obtained by attending ES47GB - Introduction to ISPF and ES07GB - z/os JCL and Utilities. Planning and Implementing a Storage Area Network (SAN) SN71G Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.795,- The storage area network (SAN) infrastructure facilitates storage consolidation, data sharing, server clustering, LAN-free and server-less backup across heterogeneous host server platforms. This course focuses on the planning and implementation considerations associated with establishing that SAN infrastructure. Functions provided by SAN fabric components, such as Fibre Channel host bus adapters (HBAs), Fibre Channel switches and directors, and SCSI to Fibre Channel protocol converters are discussed, and the interdependencies of these components are examined. Mechanisms to implement resource access control for data access integrity among heterogeneous hosts in a storage networking environment are also examined. This course is for personnel who are assessing and planning to deploy a storage area network. Students should: Complete the course Introduction to Storage Networking (SN70G) or equivalent knowledge basethis course assumes that you understand basic SAN knowledge. Storage Management Fundamentals SS06G Cursusduur: 2,5 dagen Prijs: 1.995,- SAN Volume Controller (SVC) V6 Planning and Implementation Workshop SNV1G Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 2.800,- This course is designed to teach you how to leverage networked storage connectivity by integrating a layer of intelligence - the SAN Volume Controller (SVC) - to facilitate storage application data access independence from storage management functions and requirements.this course offering is at the SVC V6 level. This intermediate course is for individuals who are assessing or planning to deploy storage network virtualization solutions. Introduction to Storage Networking SN700G or have equivalent knowledge Do you need an overview of how to develop and implement storage management strategies in z/os? Do you need to know how to perform storage management tasks such as managing media, managing data, managing space, and managing availability? Learn all that, in addition to how to use the Interactive Storage Management Facility (ISMF) and how to understand Automatic Class Selection (ACS) routines. Discuss system-managed DFSMS and non-system managed environments. Reinforce the concepts discussed in lecture during hands-on labs. This entry-level course would benefit people responsible for developing effective storage management techniques or who need to understand issues associated with storage management. You should complete: An Introduction to Data Storage Subsystems (SS05) or have fundamental knowledge of data storage devices 102 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

103 IBM Storwize V7000 Implementation Workshop Telelogic SSE1G Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 3.000,- Note: This course covers the Storwize V7000 product but does not cover the features of the Storwize V7000 Unified or Flex System V7000 Storage Node. The features of the Storwize V7000 Unified product are covered in course IBM Storwize V7000 Unified Implementation Workshop (SSG0GB) Leverage SAN storage connectivity by integrating a layer of intelligence - the IBM Storwize V to facilitate storage application data access independence from storage management functions and requirements. Focus on planning and implementation tasks associated with integrating the IBM Storwize V7000 into the storage area network. Exploit both internal storage of the IBM Storwize V7000 as well as SAN attached external heterogeneous storage to centralize storage provisioning to both Fibre Channel and iscsi host servers from common storage pools. Improve storage utilization effectiveness using thin provisioning and Real-time Compression. Implement storage tiering and optimize solid state drives (SSDs) usage with Easy Tier. Address backup recovery point objectives and recovery time objectives with FlashCopy technology. Facilitate the coexistence and migration of data from non-virtualized to the virtualized environment. Scale-out with a clustered Storwize V7000 system for capacity, throughput, and greater management efficiency. This intermediate course is for individuals who assess or plan to deploy the IBM Storwize V7000 and leverage storage network virtualization solutions. You should have: Completed Introduction to Storage Networking (SN70GB) or Storage Area Networking Fundamentals (SN71GB) or have equivalent knowledge. Basic understanding of concepts associated with open systems disk storage systems and I/O operations Fundamentals of IBM Rational System Architect, V11.4 QB133G Cursusduur: 1 dag Prijs: 695,- This course provides an introduction to using IBM Rational System Architect. Working with a simple scenario, you learn about the Rational System Architect environment, including an overview of: Supported methodologies and notations, Encyclopedia concepts, Drawing techniques, Model components, Reporting. The example spans the enterprise architecture (EA) layers. A number of standard notations are used to capture and present the information. Emphasis is placed in relating model artifacts, and basic analysis techniques. This course is a combination of lecture and hands on exercises. This course is for: Enterprise architects Solution architects Portfolio managers IT managers Data modelers Business analysts Program or project managers Development team leads Software designers and testers System engineers You should have completed: Getting Started with IBM Rational System Architect, V11.3 (QB166), A Web based course IBM Rational System Architect Quick start tutorial at infocenter/rsysarch/v11/index.jsp IBM Rational DOORS Practitioner, V9.4 QN114G Cursusduur: 1 dag Prijs: 750,- This course builds on the content learned in the IBM Rational DOORS Foundation, V9.4 course. It is designed for those who will be in the role of team lead or project manager, or who want to learn more about advanced Rational DOORS end-user functionality. It discusses creating and structuring Rational DOORS projects, defining linking relationships and attributes, setting access permissions, and managing change. It also discusses external linking, working with spreadsheets, and applying configuration management strategies to Rational DOORS data. This basic course is for: Business Analyst Systems Engineer Software Engineer Requirements Engineer Requirements Manager Requirements Team Leader You should complete: IBM Rational DOORS Foundation, V9.4 IBM Rational DOORS Foundation, V9.4 QN164G Cursusduur: 1 dag Prijs: 750,- This course is for new Rational DOORS users. It introduces basic Rational DOORS concepts and functionality. It includes hands-on exercises that teach users to create, edit, manipulate, and analyze requirements data in Rational DOORS. There are no prerequisites for this course. IBM Trainingen This basic course is for new IBM Rational DOORS users. Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 103

104 Tivoli IBM Trainingen IBM Tivoli Monitoring 6.3 Fundamentals TM023G Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 2.095,- IBM Tivoli Monitoring products monitor the performance and availability of operating systems and applications. In this course you learn about the Tivoli Monitoring architecture and how to navigate the Tivoli Enterprise Portal. You also learn how to manage situation events, visualize real-time and historical data, manage user authorities, and publish monitoring workspaces. This basic course is for users and administrators of all Tivoli Monitoring products that use the Tivoli Enterprise Portal as the user interface. You should have: Working knowledge of Windows and Linux operating systems Working knowledge of an Internet browser IBM Tivoli Monitoring 6.3 Advanced Administration TM063G Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.345,- This two-day course teaches the skills necessary to administer IBM Tivoli Monitoring and the Tivoli Enterprise Portal. The Tivoli Enterprise Portal is used by IBM Tivoli Monitoring, IBM Tivoli Composite Application Manager, and OMEGAMON XE and DE to manage your enterprise environment. In this course you learn about creating queries, links, situations (enterprise and private), autonomous agents, policies, agentless monitoring, and event integration with Netcool/OMNIbus and Tivoli Enterprise Console. This training class is provided in a classroom environment with multiple opportunities for hands-on lab practice. The scenarios used in this class are based on IBM Tivoli Monitoring version 6.3. This intermediate-level course is for Tivoli administrators, technical support personnel, and IT services specialists who are responsible for implementing and administering IBM Tivoli Monitoring. You should have the following skills: Working knowledge of Linux Experience with event management Experience with the Tivoli Enterprise Portal Working knowledge of Netcool/ OMNIbus (suggested but not required) IBM Tivoli Workload Scheduler for z/os for Schedulers TM404G Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 3.195,- In this 4-day course, you will learn how to use IBM Tivoli Workload Scheduler for z/os to define and manage a z/ OS based batch-scheduling environment. The course also includes a brief overview of the end-to-end environment. During the course, you will use ISPF panels to create scheduling definitions that describe various workloads. This course provides detailed instructor-led classroom instruction and extensive hands-on exercises. The exercises run on an IBM Tivoli Workload Scheduler for z/os system. This intermediate course is for: System administrators Workload planners Job schedulers and Operations personnel You must have a working knowledge of TSO/ISPF panels and JCL coding. You must also have some operational experience in the z/os environment. IBM Tivoli Storage Productivity Center 5.1 Administration and Operation IBM SmartCloud Orchestrator 2.3 Administration and Operations TP302G Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: op aanvraag Learn how to administer and use the major functions of SmartCloud Orchestrator. The primary focus is on using the productprovided features to get the most value from your investment. You learn how to perform common administrative tasks like restarting the software stack, creating users and groups, and registering new images into the cloud environment. You create virtual system patterns to model groups of virtual systems so that they can be deployed as a single entity. This basic course is for anyone who needs a technical foundation in IBM SmartCloud Orchestrator functional architecture, installation, administration, and operation. There are no prerequisites for this course. IBM SmartCloud Orchestrator 2.3 Practical Application Methods TP330G Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: op aanvraag Learn how to get the most out of a customized implementation of IBM SmartCloud Orchestrator. You learn to address common use cases such as implementing notifications, configuring approvals, using information from deployed VMs, and interacting with users. This workshop focuses on taking full advantage of the workflow and orchestration capabilities that are provided to SmartCloud Orchestrator through Business Process Manager. This intermediate-level course is for customers and business partners using SmartCloud Orchestrator 2.3. The course is designed for Administrators who will be creating orchestration processes, performing network configuration, and integrating with an existing directory server. You should have: Attended SmartCloud Orchestrator 2.3 Administration and Operations (TP302) Basic understanding of cloud and virtualization Basic JavaScript skills TS104G Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.295,- IBM Tivoli Storage Productivity Center provides a set of policy-driven automated tools for managing storage capacity, availability, events, performance, and assets in an enterprise environment. Tivoli Storage Productivity Center can help you identify, evaluate, control, and predict enterprise storage management assets. Because it is policy-based, it can detect potential problems and automatically make adjustments based on the policies and actions that you define. In this course, you learn to configure and administer Tivoli Storage Productivity Center 5.1 in a Microsoft Windows 2003 environment. The course provides many hands-on exercises to reinforce instructorled lectures and demonstrations. This course is intended for system administrators who are responsible for all aspects of storage management in a storage area network (SAN) environment. This intermediate course is for: Storage administrators with knowledge of SANs, virtualized storage and backend storage systems. You should have: Basic understanding of storage administration Basic understanding of storage area networks and SAN fabric Familiarity with the IBM Disk Storage family (DS series) 104 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

105 IBM Tivoli Storage Manager 7.1 Implementation and Administration TS613G Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.295,- IBM Tivoli Storage Manager 7.1 Advanced Administration, Tuning and Troubleshooting TS623G Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.745,- IBM Tivoli Storage Manager 6.3 Implementation and Administration for AIX TSX12G Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 4.000,- This course provides hands-on practice in implementing a data management strategy with IBM Tivoli Storage Manager 7.1. The course covers the installation of Tivoli Storage Manager 7.1 server, backuparchive clients, and the Operations Center. You learn to create simple storage pools and map them to client node data, define new policy domains, policy sets, and management classes, and backup and archive copy groups. You also learn to backup and restore client data, and manage long-term and off-site data management. This course also teaches you to automate client operations by creating new Tivoli Storage Manager schedules. Finally, you learn to protect the Tivoli Storage Manager server by automating the backup and restoration of Tivoli Storage Manager databases and storage pools from off-site data storage. This basic course is for Tivoli Storage Manager administrators. This course is for: Tivoli Storage Manager administration for version 6 or later Windows OS administration This course is for administrators with a fundamental knowledge of IBM Tivoli Storage Manager. It uses Tivoli Storage Manager 7.1 Extended Edition at a higher skill level than the Implementation and Administration course IBM Tivoli Storage Manager 7.1 Implementation and Administration (TS613). Administrators learn how to control and tune the Tivoli Storage Manager environment and what steps to take when troubleshooting. The lab exercises explore the DB2 database management methods and options, using the disaster recovery plan file and SQL scripts. The exercises involve multiple servers to simulate an enterprise environment. You participate in group problem determination exercises, perform backup and restore processes, and optimize data management, such as data deduplication. You also tune the backup-archive client and the Tivoli Storage Manager 7.1 server for optimal performance. This advanced course is for senior system administrators and storage specialists who have prior experience with Tivoli Storage Manager. You should understand Tivoli Storage Manager 7.1 and have 1-2 months of hands on experience with the product. These skills are covered in course IBM Tivoli Storage Manager 7.1 Implementation and Administration (TS613). IBM Tivoli Access Manager for e-business Administration & Deployment TW103G Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 2.320,- IBM Tivoli Workload Scheduler 8.6 Operations and Scheduling This course is the first of two five-day instructor-led courses for implementing, configuring and administering IBM Tivoli Storage Manager. In hands-on practice, you install the Tivoli Storage Manager 6.3 server, backup-archive client, the Tivoli Integrated Portal, and Administration Center. After the product is installed, you configure the environment. You create and configure storage pool hierarchies and define policies to manage the flow of data from disk to disk or tape media. Lab exercises guide you through the steps to back up, restore, archive and retrieve client data. You also create schedules to run administrative and client processes and maintain your Tivoli Storage Manager environment to ensure recoverability. The Student Exercises are conducted on AIX. Students who are interested in Windows implementation should register in course TS612. The lecture material covers all supported Intel and UNIX platforms. Students who need advanced administration skills should also take course TSX22 - IBM Tivoli Storage Manager 6.3 Advanced Administration, Tuning, and Troubleshooting for AIX. This basic course is for system administrators and implementers who will be responsible for implementing an IBM Tivoli Storage Manager 6.3 solution. Students should have: Windows administration skills IBM Trainingen This course covers the configuration and administration of IBM Tivoli Directory Server Version 6.3, which provides an LDAP client and server infrastructure. Learn basic LDAP concepts, install the directory server, and configure directory server instances. During hands-on labs you load a sample database and manage directory data using the Web Administration Tool and command-line tools. You then secure directory data using ACLs and SSL, configure a proxy server, and set up replication. Problem determination and performance tools are also covered. This course is also available as an instructor-led online offering. See course 8W083G for details. This introductory course is for system or network administrators who are responsible for system administration of IBM Tivoli Directory Server. If you need advance skills, you should also take course IBM Tivoli Directory Server 6.3 Advanced Deployment (TW233GB)(8W233GB) You should have the following skills: Working knowledge of Suse Linux basic administration Working knowledge of general security concepts, including digital certificates, SSL, authentication, and authorization Basic understanding of LDAP fundamentals TX304G Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.740,- This 3-day course introduces IBM Tivoli Workload Scheduler 8.6 features, environment, and terminology. You learn about the features in Tivoli Workload Scheduler 8.6 for distributed environments and how to use the IBM Tivoli Dynamic Workload Console to manage Tivoli Workload Scheduler. You also learn how to monitor production workflow, and to plan, implement, and manage Tivoli Workload Scheduler objects to create a production day plan. Production workflow consists of job and job stream instances, which are designed using plan objects such as job definitions, prompts, dependencies, and recovery options. You manage changes to objects, the plan, jobs, events, and job streams. You also learn how to optimize production workflow and troubleshoot plan problems. In addition to classic batch scheduling, the use of dynamic workload and events is introduced. Training occurs in a classroom environment (or online in an instructor-led format) with hands-on labs to reinforce concepts through production scenarios. This basic course is for: New Tivoli Workload Scheduler users seeking proficiency in Tivoli Workload Scheduler version 8.6 job scheduling and operations Existing operators, schedulers, supervisors, and managers converting from previous versions to version 8.6 Anyone needing guidance in managing plans, monitoring workloads, or submitting jobs and job streams Anyone needing a refresher course and introduction to the Tivoli Dynamic Workload Console Graphical User Interface You should have the following skills: General computer literacy in a GUI environment Basic understanding of production management and batch processing scheduling Knowledge of production job flow in the environment where Tivoli Workload Scheduler will be implemented Basic knowledge of Linux file navigation, editing, and commandprompt actions Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 105

106 Unica Websphere IBM Trainingen Introduction to IBM Unica Campaign 8.6 9T331G Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.345,- This course explores the basics of designing, building, and executing a marketing campaign using IBM Unica Campaign. This course prepares you to configure IBM Unica Campaign s processes for use in campaigns from simple to moderate in complexity, use data structures in campaigns, create offers and apply them to campaigns, and to track responses to campaigns. This course is one of five classes in the IBM Unica Campaign 8 learning series. To complete your learning you should also attend the IBM Unica Campaign 8 Administration, the IBM Unica Campaign 8 Architecture and Installation, the IBM Unica Reports Installation and Administration, and the IBM Unica Campaign Advanced Techniques classes. This basic course is for new users of IBM Unica Campaign, and Unica Partners who will be designing, building, and executing campaigns. For Unica Partners: This course is part 1 of 5 in the Unica learning series. Partners should attend all five parts. Part 1: Introduction to IBM Unica Campaign 8 Part 2: IBM Unica Campaign 8 Administration Part 3: IBM Unica Campaign 8 Architecture and Installation Part 4: IBM Unica Reports Installation and Administration Part 5: IBM Unica Campaign Advanced Techniques Learners should have general knowledge of database marketing. WebSphere Application Server V8 Administration for Windows WA380G Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 4.000,- This 5-day instructor-led course teaches students the skills needed to install and administer IBM WebSphere Application Server V8. As the latest release of WebSphere Application Server, Version 8 offers users enhanced support for standards, emerging technology, and a choice of development frameworks. In this course, students learn how to install, configure, and maintain IBM WebSphere Application Server V8 base and Network Deployment (ND), and to deploy enterprise Java applications in a single machine or clustered configuration. In addition, students learn how to work with features new to WebSphere Application Server V8, such as IBM Installation Manager, WebSphere Customization Toolbox, administrative console extensions, security enhancements, and the centralized installation manager. Optional units cover topics such as centralized installation, auditing, and customizing Information Center content. This course is designed for administrators who install, configure, and manage web-based applications on WebSphere Application Server. Web administrators, lead application developers, and application architects can also benefit from this course. You sould have: An understanding of basic Internet concepts Experience using a web browser Administrative skills for a web server, such as IBM HTTP Server or Apache Basic operational skills for the Windows XP Professional operating system WebSphere Application Server V8 Administration for Linux WA580G Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 4.000,- This 5-day instructor-led course teaches students the skills needed to install and administer IBM WebSphere Application Server V8. As the latest release of WebSphere Application Server, Version 8 offers users enhanced support for standards, emerging technology, and a choice of development frameworks. In this course, students learn how to install, configure, and maintain IBM WebSphere Application Server V8 base and Network Deployment (ND), and to deploy enterprise Java applications in a single machine or clustered configuration. In addition, students learn how to work with features new to WebSphere Application Server V8, such as IBM Installation Manager, WebSphere Customization Toolbox, administrative console extensions, security enhancements, and the centralized installation manager. Optional units cover topics such as centralized installation, auditing, and customizing Information Center content. This course is designed for administrators who install, configure, and manage web-based applications on WebSphere Application Server. Web administrators, lead application developers, and application architects can also benefit from this course. Students should have: An understanding of basic Internet concepts Experience using a web browser Administrative skills for a web server, such as IBM HTTP Server or Apache Basic operational skills for the Linux operating system Throughout the course, hands-on exercises and demonstrations reinforce lecture content. Students gain practical experience with WebSphere Application Server V8 by performing tasks such as installing and assembling applications, using properties file-based configuration, applying problem determination techniques, and working with fine-grained administrative security. Throughout the course, hands-on exercises and demonstrations reinforce lecture content. Students gain practical experience with WebSphere Application Server V8 by performing tasks such as installing and assembling applications, using properties file-based configuration, applying problem determination techniques, and working with fine-grained administrative security. 106 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

107 WebSphere Application Server V8.5.5 Administration WA855G Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 4.000,- This release offers users enhanced support for standards, emerging technology, and a choice of development frameworks. In this course, you learn how to install, configure, and maintain IBM WebSphere Application Server V8.5.5 base, Network Deployment (ND), and the Liberty profile. You learn how to deploy enterprise Java applications in a single computer or clustered configuration. In addition, you learn how to work with features of WebSphere Application Server V8.5.5, such as IBM Installation Manager, WebSphere Customization Toolbox, security enhancements, Intelligent Management, and centralized installation. Throughout the course, hands-on exercises and demonstrations reinforce lecture content and give you practical experience with WebSphere Application Server V You complete tasks such as installing and assembling applications, applying problem determination techniques, configuring a clustered environment, and working with fine-grained administrative security. This course is designed for administrators who install, configure, and manage web-based applications on WebSphere Application Server. Web administrators, lead application developers, and application architects can also benefit from this course. You should have: An understanding of basic internet concepts Experience in using a web browser Administrative skills for a web server, such as IBM HTTP Server or Apache Basic operational skills for the Linux operating system Developing Applications in IBM Business Process Manager Advanced V8 - I WB851G Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.245,- This 5-day instructor-led course teaches you how to use the tools in IBM Business Process Manager Advanced V8 to build and deploy process integration solutions. IBM Business Process Manager Advanced V8 provides a comprehensive way to manage business processes by offering a suite of tools that support visibility, management, and automation with high quality of service. IBM Process Server and WebSphere Enterprise Service Bus support a service-oriented architecture (SOA) by providing a platform for integrating business applications by using diverse technologies. IBM Process Center provides a scalable central repository and control center for organizing and managing process artifacts, applications, and services. IBM Process Server is a high-performance business process engine that orchestrates services within an SOA, and WebSphere Enterprise Service Bus enables interaction between applications and services by using standards-based connectivity. In this course, you learn the concepts, architecture, components, processes, and procedures that are required to develop and implement an integrated business solution by using a diverse set of WebSphere and IBM products. You learn how WebSphere Java EE Connector Architecture (JCA) adapters supply connectivity to enterprise information systems (EIS). You learn how IBM Process Server enables business integration applications to define business logic and processes based on Web Services - Business Process Execution Language (WS- BPEL), human tasks, and business rules. You also learn how IBM Process Server uses the Common Event Infrastructure (CEI) to centralize the runtime monitoring of various events that occur in business integration solutions and applications. The course also teaches you how to implement a reusable Coach View by using a Coach user interface, and then invoke it through a BPEL process. You then learn how to use IBM Process Portal to collaborate with others to participate in processes and complete their work efficiently. In addition, this course covers how WebSphere Enterprise Service Bus provides mediation services for integration applications. In the intensive hands-on lab exercises, you design, develop, and test a comprehensive business integration solution. You use a standards-based process design tool, IBM Process Designer, as part of the authoring environment to rapidly compose a process design. You use the IBM Integration Designer tool to create business integration solutions by using the Service Component Architecture (SCA) programming model, the Service Data Objects (SDO) data model, and the mediation flow programming model. You then manage your processes in IBM Process Center and deploy the integration application to IBM Process Server. You also test and debug the application. The lab environment for this course uses the Windows XP Professional platform. This basic course is designed for system administrators, integration specialists, application developers, business process developers, support engineers, and technical sales and marketing professionals. You should have: basic Java and Java 2 Platform Enterprise Edition (Java EE) skills, and basic Extensible Markup Language (XML) skills Successful completion of Process Modeling with IBM Business Process Manager Standard V8 (WB801NL) or Process Modeling with IBM Business Process Manager V8 (Remote Classroom) (VB801NL), is highly recommended, but not required. IBM Trainingen Administration of IBM Business Process Manager Advanced V8.5 WB867G Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.295,- In this five-day instructor-led introductory course, you learn the skills that are needed to install, configure, and administer IBM Business Process Manager Advanced V8.5. This basic course is designed for systems administrators, solutions administrators, and operators who install, configure, manage, and troubleshoot Process Server applications. You should have successfully completed one of the IBM WebSphere Application Server V8.0 Administration courses: Websphere Application Server V8 Administration for AIX (WA180), Websphere Application Server V8 Administration for Windows (WA380), Websphere Application Server V8 Administration for Linux (WA580) or Websphere Application Server V8 Administration for Windows (Self-paced) (ZA380) or WebSphere Application Server V8.5 Administration (WA585) or WebSphere Application Server V8.5 Administration (Self-paced) (ZA585).You should have a general knowledge of Java Platform, Enterprise Edition (Java EE) and SOA. Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 107

108 IBM Trainingen Technical Introduction to IBM WebSphere MQ WM101G Cursusduur: 1 dag Prijs: 800,- This 1-day instructor-led course is a technical overview of IBM WebSphere MQ. It provides a conceptual understanding of messaging and queuing as implemented by IBM WebSphere MQ. IBM WebSphere MQ delivers reliable application integration for applications and web services, allowing users to fully leverage existing software and hardware investments. Through a series of lectures, students learn how IBM WebSphere MQ provides a messaging backbone for deploying an enterprise service bus (ESB) as the connectivity layer of a serviceoriented architecture (SOA). The course also explains how IBM WebSphere MQ responsibilities can include the management of topic-based publish/ subscription information. There are no lab exercises in this course; students confirm their learning through checkpoint questions. This basic course is designed for system administrators, application developers, and technical sales and marketing professionals. Students should have experience working with software. Skills and experience in one or more of the following specific areas enable students to derive more benefit from the course: Communications and networking System and network management System design Application development Transaction processing Database management Client/server solutions Platform knowledge (IBM and non- IBM) Open systems IBM WebSphere MQ V7 System Administration (using Windows for labs) WM201G Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 3.200,- This 4-day instructor-led course provides technical professionals with the skills needed to administer IBM WebSphere MQ version 7 queue managers except for IBM WebSphere MQ for z/os. For WebSphere MQ for iseries, see the remarks under Audience. The course is also appropriate for administrators of WMQ version 6. In this course, students learn how to install, customize, operate, and administer IBM WebSphere MQ on distributed platforms. Topics covered in this course include configuration, day-to-day administration, problem recovery, and managing security and performance. In addition to the instructor-led lectures, students also participate in hands-on lab exercises that are designed to reinforce lecture content. The lab exercises utilize IBM WebSphere MQ V7, giving students practical experience with tasks such as handling queue recovery, implementing security, and problem determination. This intermediate course is designed for technical professionals who require the skills to be an administrator for any of the WebSphere MQ queue managers except WebSphere MQ for z/os, or to provide support to others performing this task. While the course is primarily aimed at the Windows and UNIX implementations of WebSphere MQ, and the practical exercises are run on Windows, administrators with an interest in WebSphere MQ on iseries may expect to derive a substantial benefit from the course, as both WebSphere MQ concepts and MQ Script Commands are common across all WebSphere MQ platforms. Students should: Have basic knowledge of WebSphere MQ V7 concepts and facilities, which may be obtained through practical experience or by successfully completing course Technical Introduction to WebSphere MQ (WM100) or (VM100) Be reasonably familiar with and able to invoke standard functions within the operating system environment used in the lab exercises Some knowledge of SNA LU6.2, TCP/ IP, or NetBIOS configuration is also helpful. IBM WebSphere MQ V7.5 System Administration (using Windows for labs) WM204G Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 3.200,- This 4-day instructor-led course provides technical professionals with the skills that are needed to administer WebSphere MQ queue managers on distributed platforms such as Windows and Linux. In this course, students learn how to install, customize, operate, and administer WebSphere MQ on distributed platforms. The course covers topics such as configuration, day-to-day administration, problem recovery, and managing security and performance. In addition to the instructor-led lectures, students also participate in hands-on lab exercises that are designed to reinforce lecture content. The lab exercises give students practical experience with tasks such as handling queue recovery, implementing security, and problem determination. Completing this course can also help students prepare for the appropriate WebSphere MQ Administrator certifications. The lab environment for this course uses the Windows XP platform. This intermediate-level course is for technical professionals who need the skills to be an administrator for any of the WebSphere MQ queue managers except WebSphere MQ for z/os and WebSphere MQ for iseries. Students should: Have a basic knowledge of WebSphere MQ concepts and facilities, which can be achieved through practical experience or by successfully completing course A Technical Introduction to WebSphere MQ (WM101GB), (VM101GB), or (ZM101GB) Be familiar with and able to start standard functions within the operating system environment that is used in the lab exercises. Have some knowledge of TCP/IP configuration 108 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

109 IBM WebSphere MQ V7.1 System Administration (using Linux for labs) WM206G Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 3.200,- IBM MQ V8 System Administration (using Windows for labs) WM207G Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 3.200,- IBM MQ V8 System Administration (using Linux for labs) WM209G Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 3.200,- This 4-day instructor-led course provides technical professionals with the skills that are needed to administer WebSphere MQ queue managers on distributed platforms such as Windows and Linux. In this course, you learn how to install, customize, operate, and administer WebSphere MQ on distributed platforms. The course covers topics such as configuration, day-to-day administration, problem recovery, and managing security and performance. In addition to the instructor-led lectures, you also participate in hands-on lab exercises that are designed to reinforce lecture content. The lab exercises give you practical experience with tasks such as handling queue recovery, implementing security, and problem determination. Completing this course can also help you prepare for the appropriate WebSphere MQ Administrator certifications. The lab environment for this course uses the SUSE Linux platform. This intermediate-level course is for technical professionals who need the skills to be an administrator for any of the WebSphere MQ queue managers except WebSphere MQ for z/os and WebSphere MQ for iseries. You should: Have a basic knowledge of WebSphere MQ concepts and facilities, which can be achieved through practical experience or by successfully completing course Technical Introduction to IBM WebSphere MQ (WM101GB),(VM101GB), or (ZM101GB) Be familiar with and able to start standard functions within the operating system environment that is used in the lab exercises Be familiar with TCP/IP configuration This course is designed to provide technical professionals with the skills needed to administer IBM MQ queue managers on distributed platforms such as Windows 2008 Server and Linux. This intermediate course is designed for technical professionals who require the skills to administer any of the IBM MQ queue managers except IBM MQ for z/os or IBM MQ for iseries. You should: Have a basic knowledge of IBM MQ V8 concepts, either through successful completion of course Technical Introduction to IBM MQ (WM102G), Technical Introduction to IBM MQ, or through equivalent practical experience Be familiar with and able to use standard functions within the operating system that is used in the lab exercises Have a basic knowledge of TCP/ IP This course is designed to provide technical professionals with the skills needed to administer IBM MQ queue managers on distributed platforms such as Windows 2008 Server and Linux. This intermediate course is designed for technical professionals who require the skills to administer any of the IBM MQ queue managers except IBM MQ for z/os or IBM MQ for iseries. IBM WebSphere MQ V7.5 Advanced System Administration (Distributed) WM211G Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 3.200,- In this four-day course, you learn some of the advanced skills that system programmers and administrators of IBM WebSphere MQ V7.5 on distributed platforms require. This course expands the basic skill sets that are developed in courses Technical Introduction to IBM WebSphere MQ (WM101GB), (VM101GB), and (ZM101GB) and IBM WebSphere MQ V7.1 System Administration (WM204GB)/ (VM204GB) for Windows, (WM206GB)/ (VM206GB) for Linux. This course focuses on advanced features and facilities of WebSphere MQ, such as clustering and security. More specifically, you learn about the administration of workload balancing by using clustering and Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) to secure channels. Additional topics include channel exit programming, statistic and accounting facilities, advanced client features, and publish/subscribe administration. The lab exercises are designed to build advanced administration skills, which include implementing channel exits, securing WebSphere MQ channels, and clustering to manage workloads. The lab environment for this course uses the Windows XP platform. This advanced course is designed for technical professionals who require advanced administrator skills for WebSphere MQ on distributed platforms, or who provide support to others who administer WebSphere MQ. This course is based on WebSphere MQ version 7.5 but is also appropriate for those who support prior versions of WebSphere MQ. You should have: the skills necessary to complete basic WebSphere MQ administration tasks in a distributed environment. You should: Have a basic knowledge of IBM MQ V8 concepts, either through successful completion of course Technical Introduction to IBM MQ (WM102), or through equivalent practical experience Be familiar with and able to use standard functions within the operating system that is used in the lab exercises Have a basic knowledge of TCP/ IP These skills can be obtained through practical experience or by successfully completing one of the IBM WebSphere MQ V7.1 System Administration courses (WM204GB)/(VM204GB) for Windows, (WM206GB)/(VM206GB) for Linux. IBM Trainingen Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 109

110 IBM Trainingen IBM WebSphere Message Broker V8 System Administration WM644G Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 3.200,- This 4-day instructor-led workshop is designed to give administrators an intermediate-level overview of IBM WebSphere Message Broker V8. This course is also relevant for Message Broker developers who also work in an administrative capacity. WebSphere Message Broker V8 delivers new features that enhance its ability to connect to a wide range of data sources and manage enterprise solution bus (ESB) deployments. In this course, you learn how to administer WebSphere Message Broker V8 on distributed platforms, such as Windows and AIX, by using the WebSphere Message Broker administrative interfaces. These interfaces include the WebSphere Message Broker Toolkit, WebSphere Message Broker Explorer, the web interface, and the command-line interface. The course begins with an overview of Message Broker and its role in the IBM WebSphere reference architecture. Subsequent topics covered in the course include initial product installation and maintenance, environment configuration, and administrative tasks, such as backing up and recovering the environment. You learn how to conduct in-depth content reviews, product requirements planning, problem determination and resolution, and performance monitoring and tuning. You also learn techniques for extending the capabilities of WebSphere Message Broker. The course also covers the publish/ subscribe model, and it provides a review of the Java Message Service (JMS) transport protocol and web services. In the course lab exercises, you get handson experience with Message Broker V8 administrative tasks, such as working with the publish/subscribe message topology, managing WebSphere Message Broker, using web services, and configuring security. You also investigate runtime problems and extend WebSphere Message Broker capabilities by implementing extensions and SupportPacs. The lab environment for this course uses the Windows platform. This intermediate course is designed for product administrators and developers who perform administrative tasks in the WebSphere Message Broker V8 environment. You should successfully complete one of the IBM WebSphere MQ V7 System Administration courses: IBM WebSphere MQ V7 System Administration (AIX labs) (WM202GB) or (VM202GB) IBM WebSphere MQ V7 System Administration (Linux labs) (WM203GB) or (VM203GB) IBM WebSphere MQ V7.1 System Administration (using Windows for labs) (WM204GB), IBM WebSphere MQ V7.1 System Administration (using Windows for labs) (Remote) (VM204GB), or (ZM204GB) IBM WebSphere MQ V7.1 System Administration (using Linux for labs) (WM206GB) or (VM206GB) You should also have hands-on experience with the Windows operating system environment. Experience with WebSphere Message Broker is helpful, but not required. IBM Integration Bus V9.0 System Administration WM645G Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 3.200,- In this 4-day course, you learn how to administer IBM Integration Bus on distributed operating systems, such as Windows and AIX, by using the IBM Integration Bus administrative interfaces. These interfaces include IBM Integration Explorer, the IBM Integration web console, and the IBM Integration Bus command interface. This intermediate course is designed for product administrators and developers who administer IBM Integration Bus. You should successfully complete one of the IBM WebSphere MQ V7.5 system administration courses: IBM WebSphere MQ V7.5 System Administration (using Windows for labs) (WM204G) or (ZM204G) IBM WebSphere MQ V7.5 System Administration (using Linux for labs) (WM206G)You should also have hands-on experience with the Windows operating system. Experience with IBM Integration Bus message flow development is helpful, but not required. IBM WebSphere Message Broker V8 Application Development I WM664G Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 4.000,- This 5-day instructor-led course provides an intermediate-level overview of the WebSphere Message Broker product, focusing on using WebSphere Message Broker to develop, deploy, and support platform-independent message flow applications. These applications use various messaging topologies to transport messages between service requestors and service providers, and also allow the messages to be routed, transformed, and enriched during processing. Students learn about the components of the WebSphere Message Broker development and runtime environments. The course explores message flow problem determination, with an emphasis on identifying and recovering from errors in message flows. Students then learn how to construct message flows that use extended Structured Query Language (ESQL), Java, and PHP Hypertext Preprocessor (PHP) to transform messages. The course also explores how to control the flow of messages using various message processing nodes, and how to use databases and maps to transform and enrich messages during processing. Various messaging transports are reviewed at a high level, so that students gain a basic understanding of how message flows can use web services, Java Message Service (JMS), and other transport mechanisms. In addition, students learn to write efficient message flows by applying the concepts of message parsing, serialization, and message modeling. Finally, students explore advanced topics, such as how to extend the functionality of WebSphere Message Broker by using adapters and other WebSphere products. Throughout the course, extensive hands-on lab exercises allow students to practice the skills and concepts that are discussed in the lectures. The hands-on labs cover topics such as creating and testing message flows, message modeling, problem determination, error handling, and using a wide range of message processing nodes to construct message flows. This course is designed for experienced integration specialists and senior-level developers with experience in application development and WebSphere MQ. Students should have: A basic knowledge of WebSphere MQ A basic understanding of current IT technologies such as Structured Query Language (SQL), Extensible Markup Language (XML), Java, and XML Path language (XPath) An understanding of the business needs of their organization 110 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

111 IBM Integration Bus V9 Application Development I WM665G Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.495,- In this 5-day instructor-led course, you learn how to use IBM Integration Bus to develop, deploy, and support platformindependent message flow applications. These applications use various messaging topologies to transport messages between service requesters and service providers, and also allow the messages to be routed, transformed, and enriched during processing. The course explores message flow problem determination, with an emphasis on identifying and recovering from errors in message flows. You learn how to construct message flows that use extended Structured Query Language (ESQL), Java, and the IBM Graphical Data Mapping editor to transform messages. The course also explores how to control the flow of messages by using various message processing nodes, and how to use databases and maps to transform and enrich messages during processing. You review various messaging transports at a high level and gain a basic understanding of how message flows can use web services, Java Message Service (JMS), and other transport mechanisms. Finally, you explore how to extend IBM Integration Bus by using adapters and other IBM products. Throughout the course, hands-on lab exercises allow you to practice the skills and concepts that are presented in the lectures. The hands-on labs cover topics such as creating and testing message flows, message modeling, problem determination, and error handling. This course is designed for experienced integration specialists and senior-level developers with experience in application development and WebSphere MQ You should have: Basic experience with WebSphere MQ administration A basic understanding of current IT technologies such as Structured Query Language (SQL), Extensible Markup Language (XML), Java, and XML Path language (XPath) An understanding of the business needs of your organization IBM WebSphere Service Registry and Repository V8.0 for Administrators WS811G Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.345,- This 2-day, instructor-led course is designed to teach you how to install, secure, and maintain IBM WebSphere Service Registry and Repository. IBM WebSphere Service Registry and Repository provides a robust, centrally managed system of record for service artifacts within a service-oriented architecture (SOA). Your organization can get more business value from your SOA by using WebSphere Service Registry and Repository to store, access, and manage service metadata so that services can be effectively shared, managed, and governed. This course uses an interactive combination of instructor-led lectures and hands-on lab exercises. The course begins by introducing you to the concept of service registries and to the architecture of WebSphere Service Registry and Repository. In subsequent units and exercises, you learn how to install, deploy, and administer WebSphere Service Registry and Repository environments. You also learn how to troubleshoot and configure role-based security on WebSphere Service Registry and Repository. The lab environment for this course uses the Microsoft Windows platform. This intermediate course is designed for system administrators and deployers of IBM WebSphere Service Registry and Repository. You should be able to install, configure, secure, and administer IBM WebSphere Application Server V8.0 Network Deployment. You can fulfill this prerequisite through experience, or by successfully completing one of the WebSphere Application Server V8.0 Administration courses: WebSphere Application Server V8 Administration for AIX (WA180G) WebSphere Application Server V8 Administration for AIX (Remote Classroom) (VA180G) WebSphere Application Server V8 Administration for Windows (WA380G) WebSphere Application Server V8 Administration for Windows (Remote Classroom) (VA380G) WebSphere Application Server V8 Administration for Windows (Selfpaced) (ZA380G) WebSphere Application Server V8 Administration for Linux (WA580G) WebSphere Application Server V8 Administration for Linux (Remote Classroom) (VA580G) or WebSphere Application Server V8 Administration for Linux (Self-paced) (ZA580G) zseries IBM z/os Latest Release Level Technical Update WRZ02G Cursusduur: 1 dag Prijs: 600,- This 1-day technical seminar will provide information about the latest enhancements to z/os. It will discuss enhancements affecting installation, positioning activities, functional changes, and migration considerations introduced in z/os from selected elements. The seminar is open to IBM Clients, Business Partners, Independent Software Vendors (ISVs) and IBMers. IT professionals, including technical project managers, architects, systems programmers/analysts, systems designers and application developers who need to understand how to design and exploit the hardware and software infrastructure required to effectively run modern System z solutions.ibmers, BPs, and Clients All Welcome. Knowledge of previous release of z/os. IBM Parallel Sysplex and High Availability WRZ03G Cursusduur: 1 dag Prijs: 600,- This one-day workshop will include the following topics: Sysplex-related enhancements in z/os latest version Latest guidance on optimizing application availability in a z/os environment. Live demo of the benefit and implementation effort of recent z/os enhancements. Exploiting z/os parallel processing capabilities to optimize application response and turnaround times. Summary of sysplex and availabilityrelated enhancements in the latest releases of the major System z subsystems. System Programmer toolkit - a list of tools and tips to improve System Programmer productivity. The seminar is open to IBM Clients, Business Partners, Independent Software Vendors (ISVs) and IBMers. IT professionals, including technical project managers, architects, systems programmers/analysts, systems designers and application developers who need to understand how to design and exploit the hardware and software infrastructure required to effectively run modern System z solutions. IBM Trainingen Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 111

112 Als officieel Juniper Networks Authorized Education Partner (JNAEP) biedt Global Knowledge u exclusieve Juniper trainingen, cursussen, workshops en certificeringtrajecten aan op diverse locaties in Nederland. Door ons brede scala aan opleidingen en leermethodieken is Global Knowledge voor u de ideale partner om de benodigde Juniper kennis op te doen en indien gewenst een bijhorende Juniper certificering te behalen. Juniper en Juniper biedt uitgebreide certificeringsmogelijkheden. Bij Global Knowledge kunt u zich certificeren voor Juniper Networks Certified Internet Associate (JNCIA), het Specialist niveau (JNCIS), Professional niveau (JNCIP) en Expert niveau (JNCIE) op het gebied van routing, switching en security. Juniper Networks Junos certificeringsprogramma Het Juniper Networks Junos certificeringsprogramma bestaat uit de volgende vier niveaus: Juniper Networks Certified Internet Associate Junos (JNCIA-Junos) JNCIA-Junos is het instapniveau binnen het Junos certificeringsprogramma. Een JNCIA-Junos certificering toont aan dat u beschikt over de basiskennis van Juniper Networks Junos, netwerken en routing & switchinng. Juniper Juniper Networks Certified Internet Specialist (JNCIS) De JNCIS omvat diepgaande productkennis en geeft u een goed begrip van Internet-technologieën en ontwerpmogelijkheden en principes. Voorafgaand aan het JNCIS examen dient het JNCIA examen behaald te zijn. Juniper Networks Certified Internet Professional (JNCIP) De JNCP certificering valideert uw vermogen om te configureren en algemene scenario's voor netwerken te troubleshooten. Voorafgaand aan het JNCIP examen dient het JNCIS examen succesvol afgelegd te zijn. 112 Juniper Networks Certified Internet Expert (JNCIE) JNCIE is het hoogsthaalbare certificeringsniveau binnen het Juniper Networks Certification programma en geeft u de mogelijkheid om uzelf te onderscheiden binnen de elite groep van de network wereld. Het examen is lab-based.

113 Keuze uit drie verschillende tracks Vanaf het Specialist niveau kan er een keuze gemaakt worden uit drie tracks, te weten: Service Provider Routing And Switching Deze track is geschikt voor degene die werken met infrastructurele- of access oplossingen in een Juniper Networks routing en/of switching omgeving hoofdzakelijk binnen telecommunicatie. Enterprise Routing and Switching Deze track is geschikt voor diegene die werkzaam zijn binnen kleine tot grote enterprise omgevingen die netwerken op basis van Juniper Networks technologieën installeren en ondersteunen. Dit alles met inbegrip van LAN en WAN routers and switches. Juniper en Junos Security Deze track is speciaal bedoeld voor IT professionals die beveiligde Juniper Networks netwerkomgevingen ontwerpen en implementeren. Service Provider Routing and Switching Track JNCIE SP JNCIE SP Bootcamp Enterprise Routing and Switching Track JNCIE SP JNCIE ENT Bootcamp Security Track JNCIE-SEC JNCIE SEC Bootcamp (TBD) JNCIP SP Junos Multicast Routing (JMR) Junos Class of Service (JCOS) Advanced Junos Service Provider Routing (AJSPR) JNCIP ENT Advanced Junos Enterprise Switching (AJEX) Advanced Junos Enterprise Routing (AJER) JNCIP SEC Junos Intrusion Prevention System Functionality (JIPS) Advanced Junos Security (AJSEC) JNCIS SP Junos MPLS and VPNs (JMV) Junos Service Provider Switching (JSPX) Junos Intermediate Routing (JIR) JNCIS ENT Junos Enterprise Switching (JEX) Junos Intermediate Routing (JIR) JNCIS SEC Junos Unified Threat Management (JUTM) Junos Security (JSEC) JNCIA-Junos Junos Routing Essentials (JRE) Introduction to the Junos Operating System (IJOS) Networking Fundamentals Certification Training Course Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 113

114 Juniper Trainingen Routing & Switching Juniper Trainingen Advanced Junos Enterprise Routing AJER Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.850,- This three-day course is designed to provide students with the tools required for implementing, monitoring, and troubleshooting Layer 3 components in an enterprise network. Detailed coverage of OSPF, Border Gateway Protocol (BGP), class of service (CoS), and multicast is strongly emphasized. Through demonstrations and hands-on labs, students will gain experience in configuring and monitoring the Junos operating system and in monitoring device and protocol operations. This course benefits individuals responsible for configuring and monitoring devices running the Junos OS. Attendees should meet the following prerequisites: Students should have basic networking knowledge and an understanding of the Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) model and the TCP/IP protocol suite. Students should also have working experience with basic routing principles. Students should also attend the Introduction to the Junos Operating System (IJOS), Junos Routing Essentials (JRE), and Junos Intermediate Routing (JIR) courses prior to attending this class. This course is recommended training for the following exam(s): JN Juniper Networks Certified Internet Professional (JNCIP-ENT) Advanced Junos Enterprise Switching AJEX Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.400,- This two-day instructor led course provides detailed coverage of virtual LAN (VLAN) operations, Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) and VLAN Spanning Tree Protocol (VSTP), authentication and access control for Layer 2 networks, IP telephony features, class of service (CoS) and monitoring and troubleshooting tools and features supported on the EX Series Ethernet Switches. Through demonstrations and hands-on labs, students will gain experience in configuring and monitoring the Junos operating system and in monitoring device and protocol operations. This course benefits individuals responsible for configuring and monitoring EX Series switches. Attendees should meet the following prerequisites: Students should have an intermediatelevel of networking knowledge and an understanding of the Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) reference model and the TCP/IP protocol suite. Students should also attend the Introduction to the Junos Operating System (IJOS) course, the Junos Routing Essentials (JRE) course, and the Junos Enterprise Switching (JEX) course prior to attending this class. Recommended preparation for exam(s): Exam code: JN Juniper Networks Certified Internet Professional (JNCIP-ENT) Introduction to the Junos Operating System IJOS Cursusduur: 1 dag Prijs: 850,- This one-day Instructorled course provides students with the foundational knowledge required to work with the Junos operating system and to configure Junos devices. The course provides a brief overview of the Junos device families and discusses the key architectural components of the software. Key topics include user interface options with a heavy focus on the commandline interface (CLI), configuration tasks typically associated with the initial setup of devices, interface configuration basics with configuration examples, secondary system configuration, and the basics of operational monitoring and maintenance of Junos devices. This course is based on Junos OS Release 11.1R1.10. This course benefits individuals responsible for configuring and monitoring devices running the Junos OS. Attendees should meet the following prerequisites: Students should have basic networking knowledge and an understanding of the Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) reference model and the TCP/IP protocol suite. Recommended preparationfor exam(s): Exam code: JN0-101 Introduction to the Junos Operating System (IJOS) Juniper Networks Certified Internet Associate - Junos (IJOS en JRE) IJOS-JRE Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.400,- Prepare to operate Juniper based networks and pass the JNCIA-Junos exam. Gain the foundation required to work with the Junos operating system (OS) and to configure and route a Junos device-based network in this two-day course. You will also prepare to take the Juniper Networks Certified Internet Associate - Junos (JNCIA-Junos) certification exam. After a brief overview of the Junos device families, you ll learn about the key architectural components of the software. Through demonstrations and hands-on labs, you will gain experience in configuring and monitoring the Junos OS and monitoring basic device operations. You will dive into routing and configuration, beginning with an overview of general routing concepts and covering routing policy and firewall filters and Class of Service (CoS). You ll also get hands-on experience configuring and monitoring the Junos OS and monitoring basic device operations. Your Boot Camp package includes: Free Understanding Network Fundamentals self-paced e-learning course; Free JN0-101 exam voucher. Individuals responsible for configuring and monitoring devices running the Junos OS Students should have basic networking knowledge and an understanding of the Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) reference model and the TCP/IP protocol suite. This course is part of the following programs or tracks: Juniper Networks Certified Internet Associate - Junos (JNCIA-Junos) 114 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

115 Junos Enterprise switching JEX Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.400,- Junos Enterprise Switching is a two-day course that provides students with introductory switching knowledge and configuration examples. This course includes an overview of switching concepts and operations, virtual LANs (VLANs), the Spanning Tree Protocol (STP), port and device security features, and high availability (HA) features. This course is based on the Junos operating system Release 11.1R2.3. This course benefits individuals responsible for configuring and monitoring EX Series switches. Attendees should meet the following prerequisites: Students should have basic networking knowledge and an understanding of the Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) reference model and the TCP/ IP protocol suite. Students should also attend the Introduction to the Junos Operating System (IJOS) and the Junos Routing Essentials (JRE) courses prior to attending this class. recommended preparation for exam(s): Exam code: JN Juniper Networks Certified Internet Specialist (JNCIS-ENT) Junos Intermediate Routing JIR Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.400,- This two-day instructor led course provides students with intermediate routing knowledge and configuration examples. The course includes an overview of protocol-independent routing features, load balancing and filter-based forwarding, OSPF, BGP, IP tunneling, and high availability (HA) features. This course is based on the Junos operating system Release 11.1R1.10. This course benefits individuals responsible for configuring and monitoring devices running the Junos OS. Attendees should meet the following prerequisites: Students should have basic networking knowledge and an understanding of the Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) reference model and the TCP/ IP protocol suite. Students should also attend the Introduction to the Junos Operating System (IJOS) and Junos Routing Essentials (JRE) courses prior to attending this class. Recommended preparation for exam(s): Exam code: JN Juniper Networks Certified Internet Specialist (JNCIS-ENT) JNCIS Enterprise Routing and Switching Certification Boot Camp (JIR, JEX) JIR-JEX Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 2.500,- Gain the foundation required to work with the Junos operating system (OS) and to configure and route a Junos device-based network in this two-day course. After a brief overview of the Junos device families, you ll learn about the key architectural components of the software. Through demonstrations and hands-on labs, you will gain experience in configuring and monitoring the Junos OS and monitoring basic device operations. You will dive into routing and configuration, beginning with an overview of general routing concepts and covering routing policy and firewall filters and Class of Service (CoS). You ll also get hands-on experience configuring and monitoring the Junos OS and monitoring basic device operations. Individuals responsible for configuring and monitoring devices running the Junos OS Students should have basic networking knowledge and an understanding of the Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) reference model and the TCP/IP protocol suite. This course is part of the following programs or tracks: Internet Specialist - Enterprise Routing and Switching (JNCIS-ENT) Juniper Trainingen Juniper Networks Certified Internet Specialist - Ent JNCIS-ENT Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 2.500,- Prepare to operate Juniper based networks and pass the JNCIA-Junos exam. Gain the foundation required to work with the Junos operating system (OS) and to configure and route a Junos device-based network in this two-day course. You will also prepare to take the Juniper Networks Certified Internet Associate - Junos (JNCIA-Junos) certification exam. After a brief overview of the Junos device families, you ll learn about the key architectural components of the software. Through demonstrations and hands-on labs, you will gain experience in configuring and monitoring the Junos OS and monitoring basic device operations. You will dive into routing and configuration, beginning with an overview of general routing concepts and covering routing policy and firewall filters and Class of Service (CoS). You ll also get hands-on experience configuring and monitoring the Junos OS and monitoring basic device operations. Overview of protocol-independent routing features, load balancing and filter-based forwarding, OSPF, BGP, IP tunneling, and high availability (HA) features. Through demonstrations and hands-on labs, students will gain experience in configuring and monitoring the Junos OS and monitoring device operations. This course uses Juniper Networks SRX Series Services Gateways for the hands-on component, but the lab environment does not preclude the course from being applicable to other Juniper hardware platforms running the Junos OS. virtual LANs (VLANs), the Spanning Tree Protocol (STP), port and device security features, and high availability (HA) featuresthis course is based on Junos OS Release 12.1R1.9. Your Boot Camp package includes: Free Understanding Network Fundamentals self-paced e-learning course; Free JN0-101 exam voucher. Individuals responsible for configuring and monitoring devices running the Junos OS Students should have basic networking knowledge and an understanding of the Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) reference model and the TCP/IP protocol suite. This course is part of the following programs or tracks: Juniper Networks Certified Internet Associate - Junos (JNCIA-Junos) You will review switching concepts and operations, virtual LANs (VLANs), the Spanning Tree Protocol (STP), port and device security features, and high availability (HA) features. In the last half, you will cover protocol-independent routing features, load balancing and filterbased forwarding, Open Shortest Path First (OSPF), Border Gateway Protocol (BGP), and IP tunneling. Your Boot Camp package includes afree JN0-343 exam voucher Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 115

116 Junos Pulse Access Control Security Juniper Trainingen JPAC Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.850,- This three-day course provides detailed coverage of the configuration of the Junos Pulse Access Control Service offered by Juniper Networks. Students will work with the solution elements the Junos Pulse Access Control Service, the SRX Series Services Gateway as a firewall enforcer, Junos Pulse, and the Odyssey Access Client (OAC) to configure secured access to network resources. Key topics include Junos Pulse Access Control Service deployment, basic implementation, and element configuration. Students will have the opportunity to apply their knowledge in several hands-on labs. This course is based on Junos Pulse Access Control Service Release 4.1R3. The intended audience for this course includes network engineers, support personnel, reseller support, and individuals responsible for implementing the Junos Pulse Access Control Service. Students should have experience with the TCP/IP protocol suite, including addressing and routing, and Ethernet experience, including addressing, basic switching operations, and virtual LANs (VLANs). In addition, students should have knowledge of basic security and access management concepts, including 802.1x and RADIUS. Attendance of the Introduction to the Junos Operating System (IJOS) and Junos Security (JSEC) courses, or equivalent experience with Junos devices and SRX Series firewalls, is recommended but not required. Advanced Junos Security AJSEC Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.850,- This three-day course, which is designed to build off of the current Junos Security (JSEC) offering, delves deeper into Junos security with advanced coverage of IPsec deployments, virtualization, high availability, advanced Network Address Translation (NAT) deployments, and Layer 2 security with SRX Series Services Gateways. Through demonstrations and hands-on labs, students will gain experience in configuring and monitoring advanced security features of the Junos operating system. This course benefits individuals responsible for implementing, monitoring, and troubleshooting Junos security components. Attendees should meet the following prerequisites: Students should have a strong level of TCP/IP networking and security knowledge. Students should also attend the Introduction to the Junos Operating System (IJOS), Junos Routing Essentials (JRE), and Junos Security (JSEC) courses prior to attending this class. Recommended preparation for exam(s): Exam code: JN Juniper Networks Certified Internet Professional (JNCIP-SEC) Advanced Juniper Networks IPSec VPN Implementations AJVI Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.400,- This two-day, advanced-level course focuses on the wide range of options available when configuring VPNs using Juniper Networks firewall/vpn products. Students attending the course will learn these various deployments through detailed lectures and hands-on lab exercises. This course is intended for network engineers, network support personnel, and reseller support. Prerequisites for this course include the following: Completion of the Configuring Juniper Networks Firewall/IPSec VPN Products (CJFV) course or equivalent experience with ScreenOS software. General networking knowledge, including Ethernet, TCP/IP, and routing concepts. Junos Routing Essentials JRE Cursusduur: 1 dag Prijs: 850,- This one-day Instructor led course provides students with foundational routing knowledge and configuration examples and includes an overview of general routing concepts, routing policy and firewall filters, and class of service (CoS). This course is based on Junos operating system Release 11.1R1.10. This course benefits individuals responsible for configuring and monitoring devices running the Junos OS. Attendees should meet the following prerequisites: Students should have basic networking knowledge and an understanding of the Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) reference model and the TCP/ IP protocol suite. Students should also attend the Introduction to the Junos Operating System (IJOS) course prior to attending this class. Recommended preparation for exam(s): Exam code: JN0-101 Junos Routing Essentials (JRE) Attack Prevention with Juniper Networks Firewalls APJF Cursusduur: 1 dag Prijs: 850,- This one-day course meets the business need of customers who are deploying the attack prevention features of ScreenOS software. The course focuses specifically on the attack-related features and assumes familiarity with ScreenOS software. Upon completing this course, you should be able to return to work and successfully configure and verify the desired attack prevention features. This course is intended for network engineers, support personnel, reseller support, and others responsible for implementing Juniper Networks products. This course assumes that you have basic networking knowledge and experience in the following areas: The Internet; Networking concepts; and Terms including TCP/IP and bridging, switching, and routing. Configuring Juniper Networks Firewall/IPsec VPN Products CJFV Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.995,- This course is the first in the ScreenOS curriculum. It is a three-day, instructorled course that focuses on configuration of the ScreenOS firewall/virtual private network (VPN) products in a variety of situations, including basic administrative access, routing, firewall policies and policy options, attack prevention features, address translation, and VPN implementations. This course is based on ScreenOS version 6.2. This course is intended for network engineers, support personnel, reseller support, and others responsible for implementing Juniper Networks firewall products. This course assumes that students have basic networking knowledge and experience in the following areas: The Internet; Networking concepts; and Terms including TCP/IP, bridging, switching, and routing. Recommended preparation for exam(s): Exam code: JN Confirguring Juniper Networks Firewall/IPsec, VPN products (CJFV) 116 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

117 Integrating Juniper Networks Firewall/IPSec VPN Products into High-Performance Networks IFVH Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 2.183,- This three-day course focuses on the ScreenOS features that are typically necessary in large-scale networks, including dynamic routing, virtual systems, traffic shaping, and high availability. Upon completing this course, students should be able to successfully install and configure ScreenOS devices. Students should also be able to verify that a ScreenOS device is interoperating in the network as desired. Through demonstrations and hands-on labs, students gain experience in configuring, testing, and troubleshooting these advanced features of ScreenOS software. This course is based on ScreenOS version 6.2. This course is intended for network engineers, network support personnel, and reseller support personnel. The prerequisites for this course include the following: Completion of the Configuring Juniper Networks Firewall/IPsec VPN Products (CJFV) course or equivalent product experience; and General networking knowledge, including and understanding of Ethernet, TCP/IP, and routing concepts. Implementing Intrusion Detection and Prevention Products IIDP Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.850,- This three-day course discusses the configuration of Juniper Intrusion Detection and Prevention (IDP) sensors in a typical network environment. Key topics include: sensor configuration, creating and fine-tuning security policies, managing attack objects, creating custom signatures, and troubleshooting. Network engineers, support personnel, reseller support, and others responsible for implementing Juniper IDP products. This course assumes that students have basic networking knowledge and experience in the following areas: Internetworking basics TCP/IP Operations Network security concepts Network administration Application support Also assumes that students have attended the Security Manager Fundamentals (2 day course) IIDP + exam: Juniper Networks Certified Internet Associate (JNCIA-IDP) Junos Intrusion prevention System Functionality JIPS Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.400,- This two-day course is designed to provide an introduction to the Intrusion Prevention System (IPS) feature set available on the Juniper Networks SRX Series Services Gateway. The course covers concepts, ideas, and terminology relating to providing intrusion prevention using the SRX Series platform. Hands-on labs offer students the opportunity to configure various IPS features and to test and analyze those functions. This course is based on the Junos operating system Release 10.4R1. This course benefits individuals responsible for configuring and monitoring the IPS aspects of SRX Series devices. Attendees should meet the following prerequisites: Students should have basic networking knowledge, an understanding of the Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) reference model for layered communications and computer network protocol design, and an understanding of the TCP/IP protocol suite. Students should also attend the Introduction to the Junos Operating System (IJOS) course, the Junos Routing Essentials (JRE) course, and the Junos Security (JSEC) course, or they should have equivalent experience prior to attending this class. Recommended preparation for exam(s): Exam code: JN Juniper Networks Certified Internet Professional (JNCIP-SEC) Juniper Trainingen Junos Pulse Secure Access Junos Security Junos Unified Threat Management JPSA Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 2.800,- JSEC Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.850,- JUTM Cursusduur: 1 dag Prijs: 850,- This four-day course discusses the configuration of the Junos Pulse Secure Access Service in a typical network environment. Key topics include Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) access technologies, basic implementation, and configuration and management options. Through demonstrations and hands-on labs, students will gain experience in configuring, testing, and troubleshooting basic and advanced facets of the Junos Pulse Secure Access Service. This course uses the MAG6611 Junos Pulse Gateway using MAG-SM160 Service Modules. The course also supports the SA Series SSL VPN Virtual Appliance Demonstration and Training Edition (DTE). This course benefits network engineers, support personnel, reseller support, and individuals responsible for implementing the Junos Pulse Secure Access Service. JPSA is an intermediate-level course. This course assumes that students have moderate background in internetworking basics, basic security concepts, network administration, and application support. This three-day course covers configuration, operation, and implementation of SRX Series Services Gateways in a typical network environment. Key topics within this course include security technologies such as security zones, security policies, intrusion detection and prevention (IDP), Network Address Translation (NAT), and high availability clusters, as well as details pertaining to basic implementation, configuration, and management. This course benefits operators of SRX Series devices. These operators include network engineers, administrators, support personnel, and reseller support personnel. Attendees should meet the following prerequisites: Students should have basic networking knowledge and an understanding of the Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) reference model and the TCP/IP protocol suite. Students should also either attend the Introduction to the Junos Operating System (IJOS) and Junos Routing Essentials (JRE) courses prior to attending this class, or have equivalent experience with the Junos OS. Recommended preparation for exam(s): Exam code: JN0-332 Juniper Networks Certified Internet Specialist (JNCIS- SEC) This one-day course includes detailed coverage of Web filtering, antivirus (AV), antispam, and content filtering. Through demonstrations and hands-on labs, students will gain experience in configuring and monitoring the Unified Threat Management (UTM) features of the Junos operating system. This course benefits individuals responsible for implementing and monitoring the UTM features available on branch SRX Services Gateways and J Series Services Routers. Attendees should meet the following prerequisites: Students should have basic networking knowledge and an understanding of the Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) model and the TCP/IP protocol suite. Students should also have working knowledge of security policies. Students should also attend the Introduction to the Junos Operating System (IJOS), Junos Routing Essentials (JRE), and Junos Security (JSEC) courses prior to attending this class. Recommended preparation for exam(s): Exam code: JN Juniper Networks Certified Internet Specialist (JNCIS-SEC) Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 117

118 Service Provider Junos Class of Service Junos Multicast Routing Juniper Trainingen Advanced Junos Service Provider Routing AJSPR Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 2.800,- This four-day course is designed to provide students with detailed coverage of OSPF, IS-IS, BGP, and routing policy. Through demonstrations and hands-on labs, students will gain experience in configuring and monitoring the Junos operating system and in monitoring device and protocol operations. This course is based on the Junos OS Release 10.4R5.5. AJSPR is an advanced-level course. This course benefits individuals responsible for implementing, monitoring, and troubleshooting Layer 3 components of a service provider s network. Junos MPLS and VPNs Students should have intermediatelevel networking knowledge and an understanding of the Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) model and the TCP/IP protocol suite. Students should also attend the Introduction to the Junos Operating System (IJOS), Junos Routing Essentials (JRE), and Junos Intermediate Routing (JIR) courses prior to attending this class. JCOS Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.400,- This two-day course provides students with advanced class-of-service (CoS) knowledge and configuration examples. The course begins with an overview of CoS before going into classification, policing, scheduling, and rewriting. The course then covers class-based forwarding and finishes with a case study. This course is based on the Junos operating system Release 10.3R1.9.Through demonstrations and hands-on labs, students will gain experience in configuring and verifying Junos CoS features. Junos Class of Service is an advanced level course. This course benefits individuals responsible for configuring and monitoring devices running the Junos OS, especially those in a service provider environment. It also benefits individuals responsible for designing networks containing devices running the Junos OS. Students should attend the Introduction to the Junos Operating System (IJOS) course, the Junos Routing Essentials (JRE) course, and the Junos Intermediate Routing (JIR) course, or have equivalent experience prior to attending this class. General knowledge of CoS concepts is also helpful. This course is recommended training for the following exam(s): JN Juniper Networks Certified Internet Professional (JNCIP-SP) JMR Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.400,- This two-day course is designed to provide students with detailed coverage of multicast protocols including Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP), Protocol Independent Multicast Dense Mode (PIM-DM), Protocol Independent Multicast Sparse Mode (PIM-SM), and Multicast Source Discovery Protocol (MSDP). Through demonstrations and hands-on labs, students will gain experience in configuring and monitoring the Junos operating system and monitoring device and protocol operations. This course uses Juniper Networks MX Series 3D Universal Edge Routers for the hands-on component, but the lab environment does not preclude the course from being applicable to other Juniper hardware platforms running the Junos OS. This course benefits individuals responsible for implementing, monitoring, and troubleshooting multicast components in a service provider s network. Students should have basic networking knowledge and an understanding of the Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) model and the TCP/IP protocol suite. Students should also have working knowledge of security policies. Students should also attend the Introduction to the Junos Operating System (IJOS), Junos Routing Essentials (JRE), and Junos Intermediate Routing (JIR) courses prior to attending this class. JMV Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.050,- This five-day course is designed to provide students with MPLS-based virtual private network (VPN) knowledge and configuration examples. The course includes an overview of MPLS concepts such as control and forwarding plane, RSVP Traffic Engineering, LDP, Layer 3 VPNs, next-generation multicast virtual private networks (MVPNs), BGP Layer 2 VPNs, LDP Layer 2 Circuits, and virtual private LAN service (VPLS). This course also covers Junos operating system-specific implementations of Layer 2 control instances and active interface for VPLS. This course is based on the Junos OS Release 10.3R1.9.Through demonstrations and hands-on labs, students will gain experience in configuring and monitoring the Junos OS and in device operations. This course benefits individuals responsible for configuring and monitoring devices running the Junos OS Students should have intermediatelevel networking knowledge and an understanding of the Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) model and the TCP/IP protocol suite. Students should also have familiarity with the Protocol Independent Multicast-Sparse Mode (PIM- SM) protocol. Students should also attend the Introduction to the Junos Operating System (IJOS), Junos Routing Essentials (JRE), Junos Service Provider Switching (JSPX) and Junos Intermediate Routing (JIR) courses prior to attending this class. Junos Service Provider Switching JSPX Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.400,- This two-day course provides students with intermediate switching knowledge and configuration examples. The course includes an overview of switching concepts such as LANs, Layer 2 address learning, bridging, virtual LANs (VLANs), provider bridging, VLAN translation, spanning-tree protocols, and Ethernet Operation, Administration, and Maintenance (OAM). This course also covers Junos operating system-specific implementations of integrated routing and bridging (IRB) interfaces, routing instances, virtual switches, load balancing, and port mirroring. Furthermore, this course covers the basics of Multiple VLAN Registration Protocol (MVRP), link aggregation groups (LAGs), and multichassis LAG (MC-LAG). This course is based on the Junos OS Release 11.2R1.10. This course benefits individuals responsible for configuring and monitoring devices running the Junos OS. Students should have basic networking knowledge and an understanding of the Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) reference model and the TCP/IP protocol suite. Students should also attend the Introduction to the JunosOperating System(IJOS) and Junos Routing Essentials (JRE) courses prior to attending this class. 118 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

119 Wireless Advanced Juniper Networks Wireless LANs Introduction to Juniper Networks Wireless LANs AJWL Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 2.800,- This course is a four day advanced training CLASSROOM course on the Juniper Networks Wireless LAN Services (WLS) system. The course is designed to build on the skills learned in the Introduction to Juniper Networks Wireless LANs (IJWL) course and take students to the next level of expertise as a Juniper Networks wireless design, implementation, or management engineer. The course describes best practice guidelines for planning an enterprise-wide Juniper Networks WLS system with its flexible domain architecture. Best practices for advanced security are presented, as are the issues to be considered when deploying voice and mesh services. Centrally managed architectures are also presented. The course also includes a look at some advanced troubleshooting techniques. The course uses a combination of lecture and practical exercises to ensure a high level of hands-on experience with Juniper Networks WLS hardware and software components, advanced authentication options, and other advanced features. This course benefits individuals responsible for planning, configuring, managing, and monitoring devices on a Juniper Networks wireless network. Students should have intermediatelevel networking knowledge and an understanding of the Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) model and the TCP/ IP protocol suite. Students should also have intermediate-level knowledge of the Juniper Networks WLS system. Students should also attend the Introduction to Juniper Networks Wireless LANs (IJWL) course prior to attending this class. IJWL Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 2.240,- This course is a four-day CLASSROOM instructor led technical training course on the Juniper Networks Wireless LAN Services (WLS) system. The course includes an overview of the full range of hardware and software products and their capabilities and features. The course describes the WLS system architecture and a project framework for planning a WLS system deployment. It covers the Radio Frequency (RF) planning capabilities of the RingMaster software and basic wireless LAN controller (WLC) configuration through the command-line interface (CLI). The course then moves on to describe system and service configuration using RingMaster. The course also describes a secure, enterprise-grade employee service in detail and introduces other service options (such as a Web portal login). Integration issues with the backend authentication, authorization, and accounting (AAA), Domain Name System (DNS), and Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) servers are examined, and the monitoring, management and reporting capabilities of the RingMaster software are also described. The course uses a combination of lecture as well as practical and group exercises to ensure a high level of hands-on experience with the Juniper Networks WLS system components. The course is based on the Juniper Networks wireless LAN system (WLS) software release 7.5. The course is designed to give field and support engineers a high level of technical competence with the Juniper Networks WLS products. Students should have intermediatelevel networking knowledge and an understanding of the Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) model and the TCP/ IP protocol suite. Students should also have a good understanding of wireless LAN fundamentals and be familiar with AAA concepts and RADIUS. Students should also attend both the Juniper Networks Networking Fundamentals and the Juniper Networks WLAN Fundamentals courses (or possess equivalent knowledge) prior to attending this class. Juniper Trainingen Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 119

120 Global Knowledge is Microsoft Certified Partner met Gold Learning competentie en werkt met Microsoft samen om de kennis van Microsoft producten en oplossingen op de beste manier over te dragen. Door een uitgebreid aanbod van geautoriseerde Microsoft trainingen heeft Global Knowledge bewezen een allround partner te zijn in leeroplossingen op het gebied van Microsoft kennis en certificering. Microsoft en Het certificeringsprogramma van Microsoft speelt in op het veranderende IT-landschap met nieuwe technologieën, waarbij de cloud een belangrijke rol speelt. Het certificeringsprogramma bestaat uit twee niveau s: Associate en Expert. Het Associate niveau vormt de basis van het certificeringsprogramma, gevolgd door het Expert niveau. In deze opleidingsgids zijn per niveau de verschillende certificeringstrajecten volledig uitgewerkt. Expert MCSE / MCSD MCSE (Solutions Expert) MCSD (Solutions Developer) De wereldwijd erkende standaard voor IT excellence Microsoft Associate MTA / MCSA MCSA (Solutions Associate) MTA (Technology Associate) De basis voor uw carrière in de IT 120

121 Microsoft SA Training vouchers Gratis trainen met Microsoft Software Assurance Training vouchers Software Assurance van Microsoft is een uitgebreid pakket aan diensten waarmee u de aanschaf, de uitrol, de installatie, het beheer en het onderhoud op uw softwareprogramma s aanzienlijk kunt vereenvoudigen. Tegen betaling van een jaarlijks bedrag krijgen deelnemers van het Software Assurance programma recht op support en gratis upgrades van Microsoft software. Gratis training vouchers Bovendien ontvangt u als onderdeel van het Microsoft Software Assurance programma gratis training vouchers. Deze kunnen bij Global Knowledge worden ingewisseld voor trainingen uit het Microsoft Official Curriculum. Global Knowledge is een Gold Certified Partner for Learning Solutions waar u de vouchers als betaalmiddel kunt inwisselen voor iedere technische Microsoft training. Wissel uw SA Training Vouchers in bij s werelds grootste Microsoft opleider Natuurlijk kunt u uw SA Training Vouchers als betaalmiddel voor bijna iedere technische Microsoft training inwisselen bij Global Knowledge. Wanneer u de SA Training Vouchers bij Global Knowledge inruilt, dan ontvangt u de volgende voordelen: Alle trainingen zijn inclusief cursusmateriaal en lunch U wordt opgeleid door hooggekwalificeerde en officieel gecertificeerde Microsoft docenten; De kwalitatief hoogstaande trainingen worden gegeven door het hele land Volledige administratieve afhandeling Global Knowledge biedt het meest uitgebreide aanbod aan Microsoft trainingen met het hoogste doorgangspercentage De trainingen worden gegeven met officieel Microsoft trainingsmateriaal (materiaal dat dus aansluit op een eventueel examen!) Hulp bij het opstellen van uw opleidingsplannen De nieuwste Microsoft trainingen voor o.a. Windows, Windows Server, SQL, Exchange, System Center (SCCM), Office 365 en Operations Manager (SCOM) Laat geen kostbare trainingsdagen verloren gaan SA Training Vouchers hebben een beperkte geldigheidsduur. De vouchers verlopen bijvoorbeeld als uw Microsoft licentieovereenkomst verloopt. Gebruik daarom uw vouchers op tijd! Laat geen kostbare trainingsdagen verloren gaan. Trainingen die in aanmerking komen voor Software Assurance U kunt de training vouchers van het Microsoft Software Assurance programma inwisselen tegen bijna iedere officiële Microsoft cursus, workshop, seminar of clinic. Eén voucher kunt u inwisselen voor één dag technische Microsoft training via het open-rooster op een van de Global Knowledge locaties. Microsoft Fasttracks zijn echter uitgesloten. Tevens kunt u de waarde van uw vouchers inzetten als betalingsmiddel voor technische Microsoft maatwerk trainingen. Beschik ik over training vouchers? Indien u wilt weten of, en zo ja, over hoeveel training vouchers u beschikt, dan kunt u dit kosteloos en vrijblijvend door ons uit laten zoeken. U kunt hiervoor contact opnemen met één van onze opleidingsadviseurs door te bellen naar 0800-KNOWLEDGE ( ) of mail naar [email protected]. Don t let your Microsoft Software Assurance Training Vouchers expire. Act now! Microsoft SA Training Vouchers Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 121

122 Microsoft Technology Associate (MTA) Microsoft en Microsoft Technology Associate (MTA) is de eerste stap binnen het Microsoft certificeringsprogramma. Het is een voorbereidende certificering die u door middel van het afleggen van één examen kunt behalen. Wanneer u net start met uw IT-carrière of u wilt meer inzicht krijgen in de IT-basisbegrippen op het gebied van Microsoft, dan kunt u met een MTA certificering uw kennnis valideren. MTA is een erkende certificering voor diegenen die een carrière beogen op het gebied van IT infrastructure, database design of development. MTA en Onderstaand vindt u per MTA certificering de bijbehorende examens en aanbevolen trainingen. MTA IT infrastructure MTA Development EXAMEN Windows Operating System Fundamentals Cursuscode: M40349 = EXAMEN MTA Windows Operating System Fundamentals EXAMEN Software Development Fundamentals Cursuscode: M40361 = EXAMEN MTA Software Development Fundamentals EXAMEN Windows Server Administration Fundamentals Cursuscode: M40365 = EXAMEN MTA Windows Server Administration Fundamentals EXAMEN Windows Development Fundamentals Cursuscode: M40362 = EXAMEN MTA Windows Development Fundamentals EXAMEN Networking Fundamentals Cursuscode: M40366 = EXAMEN MTA Networking Fundamentals EXAMEN Web Development Fundamentals Cursuscode: M40363 = EXAMEN MTA Web Development Fundamentals EXAMEN Security Fundamentals Cursuscode: M40367 = EXAMEN MTA Security Fundamentals EXAMEN Microsoft.NET Fundamentals Cursuscode: M40372 = EXAMEN MTA.NET Fundamentals MTA Database EXAMEN Mobile Development Fundamentals Cursuscode: M40373 = EXAMEN MTA Mobile Development Fundamentals EXAMEN Database Fundamentals Cursuscode: M40364 = EXAMEN MTA Database Fundamentals EXAMEN HTML5 Application Development Fundamentals Cursuscode: M40375 = EXAMEN MTA HTML5 Application Development Fundamentals 122 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

123 Microsoft Certified Solutions Associate (MCSA) MCSA staat voor Microsoft Certified Solutions Associate en vormt de basis van het certificeringsprogramma van Microsoft. Dit certificeringsniveau valideert de kennis en vaardigheden over de belangrijkste platformen binnen een IT omgeving, voor zowel cloud als on-premise. Microsoft Certified Solutions Associate (MCSA) Onderstaand vindt u per MCSA certificering de bijbehorende examens en aanbevolen trainingen. MCSA Windows Server 2012 MCSD EXAMEN 410 Installing and Configuring Windows Server 2012 Cursuscode: M EXAMEN 411 Administering Windows Server 2012 Cursuscode: M20411 *Optioneel kan het examen vervangen worden door één van de onderstaande examens: EXAMEN 346 Managing Office 365 Identities and Services (M20346) EXAMEN 409 Server Virtualization with Windows Server Hyper-V and System Center (M20409) EXAMEN 462 Administering a Microsoft SQL Server Database (M20462) + EXAMEN 412* Administering Windows Server 2012 Cursuscode: M20411 = EXAMEN MCSA Windows Server 2012 MCSD Microsoft en MCSA Windows 8 EXAMEN 687 Configuring Windows 8.1 Cursuscode: M20687 Upgradetraject MCSA Windows 8 + EXAMEN 688 Supporting Windows 8.1 Cursuscode: M20688 = MCSA Windows 8 MCSD MCSD Upgradetraject MCSA Windows Server 2012 UPGRADEN VANAF MCSA: Windows Server 2008 MCITP: Server Administrator on Windows Server 2008 MCITP: Enterprise Administrator on Windows Server 2008 MCITP: Virtualization administrator on Windows server 2008 R2 MCITP: Enterprise Messaging Administrator 2010 MCITP: Lync Server Administrator 2010 MCITP: SharePoint Administrator 2010 MCITP: Enterprise Desktop Administrator on Window 7 + EXAMEN 417 Upgrading Your Skills to MCSA Windows Server 2012 Cursuscode: M20417 = EXAMEN MCSA Windows Server 2012 MCSD UPGRADEN VANAF MCITP: Enterprise Desktop Administrator MCITP: Enterprise Desktop Support Technician MCSA: Windows 7 + EXAMEN 689 Upgrading your skills to MCSA Windows 8 Cursuscode: M20689 = MCSA Windows 8 MCSD MCSD MCSA SQL Server 2012 MCSA Windows 7 EXAMEN 687 Installing & Configuring Windows 7 Cursuscode: M EXAMEN 685 Windows 7 Enterprise Desktop Support Technician Cursuscode: M6293 = MCSA Windows 7 EXAMEN Querying Microsoft SQL Server Cursuscode: M EXAMEN Administering a Microsoft SQL Server Databases Cursuscode: M20462 *Optioneel kan het examen vervangen worden door één van onderstaande examens: MCSD EXAMEN Administering Windows Server 2012 (M20411) EXAMEN Configuring Advanced Windows Server 2012 Services (M20412) EXAMEN Programming in C# (M20483) + EXAMEN * Implementing a Data Warehouse with Microsoft SQL Server Cursuscode: M20463 = EXAMEN MCSA SQL Server 2012 MCSD MCSA Office 365 EXAMEN 346 Managing Office 365 Identities and Services Cursuscode: M EXAMEN 347 Enabling Office 365 Services = MCSA Office 365 MCSD Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 123

124 Microsoft Certified Solutions Expert (MCSE) Microsoft en MCSE staat voor Microsoft Certified Solutions Expert. Een MCSE certificering toont aan over welke technische en professionele vaardigheden iemand beschikt. Het gaat hierbij dus niet alleen om de technische kennis van een MCSD Microsoft oplossing, maar om een breder kennisgebied. Een MCSE is in staat een bepaalde rol te vervullen in relatie tot een specifieke oplossing en gerelateerde Microsoft producten. MCSE en Onderstaand vindt u per MCSE certificering de bijbehorende examens en aanbevolen trainingen. MCSE Server infrastructure Voorafgaand aan dit traject is de MCSA Windows Server 2012 certificering vereist. MCSE Desktop Infrastructure Voorafgaand aan dit traject is de MCSA Windows Server 2012 certificering vereist. EXAMEN Designing and Implementing a Server Infrastructure Cursuscode: M EXAMEN Implementing an Advanced Server Infrastructure Cursuscode: M20414 = MCSD MCSE Server infrastructure EXAMEN Implementing a Desktop Infrastructure Cursuscode: M EXAMEN Implementing Desktop Application Environments Cursuscode: M20416 = MCSD MCSE Desktop infrastructure Upgradetraject naar MCSE Server Infrastructure UPGRADEN VANAF MCSA: Windows Server 2008 MCITP: Enterprise Messaging Administrator MCITP: Virtualization Administrator; MCITP: Lync Server Administrator MCITP: Enterprise Administrator MCITP: SharePoint Administrator MCITP: Server Administrator MCITP: Enterprise Desktop Administrator Upgradetraject naar MCSE Desktop Infrastructure UPGRADEN VANAF MCITP: Enterprise Desktop Administrator 7 EXAMEN Upgrading Your Skills to MCSA Windows Server 2012 Cursuscode: M20417 EXAMEN Designing and Implementing a Server Infrastructure Cursuscode: M EXAMEN Implementing an Advanced Server Infrastructure Cursuscode: M20414 = MCSD MCSE Server infrastructure EXAMEN Upgrading Your Skills to MCSA Windows Server 2012 Cursuscode: M EXAMEN Implementing a Desktop Infrastructure Cursuscode: M20415 EXAMEN Implementing Desktop Application Environments Cursuscode: M20416 = MCSD MCSE Desktop infrastructure MCSE Enterprise Devices and Apps Voorafgaand aan dit traject is de MCSA Windows 8 of Windows Server 2012 certificering vereist. EXAMEN Deploying Windows Devices and Enterprise Apps Cursuscode: M EXAMEN Managing Enterprise Devices and Apps using System Center Configuration Manager Cursuscode: M20696 = MCSD MCSE MCSE Enterprise Devices and Apps 124 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

125 MCSE Private Cloud MCSE Data Platform Voorafgaand aan dit traject is de MCSA Windows Server 2012 certificering vereist. EXAMEN Monitoring and Operating a Private Cloud with System Center 2012 Cursuscode: M20246 MCSE Messaging + EXAMEN Configuring and Deploying a Private Cloud with System Center 2012 Cursuscode: M20247 Voorafgaand aan dit traject is de MCSA Windows Server 2012 certificering vereist. = MCSD MCSE Private Cloud Voorafgaand aan dit traject is de MCSA Windows Server 2012 certificering vereist. EXAMEN Developing Microsoft SQL Server Databases Cursuscode: M EXAMEN Designing Database Solutions for Microsoft SQL Server 2012 Cursuscode: M20465 Upgradetraject naar MCSE Data Platform UPGRADEN VANAF MCITP: Database Developer 2008 / MCITP: Database Administrator 2008 = MCSD MCSE Data Platform Microsoft en EXAMEN Core Solutions of Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 Cursuscode: M EXAMEN Advanced Solutions of Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 Cursuscode: M20342 = MCSD MCSE Messaging EXAMEN EXAMEN EXAMEN = MCSD MCSE Data Platform MCSE Communication Voorafgaand aan dit traject is de MCSA Windows Server 2012 certificering vereist. MCSE Business Intelligence EXAMEN Core Solutions of Microsoft Lync Server 2013 Cursuscode: M EXAMEN Enterprise Voice and Online Services with Microsoft Lync Server 2013 Cursuscode: M20337 = MCSD MCSE Communication Voorafgaand aan dit traject is de MCSA Windows Server 2012 certificering vereist. EXAMEN Implementing Data Models and Reports with Microsoft SQL Server Cursuscode: M EXAMEN Designing Business Intelligence Solutions with Microsoft SQL Server Cursuscode: M20467 = MCSD MCSE Business Intelligence MCSE Sharepoint Voorafgaand aan dit traject is de MCSA Windows Server 2012 certificering vereist. EXAMEN Core Solutions of Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 Cursuscode: M EXAMEN Advanced Solutions of Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 Cursuscode: M20332 = MCSD MCSE Sharepoint Upgradetraject naar MCSE Business Intelligence UPGRADEN VANAF MCITP: Business Intelligence 2008 EXAMEN EXAMEN EXAMEN = MCSD MCSE Business Intelligence Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 125

126 Microsoft Certified Solutions Developer (MCSD) Microsoft en Een Microsoft Certified Solutions Developer (MCSD) heeft de juiste kennis en vaardigheden van Windows Store Apps en Web Applications. Deze accreditatie is een betrouwbare indicator voor de expertise van een ontwikkelaar. Indien u van plan bent om applicaties te ontwikkelen waarbij gebruik gemaakt wordt van Windows Store Apps en Web Applications. kan een MCSD certificering helpen bij het valideren van uw vaardigheden en vakbekwaamheid. Kandidaten dienen twee tot drie jaar ervaring te hebben met het gebruik van de onderliggende technologieën die in het examen verwerkt zijn. MCSD MCSD en Onderstaand vindt u per MCSD certificering de bijbehorende examens en aanbevolen trainingen. MCSD Windows Store Apps Using C# MCSD Sharepoint Applications EXAMEN Programming in C# Cursuscode: M20483 EXAMEN Essentials of Developing Windows Store Apps Using C# Cursuscode: M EXAMEN Advanced Windows Store App Development Using C# Cursuscode: M20485 = MCSD MCSD Windows Store Apps Using C# EXAMEN Programming in HTML5 with JavaScript and CSS3 Cursuscode: M20480 EXAMEN Developing ASP. NET MVC Web Applications Cursuscode: M20486 EXAMEN Developing Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 Core Solutions Cursuscode: M EXAMEN Developing Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 Advanced Solutions Cursuscode: M20489 = MCSD Sharepoint Applications MCSD MCSD Windows Store Apps Using HTML 5 EXAMEN Programming in HTML5 with JavaScript and CSS3 Cursuscode: M20480 EXAMEN Essentials of Developing Windows Store Apps Using HTML5 and JavaScript Cursuscode: M EXAMEN Advanced Windows Store App Development Using HTML5 and JavaScript Cursuscode: M20482 = MCSD MCSD Windows Store Apps Using HTML 5 MCSD Application Lifecycle Management EXAMEN EXAMEN EXAMEN = MCSD MCSD Application Lifecycle Management MCSD Web Applications EXAMEN Programming in HTML5 with JavaScript and CSS3 Cursuscode: M20480 EXAMEN Developing ASP.NET MVC Web Applications Cursuscode: M EXAMEN Developing Microsoft Azure and Web Services Cursuscode: M20487 = MCSD MCSD Web Applications 126 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

127 Microsoft Technologieën Microsoft Cloud: Office 365 en Azure Windows Server platform Unified Communications: Lync Server Bij de term cloud blijken veel organisaties nog wel wat koud water vrees te hebben. Toch is de ontwikkeling van de technologieën voor de cloud niet meer tegen te houden. De flexibiliteit die deze biedt, gecombineerd met de grote mate van beschikbaarheid en beveiliging, maken de cloud tot het platform voor de toekomst. Microsoft biedt verschillende diensten aan in de cloud. Office 365 is een Software As A Service (SAAS) dienst waarin Sharepoint met Onedrive, Exchange, Lync en de desktop productivity suite Office worden aangeboden vanuit de cloud. Office 365 is beschikbaar via abbonnementsvormen. Met Office365 verkrijgen organisaties van allerlei omvang grote voordelen in productiviteit, mobiliteit en kostenbesparing. Er hoeven niet meer periodiek servers te worden aangeschaft en ook voor het onderhoud wordt gezorgd. Dit levert een flinke kostenbesparing op. Daarnaast zijn organisaties verzekerd van de laatste versies en updates, omdat deze door Microsoft in het online platform continue worden vernieuwd. De andere diensten die Microsoft aanbiedt in de cloud zijn gebaseerd op Infrastructure As A Service (IAAS) en Platform As A Service (PAAS). Microsoft noemt dit Azure. Binnen Azure zijn virtuele machines (VMs) op basis van Windows of Linux beschikbaar. Maar ook SQL databases en nog veel meer diensten zijn in de Azure cloud online te verkrijgen. Windows servers zijn ontworpen voor high-performance netwerken, het gebruik in datacenters en het leveren van vele services. Met Windows Server beschikt u over een veelzijdig serverplatform met een grote verscheidenheid aan mogelijke toepassingen, zoals , database management en vele anderen. Aangezien het Windows Server besturingssysteem onmisbaar is om van deze services gebruik te maken, is er voor de implementatie en het beheer hiervan grote aandacht ingeruimd in het opleidingsportfolio. Ook de certificeringen op dit platform zijn hierop ingericht. Kijk voor het meest actuele aanbod op onze website: Microsoft blijft het Windows Server platform verbeteren. Ook voor de meest recente versie ervan geldt dat nog niet eerder een dergelijk robuust platform is geboden voor clouden applicatieservices. Denk bijvoorbeeld aan de verbeterde virtualisatie eigenschappen. Hiermee is Windows Server het platform voor gebruik in datacenters en enterprise organisaties. Client Om gebruik te kunnen maken van alle diensten zijn er client computers nodig. Deze clients kunnen verschillende verschijningsvormen hebben. Inmiddels spreken we over Desktops, Notebooks, Ultrabooks en Tablets. Microsoft levert voor deze clients een besturingssysteem dat de functionaliteit van deze devices ten volle kan benutten. Windows 7 is het besturingssysteem dat al weer enige tijd meegaat op desktop en notebook computers. Windows 8 is het besturingssysteem dat speciaal voor gebruik op devices met aanraakschermen (tablets) is ontwikkeld met de Store App User Interface. De manier van communiceren, waarbij spraak, , chat en video worden geïntegreerd wordt Unified Communications genoemd. Microsoft voegt daar presence informatie als extra dienst aan toe. Onder presence informatie wordt verstaan dat zichtbaar is of en hoe er met mensen gecommuniceerd kan worden: per telefoon, instant messaging (IM), of helemaal niet. Microsoft Lync vormt een belangrijk onderdeel in Unified Communications en brengt de verschillende manieren van communicatie bij elkaar. Telefonie integratie met Lync maakt Unified Communication helemaal compleet. Met Unified Communications kan bereikbaarheid worden vergroot en tijd bespaard. In het Unified Communications portfolio werken een aantal producten samen: Lync Exchange Server Lync is ook in een online variant beschikbaar binnen Office 365. Communicatie: Exchange Server Microsoft Exchange Server maakt communicatie via en beheer van agenda s en contactpersonen mogelijk. Exchange vormt daarbij een belangrijk onderdeel in het Unified Communications concept. Exchange biedt nieuwe, geïntegreerde archiveringsfunctionaliteit voor , inclusief gedetailleerde zoekfunctionaliteit in meerdere postvakken en voorzieningen om aan de nieuwste regelgeving van overheidswege te kunnen voldoen. In Exchange is tevens de beveiliging en controle van informatie uitgebreid. Gevoelige of ongewenste is te coderen, bewerken en blokkeren op basis van afzender, ontvanger en inhoudskenmerken. Microsoft Technologieën Voor deze Windows clients zijn verschillende trainingen te volgen die opleiden tot een van de beschikbare certificeringen. Exchange is ook in een online variant beschikbaar binnen Office 365. Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 127

128 Microsoft Technologieën Microsoft Technologieën Collaboration: Sharepoint Server Het Microsoft-platform en de Microsoft applicaties maken het nieuwe werken mogelijk. Het nieuwe werken is een manier van werken waarbij samenwerken en een goede work/life balance centraal staan. Voor een deel rust dit op zaken als efficiënt communiceren door middel van Unified Communication. Voor een ander belangrijk deel zit dat in de productiviteit die wordt vergroot dankzij het samenwerken (collaboration). System Management met System Center Met de System Center Management Suite beschikt men over een management omgeving die het mogelijk maakt om applicaties, servers, clients en andere devices te monitoren en beheren. Het spreekt voor zich dat de meest recente telg uit de Microsoft management productfamilie, beschikt over uitgebreide mogelijk-heden voor cloud management. Global Knowledge biedt geïntegreerde, op de oplossingen gebaseerde trainingen voor System Center. De System Center suite bestaat uit de volgende onderdelen: System Center Configuration Manager Biedt uitgebreid configuratiebeheer voor het Microsoft-platform waarmee u gebruikers de devices en applicaties geeft die zij nodig hebben om productief te zijn en tegelijk corporate compliance en controle te houden. System Center Endpoint Protection Gebouwd op System Center Configuration Manager biedt System Center Endpoint Protection krachtige bescherming tegen malware als onderdeel van een geïntegreerde infrastructuur voor het beheer van client- en server-security en compliance die u kunnen helpen endpoint protectie te vereenvoudigen en te verbeteren. Sharepoint Server is de spin in het web van data presentatie. Het biedt legio mogelijkheden met betrekking tot Business Intelligence, document management en workflow. Net als Lync en Exchange heeft ook Sharepoint een Office365 variant. Hierin is bijvoorbeeld ook Onedrive voor online opslag van data verwerkt. System Center Service Manager Biedt flexibele, op ITIL gebaseerde selfservice en gestandaardiseerde datacenter-processen waarmee u mensen, workflows en kennis kunt integreren in uw infrastructuur en applicaties. System Center Virtual Machine Manager Biedt beheer van virtuele machines en het uitrollen van diensten met support voor multi-hypervisor omgevingen waarmee u een flexibele en kosteneffectieve private cloud-omgeving kunt leveren. System Center Orchestrator Biedt instrumentatie, integratie en automatisering van IT-processen met behulp van runbooks die u helpen best practices te definiëren en standaardiseren, en de operationele efficiëntie verbeteren. System Center Operations Manager Biedt vergaande applicatie-diagnostiek en infrastructuurmonitoring waarmee u voorspelbare performance en beschikbaarheid van bedrijfskritische applicaties kunt waarborgen. Ook biedt het een uitgebreide inzicht in uw datacenter, private en public clouds. System Center App Controller Biedt eenduidige selfservice bediening van private en public clouds die applicatie-eigenaren het vermogen geeft om eenvoudig nieuwe diensten te bouwen, configureren, uit te rollen en te beheren. System Center Data Protection Manager Biedt geïntegreerde databescherming voor Windows servers en clients waarmee u schaalbare, beheerbare en kosteneffectieve backup en restore-scenario s kunt leveren van disk, tape. In een on- en off-premise scenario. 128 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

129 Virtualisatie Databases: SQL Server Virtualisatie lijkt de hype voorbij. Niets is minder waar. Zodra meer pc s of servers nodig of in gebruik zijn, wordt virtualisatie interessant. Met virtualisatie kan één pc of server zich gedragen als meerdere (virtuele) pc s of servers. Voor het bedrijfsleven zijn de besparing op hardware, energiebesparing, het efficiënter beheer én de verhoogde veiligheid interessante eigenschappen van virtualisatie. Virtualisatie past heel goed in Green IT, waarbij de beperking van energiegebruik voorop staat. Servervirtualisatie Bij hardwarevirtualisatie wordt software gebruikt om een virtuele machine (VM) te creëren die een fysieke computer emuleert. Dit zorgt voor een afzonderlijk besturingssysteemomgeving die logisch geïsoleerd is van de hostserver. Door tegelijk voor verscheidene VM s te zorgen, kunnen via deze benadering meerdere besturingssystemen tegelijkertijd draaien op een enkele fysieke machine. Applicatievirtualisatie In een fysieke omgeving is elke applicatie afhankelijk van haar besturingssysteem voor een reeks services, waaronder geheugen-allocatie, device-drivers, en veel meer. Incompatibiliteit tussen een applicatie en haar besturingssysteem kan worden opgelost door servervirtualisatie of presentatievirtualisatie; maar voor incompatibiliteit tussen twee applicaties die zijn geïnstalleerd op hetzelfde besturingssysteem heeft u applicatievirtualisatie nodig. Voor alle vormen van virtualisatie heeft Global Knowledge trainingen beschikbaar. Of het nu gaat om server virtualisatie, desktop virtualisatie of applicatie virtualisatie, Global Knowledge kan u helpen bij het oplossen van uw kennisvraagstukken op dit gebied. De hoeveelheid data neemt iedere dag met grote hoeveelheden toe. Een groot deel van deze toename is toe te schrijven aan gegevens die in databases terecht komt. Microsoft SQL server vormt vaak het hart van deze database omgevingen. Trainingen op het gebied van SQL server zijn beschikbaar voor server beheerders, database beheerders en ontwikkelaars. SQL Server levert een set van geïntegreerde diensten om meer te doen met gegevens, zoals het maken van queries, zoeken, synchroniseren, rapporteren en analyseren. Business Intelligence Business Intelligence staat voor het verzamelen van informatie die vervolgens wordt aangewend om de juiste bedrijfsbeslissingen te nemen. Microsoft SQL Server biedt een schaalbaar Business Intelligence-platform dat geoptimaliseerd is voor data-integratie, -rapportage en -analyse, zodat organisaties een intelligente tool in handen hebben die tegemoet komt de eisen van de gebruikers. SQL Server is de basis waarop snelle, slimme en efficiënte bedrijven zijn gebouwd. Het werkt met bestaande IT-systemen, maar ook met gegevens uit Oracle, DB2, SAP en NetWeaver. Het reduceert de beheertijd met op policies gebaseerd beheer en biedt beveiliging, betrouwbaarheid en schaalbaarheid. SQL Server is het platform voor Business Analytics en Big Data. Microsoft Technologieën Microsoft Hyper-V biedt uitkomst. In plaats van te betalen voor vele weinig gebruikte servermachines, die elk zijn gekoppeld aan een specifieke functie, zorgt server-virtualisatie dat deze workload wordt geconsolideerd op een kleiner aantal machines die volledig worden benut. Desktopvirtualisatie Desktopvirtualisatie biedt krachtige mogelijkheden om bedrijfs-pc s te beheren en flexibel te reageren op verschillende gebruikersbehoeften. Gevirtualiseerde desktops kunnen op de client of centraal op servers in het datacenter gehost zijn. Dit wordt vaak een virtuele desktop infrastructuur (VDI) genoemd. Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 129

130 Microsoft Trainingen Business Analysis Cloud Computing Microsoft Trainingen PowerPivot, Power View and SharePoint 2013 Business Intelligence Center for Analysts M55049 Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.045,- This two-day instructor-led course concentrates on PowerPivot and Power View in Excel The attendees will learn how to surface the workbooks and visualizations using the Business Intelligence Center in SharePoint As far as possible each of the modules is stand-alone allowing for customization of the course for those audiences that may not have an interest in a certain service. This course is intended for analysts, business intelligence (BI) developers and IT professionals that will be involved with the design, development, and maintenance of Excel workbooks utilizing PowerPivot and Power View 2013 to be surfaced on SharePoint. Experience with Excel 2007 or higher. An understanding of PivotTables. There is no exam related to this course. Designing for Office 365 Infrastructure M10968 Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.395,- This intensive instructor-led course provides students with the knowledge and experience to implement Office 365 in a large corporate environment using the FastTrack three-phase delivery process of Pilot, Deploy, and Enhance. The course consists of two distinct parts: Lecture/Lab. Part One is the training phase of the course and consists of six modules. Each module has an associated paper-based lab that is based on an actual, real-world Office 365 deployment involving a medium-sized enterprise organization. The aim of the scenario is to confirm that students have learned the concepts from the modules. Case Study. Part Two is the testing phase and consists of a different scenario based on another real-world deployment, this time involving a large enterprise deployment. During the case study, students will work in groups to create a design solution for the organization that is based on the information provided in the scenario and gained from interviewing the instructor, who will role-play the part of the customer. Each group will then present its design to the remainder of the class. This course is intended for consultants and IT professionals who are responsible for planning and implementing Office 365 in medium to large enterprise environments where there are complex factors within the client s infrastructure that affect the migration process. The course student typically: Is an enterprise architect, IT consultant or IT professional that has already planned and implemented Office 365 in a large corporate environment. Has hands-on experience with Office 365 Wants to know the design factors behind Microsoft s new FastTrack approach to deploying Office 365 through rapid piloting of Office 365, followed by the Deploy and Enhance phases. Before attending this course, students must have: At least one year of experience with Office 365 and at least two years of in-role experience as a consultant. Knowledge of the individual components of Office 365, such as Microsoft Exchange, Microsoft SharePoint, Microsoft Lync, and Office 365 ProPlus. Experience with the Office 365 platform and its administrative console. Experience with Active Directory, Windows Azure Active Directory, Directory Synchronization (DirSync) and single sign-on (SSO) with Active Directory Federation Services (ADFS) 2.0. Successful deployment experience of Office 365 in a customer-facing engagement. Knowledge of the principles of IT project design. Ability to present and peer-review a project design. There is no exam related to this course. Monitoring and Operating a Private Cloud M20246 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.395,- This course describes how to monitor and operate a cloud with Microsoft System Center 2012 R2. This course focuses on how to manage and administer a cloud environment, and it describes how you can monitor key infrastructure elements and applications that run within a cloud. It does not discuss planning and implementation, which is covered in 20247: Configuring and Deploying a Cloud with System Center. The primary audience for this course includes cloud administrators who are responsible for monitoring and protecting the cloud infrastructure. It is also intended for solution architects who are responsible for designing cloud architectures and extending existing cloud solutions. The primary audience for this course is administrators who create service requests. The secondary audience includes datacenter administrators who are responsible for providing provisioning for applications to include configuring and deploying application/service business owners, and administrators who implement service requests. In addition, the secondary audience includes people who need to learn the required material in order to take the Microsoft exam : Monitoring and Operating a Cloud with Microsoft System Center. Windows Server 2012 experience Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS) knowledge Networking experience Working knowledge of previous versions of System Center products Knowledge of configuration of Microsoft SharePoint Hyper-V knowledge Microsoft Windows Azure Knowledge of cloud and data center management processes Storage Area Network (SAN) Knowledge This course helps you to prepare for exam ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

131 Configuring and Deploying a Private Cloud M20247 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.395,- Managing Office 365 Identities and Services M20346 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.345,- Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions M20532 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.345,- This course equips students with the skills they require to configure and deploy a cloud using Microsoft System Center 2012 R2. Using hands-on labs, students learn the following: Produce a high-level design that accounts for requirements for cloud environments. Configure and deploy the cloud fabric. Configure a PXE server, an update server, and a software update baseline. Configure Microsoft Server Application Virtualization (App-V) so that it can be used to sequence and deploy an application virtually. Build the core components necessary for delivering services on the fabric. Allocate resources to a cloud and grant access to a cloud Understand how to monitor clouds using Operations Manager. Understand the tools necessary to extend and customize Operations Manager for cloud environments. Set up, configure, and integrate the core components of Service Manager into a cloud fabric. Configure a service catalog, and then publish it to the Self-Service Portal. Gain the knowledge necessary to deploy and configure Data Protection Manager in a cloud. Deploy and configure Orchestrator in a cloud, and then integrate it with other System Center components. This course is intended for cloud administrators who will be responsible for designing, installing and configuring a cloud infrastructure. The secondary audience includes datacenter administrators who are responsible for designing, installing and configuring the infrastructure for an on premise, Microsoft Private Cloud. In addition, the secondary audience includes people who need to learn the required material in order to take the Microsoft exam : Configuring and Deploying a Cloud with Microsoft System Center. Windows Server 2012 R2 operating system. Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS). Working knowledge of previous versions of System Center products. Microsoft SharePoint. Windows Server 2012 R2 Hyper-V. Microsoft Windows Azure. Microsoft Windows Azure Pack. Networking and storage experience. Familiarity with cloud management processes. Previous work with IT Infrastructure Library (ITIL). Previous work with Microsoft Operations Framework (MOF). This course helps you to prepare for exam This is a 5-day Instructor Led Training (ILT) course that targets the needs of IT professionals who take part in evaluating, planning, deploying, and operating Office 365 services, including its identities, dependencies, requirements, and supporting technologies. This course focuses on skills required to set up an Office 365 tenant, including federation with existing user identities, and skills required to sustain an Office 365 tenant and users. This course is intended for IT professionals and consultants who take part in evaluating, planning, deploying, and operating the Office 365 services, including its dependencies, requirements, and supporting technologies. This course is also intended for network administrators and IT managers responsible for managing and maintaining Office 365, including identities, document protection, integration with on-premise directory services, and compliance with service level agreements. Completion of Clinic or equivalent technical knowledge. Cloud-based service concepts Overview of Office 365 and its component services Active Directory Directory Service TCP/IP network routing Domain Name Services (DNS) X.509 Certificates Firewall ports Using Windows PowerShell Administering Office 365 with Office 365 Admin Center Working with virtual machines Using Remote Desktop This course maps to the following two certification exams: and This course is intended for students who have experience building vertically scaled applications. Students will also have experience with the Microsoft Azure platform and a basic understanding of the services offered.this course offers students the opportunity to take an existing ASP. NET MVC application and expand its functionality as part of moving it to Azure. This course focuses on the considerations necessary when building a highly available solution in the cloud. The candidates targeted by this training have basic experience in implementing and monitoring Microsoft Azure solutions. Candidates are also proficient with the development tools, techniques and approaches used to build application solutions. Before attending this course, students must have experience working with the Azure platform. They will also have a general understanding of ASP.NET and C# concepts for the lab scenario. Candidates experience can include: Compare services available in the Azure platform Configure and deploy ASP.NET web applications Creating Azure WebSites from the gallery Deploying and monitoring Azure WebSites Creating and configuring Azure Virtual Machines Describe the relationship between Cloud Services and Virtual Machines Deploy existing Cloud Service packages Create and manage a Storage account Manage blobs and containers in a Storage account Create, configure and connect to a SQL Databases instance Identify the implications of importing a SQL Standalone database Manage users, groups and subscriptions in an Azure Active Directory instance Create a virtual network Implement a point to site network This course also prepares the students for the : Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions certification exam. Microsoft Trainingen Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 131

132 Implementing Microsoft Azure Infrastructure Solutions Collaboration Microsoft Trainingen M20533 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.345,- This course is aimed at experienced IT Professionals who currently administer their on-premise infrastructure. The course introduces the student to Microsoft Azure and then teaches them how to manage their infrastructure in Azure rather than on premise. Information Technology (IT) professionals who have some knowledge of cloud technologies and want to learn more about Microsoft Azure. IT professionals who want to deploy, configure, and administer services and virtual machines in Microsoft Azure. IT professional who have used Microsoft System Center to manage and orchestrate a Microsoft server infrastructure. Windows Server administrators who are looking to evaluate and migrate on-premises Active Directory roles and services to the cloud. IT professionals who want to use Windows Azure to host web sites and mobile app back-end services. IT professionals who are experienced in other non-microsoft cloud technologies, who meet the course prerequisites, and are looking to cross-train on Microsoft Azure. IT professionals who want to take the Microsoft Certification exam, , Implementing Microsoft Azure Infrastructure Solutions. In addition to their professional experience, students who attend this training should already have the following technical knowledge: Understanding of on-premises virtualization technologies including: virtual machines, virtual networking, and virtual hard disks. Understanding of network configuration including: TCP/IP, DNS, virtual private networks, firewalls, and encryption technologies. Understanding of websites including: create, configure, monitor and deploy a website on Internet Information Services (IIS). Understanding of Active Directory concepts including: Domains, Forests, Domain Controllers, replication, Kerberos, and LDAP. Understanding of database concepts including: Tables, queries, Structured Query Language (SQL), and database schemas Understanding of resilience and disaster recovery including: backup and restore operations.students who attend this training can meet the prerequisites by attending the following course, or obtaining equivalent knowledge and skills: Completing the MCSA certification in Windows Server Completing the Azure Essentials course. This course helps to prepare for exam , Implementing Microsoft Azure Infrastructure Solutions. Core Solutions of Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 M20331 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.345,- In deze cursus doet u kennis en ervaring op met het configureren en beheren van een Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013-omgeving. U leert hoe u SharePoint Server 2013 kunt configureren en u krijgt richtlijnen, best practices en overwegingen mee voor het optimaliseren van uw SharePoint-server. Dit is de eerste in een serie van twee cursussen voor IT-professionals; de cursus is afgestemd op het eerste examen voor het SharePoint Server 2013 IT Pro-certificaat. De cursus is bedoeld voor ervaren IT-professionals die graag willen leren over het installeren, configureren, implementeren en beheren van SharePoint Server 2013 in een datacenter of een cloud. Deelnemers hebben doorgaans al praktijkervaring met de belangrijkste technologieën waarop SharePoint werkt, zoals Windows Server 2008 R2 of nieuwer, Internet Information Services (IIS), SQL Server 2008 R2 of nieuwer, Active Directory en services voor de netwerkinfrastructuur. Een tweede doelgroep voor deze cursus bestaat uit Business Application Administrators (BAA s) die betrokken zijn bij line-of-business-projecten (LOB), samen met interne klanten van het bedrijf die kunnen profiteren van inzicht in het beheer van SharePoint Server Beheerders voor wie SharePoint volledig nieuw is kunnen iets opsteken in deze cursus, maar het wordt wel aanbevolen om voorafgaand aan de cursus basiskennis op te doen van het SharePoint-platform. Software management in a Windows 2008 R2 enterprise server or Windows Server 2012 environment. Deploying and managing applications natively, virtually and in the cloud. Administering Internet Information Services (IIS). Configuring Active Directory for use in authentication, authorization and as a user store. Managing an application remotely using Windows PowerShell 2.0. Connecting applications to Microsoft SQL Server. This course helps you to prepare for exam Microsoft Azure for IT Professionals M55065 Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.445,- This course is designed for IT professionals looking to understand the Microsoft Azure Infrastructure components, including virtual machines, virtual networks, migrating, extending, running, managing and monitoring common workloads in the cloud. The course will guide student through the process of managing virtual machines, web sites, and cloud services in Microsoft Azure. This course is intended for IT professionals looking to evaluate or deploy Microsoft Azure. Before attending this course, students should have: Deep understanding of Virtualization technologies Understanding of cloud computing Prior experience with Hyper-V or other virtualization technologies Previous storage configuration experience Previous networking configuration experience There is no exam related to this course. 132 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

133 Advanced Solutions of Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 M20332 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.345,- Deze vijfdaagse cursus gaat in op het plannen, configureren en beheren van een Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013-omgeving. Er wordt met name ingegaan op de implementatie van hoge beschikbaarheid, disaster recovery, de architectuur van onderhoudsapplicaties, Business Connectivity Services, sociale functies, productiviteits- en samenwerkingsplatforms en -functies, business intelligence-systemen, contentbeheer voor bedrijven en de infrastructuur, systemen en apps voor contentbeheer op internet. De cursus behandelt ook de optimalisatie van de zoekmachine, de ontwikkeling en implementatie van een beleidsplan en upgrades of migraties naar SharePoint Server De cursus is bedoeld voor ervaren IT-professionals die graag willen leren over het installeren, configureren, implementeren en beheren van SharePoint Server 2013 in een datacenter of cloud. Daarnaast kunnen Business Application Administrators (BAA s) die samen met interne gebruikers binnen het bedrijf betrokken zijn bij line-of-businessprojecten (LOB) profiteren van inzichten in het beheer van SharePoint Server De training richt zich op drie doelgroepen: Bestaande gebruikers en partners van SharePoint 2010 die vertrouwd willen raken met de belangrijkste wijzigingen in SharePoint Er zijn ook diverse andere verbeteringen geweest voor hulpmiddelen en methoden. Klanten voor wie SharePoint nieuw is. Het marktaandeel van SharePoint groeit stevig en de verwachting is dat dit blijft groeien; er zijn dus veel nieuwe klanten zonder eerdere ervaring. Klanten die een eerdere versie gebruiken van SharePoint (SharePoint 2003 en SharePoint 2007), niet hebben geüpgrade naar SharePoint 2010 en dus ook niet bekend zijn met de architectuur van SharePoint 2010 of SharePoint Server M20331, Core Solutions of Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 This course helps you to prepare for exam Upgrading your End User Skills to SharePoint 2013 M55026 Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.345,- This 3-day Instructor Lead course Explore all the new end user features exposed in SharePoint Learn to work with new Social computing features like newsfeeds and communities, metadata navigation, cross-site publishing, Image Renditions, Embedded Code, UI Enhancements, Composed Looks, Community Sites and Reputation, Apps for SharePoint, ediscovery, Education and Office Web Apps This 3-day Instructor Lead course Explore all the new end user features exposed in SharePoint Learn to work with new Social computing features like newsfeeds and communities, metadata navigation, cross-site publishing, Image Renditions, Embedded Code, UI Enhancements, Composed Looks, Community Sites and Reputation, Apps for SharePoint, ediscovery, Education and Office Web Apps. Understanding of SharePoint 2010 basics. There is no exam related to this course. Sharepoint 2013 for content owners SHARE-CO Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.345,- This 3-day Content Owner training has been designed for everyone who will be responsible for the advanced management of SharePoint site content. Everyone who has to design and manage the content of SharePoint sites. Knowledge and skills on the level of the SharePoint end-user (SHARE-EU) training is required. There is no exam related to this course. SharePoint 2013 for site owners SHARE-SO Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.345,- This 3-day Instructor Led course explores all the basic end user features of SharePoint 2013 including all basic lists and sites (aka Apps ). Learn to assign basic and advanced permissions. Explore the new project and community sites as well as how to work with the new social features of My Sites. Building and sending search queries is also covered. This course is designed for everyone who has the responsibility to manage one or more SharePoint sites or site collections. SharePoint 2013 for end users Knowledge and skills discussed in the SharePoint end-user (SHARE-EU) training. There is no exam related to this course. SHARE-EU Cursusduur: 1 dag Prijs: 595,- This 1-day Instructor Led course explores the basic end user features of SharePoint 2013 such as Apps, Approval and Check-in/Check-out. You need to have a basic understanding of Windows, web sites and SharePoint sites. No certification is available for this course. Microsoft Trainingen SharePoint 2013 for power users SHARE-PU Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.045,- This 2-day SharePoint Power User training is designed for individuals who need to learn advanced management of SharePoint sites. This course is intended for experienced users of SharePoint. Beside basic computer and Windows experience is also experience and knowledge on the level of the SharePoint Site Owner training (SHARE-SO) is required. There is no exam related to this course. Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 133

134 Data Center Administering System Center 2012 Configuration Manager (70-243) Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager (70-243) Cloud & Datacenter Monitoring with System Center Operations Manager Microsoft Trainingen M10747 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.345,- This course describes how to configure and manage a System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager (SCCM) site and its associated site systems. The course focuses on day-to-day management tasks for System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager. The primary audience for this course is intended for IT Professionals who are responsible for configuring and managing endpoints in one or more System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager sites and all supporting systems. They have one to three years of experience managing and maintaining client computers, devices, and servers in medium to large enterprise organizations. Administrators may have previous Configuration Manager experience, or be new to the product. The secondary audience for this course is intended for individuals who are interested in taking exam TS: Microsoft System Center 2012 Configuration Manager, Configuring. Both 10747D: Administering System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager, and 10748C: Planning and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager, are necessary to prepare for this exam. Installation, configuration, and troubleshooting for Windows-based personal computers. Windows client management including endpoint security fundamentals. Networking fundamentals, including TCP/IP and Domain Name System (DNS). Windows Server administration concepts including Active Directory and group policy principles and management. Basic concepts of Public Key Infrastructure (PKI) security. Familiarity with Windows Intune Desired: Basic understanding of Windows Server roles and services Desired: Basic understanding of Microsoft SQL Server Reporting Services Individuals who are interested in taking exam TS: Microsoft System Center 2012 Configuration Manager, Configuring can also attend this course. Both 10747: Administering System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager, and 10748: Planning and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager, are necessary to prepare for this exam. M10748 Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.395,- Get detailed instruction and hands-on practice planning and deploying Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager and its associated site systems. This three-day Microsoft Official course is designed for IT Professionals who are responsible for designing and deploying one or more System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager sites and all supporting systems, as well as configuring and managing endpoints in those systems. You will learn how to plan for the deployment of the central administration site, one or more primary sites and secondary sites, and all associated site systems. You will also learn how to migrate from System Center 2012 Configuration Manager to System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager. This course is intended for Information Technology (IT) professionals who are responsible for designing and deploying one or more System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager sites and all supporting systems. They should have three to five years of experience in medium to large enterprise organizations, in a role in which they are supporting multiple desktop and server computers that run Windows-based operating systems. Course M10747: System Center 2012 Configuration Manager, Part 1: Administration This course also helps candidates prepare for Exam , MCTS: Administering and Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager. Both Configuration Manager courses, and 10748, or the equivalent knowledge and skills will be necessary to prepare for the exam. System Center 2012 Operations Manager (SCOM) M55006 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.345,- This five-day instructor-led course provides students with the necessary knowledge to successfully design and deploy Microsoft System Center 2012 Operations Manager (SCOM). In this course, students are introduced to the basic theory of service monitoring. They will also learn about configuration, deployment, monitoring, and operation of Operations Manager This course will be delivered with some of the enhanced content of the GKSCOM course.. This course is for IT Professionals who already have some prerequisite technical knowledge and want to learn the skills necessary to implement a comprehensive service monitoring system for their production environment. This course is also for IT Professionals who want to learn how to communicate relevant business information about the operational status of the IT environment. M10964 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.395,- This course equips students with the skills they require to deploy and configure System Center 2012 R2 Operations Manager. The primary audience for this course is for cloud and datacenter administrators who are new to System Center 2012 R2 Operations Manager and are responsible for deploying, configuring and operating it in their cloud or datacenter. The secondary audience for this course is cloud and datacenter administrators who are already familiar with Operations Manager and want to upgrade their skills to include the new features found in System Center 2012 Operations Manager, System Center 2012 SP1 Operations Manager and System Center 2012 R2 Operations Manager. Windows Server 2008 R2 operating system Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS) Experience with PowerShell and SQL Server and SQL Server Reporting Services Familiarity with data center management processes Previous work with IT Infrastructure Library (ITIL) Previous work with Microsoft In addition to their professional experience, students who attend this training should already have the following technical knowledge: One or more years experience in the design and implementation of System Center Operations 2007 R2 or System Center 2012 Operations Manager is desired. Working knowledge of Windows Server 2008 R2 and Windows Server 2012 R2. Working knowledge of SQL Server 2008 R2 and SQL Server There is no exam related to this course. Operations Framework (MOF) Knowledge of the product(s) that you plan to monitor This course is not related to any offical Microsoft exam or certification. 134 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

135 System Center 2012 Orchestrator M55007 Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.345,- This three-day course provides students with the knowledge necessary to design, deploy, and maintain Microsoft s System Center 2012 Orchestrator. In this course, students are introduced to the various System Center products, and then learn how Orchestrator 2012 is architected and deployed within the Systems Center suite. In addition, this course includes automation of processes designed to address various scenarios, which may be encountered in the business computing environment. Upon course completion, students will have the skills necessary to manage Orchestrator 2012 for maximum business benefit. This course incorporates hands-on learning opportunities, so students can practice applying business solutions to real-world scenarios This course is designed for IT professionals who already have prerequisite technical knowledge of the systems they want to manage with Orchestrator This course is also for IT professionals who need to understand the critical components of the systems that might require automation. Before attending this course, students must have technical knowledge in the following areas: Windows Server 2008 R2 operating system Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS) Experience with PowerShell,SQL Server,Excel PivotTables and Opalis Integration Server helpful Knowledge of the product(s) and function(s) that they plan to automate with Orchestrator 2012 Familiarity with administration of other System Center 2012 products helpful This course is not related to any offical Microsoft exam or certification. Microsoft System Center Orchestrator 2012 for Runbook Authors System Center 2012 Service Manager M55009 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.345,- This five-day course teaches students how to design, deploy and maintain Service Manager 2012 within their organizations. Students are introduced to the various System Center 2012 products and will learn how Service Manager 2012 is designed and deployed within the System Center suite. In addition, students will learn how to customize the end user experience and automate service request responses, as well as learn best practices for using Service Manager This course incorporates hands-on learning opportunities so students can practice applying business solutions to real-world scenarios. This course is designed for IT professionals and business analysts who already have prerequisite technical knowledge of the underlying infrastructure and components that integrate with Service Manager These IT professionals are primarily responsible for implementing a service desk and need in-depth knowledge of Service Manager Windows Server 2008 R2 or Windows Server 2012 operating system. Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS). PowerShell and SQL Server Reporting Services. Service Manager (helpful but not required). Administration of other System Center 2012 products (helpful but not required). Information Technology Infrastructure Library (ITIL) or Microsoft Operations Framework (MOF) (helpful but not required). There is no exam related to this course. Using Microsoft System Center Service Manager 2012 for IT Analysts M55022 Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.045,- This is a one or two-day instructor-led course that provides participants with knowledge and skills to use System Center Service Manager. The course focuses on use of Service Manager with other System Center products after its installation. It also focuses on how IT process activities such as the Microsoft Operations Framework (MOF) & IT Infrastructure Library (ITIL) can be performed using Service Manager. This course is intended for IT Analysts who support End Users using Microsoft System Center Service Manager This includes Service Desk managers and staff, as well as managers and staff at Tiers 1-4 of support organizations, including IT Operations, Technical Management, and Applications Management functions. The focus is on individuals responsible for managing Incidents, Problems, Changes, IT Assets, and Knowledge and Reporting for their technology streams. Participants should have at least one year of experience with IT Support processes or one or more System Center products (Operations Manager, Configuration Manager). Experience performing activities with ITIL and MOF processes as an IT Analyst Experience as a user (not administrator) of System Center Configuration Manager 2007 and Operations Manager 2007 R2 features and functionality Experience as a user of Active Directory Experience with deployment, configuration, and troubleshooting Windows-based computers as an IT Analyst There is no exam related to this course. Microsoft Trainingen M55023 Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.045,- This is a two-day instructor-led course that provides participants with knowledge and skills to begin to use System Center Orchestrator. The course focuses on use of Orchestrator after its installation. It also focuses on how IT processes can be automated using Orchestrator. This course is intended for Enterprise Systems Engineers, Administrators and System Integrators in the role of Runbook Authors tasked with automating IT processes using Microsoft System Center Orchestrator Before attending this course, participants must have: Experience performing IT activities including deployment, configuration, and troubleshooting Windows-based computers as a Windows Server Administrator Familiarity with basic programming constructs including data types, operators, variables, expressions, assignment, simple I/O, and conditional and iterative flow control structures / selection (if-then iteration; loops, for, while) Experience as a user of Active Directory Familiarity with System Center features and functionality Recommended:It is recommended participants have achieved the following Microsoft certifications or possess equivalent knowledge MCTS: System Center Operations Manager 2007, Configuring (Exam: ) MCTS: Microsoft System Center Virtual Machine Manager 2008 Configuration (Exam: ) MCTS: Windows Server Virtualization, Configuration (Exam: ) An understanding of the System Center and Virtualization is desired, specifically: Virtual Machine Manager 2012, Operations Manager 2007 R2, Service Manager 2012, Virtualization Technologies: Hyper-V and Windows Server 2008 R2, Automated deployment of server technologies There is no exam related to this course. Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 135

136 Database Management & Development Microsoft Trainingen Upgrading Your SQL Server Skills to Microsoft SQL Server 2014 M10977 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.345,- This five-day instructor-led course teaches students how to use the enhancements and new features that have been added to SQL Server and the Microsoft data platform since the release of SQL Server The course focuses on teaching individuals how to use SQL Server 2014 product features and other Microsoft data platform components. The primary audience for this course is database and business intelligence (BI) professionals who are familiar with SQL Server 2008 and want to update their skills to SQL Server 2014, and become familiar with related Microsoft data technologies. Experience of building and managing database, data warehouse, and business intelligence (BI) solutions with SQL Server Familiarity with the Windows Server 2012 operating system and networking. Familiarity with Microsoft Excel and Microsoft SharePoint Server There is no exam related to this course. Introduction to Azure for Developers M10978 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.345,- This course offers students the opportunity to take an existing ASP.NET MVC application and expand its functionality as part of moving it to Azure. This course focuses on developing in Azure using Storage, Cloud Services, Service Bus, Active Directory, WebSites and SQL among other features. This course also focuses on using the provided.net SDKs, REST APIs, configuration and deployment options related to Azure. The developers targeted by this training are web application developers who have 6-12 months of web development experience using ASP.NET and C#. Said developers are interested in deploying their ASP.NET applications to Azure, integrating the applications with the Azure services and using best practices to build a highly scalable application. This course is intended for students who have the following experience: 6-12 months experience developing ASP.NET Web applications using C# Before attending this course, students must have the following experience: ASP.NET web application development C# application development Relational databases (SQL) WCF services There is no exam related to this course. Querying Microsoft SQL Server M20461 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.345,- This 5-day instructor led course provides students with the technical skills required to write basic Transact-SQL queries for Microsoft SQL Server This course is the foundation for all SQL Serverrelated disciplines; namely, Database Administration, Database Development and Business Intelligence. This course is intended for Database Administrators, Database Developers, and Business Intelligence professionals. The course will very likely be well attended by SQL power users who aren t necessarily database-focused or plan on taking the exam; namely, report writers, business analysts and client application developers. This course requires that you meet the following prerequisites: Working knowledge of relational databases. Basic knowledge of the Microsoft Windows operating system and its core functionality. This course helps people prepare for exam Administering Microsoft SQL Server Databases M20462 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.345,- This five-day instructor-led course provides students with the knowledge and skills to maintain a Microsoft SQL Server 2014 database. The course focuses on teaching individuals how to use SQL Server 2014 product features and tools related to maintaining a database. The primary audience for this course is individuals who administer and maintain SQL Server databases. These individuals perform database administration and maintenance as their primary area of responsibility, or work in environments where databases play a key role in their primary job. The secondary audience for this course is individuals who develop applications that deliver content from SQL Server databases. This course requires that you meet the following prerequisites: Basic knowledge of the Microsoft Windows operating system and its core functionality. Working knowledge of Transact-SQL. Working knowledge of relational databases. Some experience with database design. Students who want to attend this training can meet the prerequisites by attending the following courses, or obtaining equivalent knowledge and skills: M20461: Querying Microsoft SQL Server 2014 There is no exam related to this course. 136 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

137 Implementing a Data Warehouse with Microsoft SQL Server M20463 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.345,- This course describes how to implement a data warehouse platform to support a BI solution. Students will learn how to create a data warehouse with Microsoft SQL Server 2014, implement ETL with SQL Server Integration Services, and validate and cleanse data with SQL Server Data Quality Services and SQL Server Master Data Services. This course is intended for database professionals who need to create and support a data warehousing solution. Primary responsibilities include: Implementing a data warehouse. Developing SSIS packages for data extraction, transformation, and loading. Enforcing data integrity by using Master Data Services. Cleansing data by using Data Quality Services. This course requires that you meet the following prerequisites: At least 2 years experience of working with relational databases, including: Designing a normalized database. Creating tables and relationships. Querying with Transact-SQL. Some exposure to basic programming constructs (such as looping and branching). An awareness of key business priorities such as revenue, profitability, and financial accounting is desirable. M20461, Querying Microsoft SQL Server 2012 / 2014 M20462, Administering a Microsoft SQL Server Databases This course helps to prepare for exam Developing Microsoft SQL Server Databases M20464 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.345,- This 5-day instructor-led course introduces SQL Server 2014 and describes logical table design, indexing and query plans. It also focusses on the creation of database objects including views, stored procedures, along with parameters, and functions. Other common aspects of procedure coding, such as indexes, concurrency, error handling, and triggers are also covered in this course. The primary audience for this course is IT Professionals who want to become skilled on SQL Server 2014 product features and technologies for implementing a database. This course requires that you meet the following prerequisites: Knowledge of writing T-SQL queries. Knowledge of basic relational database concepts.you can meet these requirements by attending course M20461, Querying Microsoft SQL Server This course helps you prepare for the Exam Designing Database Solutions for Microsoft SQL Server 2012 M20465 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.345,- This course describes how to design and monitor high performance, highly available data solutions with SQL Server This course focuses on creating plans and designs for database structure, storage, objects, and servers. Students will have the opportunity to practices hands-on skills and design tasks in a virtual lab environment and will learn about topics such as data compression, high availability, data migration, security, and scalability. This course is intended for individuals who design database solutions for organizations and have experience with database development and administering SQL Server databases. These individuals design databases as their primary area of responsibility. They are responsible to plan and design database structure, storage, objects, and servers. They also create the plan for the environment in which the database solution runs. Course M10774: Querying Microsoft SQL Server 2012 Course M10775: Administering a Microsoft SQL Server 2012 Database Course M10776: Developing Microsoft SQL Server 2012 Databases with Microsoft SQL Server 2012 This course maps to skills and knowledge measured by Microsoft Exam , and in conjunction with on-the-job experience, can help prepare your for the exam. Microsoft Trainingen Designing Self-Service Business Intelligence and Big Data Solutions M20467 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.345,- Database Fundamentals M40364 Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.245,- This five-day instructor-led course teaches students how to implement self-service Business Intelligence (BI) and Big Data analysis solutions using the Microsoft data platform. The course discusses the rationale for self-service BI, and describes how to use Microsoft SQL Server Reporting Services, Microsoft Excel, Microsoft SharePoint Server, and Microsoft Office 365 Power BI to create self-service data models and reports. The course then goes on to describe how to use Windows Azure HDInsight to perform Big Data analysis. Note: This course is designed for customers who are interested in learning SQL Server 2012 or SQL Server It covers the new features in SQL Server 2014, but also the important capabilities across the SQL Server data platform. The primary audience for this course is database and business intelligence (BI) professionals who are familiar with data warehouses and enterprise BI solutions built with SQL Server technologies. Experienced data analysts who want to learn how to use Microsoft technologies for self-service analysis and reporting will also benefit from attending this course. Knowledge of data warehousing and data modeling principles. Familiarity with Microsoft Excel and Microsoft SharePoint Server Prerequisites can also be met by attending courses M20461, M20462, M20463 and M This course maps to skills and knowledge measured by Microsoft Exam , and in conjunction with on-the-job experience, can help prepare you for the exam. This three-day MTA Training course helps you prepare for Microsoft Technology Associate Exam , and build an understanding of these topics: Core Database Concepts, Creating Database Objects, Manipulating Data, Data Storage, and Administering a Database. The Microsoft Technology Associate (MTA) is Microsoft s newest suite of technology certification exams that validate fundamental knowledge needed to begin building a career using Microsoft technologies. This program provides an appropriate entry point to a future career in technology and assumes some handson experience or training but does not assume on-the-job experience. There are no prerequisites voor this course This course helps to prepare for MTA Exam Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 137

138 Desktop Applications Enterprise Resource Management SharePoint 2013 Business Intelligence Microsoft Office Migration Extending Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2011 Microsoft Trainingen M55042 Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.395,- This three-day instructor-led course provides students with the necessary knowledge to work with all the associated SharePoint business intelligence services including PerformancePoint Service, Excel Services, Business Connectivity Services, and Visio Services. The new and improved Business Intelligence Center is explored, and all the exciting new features within the SharePoint 2013 release are covered. The focus of this course is on the SharePoint 2013 business intelligence platform and not on the SQL business intelligence services.as far as possible each of the modules is stand-alone allowing for customization of the course for those audiences that may not have an interest in a certain service. This course is intended for power users, business intelligence developers and IT professionals that will be involved with the design, development and maintenance of SharePoint 2013 business intelligence solutions. Before attending this course, students must have an understanding of the benefits of business intelligence. There is no exam related to this course. GKOM1 Cursusduur: 1 dag Prijs: 495,- MS Office 2013 brengt nieuwe mogelijkheden met zich mee. Wanneer de medewerkers de nieuwe versie onder de knie hebben werkt het efficiënter. Om de overstap binnen de organisatie soepel en zonder productiviteitsverlies te laten verlopen biedt Global Knowledge u de mogelijkheid uw eindgebruikers in korte tijd op te leiden. Iedereen die professioneel gebruik maakt van Microsoft Office en met de nieuwe versie wil gaan werken. Kennis van eerdere versies van Microsoft Office is noodzakelijk. There is no exam related to this course. Deploying Windows Devices and Enterprise Apps M20695 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.345,- This 5-day course describes how to assess operating system and application deployment options, determine the most appropriate deployment strategy, and then implement a lite-touch or zero-touch deployment solution for Windows devices and apps. Solutions covered in this course include operating system deployment scenarios using the Microsoft Deployment Toolkit (MDT) and System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager. This course is intended for IT professionals who deploy, manage, and maintain PCs, devices, and apps across medium/ large/enterprise organizations, and for individuals who are interested in taking exam Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS) principles and fundamentals of AD DS management. Installation, configuration, and troubleshooting for Windows-based personal computers. Basic concepts of Public Key Infrastructure (PKI) security. Basic understanding of scripting and Windows PowerShell syntax. Basic understanding of Windows Server roles and services. Basic understanding of management tasks using System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager. This course helps to prepare for exam : Deploying Windows Devices and Enterprise Apps M80295 Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.345,- This course offers detailed and interactive information on how to develop extensions for Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2011, with focus on extension methods documented in the Microsoft Dynamics CRM SDK. It provides instruction on the use of a number of Common Platform Operations, on how to query and execute these operations, as well as on developing a concise understanding of business process implementation and workflows. In addition, the course describes how to use Plug-ins, application event programming, client extensions and web resources. Finally, it includes a summary overview of the integration between Windows Azure and Microsoft Dynamics CRM This course is a CRM development course intended primarily for partners and customers who have a technical background and familiarity with Microsoft Dynamics CRM 4.0 or Microsoft Dynamics CRM The audience must also be experienced in basic form customizations and workflows. Experience in basic form customizations and workflows Background in one or more of the following technologies:.net-connected applications to Visual Studio JScript DHTML XML Transact_SQL Microsoft Dynamics CRM customizations and web services Silverlight Windows Workflow Foundation AJAX Windows AZURE Platform There is no exam related to this course. Networking fundamentals, including common networking protocols, topologies, hardware, media, routing, switching and addressing. 138 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

139 Messaging Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2013 Customization and Configuration M80542 Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.545,- This course describes the techniques required to customize Microsoft Dynamics CRM to meet the specialized needs of businesses. The topics covered include security; creation and configuration of entities; design of forms views and charts; auditing and solutions. The course describes each topic and how each topic relates to the other topics to produce a full configured, effective solution. This training is intended for both novice and experienced customizers of Microsoft Dynamics CRM who are familiar with the end-user principles of the software. No programming skills are required, but a basic understanding of database principles will be an advantage. A working knowledge of how to use Microsoft Dynamics CRM It is recommended, but not required, that individuals have completed Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2011 or 2013 applications training. Because this training material focuses on customizing database entities, attributes, relationships, and mappings, it is recommended that individuals have a basic understanding of Microsoft SQL Server and relational database functionality. There is no exam related to this course. Sales Management in Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2013 M80546 Cursusduur: 1 dag Prijs: 845,- This course introduces the capabilities of Sales Management in Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2013 that allow you to track and manage the sales process from potential to close. This course provides insight on sales process information, and introduces the tools available to analyze and report on sales information. This course guides you through the tools that help make the internal processes simpler and easier so your sales force can focus on what is important creating a differentiated experience for your customers. This course is intended for individuals that plan to implement, use, maintain, or support Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2013 in their organization. The training is intended for sales representatives, administrators, office managers, CEOs, and consultants who want to learn the available sales features within Microsoft Dynamics CRM General knowledge of Microsoft Windows General knowledge of Microsoft Office An understanding of Customer Relationship Management solution processes and practices There is no exam related to this course. Customer Service in Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2013 M80545 Cursusduur: 1 dag Prijs: 845,- This course focuses on how an organization can nurture customer satisfaction through automation of business processes within Microsoft Dynamics CRM This course provides an insight into all of the powerful Customer Service and Service Scheduling functionality capabilities within Microsoft Dynamics CRM Additionally, this course guides you through the process of working with your customers in Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2013, including: resolution of customer complaints and services issues cost effectively, and provides insight on managing all related correspondence, documents, contacts and conversations. This course demonstrates the rich and relevant view of your customer that provides your team with actionable insights, including the use of knowledge management in a centralized knowledge base. This course is intended for individuals that plan to implement, use, maintain, or support Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2013 in their organization. The training is intended for customer service representatives, service schedulers, administrators, office managers, CEOs, and consultants who want to gain foundational knowledge of the application functionality. General knowledge of Microsoft Windows General knowledge of Microsoft Office An understanding of Customer Relationship Management solution processes and practices There is no exam related to this course. Core Solutions of Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 M20341 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.345,- In deze cursus leren deelnemers om een communicatieplatform op basis van Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 te configureren en te beheren. Cursisten krijgen richtlijnen, best practices en overwegingen mee voor het optimaliseren van hun Exchange-server. Cursus M20341 staat onder leiding van een docent en u doet hierin kennis en vaardigheden op voor het plannen, installeren en beheren van de mailboxrollen, de clienttoegang, het transport en de Exchange-infrastructuur Deze cursus is met name gericht op IT-professionals die een functie als communicatiebeheerder voor bedrijven ambiëren. Ook voor IT-generalisten en helpdeskmedewerkers die meer willen weten over Exchange Server 2013 kan deze cursus nuttig zijn. Beheerders die willen deelnemen aan de cursus moeten minimaal drie jaar werkervaring in de IT hebben, bijvoorbeeld op het gebied van netwerkbeheer, helpdesks of systeembeheer. Ervaring met eerdere versies van Exchange Server is niet nodig. Een tweede doelgroep voor deze cursus bestaat uit professionals die het examen : Microsoft Exchange Server 2013, Core Solutions willen afleggen, zelfstandig of als onderdeel van de vereisten voor het MCSE: Microsoft Exchange Server 2013-certificaat. Zij kunnen deze cursus volgen ter voorbereiding.. Minimum of two years of experience administering Windows Server, including Windows Server 2008 R2 or Windows Server Minimum of two years of experience working with Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS). Minimum of two years of experience working with name resolution, including DNS. Experience working with certificates, including PKI certificates This course helps to prepare for exam Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 139 Microsoft Trainingen

140 Mobile Applications Network Management Advanced Solutions of Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 Managing Enterprise Devices and Apps using System Center Configuration Manager Advanced Automated Administration with Windows PowerShell Microsoft Trainingen M20342 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.345,- In deze cursus leren deelnemers om een communicatieplatform op basis van Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 te configureren en te beheren. Cursisten krijgen richtlijnen, best practices en overwegingen mee voor het optimaliseren van hun Exchange-server. Cursus M20341 staat onder leiding van een docent en u doet hierin kennis en vaardigheden op voor het plannen, installeren en beheren van de mailboxrollen, de clienttoegang, het transport en de Exchangeinfrastructuur Deze cursus is bedoeld voor ITprofessionals die een functie als communicatiebeheerder voor bedrijven ambiëren. Ook voor IT-generalisten en helpdeskmedewerkers die meer willen weten over Exchange Server 2013 kan deze cursus nuttig zijn. Deelnemers aan deze cursus moeten minimaal drie jaar werkervaring in de IT hebben, bijvoorbeeld op het gebied van netwerkbeheer, helpdesks of systeembeheer. Van deelnemers wordt verwacht dat zij ervaring hebben met Exchange Server 2013 of met eerdere versies van Exchange Server Course M20341 Core Solutions of Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 This course helps you prepare for exam M20696 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.345,- Get expert instruction and hands-on practice configuring and managing clients and devices using Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager, Windows Intune, and its associated site systems. In this five-day course, you will learn day-today management tasks including how to manage software client health, hardware and software inventory, applications. and integration with Windows Intune. You will also learn how to optimize Endpoint Protection, manage compliance, and create management queries and reports. This course is also intended for individuals who are interested in taking exam This course is intended for experienced IT Professionals, typically described as Enterprise Desktop Administrator (EDA). These EDAs deploy, manage, and maintain PCs, devices, and applications across medium/large/enterprise organizations. A significant portion of this audience uses or intends to use System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager and Windows Intune to manage and deploy PCs, devices, and applications. Networking fundamentals, including common networking protocols, topologies, hardware, media, routing, switching and addressing. Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS) principles and fundamentals of AD DS management. Installation, configuration, and troubleshooting for Windows-based personal computers. Basic concepts of public key infrastructure (PKI) security. Basic understanding of scripting and Windows PowerShell syntax. Basic understanding of Windows Server roles and services. There is no exam related to this course. M10962 Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.395,- This three-day course is a follow on course from the M10961 course. It is built on Windows Server 2012 R2 and Windows 8.1 and while it is specifically focussed on Windows PowerShell v4.0, is also relevant in v2.0 and v3.0 Windows PowerShell environments. Expand and build upon the knowledge already acquired in course 10961B and focus on building more scalable and usable Windows PowerShell scripts for use in your organization by building your own Windows PowerShell tools. Learn about areas such as the creation of advanced functions, script modules, advanced parameters attributes and controller scripts. Also learn how to make your scripts more robust by learning about handling script errors and the analysis and debugging Windows PowerShell scripts. The course will also cover the use of Windows PowerShell cmdlets with.net Framework as well as teaching how to configure your Windows Servers using Desired State Configuration and providing an understanding of Windows PowerShell workflow. Exchange, SharePoint, and SQL. System, Infrastructure and Application Administrators working in a Windows or Windows hybrid environment will all find this course relevant to their day to day jobs and future career and skills development. The course is also intended for IT Professionals who want to build upon existing Windows PowerShell knowledge and skill to learn how to build their own tools for broader general use in their organization, using any Microsoft or independent software vendor (ISV) product that supports Windows PowerShell manageability. Knowledge and experience working with Windows PowerShell or knowledge equivalent to the content covered in course M10961 Automating Administration with Windows PowerShell There is no exam related to this course. The Enterprise Desktop Administrator also supports either domain joined or non-domain joined Bring Your Own Device (BYOD) scenarios, mobile device management, and secure data access on common platforms, such as Windows 8.x, Windows Phone 8.x, ios, and Android by using System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager with Windows Intune. This course is intended for IT Professionals already experienced in general Windows Server and Windows Client administration or already experienced in administering and supporting Application servers and services including applications such as 140 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

141 Operating Systems Networking Fundamentals Installing and Configuring Windows Server 2012 Administering Windows Server 2012 M40366 Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.245,- This three-day MTA Training course helps you prepare for Microsoft Technology Associate Exam , and build an understanding of these topics: Network Infrastructures, Network Hardware, and Protocols and Services. The Microsoft Technology Associate (MTA) is Microsoft s newest suite of technology certification exams that validate fundamental knowledge needed to begin building a career using Microsoft technologies. This program provides an appropriate entry point to a future career in technology and assumes some handson experience or training but does not assume on-the-job experience. There are no prerequisites for this course. This course helps to prepare for Exam M20410 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.295,- Get hands-on instruction and practice installing and configuring Windows Server 2012, including Windows Server 2012 R2. This course is part one in a series of three courses that provides the skills and knowledge necessary to implement a core Windows Server 2012 infrastructure in an existing enterprise environment. The three courses collectively cover implementing, managing, maintaining and provisioning services and infrastructure in a Windows Server 2012 environment. Although there is some cross-over of skills and tasks across these courses, this course focuses on the initial implementation and configuration of core services, such as Networking, Storage, Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS), Group Policy, File and Print Services, and Hyper-V Labs in this course are based on Windows Server 2012 R2 and Windows 8.1. This course is intended for information technology (IT) professionals who have some knowledge and experience working with Windows operating systems and who want to acquire the skills and knowledge necessary to install and perform the initial configuration of a Windows Server 2012 or Windows Server 2012 R2 server in an existing Windows server environment. Before attending this course, students must have: A good understanding of networking fundamentals. An understanding and experience configuring security and administration tasks in an Enterprise environment. Experience supporting or configuring Microsoft Windows clients. This course maps directly to and is the preferred choice for hands-on preparation for the Microsoft Certified Solutions Associate (MCSA) Exam 410: Installing and Configuring Windows Server 2012, which is the first of three exams required for the MCSA: Windows Server 2012 credential. M20411 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.345,- Deze cursus is het tweede deel van een serie van drie cursussen waarin de benodigde kennis en vaardigheden worden opgedaan voor de implementatie van een Windows Server 2012-kerninfrastructuur in een bestaande bedrijfsomgeving. De drie cursussen behandelen gezamenlijk het implementeren, beheren, onderhouden en bevoorraden van de services en de infrastructuur binnen een Windows Server 2012-omgeving. Hoewel er qua vaardigheden en taken tussen de cursussen enige overlap is, gaat deze cursus vooral in op de beheerstaken die nodig zijn voor het onderhouden van een Windows Server 2012-omgeving, zoals gebruikers- en groepsbeheer, netwerktoegang en databeveiliging. Deze training is gebaseerd op Windows Server 2012 R2. Ook het examen , dat gerelateerd is aan deze cursus is gebaseerd op Windows Server 2012 R2 Deze cursus is bedoeld voor ITprofessionals die praktijkervaring hebben met een Windows Server of Windows Server 2012-omgeving en die de benodigde kennis en vaardigheden willen opdoen voor het beheren en onderhouden van de belangrijkste infrastructurele diensten die nodig zijn binnen een Windows Server 2012-omgeving. Deze cursus is vooral gericht op uitbreiding van de basisomgeving met Windows Server 2012-diensten en -infrastructuur en op het opdoen van de benodigde vaardigheden voor het beheren en onderhouden van een Windows Server 2012-omgeving binnen een domein, zoals het beheer van gebruikers en groepen, toegang tot het netwerk en de beveiliging van data. Knowledge and skills concerning the initial implementation and configuration of core Windows Server services including Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS), Networking Services and Microsoft Hyper-V. Candidates must have knowledge equivalent to that covered in M20410 Installing and Configuring Windows Server Microsoft Trainingen This course prepares for exam which is the second of the three exams needed for MCSA Windows Server Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 141

142 Configuring Advanced Windows Server 2012 Services M20412 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.345,- Designing and Implementing a Server Infrastructure M20413 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.345,- Microsoft Trainingen Deze cursus is het derde deel van een serie van drie cursussen waarin de benodigde kennis en vaardigheden worden opgedaan voor de implementatie van een Windows Server 2012-kerninfrastructuur in een bestaande bedrijfsomgeving. De drie cursussen behandelen gezamenlijk het implementeren, beheren, onderhouden en bevoorraden van de services en de infrastructuur binnen een Windows Server 2012-omgeving. Hoewel er qua vaardigheden en taken tussen de cursussen enige overlap is, gaat deze cursus vooral in op geavanceerde configuratie- en onderhoudstaken die nodig zijn voor het implementeren, beheren en onderhouden van een Windows Server 2012-omgeving, zoals identiteitsbeheer en identiteitsfederaties, load balancing op het netwerk, bedrijfscontinuïteit, schadeherstel, fouttolerantie en rechtenbeheer. Deze training is gebaseerd op Windows Server 2012 R2. Ook het examen , dat gerelateerd is aan deze cursus is gebaseerd op Windows Server 2012 R2. Deze cursus is bedoeld voor ITprofessionals die ervaring hebben met het implementeren, beheren en onderhouden van een Windows Server 2008-, Windows Server 2008 R2- of Windows Server 2012-omgeving binnen een bestaande bedrijfsomgeving en die de benodigde kennis en vaardigheden willen opdoen voor het uitvoeren van geavanceerd beheer en van de provisioning voor diensten binnen die Windows Server 2012-omgeving. Deelnemers zijn doorgaans zeer ervaren systeembeheerders en moeten praktijkervaring hebben met een Windows Server 2008-, Windows Server 2008 R2- of Windows Server 2012-omgeving. Candidates would typically be System Administrators or aspiring to be System Administrators. Candidates must have knowledge equivalent to that covered in course M20411 Administering Windows Server This course is also preparation material, and maps directly to Exam : Configuring Advanced Windows Server 2012 Services. In deze vijfdaagse cursus onder leiding van een docent doet u de kennis en vaardigheden op die nodig zijn voor het plannen, ontwerpen en implementeren van een fysieke en logische infastructuur met Windows Server 2012 Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS). De cursus voorziet u ook van de vaardigheden voor het uitvoeren van naamresolutie, applicatie-integratie, optimalisatie van automatische sanering en het onderhoud van netwerkdiensten. Deelnemers aan de cursus hebben ervaring met eerdere Windows Serverbesturingssystemen en beschikken over een Windows Server 2012-certificering (MCSA) of over vergelijkbare vaardigheden. Deze cursus is ook bedoeld voor IT-professionals die willen deelnemen aan het examen : ontwerp en implementatie van een serverinfrastructuur, zelfstandig of als onderdeel van het eisenpakket voor de certificering MCSE: serverinfrastructuur. Knowledge equivalent to Windows 2012 MCSA. Attend course M20412 Configuring Advanced Windows Server 2012 Services, to match the appropriate prerequisites. This course helps to prepare for exam Implementing Desktop Application Environments M20416 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.345,- This five-day course provides students with the skills and knowledge to be able to design, deploy and manage a physical as well as a virtual Windows Server 2012 application management infrastructure. Students will also learn to design, deploy and manage Windows 8 Enterprise applications in a physical and virtual environment as well as in the cloud. This course is intended for IT Professionals who are interested in specializing in Windows 8 application deployments and managing the application environments for large organizations. People attending this training could be support technicians or currently in deployment roles and are considering taking the next step in their career or enhancing their skills in the areas of planning and deploying Windows 8 desktops. M20415 Implementing a Desktop Infrastructure This course helps to prepare for exam : Implementing Desktop Application Environments 142 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

143 Implementing an Advanced Server Infrastructure M20414 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.345,- Implementing a Desktop Infrastructure M20415 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.345,- In deze cursus doen deelnemers vaardigheden op in het plannen en implementeren van een aantal geavanceerde functies binnen Windows Server Voor het volgen van cursus M20414 is het afronden van cursus M20413 verplicht. Voor personen die kennis en vaardigheden willen opdoen voor het implementeren van Hyper-V in Windows Server 2012 is deze cursus zeer nuttig. Deze cursus is bedoeld voor ITprofessionals die verantwoordelijk zijn voor het plannen, ontwerpen en implementeren van een fysieke en logische infrastructuur voor bedrijven met Windows Server 2012 en Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS), inclusief netwerkdiensten. Deelnemers aan de cursus hebben doorgaans ervaring met eerdere Windows Serverbesturingssystemen en beschikken over een Windows Server 2012-certificering (MCSA) of over vergelijkbare vaardigheden. Een tweede doelgroep voor deze cursus bestaat uit IT-professionals die willen deelnemen aan het examen : implementatie van een geavanceerde serverinfrastructuur voor bedrijven, zelfstandig of als onderdeel van het eisenpakket voor de MCSE-certificering. Understanding of TCP/IP and networking concepts. Understanding of Windows Server 2012 and AD DS, including planning, designing and deploying. Understanding of scripts and batch files. Understanding of security concepts such as authentication and authorization. Understanding of deployment, packaging, and imaging tools. Working in a team or a virtual team. Creating proposals and making budget recommendation. Have achieved the Windows Server 2012 MCSA certification as well as information in the course M20413 Implementing an Advanced Server Infrastructure. This course helps to prepare for exam This 5-day instructor-led course provides you with the skills and knowledge needed to plan, design, and implement a Windows 8 desktop infrastructure. The course provides guidance on planning and deploying desktops by using several technologies such as User State Migration Tool (USMT), Microsoft Deployment Toolkit (MDT), Virtual Desktop Infrastructure (VDI), and more. Additionally, the course describes how to protect desktops and monitor their health and performance. The course is primarily intended for IT Professionals who manage the desktop environments for organizations, and want to specialize in Windows 8 desktop deployments. Knowledge equivalent to Windows 2012 MCSA and general familiarity with System Center This course helps to prepare for exam : Implementing an Enterprise Desktop and Device Infrastructure Upgrading Your Skills to MCSA Windows Server 2012 M20417 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.345,- Deze vijfdaagse cursus gaat in op nieuwe functies en functionaliteiten binnen Windows Server 2012 op het gebied van beheer, netwerken, opslag, toegangsbeheer, Hyper-V, hoge beschikbaarheid en identiteitsfederatie. Er wordt onder meer ingegaan op de technologieën Dynamic Access Control (DAC), hoge beschikbaarheid, failover-clustering, Microsoft Online Backup en aanpassingen binnen Active Directory, Hyper-V en Active Directory Federation Services (ADFS). Het is geen productupgradecursus die ingaat op het migreren en het upgraden van uw bestaande omgeving naar Windows Server In plaats daarvan krijgt u in deze cursus een update over Windows Server Deze cursus is bedoeld voor ITprofessionals die al ruime ervaring hebben met het beheer van Windows Server 2008 of Windows Server 2008 R2 Server, die dagelijks implementatie-, beheer- en administratietaken uitvoeren en die hun kennis en vaardigheden willen updaten naar Windows Server Deze cursus kan ook interessant zijn voor studenten die beschikken over het diploma MCSA: Windows Server 2008 en dit willen update naar het diploma MCSA: Windows Server 2012 via het examen : upgrade van uw kwaliteiten naar MCSA Windows Server Knowledge equivalent to the MCSA: Windows Server 2008 credential (former MCITPSA or MCITPEA certification) This course is also preparation material, and maps directly to, the Exam : Upgrading Your Skills to MCSA Windows Server Microsoft Trainingen Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 143

144 Configuring Windows 8.1 M20687 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.295,- Supporting Windows 8.1 M20688 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.345,- Microsoft Trainingen In deze cursus doen deelnemers praktijkervaring op met Windows 8. De cursus biedt instructies voor het installeren, upgraden en licenseren van Windows 8. Deelnemers leren om opslag te beheren via het aanmaken van eenvoudige, gevlekte en gestreepte volumes en om de prestaties van het bestandssysteem te optimaliseren. Daarnaast leren ze om de beschikbare schijfruimte te beheren door het gebruik van quota. De deelnemers leren ook werken met Windows-hulpmiddelen en -diensten voor de herkenning van prestatie- en betrouwbaarheidsproblemen en voor het oplossen hiervan. De cursus behandelt het configureren van netwerken met IPv4 en IPv6, verbindingen met draadloze netwerken en het gebruik van de netwerkfuncties in Windows 8 voor de oplossing van netwerkproblemen,. Deelnemers leren ook preventieve maatregelen te nemen die samenwerken om computers te beschermen tegen beveiligingsrisico s. De cursus gaat vervolgens in op de functies rondom bestands- en mappenbeheer, zoals bestandspermissies, de compressie van bestanden en mappen en de configuratie van gedeelde mappen. Deelnemers leren ook om printers te installeren en te beheren. Daarnaast krijgen ze een overzicht van de SkyDrive-functionaliteit en van de procedures voor het installeren en configureren van applicaties, waaronder die uit de Windows Store. De cursus gaat ook in op de basis van het werken met virtuele machines via de Client Hyper-V-omgeving in Windows 8. Deelnemers doen kennis op over functies als Virtual Private Networks (VPN s) en DirectAccess, waarmee mobiele gebruikers toegang hebben tot interne systeembronnen wanneer zij niet op kantoor zijn. Tijdens de cursus zullen deelnemers gebruik maken van Windows PowerShell 3.0 en van de bijbehorende grafische gebruikersomgeving (GUI) voor de configuratie en het beheer van het systeem. Deelnemers zullen ook gebruik maken van de scripting-editor voor het aanmaken en testen van PowerShell-scripts voor het beheer van het systeem. Deze cursus is bedoeld voor IT-professionals die ondersteuning bieden of de configuratie verzorgen voor Windows 8-computers, -apparaten en -gebruikers en van de bijbehorende netwerken en beveiliging. De netwerken waarmee deze professionals doorgaans werken zijn opgezet als omgeving op basis van een enkel domein of op peer-to-peer-basis, met toegang tot internet en cloud-diensten. De ITprofessional kan adviseur zijn, fulltime technisch ondersteunend medewerker voor desktops of een IT-generalist die het beheer van Windows 8-computers en -apparaten uitvoert als onderdeel van bredere technische verantwoordelijkheden. De cursus is ook geschikt voor studenten die hun certificaat willen behalen in het examen Windows 8-configuratie. In addition to their professional experience, students who attend this training should already have the following technical knowledge: Networking fundamentals, including Transmission Control Protocol /Internet Protocol (TCP/IP), User Datagram Protocol (UDP), and Domain Name System (DNS) Microsoft Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS) principles and fundamentals of AD DS management Understanding of the Public Key Infrastructure (PKI) components and working knowledge of the fundamentals of Active Directory Certificate Services (AD CS) Microsoft Windows Server 2008 or Windows Server 2008 R2 fundamentals Microsoft Windows Client fundamentals; for example, working knowledge of Windows XP, Windows Vista, and/or Windows 7 Fundamentals of management and experience using the Microsoft Office 2010 system or the Microsoft Office 2007 system Windows Automated Installation Kit (WAIK) components including Windows PE, Windows SIM, VAMT, ImageX, USMT, and DISM concepts and fundamentals This course helps you prepare for exam Deze 5-daagse cursus helpt deelnemers de kennis en vaardigheden te ontwikkelen die nodig zijn om een.windows 8.1 enterprise omgeving te kunnen ondersteunen. Deze cursus is bedoeld voor de Enterprise Device Support Technician die 2e lijns ondersteuning moet kunnen leveren aan gebruikers die Windows desktops en andere devices gebruiken in een Windows domain omgeving.. M20687 Configuring Windows 8 This course helps you to prepare for exam Windows Operating System Fundamentals M40349 Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.245,- This three-day MTA Training course helps you prepare for Microsoft Technology Associate Exam and build an understanding of these topics: Operating System Configurations, Installing and Upgrading Client Systems, Managing Applications, Managing Files and Folders, Managing Devices, and Operating System Maintenance. There are no prerequisites voor this course This course helps to prepare for MTA Exam Upgrading your skills to MCSA Windows 8.1 M20689 Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.445,- Deze driedaagse cursus is vooral bedoeld voor IT-professionals die hun technische vaardigheden willen upgraden van Windows 7 naar Windows 8. De cursus is gericht op de nieuwe functies en functionaliteiten in Windows 8 en op gerelateerde hulpmiddelen en cloud-diensten die betrekking hebben op installatie, activatie, upgrades en migratie, lokaal beheer en beheer op afstand, bijvoorbeeld via Group Policy, Windows Intune en Windows PowerShell, applicatiesystemen en -compatibiliteit, Internet Explorer, toegang op afstand, clientconfiguratie via VPN en DirectAccess, opslag en beveiliging, probleemoplossing en systeemherstel, Client Hyper-V en online-diensten. Deze cursus dient ook ter voorbereiding op examen : uw vaardigheden upgraden naar MCSA Windows 8. Deze cursus is in eerste instantie bedoeld voor IT-professionals die ruime ervaring hebben met het beheer van Windows 7 of die technische ondersteuning bieden en hun vaardigheden willen updaten naar Windows 8 en de bijbehorende beheerhulpmiddelen en clouddiensten. Een tweede doelgroep voor deze cursus bestaat uit personen die al beschikken over het certificaat Microsoft Certified IT Professional (MCITP) voor Windows 7 en die hun huidige diploma willen uitbreiden naar het Microsoft Certified Solutions Associate (MCSA) voor Windows 8. Technical knowledge and skillsof Windows 7 on the level of MCSA Windows 7. This course helps you prepare for exam The Microsoft Technology Associate (MTA) is Microsoft s newest suite of technology certification exams that validate fundamental knowledge needed to begin building a career using Microsoft technologies. This program provides an appropriate entry point to a future career in technology and assumes some handson experience or training but does not assume on-the-job experience. 144 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

145 Windows Server Administration Fundamentals Installing & Configuring Windows 7 Client Servers & Applications M40365 Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.245,- This three-day MTA Training course helps you prepare for Microsoft Technology Associate Exam , and build an understanding of these topics: Server Installation, Server Roles, Active Directory, Storage, Server Performance Management, and Server Maintenance. The Microsoft Technology Associate (MTA) is Microsoft s newest suite of technology certification exams that validate fundamental knowledge needed to begin building a career using Microsoft technologies. This program provides an appropriate entry point to a future career in technology and assumes some handson experience or training but does not assume on-the-job experience. There are no prerequisites for this course. This course helps to prepare for exam MTA Windows 7 Enterprise Desktop Support Technician M6293 Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.445,- This three-day instructor-led course will teach IT Professionals, experienced with Microsoft Windows XP and Windows Vista in a Tier 2 support environment, how to support the operating system and solve technical troubleshooting problems in a Windows 7 and Windows Server 2008 R2 networking environment. This course also directly supports the EDST exam. The primary audience for this course is the Enterprise Desktop Support Technician (EDST) providing Tier 2 support. The secondary audience for this course is the Desktop Support Technician (DST) in an Upper MORG Organization. Please attend M6292 Installing & Configuring Windows 7 Client before you attend M6293. Exam Enterprise Desktop Support Technician. M6292 Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.445,- Deze drie-daagse klassikale cursus is bedoeld voor IT-professionals die geïnteresseerd zijn in het uitbreiden van hun kennis en technische vaardigheden t.a.v. Windows 7 Client. In deze cursus leren cursisten het installeren en upgraden van, en migreren naar, Windows 7-client. Cursisten configureren vervolgens Windows 7-client voor netwerkconnectiviteit, beveiliging, onderhoud en mobile computing. IT Professionals die geinteresseerd zijn in het installeren, configureren en beheren van Windows 7. Security Security Fundamentals This three-day MTA Training course helps you prepare for Microsoft Technology Associate Exam , and build an understanding of these topics: Security Layers, Operating System Security, Network Security, Security Software. The Microsoft Technology Associate (MTA) is Microsoft s newest suite of technology certification exams that validate fundamental knowledge needed to begin building a career using Microsoft technologies. This program provides an appropriate entry point to a future career in technology and assumes some handson experience or training but does not assume on-the-job experience. Ervaring met installeren van PCs en randapparatuur. Basis begrip van TCP/IP en netwerk concepten. Basis Windows en Active Directory kennis. Kunnen koppelen van netwerk shared folders. Ervaring in het werken met de command prompt. Exam MCTS: Windows 7 Configuration M40367 Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.245,- There are no prerequisites for this course. This course helps to prepare for MTA Exam Automating Administration with Windows PowerShell v3.0 M10961 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.345,- Learn how with Windows PowerShell 3.0, you can remotely manage single or multiple Windows-based servers and automate day-to-day management and administration tasks. This five day course provides students with the fundamental knowledge and skills to use Windows PowerShell 3.0 for administering and automating administration of Windows based servers. It focuses on primary Windows PowerShell command-line features and techniques, and will provide prerequisite skills supporting many different Microsoft products. This includes Windows Server, Windows Client, Exchange Server, SharePoint Server, SQL Server, System Center, and more. In keeping with that goal, this course will not focus on any one of those products, although Windows Server (which is the common platform for all of those) will serve as the example for the techniques being taught. This course is intended for IT Professionals already experienced in general Windows Server and Windows Client administration or already experienced in administering and supporting Application servers and services including applications like Exchange, SharePoint, and SQL. It is broadly intended for students who want to use Windows PowerShell to automate administrative tasks from the command line, using any Microsoft or independent software vendor (ISV) product that supports Windows PowerShell manageability. Before attending this course, students must have: Previous Windows Server and Windows Client management knowledge and hands on experience. Experience installing and configuring Windows Server into existing enterprise environments, or as standalone installations. Knowledge and experience of network adapter configuration, basic Active Directory user administration, and basic disk configuration. Knowledge and hands on experience specifically with Windows Server 2012 and Windows 8 would be of benefit but is not essential. Microsoft Trainingen Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 145

146 Microsoft Trainingen Fundamentals of a Windows Server Infrastructure M10967 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.345,- Learn about the Fundamental building blocks that go into building a Windows Server infrastructure with Windows Server 2012.This five day course covers the basic skills and knowledge that are required in order to build a Windows Server Infrastructure. It covers networking architecture and topologies, security considerations and best practices as well as basic Windows Server administration skills and technologies such as Windows Server 2012 Installation, configuration, maintenance and performance. Within that it will also cover specific areas such as Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS), Domain Name Services (DNS), Storage and many others.this course is designed to provide foundational level knowledge needed to prepare students to start a career or cross train in Microsoft Windows Server technologies. Candidates for this course are people who are starting out their career or looking to change careers into Windows Server Technologies and need the fundamental knowledge to help them achieve that. It would be of interest to home computer users, small business owners, academic students, information workers, developers, technical managers, help desk technicians or students who are looking to cross train from an alternative technology.this course is needed as a first step in preparing for a job in IT or as prerequisite training before beginning the Microsoft Certified System Administrator (MCSA) training and certification path. In addition to their professional experience, before attending this course, students must have: A good fundamental knowledge of general computing concepts. Knowledge equivalent to the MTA exam : Windows Operating System Fundamentals There is currently no exam associate to this course. Administering the Web Server (IIS) Role of Windows Server M10972 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.345,- This course provides students with the fundamental knowledge and skills to configure and manage Internet Information Services. This course is intended to help provide pre-requisite skills supporting a broad range of Internet web applications, security, and knowledge to help support other products that use IIS such as Exchange and SharePoint. In keeping with that goal, this course will not focus on any particular web application or development practice. Implementing Data Models and Reports with Microsoft SQL Server M20466 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.345,- The focus of this five-day instructor-led course is on creating managed enterprise BI solutions. It describes how to implement multidimensional and tabular data models, deliver reports with Microsoft SQL Server Reporting Services, create dashboards with Microsoft SharePoint Server PerformancePoint Services, and discover business insights by using data mining. This course is intended for database professionals who need to fulfill a Business Intelligence Developer role to create analysis and reporting solutions. Primary responsibilities include: Implementing analytical data models, such as OLAP cubes. Implementing reports, and managing report delivery. Creating business performance dashboards. Supporting data mining and predictive analysis. This course requires that you meet the following prerequisites: At least 2 years experience of working with relational databases, including: This course is intended for IT Professionals already experienced in general Windows Server and Windows Client administration. No prior experience with any version of Internet Information Services is assumed. Designing a normalized database. Creating tables and relationships. Querying with Transact-SQL. Some basic knowledge of data warehouse schema topology (including star and snowflake schemas). Some exposure to basic programming constructs (such as looping and branching). An awareness of key business priorities such as revenue, profitability, and financial accounting is desirable. You can match these prerequisites by attending the courses needed for MCSA SQL Server. M20461, Querying Microsoft SQL Server M20462, Administering a Microsoft SQL Server Databases M20463, Implementing a Data Warehouse with Microsoft SQL Server This course helps you prepare for exam M20410 Installing and Configuring Windows Server 2012 Introduction to Office 365 M40041 Cursusduur: 1 dag Prijs: 495,- This Microsoft clinic provides an introduction to Office 365. It focuses on the business considerations and economics of Office 365 and Windows Azure. This clinic highlights the features and functionality of Microsoft s cloud offerings. It uses a case study approach to illustrate various Office 365 deployment scenarios. This course is intended for business decision makers who are contemplating implementation of Office 365 and/ or Windows Azure in their business environment. Before attending this course, students must have: A general concept of cloud computing. A basic understanding of how software has traditionally been deployed. IT Service Management with System Center Service Manager M10965 Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 1.995,- This four day course will provide students with the key knowledge required to deploy and configure System Center 2012 SP1 Service Manager. This course is intended for cloud and datacenter administrators who are new to System Center 2012 SP1 Service Manager and are responsible for deploying, configuring and operating it in their cloud or datacenter. This course is also intended for Cloud and datacenter administrators who are already familiar with Service Manager and want to upgrade their skills to include the new features found in System Center 2012 SP1 Service Manager. Before attending this course, students must have: Working knowledge of Windows Server 2008 R2 and Windows Server Working knowledge of SQL Server 2008 R2 and SQL Server ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

147 Software Development Programming Fundamentals of Web Applications M10958 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.345,- This five-day instructor-led course provides the knowledge and skills to develop web applications by using Microsoft Visual Studio and WebMatrix 2. The course introduces the Microsoft web stack and shows how to use WebMatrix 2 to develop web applications. The course will help students understand how start with basic web development concepts, and how to use existing applications from the Application Gallery. The course will describe basic web development, including CSS, plug-ins, scripting, basic data access, and application hosting. The course will also describe how to use Windows Azure for application hosting, and how to move beyond WebMatrix 2 into Visual Studio. This course is intended for web developers who are beginners and have some knowledge of HTML. These web developers create sites for a range of different customer and companies, often by observing and re-purposing existing HTML pages, styles, and scripts. They work primarily with static webpages and in-line formatting. They do not often work in a team and use an ISV to host most of their customers sites. Typically, these web developers: Create a website for a small company or voluntary organization. Add multiple static webpages to a website. Before attending this course, students must have: Knowledge of HTML or DHTML, including: Tables Images Forms Programming experience including the following concepts: Declaring variables Using loops Using conditional statements Essentials of Developing Windows Store Apps Using HTML5 and JavaScript M20481 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.295,- In this course students will learn essential programming skills and techniques that are required to develop Windows Store apps. This includes a combination of both design and development skills, as well as ensuring that students are comfortable using and making the most of the Visual Studio and Expression Blend tools. This course is intended for professional developers who have 1 or more years of experience in creating applications. M20480 Programming in HTML5 with JavaScript and CSS3 This course helps you prepare for exam Advanced Windows Store App Development Using HTML5 and JavaScript M20482 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.295,- In this course the students will learn the more advanced programming skills and techniques that they can use to optimize their Windows Store app and differentiate their app from other apps in the Windows Store. These advanced skills and techniques include a combination of both design and development skills. The students will also learn about supporting the apps that they have published to the Windows Store. This course is intended for professional developers who have 1 or more years of experience creating applications for a production environment. This course helps you prepare for exam Introduction to programming M10975 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.345,- In this 5-day course, students will learn the basics of computer programming through the use of Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 and either the Visual C# or Visual Basic programming languages. The course assumes no prior programming experience and introduces the concepts needed to progress to the intermediate courses on programming, such as M20483: Programming in C#.The focus will be on core programming concepts such as computer storage, data types, decision structures, and repetition by using loops. The course also covers an introduction to object-oriented programming covering classes, encapsulation, inheritance, and polymorphism. Coverage is also included around exception handling, application security, performance, and memory management. This course is intended for anyone who is new to software development and wants, or needs, to gain an understanding of programming fundamentals and objectoriented programming concepts. They will typically be career changers, with no prior programming experience. They might want to gain an understanding of the core programming fundamentals before moving on to more advanced courses such as M20483: Programming in C#. Ability to use computers to start programs, open and save files, navigate application menus and interfaces Ability to understand logical concepts such as comparisons Understand number theory Ability to create, understand, and follow structured directions or step-bystep procedures Ability to understand and apply abstract concepts to concrete examples Microsoft Trainingen Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 147

148 Microsoft Trainingen Programming in HTML5 with JavaScript and CSS3 M20480 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.295,- This course provides an introduction to HTML5, CSS3, and JavaScript. This course helps students gain basic HTML5/CSS3/ JavaScript programming skills and is an entry point into both the Web application and Windows Store apps training paths. The course focuses on using HTML5/CSS3/ JavaScript to implement programming logic, define and use variables, perform looping and branching, develop user interfaces, capture and validate user input, store data, and create well-structured applications. The lab scenarios in this course are selected to support and demonstrate the structure of various application scenarios. They are intended to focus on the principals and coding components/structures that are used to establish an HTML5 software application. The course is intended for developers who have at least six months of professional experience and who are interested in developing applications using HTML5 with JavaScript and CSS3 (either Windows Store apps or IE10 apps for the Web). While the students may have little or no HTML5 coding experience, they should have some experience with HTML4. Students choosing to attend this course without a developer background should pay special attention to the training prerequisites. Developers who have more than 5 years programming experience may find that portions of this training are fundamental in nature when presenting the syntax associated with certain programming tasks. In addition to their professional experience, students who attend this training should have a combination of practical and conceptual knowledge related to HTML5 programming. This includes the following prerequisites: Understand the basic HTML document structure: Use HTML tags to display text content. Use HTML tags to display graphics. Use HTML APIs. Understand how to style common HTML elements using CSS, including: Separating presentation from content. Managing content flow. Managing positioning of individual elements. Managing content overflow. Basic CSS styling. This course helps you prepare for exam Programming in C# M20483 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.295,- This training course teaches developers the programming skills that are required for developers to create Windows applications using the C# language. During their five days in the classroom students review the basics of C# program structure, language syntax, and implementation details, and then consolidate their knowledge throughout the week as they build an application that incorporates several features of the.net Framework 4.5. The course introduces many of the techniques and technologies employed by modern desktop and enterprise applications, including: Building new data types. Handling events. Programming the user interface. Accessing a database. Using remote data. Performing operations asynchronously. Integrating with unmanaged code. Creating custom attributes. Encrypting and decrypting data. This course is designed for professional developers with at least one month of experience programming in an objectoriented environment. Developersattending this courseshould already have gained some limited experience using C# to complete basic programming tasks. More specifically, students should have hands-on experience using C# that demonstrates their understanding of the following: How to name, declare, initialize and assign values to variables within an application. How to use: arithmetic operators to perform arithmetic calculations involving one or more variables; relational operators to test the relationship between two variables or expressions; logical operators to combine expressions that contain relational operators. How to create the code syntax for simple programming statements using C# language keywords and recognize syntax errors using the Visual Studio IDE. How to create a simple branching structure using an IF statement. How to create a simple looping structure using a For statement to iterate through a data array. How to use the Visual Studio IDE to locate simple logic errors. How to create a Function that accepts arguments (parameters and returns a value of a specified type. How to design and build a simple user interface using standard controls from the Visual Studio toolbox. How to connect to a SQL Server database and the basics of how to retrieve and store data. How to sort data in a loop. How to recognize the classes and methods used in a program. This course helps you prepare for exam Essentials of Developing Windows Store Apps Using C# M20484 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.295,- In this course students will learn essential programming skills and techniques that are required to develop Windows Store apps. This includes a combination of both design and development skills, as well as ensuring that students are comfortable using and making the most of the Visual Studio and Expression Blend tools. This course is intended for professional developers who have 1-2 years of experience creating client applications and who are comfortable programming in C# and have done some XAML-based programming. 1 or more years of experience creating applications. 1 3 months experience creating Windows client applications. 1 3 months experience using Visual Studio 2010 or This course helps to prepare for exam Developing ASP.NET MVC 4 Web Applications M20486 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.295,- In this course, students will learn to develop advanced ASP.NET MVC applications using.net Framework 4.5 tools and technologies. The focus will be on coding activities that enhance the performance and scalability of the Web site application. ASP.NET MVC will be introduced and compared with Web Forms so that students know when each should/ could be used. This course is intended for professional web developers who use Microsoft Visual Studio in an individual-based or teambased, small-sized to large development environment. Candidates for this course are interested in developing advanced web applications and want to manage the rendered HTML comprehensively. They want to create websites that separate the user interface, data access, and application logic. A minimum of two to three years of experience developing web-based applications by using Microsoft Visual Studio and Microsoft ASP.NET, proficiency in using the.net Framework, and some familiarity with the C# language. This course will also prepare the student for exam ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

149 Advanced Windows Store App Development Using C# M20485 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.295,- Developing Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 Core Solutions M20488 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.345,- Developing Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 Advanced Solutions M20489 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.345,- In this course the students will learn the more advanced programming skills and techniques that they can use to optimize their Windows Store app and differentiate their app from other apps in the Windows Store. These advanced skills and techniques include a combination of both design and development skills. The students will also learn about supporting the apps that they have published to the Windows Store. This course is intended for professional developers who have 1 or more years of experience creating applications for a production environment and who are comfortable programming in C# and XAML to create Windows 8 apps. Some experience programming in HTML5 Some experience using Visual Studio 2012 Some experience working on Windows 8 apps This course helps you prepare for exam Developing Windows Azure and Web Services M20487 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.295,- In this course, students learn core skills that are common to almost all SharePoint development activities. These include working with the server-side and client-side object models, developing and deploying features, solutions, and apps, managing identity and permissions, querying and updating list data, managing taxonomy, using workflow to manage business processes, and customizing the user interface. The course is intended for professional developers who develop solutions for SharePoint products and technologies in a team-based, medium-sized to large development environment. While some familiarity with SharePoint solution development is required, candidates are not expected to have prior experience with the new features in SharePoint Server A working knowledge of using Visual Studio 2010 or Visual Studio 2012 to develop solutions. A basic working knowledge of SharePoint solution development, either in SharePoint 2013 or in earlier versions of SharePoint. A working knowledge of Visual C# and the.net Framework 4.5. A basic understanding of ASP.NET and server-side web development technologies, including request/ response and the page lifecycle. A basic understanding of AJAX and asynchronous programming techniques. A basic working knowledge of clientside web technologies including HTML, CSS, and JavaScript. Familiarity with approaches to authentication and authorization, including claims-based authentication. This course helps you prepare for exam This course provides SharePoint developers the information needed to implement SharePoint solutions using Enterprise Search, Managed Metadata Service (MMS), Business Connectivity Services (BCS), Enterprise Content Management (ECM), Web Content Management (WCM), Social Computing features and SharePoint Apps. The course is intended for professional developers who develop solutions for SharePoint products and technologies in a team-based, medium-sized to large development environment. The course is ideally suited to SharePoint developers who have gained some experience with SharePoint 2013 and who are looking to build on their existing skills. Completed course M20488 Developing Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 Core Solutions (or equivalent knowledge). A working knowledge of using Visual Studio 2010 or Visual Studio 2012 to develop solutions. A working knowledge of Visual C# and the.net Framework 4.5. A basic understanding of ASP.NET and server-side web development technologies, including request/ response and the page lifecycle. A basic working knowledge of clientside web technologies including HTML, CSS, and JavaScript. This course helps you prepare for exam Microsoft Trainingen In this course, students will learn how to design and develop services that access local and remote data from various data sources. Students will also learn how to develop and deploy services to hybrid environments, including on-premises servers and Windows Azure. This course is intended for both novice and experienced.net developers who have a minimum of six months programming experience, and want to learn how to develop services and deploy them to hybrid environments. Experience with C# programming, and concepts such as Lambda expressions, LINQ, and anonymous types. Understanding the concepts of n-tier applications. Experience with querying and manipulating data with ADO.NET. Knowledge of XML data structures This course helps you prepare for exam Software Development Fundamentals M40361 Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.245,- This three-day MTA Training course helps you prepare for Microsoft Technology Associate Exam , and build an understanding of these topics: Core Programming, Object-Oriented Programming, General Software Development, Web Applications, Desktop Applications, and Databases. The Microsoft Technology Associate (MTA) is Microsoft s newest suite of technology certification exams that validate fundamental knowledge needed to begin building a career using Microsoft technologies. This program provides an appropriate entry point to a future career in technology and assumes some handson experience or training but does not assume on-the-job experience. There are no prerequisites voor this course This course helps to prepare for MTA Exam Windows Development Fundamentals M40362 Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.245,- This three-day MTA Training course helps you prepare for Microsoft Technology Associate Exam , and build an understanding of these topics: Windows Programming Basics, Creating Windows Forms Applications, Creating Windows Services Applications, Accessing Data in a Windows Forms Application, and Deploying a Windows Application. The Microsoft Technology Associate (MTA) is Microsoft s newest suite of technology certification exams that validate fundamental knowledge needed to begin building a career using Microsoft technologies. This program provides an appropriate entry point to a future career in technology and assumes some handson experience or training but does not assume on-the-job experience. There are no prerequisites voor this course This course helps to prepare for MTA Exam Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 149

150 Web Development Fundamentals M40363 Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.245,- Mobile Development Fundamentals M40373 Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.245,- Microsoft Trainingen This three-day MTA Training course helps you prepare for Microsoft Technology Associate Exam , and build an understanding of these topics: Programming Web Applications, Working with Data and Services, Troubleshooting and Debugging Web Applications, Working with Client-Side Scripting, and Configuring and Deploying Web Applications. The Microsoft Technology Associate (MTA) is Microsoft s newest suite of technology certification exams that validate fundamental knowledge needed to begin building a career using Microsoft technologies. This program provides an appropriate entry point to a future career in technology and assumes some hands-on experience or training but does not assume on-the-job experience. There are no prerequisites for this course. This course helps to prepare for exam This three-day MTA Training course helps you prepare for Microsoft Technology Associate Exam , and build an understanding of these topics: Work with Physical Devices, Use Data with Mobile Services, Use a Mobile Application Development Environment, Develop Mobile Applications. The Microsoft Technology Associate (MTA) is Microsoft s newest suite of technology certification exams that validate fundamental knowledge needed to begin building a career using Microsoft technologies. This program provides an appropriate entry point to a future career in technology and assumes some handson experience or training but does not assume on-the-job experience. There are no prerequisites for this course. This course helps to prepare for MTA exam Microsoft.NET Fundamentals M40372 Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.245,- This three-day MTA Training course helps you prepare for Microsoft Technology Associate Exam , and build an understanding of these topics:.net Framework Concepts, Namespaces and Classes in the.net Framework,.NET Code Compilation, I/O Classes in the.net Framework, Security,.NET Languages, and Memory Management. There are no prerequisites for this course. This course helps to prepare for MTA exam The Microsoft Technology Associate (MTA) is Microsoft s newest suite of technology certification exams that validate fundamental knowledge needed to begin building a career using Microsoft technologies. This program provides an appropriate entry point to a future career in technology and assumes some handson experience or training but does not assume on-the-job experience. 150 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

151 Software Testing Virtualization Software Testing with Visual Studio 2013 M20497 Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.195,- In this course, Developers and Testers will learn to use the tools in Visual Studio 2013 Ultimate to complete software testing requirements. Students will learn how to plan test efforts, execute manual and automated tests, and some techniques to manage work items and the test process workflow. This course is intended for professional software testers and developers who have one or more years of experience working on a software development team. They manage the process of running tests, creating and monitoring bugs, and managing and mitigating issues that a software organization has in controlling test coverage for project requirements. The qualified candidate typically has a strong understanding of the software testing role and modern testing practices, and the ability to implement testing practices by using Microsoft technologies. 1 or more years of experience working as a tester on a software development team 1 or more years of experience reading or writing software requirements 1 or more years of experience using Microsoft Test Manager 2012 or 2013 This course will also prepare students for exam Implementing Enterprise Desktop Virtualization with Microsoft APP-V GKAPPV Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 1.845,- This four-day instructor-led course Focused only on App Virtualization. We do not cover the other MDOP components. This allows much more time for deep-dives and hands on Sequencing. IT Professionals focusing on desktop configuration, which can include Network Administrators, SMS/SCCM Administrators, Field Consultants, Technical Business Consultants and any other technical worker responsible for tasks that can be automated or improved. Before attending this course, students must have: Active Directory knowledge and concepts including Group Policy. Windows Server knowledge and experience. Fundamental knowledge of SQL Server. Fundamental knowledge of Windows Terminal Services. Fundamental knowledge of System Center Configuration Manager. Experience managing Windows desktops in an Enterprise environment. HTML5 Application Development Fundamentals Microsoft Trainingen Gaming Development Fundamentals M40374 Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.245,- This three-day MTA Training course helps you prepare for Microsoft Technology Associate Exam , and build an understanding of these topics: Game Design, Hardware, Graphics, and Animation. This course leverages the same content as found in the Microsoft Official Academic Course (MOAC) for this exam. The Microsoft Technology Associate (MTA) is Microsoft s newest suite of technology certification exams that validate fundamental knowledge needed to begin building a career using Microsoft technologies. This program provides an appropriate entry point to a future career in technology and assumes some handson experience or training but does not assume on-the-job experience. No specific knowledge is required. This course helps to prepare for exam M40375 Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.245,- This three-day MTA Training course helps you prepare for Microsoft Technology Associate Exam , and build an understanding of these topics: Manage the Application Life Cycle, Build the User Interface by Using HTML5, Format the User Interface by Using CSS, Code by Using JavaScript. The Microsoft Technology Associate (MTA) is Microsoft s newest suite of technology certification exams that validate fundamental knowledge needed to begin building a career using Microsoft technologies. This program provides an appropriate entry point to a future career in technology and assumes some handson experience or training but does not assume on-the-job experience. There are no prerequisites for this course. This course helps to prepare for MTA exam Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 151

152 Microsoft Trainingen Server Virtualization with Windows Server Hyper-V and System Center M20409 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.345,- In deze vijfdaagse officiële Microsoftcursus krijgt u praktijkinstructies en doet u praktijkervaring op met het implementeren van Microsoft Server Virtualization met Windows Server 2012 R2 Hyper-V en System Center 2012 R2 Virtual Machine Manager. U doet vaardigheden op die u nodig heeft voor het implementeren en beheren van een Microsoft Server Virtualizationinfrastructuur in een bedrijfsomgeving. U leert hoe u Windows Server 2012 R2 Hyper-V en System Center 2012 R2 Virtual Machine Manager configureert, beheert en onderhoudt, inclusief netwerk- en opslagdiensten. U leert ook hoe u belangrijke functies binnen Microsoft Server Virtualization configureert, zoals Generation 2 Virtual Machines, Replication Extension, Online Export, Cross-Version Live Migration, Online VHDX Resizing, Live Migration Performance-tuning, Dynamic Virtual Switch Load Balancing en virtuele Receive Side Scaling (vrss). Als onderdeel van de cursus voert u praktijkoefeningen uit in een virtuele labomgeving. LET OP: deze cursus is gebaseerd op Windows Server 2012 R2 Preview en System Center 2012 R2 Preview. Deze cursus is bedoeld voor ervaren IT-professionals die ondersteuning bieden aan middelgrote tot grote bedrijven en ervaring hebben met het beheer van Windows Server Deze cursus is bedoeld voor ITprofessionals die verantwoordelijk zijn voor het ontwerpen, implementeren, beheren en onderhouden van een virtualisatie-infrastructuur of die geïnteresseerd zijn in de huidige virtualisatietechnieken van Microsoft. Een tweede doelgroep voor deze cursus bestaat uit IT-beleidsmakers die moeten bepalen welk virtualisatieproduct moet worden geïmplementeerd in hun datacenters. An understanding of TCP/IP and networking concepts An understanding of different storage technologies and concepts The ability to work in a team/virtual team An understanding of Windows PowerShell This course provides the hands-on training that can help you prepare for the Microsoft Specialist exam : Server Virtualization with Windows Server Hyper-V and System Center. Virtualizing Enterprise Desktops and Apps M20694 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.345,- This five-day, hands-on training course is designed to teach you the breadth of Microsoft virtual desktop technology, and the course will compare and contrast the various technologies with use cases and best practices. This course builds your skills in Microsoft Application Virtualization (App-V) Service Pack 2 (SP2), Microsoft User Experience Virtualization (UE-V), and Virtual Desktop Infrastructure (VDI) as part of Windows Server 2012 R2. Throughout this course, you will learn how to manage, monitor, support, and troubleshoot various Windows-based desktop virtualization solutions. This course is intended for the IT administrators, and implementers, of large and midsized organizations who want to understand and get hands on experience with the latest Microsoft desktop and application virtualization technologies and how to plan, implement, and manage virtual infrastructure solutions based on these technologies. Before attending this course, students must have a system administrator level working knowledge of: Networking fundamentals, including Transmission Control Protocol /Internet Protocol (TCP/IP), User Datagram Protocol (UDP), and Domain Name System (DNS). Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS) principles and fundamentals of AD DS management. Installation, configuration, and troubleshooting for Windows-based personal computers. Basic understanding of scripting and Windows PowerShell syntax. Desired: Basic understanding of Windows Server roles and services. Configuring and Administering Hyper-V in Windows Server 2012 M55021 Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.445,- This three-day instructor-led course provides students with the knowledge and skills to configure and administer Hyper-V in Windows Server Students will learn the history of Virtualization as it pertains to Microsoft technologies. Students will learn the new features of Hyper-V in Windows Server After completing this course students will be able to install, configure, and administer Hyper-V in Windows Server Students will also be able to describe the High Availability features built into Hyper-V in Windows Server This course is intended for Network Administrators who are responsible for virtualization in their environment specifically Hyper-V. Voice Before attending this course, students must have: Deep understanding of Virtualization technologies Prior experience with Hyper-V or other virtualization technologies Previous storage configuration experience Previous networking configuration experience LYNC End User Adoption Training End-user readiness is a key component of a successful Lync rollout. Users who have a clear understanding of how they should use Lync as well as why they should use it, will be more confident in integrating Lync in their day-to-day job. This one-day course is designed to provide users the knowledge and skills to use Lync in their daily job. The instructor-led course will combine theory and demos with hands-on lab activities in order to gain a working knowledge of Lync.This course is the course you need to support the Lync adoption process. LYNC-EU Cursusduur: 1 dag Prijs: 545,- End users who are going to use Lync or want to improve their Lync communication skills. Be a good listener Writing skills Customer oriented (your colleagues are customers as well) Being helpfull 152 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

153 Lync Network Readiness Assessment M20335 Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.645,- This is a 3-day instructor Led Training (ILT) Course that targets the needs of professionals with data networking experience who take part in the planning, design, and deployment of the Lync Unified Communications solution in the enterprise. This course focuses on four key areas: 1) implementation methodology, including defining methodology phases, identifying phase deliverables, and preparing for traffic simulation; 2) analyzing the network environment, including review of WAN topology, Wi-Fi infrastructure, Quality of Server approaches, and media flow scenarios, analyzing the network for optimal performance, and monitoring and managing networks; 3) performing usage modeling, including modeling RTC traffic media flows and Lync traffic per location, calculating traffic volume by using the Lync bandwidth calculator, and analyzing how predicted traffic impacts a network; and 4) analyzing customer data and measurements, including policies collected from the Discovery phase and historical data usage, planning simulation traffic, analyzing results from traffic simulation, and formulating recommendations. This course targets the needs of network analysts, networking engineers and system integrators who plan, design, and deploy unified communications (UC) solutions using Lync Server 2013 in the enterprise. Students should have strong knowledge of data networking, an industry or vendor qualification (CompTIA Network+ or similar), and be able to translate business requirements into technical and networking requirements for a UC solution. Students should be familiar with Network Readiness Assessment methodology and related tools, such as the Lync bandwidth calculator M20336 Core Solutions of Microsoft Lync Server 2013 and M20337 Enterprise Voice and Online Services with Microsoft Lync Server 2013 This course prepares you for exam Core Solutions of Microsoft Lync Server 2013 M20336 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.345,- In deze cursus onder leiding van een docent leren IT-professionals een Microsoft Lync Server 2013-systeem in te plannen, te ontwerpen, te implementeren, te configureren en te beheren. De cursus legt de nadruk op de Unified Communicationsfuncties van Lync Server 2013 voor bedrijven, met speciale aandacht voor het installeren naast, en migreren vanuit, eerdere communicatie omgevingen. In de labs in deze cursus wordt een systeem opgezet dat bestaat uit instant messaging en presence, conferentiesoftware en voicesystemen voor bedrijven. Deze cursus is bedoeld voor IT-adviseurs en professionals binnen de telecomconsulting die systemen voor unified communications (UC) ontwerpen, plannen, implementeren en onderhouden. Cursisten moeten in staat zijn om bedrijfseisen om te zetten in een technische architectuur en een technisch ontwerp voor een UC-systeem. Daarnaast kunnen Business Application Administrators (BAA s) die samen met interne gebruikers binnen het bedrijf betrokken zijn bij line-of-businessprojecten (LOB) profiteren van inzichten in het beheer van Lync Server Experience managing software in a Windows 2008 R2 enterprise server or Windows Server 2012 environment Experience managing an application remotely using Windows PowerShell 2.0 or Powershell 3.0 An introduction to Active Directory Domain Services This course helps the student prepare for Exam Lync 2013 Depth Support Engineer Course M55070 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.395,- This five-day instructor-led class takes support engineers beyond design and deployment to troubleshooting Microsoft Lync Server You will review Lync Server architecture from the perspective of a Depth Support Engineer in order to support customers with Lync Server service issues. The course provides a toolkit for the Depth Support Engineer, which includes Microsoft and third-party tools available for troubleshooting Lync Server. You will use a variety of these tools and resources to troubleshoot real-world scenarios related to Enterprise Voice, conferencing, application sharing, IM, and Presence. As part of the hands-on labs, you will derive, articulate, and implement solutions to trouble tickets for common Lync Server issues and practice walking a typical customer through a solution. IT support consultants and telecommunication support professionals who provide support services for unified communication solutions Support professionals who want to attain the troubleshooting skills required to become a Depth Support Engineer Helpdesk personnel and administrators who support a Lync Server 2013 environment and wish to deepen their knowledge and improve their troubleshooting skills Enterprise Voice and Online Services with Microsoft Lync Server 2013 M20337 Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 1.945,- In deze vierdaagse cursus onder leiding van een docent leren deelnemers om voice- en online-diensten voor bedrijven te ontwerpen en te configureren in Microsoft Lync Server Deze cursus rust deelnemers uit met de kennis en vaardigheden voor het configureren en beheren van een Lync Server 2013 op locatie, in de cloud of in een gemengde omgeving. Daarnaast doen IT- of telecomadviseurs de benodigde vaardigheden op voor het leveren van een voice-systeem voor bedrijven op basis van Lync. In deze cursus leert u hoe u Lync Server 2013 kunt configureren en krijgt u richtlijnen, best practices en overwegingen mee voor het optimaliseren van uw Lync-server. M20336 Core Solutions of Microsoft Lync Server 2013 M20337 Enterprise Voice and Online Services with Microsoft Lync Server 2013 Proficiency in Active Directory Domain Services, Windows Server, data networks, Microsoft Exchange Server, and telecommunication standards that support Lync Server 2013 configurations Knowledge of UC endpoints, including Lync 2013 clients and Lync Phone Edition Knowledge of SQL Server Knowledge of VoIP technologies including SIP Knowledge of formal troubleshooting methodology Deze cursus is bedoeld voor professionals op het gebied van IT- en telecomconsulting die unified communications-systemen ontwerpen, plannen, implementeren en beheren, waarbij de nadruk ligt op VOIP- en online-diensten binnen bedrijven. De deelnemer moet in staat zijn om bedrijfseisen om te zetten in een technische architectuur en een technisch ontwerp voor een UC-systeem. M20336 Core Solutions of Microsoft Lync Server 2013 This course helps the student prepare for Exam Knowledge of DNS, PKI and Digital Certificates A minimum two years experience with Microsoft Lync technologies and various deployment and configuration This course helps to prepare for exam which is needed for the Gold Partner Competence on communication. Microsoft Trainingen Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 153

154 Red Hat staat wereldwijd bekend om vooraanstaande training en certificeringprogramma s op Linux, Open Source software en middleware. Als Red Hat Premier Partner bieden wij u eerste klas Red Hat Enterprise Linux training ter voorbereiding op uw Red Hat certificering. Onze Red Hat trainingen zijn voornamelijk gericht op het ontwikkelen van praktische vaardigheden. Red Hat Trainingen Cloud Computing Deploying Systems in Cloud CL260 Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 2.400,- Red Hat Our Deploying Systems in Cloud Environments (CL260) course teaches you how to deploy virtual machines (VMs) in a public, private, or hybrid cloud using Red Hat CloudForms through hands-on labs. IT professionals with Red Hat Certified System Administrator (RHCSA)-level skills and knowledge System and VM administrators seeking to deploy systems in cloud environments System and VM administrators whose organizations already have a cloud deployment and want to expand to other private or public clouds RHCSA or equivalent system administration skills Knowledge of Red Hat Enterprise Virtualization, vsphere, or EC2 is helpful, but not required 154 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

155 Desktop Applications Red Hat JBoss Enterprise Application Development I with RHCJD Exam (EX225) JB226 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.093,- Create, test, and maintain Java EEcompliant applications from start to finish. Intended for mid-level Java developers, Red Hat JBoss Enterprise Application Development with RHCJD Exam (JB226) introduces you to Java EE 6 frameworks, specifications, and application programming interfaces (APIs). Create, test, maintain Java EE-compliant applications Learn how to create, test, and maintain Java EE-compliant applications from start to finish using the Eclipse-based Red Hat JBoss Developer Studio. Create a fully functional enterprise Java application Comprehensive lectures and extensive use-case, hands-on labs introduce you to enterprise application development using: RESTEasy CDI Arquillian JBoss Hibernate JBoss Enterprise Application Platform 6 HornetQ Other related technologies to create a fully functional enterprise Java application Build a complete, multi-tier enterprise application Learn how to build a complete, multitier enterprise application featuring a JavaServer Faces (JSF) 2 web-based front end, a Java API for Restful Web Services (JAX-RS) layer, an Enterprise JavaBeans (EJB) layer, and a Java Persistence API (JPA) persistence layer, leveraging best-practice design, coding, and testing techniques. Students with Java programming experience who want to enter Enterprise Java development Experienced Enterprise Java developers who are migrating to JBoss for the first time Experienced enterprise Java developers who want to upgrade their skill set using Java EE 6 and the latest Red Hat JBoss Enterprise Application Platform and Red Hat JBoss Developer Studio versions Students who want to use the course to help them in their preparations for the Red Hat Certified JBoss Developer (RHCJD) Exam (EX225) Fluency in the Java programming language (Java SE 5 or 6), particularly annotations and object-oriented design Ability to read HTML and XML documents Basic experience with an integrated development environment (IDE) like Eclipse Basic knowledge of Asynchronous JavaScript XML (AJAX) and Relational Database Management Systems (RDBMSs) is recommended but not require) RHCJD Exam Red Hat Enterprise Deployment and Systems Management RH401 Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 3.360,- RH401 is a four-day lab-based course that explores the concepts and methods necessary for successful large-scale deployment and management of Red Hat Enterprise Linux systems. Course participants will learn how to install and Operating Systems use a Red Hat Network Satellite Server to deploy and manage systems. The use of virtualization technology as a key deployment tool is also examined. RedHat OpenStack Administration with Expertise Exam CL211 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.918,- This course teaches system administrators how to implement a cloud computing environment using Red Hat Enterprise Linux OpenStack Platform, including installation, configuration, and maintenance. Through hands-on labs, students will explore fault-tolerant and redundant configurations of Red Hat Enterprise Linux OpenStack Platform and System Administration I (RHEL7) look at the future plans of the OpenStack development community. This course can also help you prepare for the Red Hat Certificate of Expertise in Infrastructure-asa-Service Exam (EX210). This version of the course includes the Red Hat Certificate of Expertise in Infrastructure-as-a-Service Exam (EX210). The exam tests candidates abilities to RH124 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.325,- Red Hat System Administration I (RH124) relates to Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 and is designed for IT professionals without previous Linux administration experience. The course focuses on providing students with Linux administration survival skills by focusing on core administration tasks. System Admin I also provides a foundation for students wishing to become full time Linux system administrators by introducing key command line concepts and other enterprise level tools. These concepts are further developed in the follow-on course, Red Hat System Administration II (RH134). Both courses are needed in your preparation for the Red Hat Certified System Administrator Exam (EX200). RH401 is aimed at senior Red Hat Enterprise Linux system administrators and other IT professionals working in enterprise environments and mission-critical systems. needed to create, configure, and manage private clouds using Red Hat Enterprise Linux OpenStack Platform Linux system administrators and cloud administrators interested in or responsible for maintaining a private cloud Microsoft Windows system administrators who need to quickly learn core Red Hat Enterprise Linux proficiencies System administrators, network administrators, and other IT professionals who require proficiency performing core tasks in Linux RH401 requires RHCE-level skills. A current RHCE certification is recommended, but not required. Red Hat Certified System Administrator (RHCSA) or requisite level of knowledge is highly recommended. Non Linux IT professionals on the path to becoming a full time Linux system administrator Previous operating system administration experience is helpful but not required. Red Hat Trainingen Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 155

156 System Administration II & EX200 Exam RH135 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.623,- Fast Track RHCSA (RH124 + RH134 + EX200 Exam) RH200 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.773,- System Administration III (RH254) + EX300 Exam RH255 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.046,- Red Hat Trainingen Red Hat System Administration II with RHCSA Exam (RH135) is designed for IT professionals working to become a fulltime enterprise Linux system administrator. The course is a follow on to System Administration I, and continues to utilizes today s best-of-breed contemporary teaching methodology. Students will be actively engaged in task focused activities, lab based knowledge checks and facilitative discussions to ensure maximum skills transfer and retention. Building on the foundation of command line skills covered in System Administration I, students will dive deeper into Red Hat Enterprise Linux to broaden their tool kit of administration skills. IT professionals who have attended Red Hat System Administration I, and want the skills to be a full-time enterprise Linux administrator and/or earn an RHCSA certification RH124 Red Hat System Administration I. RHCE Certification Lab (incl RHCSA & RHCE exam) RH300 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.196,- The RHCE Certification Lab (RH300) is designed for students seeking a hands-on, lab-based review prior to taking the Red Hat Certified Engineer (RHCE) exam. Students taking this course should have already completed their classroom training and simply be preparing to take or retake the exam. During the 4-day course, students will work at their own pace through the complete set of labs from both the RHCSA [Red Hat Certified System Administrator] Rapid Track course (RH199) and Red Hat System Administration III (RH254). The RHCE Certification Lab course includes a few instructor lectures designed to review key technologies such as systemd, firewalld, and IPv6. For the classroom and virtual classroom versions of this course, an instructor will be available throughout the week to assist students as they work through the labs. RHCEs on Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 or earlier who wish to recertify on Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 Students who previously attempted the RHCE exam, did not pass, and wish to retake the exam Students who have completed the RHCE track courses (Red Hat System Administration I, II, and III or equivalent) and would like additional hands-on practice prior to taking the RHCE exam Students must meet the requirements for attending Red Hat System Administration I, II and III courses Students must have the same skill set as an RHCT / RHCSA Confirmation of the correct skill-set required for this course can be obtained by passing the online pre-assessment quiz The RHCSA Rapid Track course (RH200) relates to Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 and is designed for students who already have significant experience with Linux administration. The course reviews the tasks covered in Red Hat System Administration I (RH124) and II (RH134) at an accelerated pace. On completion of course materials, students should be prepared to take the Red Hat Certified System Administrator (RHCSA) exam. The RHCSA Fast Track course with exam (RH200) is designed for experienced Linux System Administrators who want to harden their technical skill set and become accredited with the RHCSA certification. Students attending this course should have basic experience with the following, with minimal dependence on documentation: Linux (some of the course may be review) The bash shell, including job control (&, fg, bg, jobs), shell expansion (command, tilde, globbing, brace, protection from expansion), I/O redirection, and pipes IPv4 networking addressing and routing concepts, TCP/UDP, and ports Navigation of the GNOME 3 interface Editing text files from the command line with vim or other available programs Finding information in man pages and info nodes The concept of file permissions Interactive installation of Red Hat Enterprise Linu Per-user at and cron jobs Use of archival utilities such as tar, zip, and compression utilities Absolute and relative paths Finding files with find and locate Red Hat System Administration III (RH255), related to Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7, is designed for experienced Linux system administrators who hold a Red Hat Certified System Administrator (RHCSA) certification or equivalent skills and who want to broaden their ability to administer Linux systems at an enterprise level. The course is focused on deploying and managing network servers running caching Domain Name Service (DNS), MariaDB, Apache HTTPD, Postfix SMTP nullclients, network file sharing with Network File System (NFS) and Server Message Block (SMB), iscsi initiators and targets, advanced networking and firewalld configurations, and the use of Bash shell scripting to help automate, configure, and troubleshoot the system. Through lectures and hands-on labs, students who have already earned the RHCSA certification will be exposed to all competencies covered by the Red Hat Certified Engineer (RHCE) exam. RH401-Bundle: Red Hat Enterprise Deployment and Systems Management + EX401 RH402 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.898,- The Red Hat Enterprise Deployment and Systems Management (RH402) training course explores the concepts and methods necessary for the successful large-scale deployment and management of Red Hat Enterprise Linux systems. Experienced system administrators will learn how to implement and manage Red Hat Enterprise Linux deployments efficiently and effectively, in ways that make their systems manageable by a team of administrators. Central to the course is the training on the use of the Red Hat Network Satellite server for deployment and provisioning of Red Hat Enterprise Linux systems. By the end of this course, students will have built their own RPM packages and will have used Subversion to make changes to scripts. Experienced Linux system administrators responsible for the planning, deployment, and management of multiple physical or virtualized servers and an RHCE interested in earning a Red Hat Certificate of Expertise or a Red Hat Certified Datacenter Specialist (RHCDS) or Red Hat Certified Architect (RHCA) credential. An RHCE certification or equivalent experience Red Hat System Administration III is intended for experienced Linux administrators wishing to learn enterpriselevel automation techniques through scripting, how to deploy and secure network services, and how to manage other key security features of Red Hat Enterprise Linux. Students in this course should have earned their RHCSA or have equivalent skills. RHCSA Rapid Track Course (RH200) or Red Hat System Administration I & II Equivalent experience to the RHCSA Rapid Track Course Skills required to earn an RHCT/RHCSA certification Confirmation of the correct skill-set required for this course can be obtained by passing the online preassessment quiz explore/pre-assessment 156 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

157 Red Hat Satellite 6 Administration RH403 Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 2.520,- This course is intended for system administrators seeking to have a successful large-scale management of Red Hat Enterprise Linux systems. Students will learn how to install a Red Hat Satellite 6 server and populate it with software packages. They will use Red Hat Satellite to manage the software development life cycle of a subscribed host and its configuration. Students should have RHCE certification, or equivalent experience. Red Hat Enterprise Storage Management RH436 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.360,- Red Hat Enterprise Clustering and Storage Management (RH436) provides intensive, hands-on experience with storage management, Red Hat Cluster Suite, and the shared storage technology delivered by Red Hat Global File System (GFS). Created for Senior Linux system administrators, this 4-day course has a strong emphasis on lab-based activities. At the end of the course, students will have learned to deploy and manage shared storage and server clusters that provide highly available network services to a mission-critical enterprise environment. Experienced Linux system administrators responsible for managing shared storage across one or more Linux systems and Experienced Linux system administrators responsible for maintaining a high availability service using cluster technology. RHCE certification or equivalent experience Red Hat Server Hardening with Exam RH414 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.552,- Secure a Red Hat Enterprise Linux system to comply with security policy requirements. Red Hat Server Hardening (RH414) builds on a student s Red Hat Certified Engineer (RHCE ) certification or equivalent experience to teach how to secure a Red Hat Enterprise Linux system to comply with security policy requirements. Many security policies and standards require systems administrators to address specific user authentication concerns, application of updates, system auditing and logging, file system integrity, and more. Red Hat Server Hardening provides strategies for addressing specific policy and configuration concerns. This course includes the EX413 examination. This course is designed for people who: need technical guidance on how to enhance the security of Red Hat Enterprise Linux systems are responsible for implementing security policy requirements on Red Hat Enterprise Linux systems consistently and in a reproducible, scalable way must be able to demonstrate that systems meet security policy requirements maintains continued adherence to security requirements, including management of security-critical operating system/software updates Red Hat Certified Engineer (RHCE) certification, Red Hat Certified Systems Administrator (RHCSA) certification, or equivalent experience required. EX413 examination. RHS429-Bundle: Red Hat Enterprise SELinux Policy Administration + EX429 RH430 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.581,- Security-enhanced Linux (SELinux) is a powerful, kernel-level security layer that provides fine-grained control over which users and processes may access which resources and execute which programs on a system. Red Hat Enterprise SELinux Policy Administration (RHS429) introduces senior system administrators, security administrators, and application programmers to SELinux policy writing. Students will learn how SELinux works and how to manage, write, compile, and debug an SELinux policy. This class culminates in a major project to analyze, determine the security needs of, and design and implement a set of net new policies for a service previously unprotected by SELinux.A Red Hat Certified Engineer (RHCE ) who successfully completes this course is prepared to take the Red Hat Enterprise SELinux Policy Administration Expertise Exam (EX429). Exam sold separately. RH436-Bundle: Red Hat Enterprise Clustering and Storage Management + EX436 RH437 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.898,- Experienced Linux system administrators responsible for Mandatory Access Control-based (MAC) security, or who want to harden their existing Linux system or networked services security and RHCEs interested in earning a Red Hat Certificate of Expertise or a Red Hat Certified Security Specialist (RHCSS) certification. The essential elements of how to configure the services covered, as this course focuses on more advanced topics RHCE certification or equivalent experience Red Hat Trainingen Red Hat Enterprise Clustering and Storage Management with Exam (RH437) provides intensive, hands-on experience with storage management, Red Hat Cluster Suite, and the shared storage technology delivered by Red Hat Global File System (GFS). Created for senior Linux system administrators, this 4-day course has a strong emphasis on lab-based activities. At the end of the course, students will have learned to deploy and manage shared storage and server clusters that provide highly available network services to a mission-critical enterprise environment.a Red Hat Certified Engineer (RHCE ) who successfully completes this course is prepared to take the Red Hat Enterprise Clustering and Storage Management Expertise Exam (EX436). An experienced Linux system administrator responsible for managing shared storage across 1 or more Linux systems, an experienced Linux system administrator responsible for maintaining a high-availability service using cluster technology, an RHCE interested in earning a Red Hat Certificate of Expertise, a Red Hat Certified Datacenter Specialist (RHCDS) or a Red Hat Certified Architect (RHCA) credential. RHCE certification or equivalent experience Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 157

158 Red Hat Trainingen RedHat systems monitoring and performance tuning RH442 Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 3.000,- Red Hat Enterprise Performance Tuning (RH442) Performance tuning and capacity planning for Red Hat Enterprise Linux Red Hat Enterprise System Monitoring and Performance Tuning (RH442) is designed to teach senior Linux system administrators the methodology of performance tuning and capacity planning for Red Hat Enterprise Linux. This course discusses system architecture with an emphasis on understanding the implications of system architecture on system performance, methods for testing the effects of performance adjustments, open source benchmarking utilities, methods for analyzing system and networking performance, and tuning configurations for specific application loads. A Red Hat Certified Engineer (RHCE ) who successfully completes this course is prepared to take the Red Hat Enterprise System Monitoring and Performance Tuning Expertise Exam (EX442). Exam sold separately. Experienced Linux system administrators responsible for maximizing resource utilization through performance tuning An RHCE interested in earning a Red Hat Certification of Expertise, or a Red Hat Certified Datacenter Specialist (RHCDS) or Red Hat Certified Architect (RHCA) credential RHCE certification or equivalent experience. RH442-Bundle: Red Hat Enterprise System Monitoring and Performance Tuning + EX442 RH443 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.552,- Red Hat Enterprise Performance Tuning is designed to teach senior Linux system administrators the methodology of performance tuning for Red Hat Enterprise Linux. This course discusses system architecture with an emphasis on understanding the implications of system architecture on system performance, methods for testing the effects of performance adjustments, open source benchmarking utilities, methods for analyzing system and networking performance, and tuning configurations for specific application loads.this course includes and prepares a Red Hat Certified Engineer (RHCE ) for the Red Hat Enterprise Directory Services and Authentication Expertise Exam (EX423). Experienced Linux system administrators responsible for maximizing resource utilization through performance tuningan RHCE interested in earning a Red Hat Certification of Expertise or a Red Hat Certified Architect (RHCA) credential RHCE certification or equivalent experience Red Hat Enterprise SELinux Administration RHS429 Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 2.880,- Security-enhanced Linux (SELinux) is a powerful, kernel-level security layer that provides fine-grained control over which users and processes may access what resources and execute which programs on a system. Red Hat Enterprise SELinux Policy Administration (RHS429) introduces senior system administrators, security administrators, and application programmers to SELinux policy writing. Students will learn how SELinux works, how to manage, and how to write, compile and debug a SELinux policy. This class culminates in a major project to analyze, determine the security needs, design and implement a set of net new policies for a service previously unprotected by SELinux. Experienced Linux system administrators responsible for Mandatory Access Control-based (MAC) security, or who want to harden their existing Linux system or networked services security. An RHCE interested in earning a Red Hat Certification of Expertise, or a Red Hat Certified Security Specialist (RHCSS ) RHCE certification or equivalent experience Servers & Applications Enterprise Portal Platform JB321 Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 2.760,- The JBoss Enterprise Portal Platform (JB321) course is designed for experienced system administrators and Java developers who require the capabilities to navigate JBoss Enterprise Portal Platform 5 (JBoss EPP). Through in-class investigation and handson labs, students will acquire the skills to install, configure, and develop compliant portal applications for JBoss EPP using JBoss Developer Studio. In addition, they will be introduced to the installation and operation of the powerful web content management system, JBoss Site Publisher. By the end of this course, students will understand the essentials of the JSR-168 and JSR-286 (Portlet 1.0 and 2.0) specifications and how to build, configure and administer compliant portlets onto JBoss EPP. Java Enterprise developers with Java Enterprise Web Application experience Advanced system administrators with knowledge of Java Application Server administration JBoss and EJB3 for Java Developers (JB161)or equivalent experience JBoss Application Administration (JB336) or equivalent experience Proficiency with JavaEE, including: A high-level understanding of enterprise and modern web application development A basic understanding of the operation of Java Enterprise Application Servers JBoss Seam Development (JB311) helpful, but not required 158 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

159 Software Development JBoss Enterprise Application Development Monitoring with JBoss ON Systems Management with JBoss ON JB225 Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 2.840,- Intended for mid-level Java developers, JBoss Enterprise Application Development (JB225) introduces you to Java EE 6 frameworks, specifications, and application programming interfaces (APIs). Learn how to create, test, and maintain Java EE-compliant applications from start to finish using the Eclipse-based JBoss Developer Studio. Comprehensive lectures and extensive use-case, hands-on labs introduce you to enterprise application development using JBoss Enterprise Application Platform 6, CDI, Arquillian, JBoss Hibernate, RESTEasy, HornetQ, and other related technologies to create a fully functional enterprise Java application. Learn how to build a complete, multitier enterprise application featuring a JavaServer Faces (JSF) 2 web-based front end, a Java API for Restful Web Services (JAX-RS) layer, an Enterprise JavaBeans (EJB) layer, and a Java Persistence API (JPA) persistence layer, leveraging best-practice design, coding, and testing techniques. Students with Java programming experience who want to enter enterprise Java development Experienced enterprise Java developers who are migrating to JBoss for the first time Experienced enterprise Java developers who want to upgrade their skill set using Java EE 6 and the latest JBoss Enterprise Application Platform and JBoss Developer Studio versions Fluency in the Java programming language (Java SE 5 or 6), particularly annotations and object-oriented design Ability to read HTML and XML documents Basic experience with an integrated development environment (IDE) like Eclipse Basic knowledge of Asynchronous JavaScript XML (Ajax) and Relational Database Management Systems (RDBMSs) is recommended but not required JB232 Cursusduur: 1 dag Prijs: 710,- Monitoring with JBoss ON covers the monitoring capabilities of the JBoss Operations Network. This course is designed for JBoss administrators new to JBoss Operations Network who need to learn how to install a JBoss Operations Network server and agent, and JBoss Operations Network plug-ins. Students will also learn how to use JBoss Operations Network to effectively monitor and manage their JBoss servers and applications. This course is also the first day of our Systems Management with JBoss ON (JB234) course and can be used as a 1-day add-on to many of our existing JBoss training courses, representing the managed component of our products. JBoss administrators new to JBoss Operations Network who need to monitor JBoss servers and applications Base experience with system administration on Microsoft Windows, UNIX, or Linux operating systems Understanding of hardware and networking No prior knowledge of Java, scripting, or JBoss Developer Studio is required JBoss Application Administration I, incl. JBCAA exam (EX248) JB249 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.093,- JBoss Application Administration I teaches you the best practices for installing and configuring JBoss Enterprise Application Platform 6. Through hands-on labs, learn the essential, real-world tasks that a system administrator needs to know to effectively deploy and manage applications on JBoss Enterprise Application Platform. Note: JB248 replaces our popular JB336 course and is meant for system administrators. The topics in this course cover all of the exam objectives of the JBCAA exam, which is included in this course. System administrators who are both new to JBoss and have experience with JBoss Enterprise Application Platform 5 Base experience with system administration on Microsoft Windows, UNIX, or Linux operating systems Understanding of hardware and networking No prior knowledge of Java, scripting, or JBoss Developer Studio required After completing this course, you should be prepared to take the JBoss Certified Application Administrator (JBCAA) exam, which is included. JB234 Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 2.130,- Systems Management with JBoss ON is a deep dive into the JBoss Operations Network. Students learn how to monitor and manage their JBoss servers and systems including their JBoss Enterprise Application Platform, Enterprise BRMS, Data Services Platform, Enterprise Web Server, and Enterprise SOA Platform deployments using the many features and capabilities of the newest version of JBoss Operations Network. JBoss administrators seeking in-depth knowledge of JBoss Operations Network s monitoring and management capabilities, including managing inventory, provisioning, alerts, operations, notifications, and drift management Base experience with system administration on Microsoft Windows, UNIX, or Linux operating systems Understanding of hardware and networking No prior knowledge of Java, scripting, or JBoss Developer Studio is required. JBoss Application Administration II JB348 Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 2.760,- JBoss Application Administration II (JB348) prepares experienced system administrators to provision and manage Red Hat JBoss Enterprise Application Platform 6 in large-scale production environments. Learn about clustering, performance tuning, and securing enterprise application platform instances, as well as troubleshooting and applying fixes. This course is the follow-on course for JBoss Application Administration I (JB248). Experienced system administrators responsible for deploying and administering JBoss Enterprise Application Platform 6 in large-scale production environments. At least 2 years experience as a JBoss Enterprise Application Platform administrator JBoss Certified Application Administrators (EAP 6) JBoss Application Administration I (JB248) (highly recommended) JBoss Certified Application Administrator (JBCAA) Enterprise Application Platform 6 status is recommended but not required; students should at least be able to accomplish the tasks associated with the JBCAA EAP 6 exam (EX248). Red Hat Trainingen Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 159

160 JBoss Hibernate Technology with Exam Advanced JBoss Administration Virtualization Red Hat Trainingen JB298 Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 3.093,- The JBoss Hibernate Technology course gives Java developers the knowledge and skills required to leverage the powerful Java Hibernate Application Stack. Through clear interactive lectures and hands-on labs, students are introduced to Hibernate essentials and internals along with its practical applications and best practices strategies. By the end of the course, students will have learned the best practices to leverage Hibernate to produce and maintain well-designed, robust business applications while optimizing performance and reducing software maintenance costs. Enterprise systems architects Experienced Java developers who work with SQL-based database systems Business component and database developers Database administrators who need to understand how ORM may affect performance and how to tune the performance of the SQL database management system and persistence layer Experience with Java Platform, Enterprise Edition (Java EE) or Java 2 Platform, Enterprise Edition (J2EE ) A high-level understanding of enterprise software systems development An understanding of legacy systems integration This course includes and prepares students for the JBCD - Persistance Exam (EX297). JB312 Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 3.017,- The JBoss Seam Application Development course teaches experienced Java developers how to efficiently use Seam to intelligently tie components together and manage increasingly complex IT systems. The course focuses on the core of the JBoss Seam technology: rapid application development, an industry standard UI, Java Persistence API (JPA) integration, end-to-end security, and integrated tooling in JBoss Developer Studio. Using clear interactive lectures and hands-on labs, this course also introduces Seam integration points for rules engines and business process management in addition to covering the new JSR-299 CDI standard, a feature of Java EE 6. Enterprise systems architects Experienced enterprise Java developers Technical managers Developers who already have JSF and basic Seam knowledge Experience with Java Platform, Enterprise Edition (Java EE) or Java 2 Platform, Enterprise Edition (J2EE ) A high-level understanding of enterprise and modern web application development Completion of the JBoss Enterprise Application Development (JB225) course or equivalent experience Red Hat Enterprise Virtualization RH318 Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 3.000,- To help system administrators deploy and manage their virtual environment, Red Hat offers its Red Hat Enterprise Virtualization (RH318) course. The Red Hat Enterprise Virtualization course (RH318) arms professionals with the knowledge and skills needed to deploy and manage Red Hat Enterprise Virtualization technologies. Experienced Linux system administrators responsible for managing enterprise servers who are interested in learning how to manage large numbers of servers or virtual machines using Red Hat Enterprise Virtualization. System administration experience on Microsoft Windows operating systems beneficial, but is not necessary for this course. RH319-Bundle: Red Hat Enterprise Virtualization + EX318 Advanced JBoss Enterprise Development JB325 Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 2.760,- Advanced JBoss Enterprise Development (JB325) dives into the JBoss Enterprise Application Platform (JBoss EAP) with an emphasis on advanced Java EE application programming interfaces (APIs). This course challenges experienced Java EE developers by providing a deep dive into JBoss Enterprise Application Platform details, features, internals, and Java EE best practices. Leveraging JBoss Enterprise Application Platform lets students build, deploy, and maintain highly performing, scalable applications. Experienced Java developers seeking to enhance their usage of JBoss Java developers who need a deeper understanding of JBoss to implement customized services based on remoting, JMX, or other protocols outside the normal Java EE.ear or.war deployments ISV development teams who need to know JBoss more intimately to customize the server environment to better fit their applications deployment needs Application architects seeking to produce leaner, meaner deployment artifacts, resulting in better performance and integrity results Two years of experience with Java EE or J2EE Proficiency in HTML Experience with an integrated development environment (IDE), such as Eclipse or NetBeans, and build tools like as Ant or Maven Basic knowledge of open source relational database management systems (RDBMSs) RH319 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.552,- The Red Hat Enterprise Virtualization course explores the virtualization features of Red Hat Enterprise Linux managed through the Red Hat Enterprise Virtualization suite. Students acquire the skills and knowledge to effectively create, deploy, manage, and migrate Linux and Microsoft Windows virtual machines hosted on either dedicated Red Hat Enterprise Virtualization Hypervisor nodes or Red Hat Enterprise Linux servers using Red Hat Enterprise Virtualization Manager. With hands-on labs and a deep dive into the technology, this training course is the perfect first step for any enterprise planning or executing a virtualization deployment strategy. Experienced Linux system administrators responsible for managing enterprise servers who are interested in learning how to manage large numbers of servers or virtual machines using Red Hat Enterprise Virtualization IT professionals interested in earning an RHCVA certification IT professionals who have earned a Red Hat Certified System Administrator (RHCSA) certification or maintain the equivalent experience with the Linux operating system System administration experience on Microsoft Windows operating systems is beneficial but not necessary for this course RHCVA, Red Hat Certified Virtualization Administrator. 160 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

161 RES Software is leverancier van werplek management en automatiseringsoplossingen. Als RES Authorized Learning Center (RALC) is Global Knowledge geautoriseerd voor het leveren van RES Workspace Manager, RES Automation Manager en RES IT Store trainingen. Authorized Learning Center RES Software producten RES Workspace Manager RES Workspace Manager is een lichtgewicht platform waarmee de user workspace van elke gebruiker vanuit één console beheerd kan worden door deze te scheiden van de onderliggende infrastructuur. Met als voordeel dat veranderingen in de infrastructuur geen effect meer hebben op de user workspace. Res Software RES Automation Manager Met RES Automation Manager kunnen de IT-services geautomatiseerd worden die aan de user workspace van de gebruiker worden geleverd. Elke standaard IT-taak binnen een hybride infrastructuur kan geautomatiseerd en beheerd worden. Het resultaat is dat de IT-afdeling tijd en werk bespaart. Voor beide producten levert Global Knowledge een vijfdaagse trainingsbundel. Deze vindt u terug onder de codes RWMBC voor Workspace Manager en RAMBC voor Automation Manager. Certificeren voor RES Het is mogelijk om uw kennis van RES producten vast te leggen met een certificering. In de regel komt er om de twee productversies een nieuwe certificering beschikbaar. De huidige certificeringen zijn: RWMCP RES Workspace Manager 2012 Certified Professional. Deze status kan worden behaald door het RES Workspace Manager 2012 Basic Exam (RWMBX-500) te behalen. Deze certificering is gebaseerd op de 2012 versie van RES Workspace Manager en verloopt dus niet. De Prometric code voor dit examen is ES RES Software RAMCP RES Automation Manager 2011 Certified Professional. Deze status kan worden behaald door het RES Automation Manager 2011 Basic Exam (RAMBX-300) te behalen. Deze certificering is gebaseerd op de 2012 versie van RES Automation Manager. De Prometric code voor dit examen is ES RAMCP 2011-SO - RES Automation Manager 2011 Certified Professional, inclusief Service Orchestration. Deze status kan worden behaald door het RES Automation Manager 2011 Service Orchestration Exam (RAMBX-300-SO) te behalen. Let op! Het RAMCP 2011 certificaat moet zijn behaald voor dit examen kan worden gedaan. Ook deze certificering is versie gebonden en verloopt niet. De Prometric code voor dit examen is ES Als Authorized Prometric Test Center kunt u voor het afleggen van een RES examen terecht op één van de Global Knowledge locaties. Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 161

162 RES Software Trainingen RES Software Trainingen RES Automation Manager 2014 Basic Course RES Master Class RES IT Store Basic Course RAMBC Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.795,- RESMC Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.495,- RITSBC Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.795,- De RES Automation Manager 2014 basiscursus is een 3-daagse training waarbij de onderdelen Task Automation en Resource Provisioning aan de orde komen. Beheerders die (gaan) werken met RES Automation Manager in een Microsoft Windows omgeving. Basic knowledge of Microsoft Windows operating systems. Deze masterclass vormt een toevoeging aan de kennis van iedere IT professional, die de geavanceerde functies van de diverse RES producten wil beheren en implementeren. Voor het eerst is er een training, die de producten van RES Software combineert en de kracht laat zien van de totaaloplossing. IT professionals die eerder de RES Workspace Manager training hebben gevolgd en reeds bekend zijn met RES Automation Manager. Basiskennis van de Microsoft besturingsystemen (Windows 7, Windows Server 2008 R2/Windows Server 2012) Cursus RES Workspace Manager afgerond Enige ervaring met RES Automation Manager is een pré The RES IT Store 2014 Basic Course is a three-day course that provides comprehensive training for administrators on the installation, configuration and use of RES IT Store, from setting up your RES IT Store environment to delivering and returning services. It does not provide training on designing business processes. Administrators who perform computer management with RES Automation Manager in Microsoft Windows environments and who want to learn how they can use RES IT Store to fulfill virtually any user request through self-servicing and automatic service delivery. Basic knowledge of Microsoft Windows operating systems RES Automation Manager 2014 Basic Course RES Workspace Manager 2014 Basic Course RWMBC Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.445,- De RES Workspace Manager 2014 Basic Course is een vijfdaagse training die ingaat op de installatie, configuratie en het gebruik van RES Workspace Manager In deze cursus komen de onderwerpen applicatie virtualisatie, rapportage, beveiliging en prestatiegerichte functies aan bod. Kennis van Windows omgevingen op administrator niveau is een vereiste. Beheerders die (gaan) werken met RES Workspace Manager in een Microsoft Windows omgeving. 162 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

163 Symantec levert oplossingen voor beveiliging, opslag en systeembeheer om bedrijven en consumenten te helpen bij de beveiliging en het beheer van hun informatie. Global Knowledge biedt trainingen aan ter ondersteuning van deze oplossingen. Partner Programma Het Partner Programma van Symantec biedt partners de mogelijkheid om de concurrentie een stap voor te blijven en de winstgevendheid in de markt te vergroten. Het programma beloont partners die inzet tonen en door hun expertise op het gebied van Symantec oplossingen een meerwaarde bieden aan klanten. Symantec Het Symantec Partner Program is gebaseerd op competenties, waarmee inzicht, kennis en expertise van een partner met betrekking tot een bepaald oplossingen- of servicegebied worden vastgelegd en erkend. Binnen het programma zijn vier partnerniveaus gedefinieerd, te weten: Registered, Silver, Gold en Platinum. Het onderstaande schema geeft weer hoe het Symantec Partner Programma is opgebouwd en wat het te bieden heeft. Symantec PRESTEREN TRAINEN AANMELDEN PLATINUM Vaardigheden in meerdere competenties GOLD Vaardigheden aantonen SILVER Competentie aanvragen REGISTERED Programmapartner worden 3 Expertcompetenties 1 Expertcompetentie 1 Principalcompetentie Geen competenties MEER STRATEGISCHE VOORDELEN Individueel opebouwd ontwikkelingsfonds Uitgebreide Growth Accelerator Rebate Alle Gold-voordelen STRATEGISCHE VOORDELEN Regionaal opgebouwd ontwikkelingsfonds Growth Accelerator Rebate Renewals Performance Incentve Meer technische voordelen Alle Silver-voordelen TRANSACTIONELE VOORDELEN Opportunity Registration Meer voordelen op het gebied van verkoop-, marketing- en technische ondersteuning TOEGANG Basisvoordelen op het gebied van verkoop-, marketing- en technische ondersteuning Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 163

164 Symantec Trainingen Clearwell Symantec Trainingen Symantec Clearwell ediscovery Platform 7.x: Transparent Predictive Coding HA0427 Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.240,- The Symantec Clearwell ediscovery Platform 7.x: Transparent Predictive Coding course covers the major functionalities of Transparent Predictive Coding, including information retrieval basics, workflow management, and administration. This course is for ediscovery specialists, attorneys, corporate legal staff, litigation support, risk managers, IT professionals and consultants tasked with managing predictive coding in the Clearwell environment. There are no required prerequisites. However, to get the most out of the training session, Symantec suggests that you have a basic understanding of the Symantec Clearwell ediscovery Platform. If you are new toelectronic discovery or Clearwell, Symantec recommends the following options to facilitate a more effectiveexperience: Symantec Clearwell ediscovery Platform 7.x: Administration Attend Symantec Clearwell ediscovery Platform 7.x: Administration course View demos and information at Transparent Predictive Coding Read Predictive Coding for Dummies Symantec Clearwell ediscovery Platform 7.x Legal Hold and Collection HA0428 Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.240,- The Symantec Clearwell ediscovery Platform 7.x: Legal Hold and Collection course is designed for the network, IT security, systems administration, and support professional tasked with configuring and maintaining a Clearwell environment. This class covers the major functionalities of the Clearwell ediscovery Platform as well as best practices for managing ediscovery projects in Clearwell, including Legal Hold, Hold notices Collections, Collection Sets, and so on. This course is for customers, support engineers, consultants, and partners who need to maintain and use the Symantec Clearwell ediscovery Platform. There are no required prerequisites. To get the most out of the training session, however, Symantec strongly suggests that you have a basic understanding of electronic discovery and the Symantec Clearwell ediscovery Platform. If you are new to electronic discovery or Clearwell, Symantec recommends the following options to facilitate a more effective experience: View a Flash demo as well as read about Clearwell at www. clearwellsystems.com. Contact your Symantec representative to arrange a short demonstration. Review the Clearwell Reviewer QuickStart Guide, Case Administrator Guide, or other Clearwell reference materials (contact your Symantec representative or Training Services contact for copies). View online training and general information about electronic discovery at HA0429 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.100,- The Symantec Clearwell ediscovery Platform 7.x: Administration course is designed for the network, IT security, systems administration, and support professional tasked with configuring, and maintaining a Clearwell environment. This class covers the major functionalities of the Clearwell ediscovery Platform as well as best practices for managing ediscovery projects in Clearwell including processing, search techniques, workflow management, export guidelines, and so on. This class is composed of three sub-courses: Legal Hold and Collection, Processing, Review and Export and a third sub-course, Symantec Clearwell ediscovery Platform 7.1.3: Differences, covering the changes implemented for Symantec Clearwell ediscovery Platform in v This course includes practical hands-on exercises that enable you to test your new skills and begin to use those skills in a working environment. This course is for customers, support engineers, consultants, and partners who need to maintain and use the Symantec Clearwell ediscovery Platform. There are no required prerequisites. To get the most out of the training session, however, Symantec strongly suggests that you have a basic understanding of electronic discovery and the Symantec Clearwell ediscovery Platform. If you are new to electronic discovery or Clearwell, Symantec recommends the following options to facilitate a more effective experience: View a Flash Demo as well as read about Clearwell at www. clearwellsystems.com. Contact your Symantec representative to arrange a short demonstration. Review the Clearwell Reviewer QuickStart Guide, Case Administrator Guide, or other Clearwell reference materials (contact your Symantec representative or Training Services contact for copies). View online training and general information about electronic discovery at Symantec Clearwell ediscovery Platform 7.x Processing, Review and Export HA0430 Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.860,- The Symantec Clearwell ediscovery Platform 7.x: Processing, Review and Export course is designed for the network, IT security, systems administrator, and support professional tasked with configuring Clearwell and managing cases in Clearwell. This course covers the major functionality of the Clearwell ediscovery Platform as well as best practices for managing ediscovery projects. Main course topics include systemmanagement, case setup, processing, search, review, and export. This course is for customers, support engineers, consultants, and partners who need to maintain and use the Symantec Clearwell ediscovery Platform. There are no required prerequisites. To get the most out of the training session, however, Symantec strongly suggests that you have a basic understanding of electronic discovery and the Symantec Clearwell ediscovery Platform. If you are new to electronic discovery or Clearwell, Symantec recommends the following options to facilitate a more effective experience: View a Flash demo as well as read about Clearwell at www. clearwellsystems.com. Contact your Symantec representative to arrange a short demonstration. 164 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

165 Data Protection Symantec Backup Exec 2014: Administration DP0147 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.100,- The Symantec Backup Exec 2014: Administration course is designed for the data protection professional tasked with backing up and restoring critical data. This five-day, virtual academy, hands-on class covers how to back up and restore data, configure storage devices, manage media, and maintain the Backup Exec database. Students also learn how to configure and work with various Backup Exec Agents, which protect applications like Microsoft Exchange, Microsoft SharePoint, and Microsoft SQL. The course also covers the Virtual Environment Agents and the Deduplication Option. This course is designed for system administrators, system engineers, technical support personnel, consultants, network administrators, backup administrators, backup operators, and others who are responsible for installing, configuring, and administering Backup Exec You must have basic working knowledge of administration and configuration of the Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2012 platforms. You must also have experience configuring server software and hardware. Basic working knowledge of domain security and experience with Active Directory and Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2012 are recommended. Symantec NetBackup 7.5: Maintain and Troubleshoot DP0153 Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.860,- The three day Symantec NetBackup Maintain and Troubleshoot course provides the IT professional with instruction on troubleshooting Symantec NetBackup 7.5 software. This course covers general error detection tools and troubleshooting methodologies. Students practice solving problems related to the NetBackup database, devices, media, disk, deduplication, and networking. In addition, students study the functions of key NetBackup processes and how to enable, view, and manage the associated logs. This course is hands-on and includes practical exercises that enable you to test your new skills and begin to transfer them into your working environment. This course is for NetBackup administrators, operators, system engineers, and technical support personnel who want to broaden their NetBackup advancedtroubleshooting knowledge and skills on a Windows or UNIX platform. Before attending this course, you must have: One year of NetBackup administration on Windows or UNIX Two years experience as a system administrator, including networking, on the Windows or UNIX operating system Familiarity with backup and restore concepts and SAN concepts Symantec NetBackup 7.5 for UNIX and Windows: Advanced Administration DP0155 Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 2.480,- The Symantec NetBackup 7.5 for UNIX and Windows: Advanced Administration course provides the IT professional with instruction on advanced SymantecNetBackup 7.5 software functionality and administrative tasks. This course covers advanced NetBackup topics, including deduplication, NetBackup performance, disaster recovery, virtual machine backups, application backups, NetBackup Search, and security. This course also covers using NetBackup to manage Oracle, Microsoft Exchange, and Microsoft SQL database backups. This course includes practical hands-on exercises that enable you to test your new skills and begin to use those skills in a working environment. This course is intended for experienced NetBackup system administrators, system engineers, technical support personnel, and system integration staff who areresponsible for implementing new and advanced NetBackup features and functions. Students must be familiar with the administration and configuration of the platforms that are covered by the course. Students must also have one to three years experience with basic NetBackup administration, configuration, and operation. These prerequisites can be met by attending any version of the Symantec NetBackup Administration course plus additional on the-job experience. Symantec Trainingen Symantec Backup Exec 2012: Administration DP0157 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.100,- The Symantec Backup Exec 2012: Administration course is designed for the data protection professional tasked with backing up and restoring critical data. This class covers how to back up and restore data, configure storage devices, manage media, and maintain the Backup Exec database. Students also learn how to configure and work with various Backup Exec Agents, which protect applications like Microsoft Exchange, Microsoft SharePoint, and Microsoft SQL. The course also covers the Remote Agent for Linux and UNIX Servers, Agent for Active Directory, Virtual Environment Agents, and Backup Exec Private Cloud Services. In addition, students learn how to configure and work with Backup Exec Options, such as the Deduplication Option and Archiving Option. The new features and enhancements introduced in Backup Exec 2012 are also discussed in this course. This course includes practical, hands-on lab exercises that enable you to test your new skills and begin to transfer them to your working environment. Additionally, assessment items at the end of each lesson will test your knowledge and comprehension of the information provided. This course is designed for system administrators, system engineers, technical support personnel, consultants, network administrators, backup administrators, backup operators, and others who are responsible for installing, configuring, and administering Backup Exec You must have basic working knowledge of administration and configuration of the Windows Server 2003 and Windows Server 2008 platforms. You must also have experience configuring server software and hardware. Symantec also recommends a basic working knowledge of domain security and experience with Active Directory and Windows Server Basic working knowledge of the following applications is beneficial, but not mandatory: Microsoft SQL Server Microsoft Exchange Server Symantec Enterprise Vault Microsoft SharePoint Portal Server Microsoft Hyper-V VMware virtual infrastructure Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 165

166 Symantec NetBackup 7.5 for UNIX: Administration Enterprise Vault Symantec Trainingen DP0158 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.100,- This Symantec NetBackup 7.5 for UNIX: Administration course provides the IT professional with instruction on the functionality of Symantec NetBackup 7.5 software. This course covers the general principles of using NetBackup to develop and implement a storage management strategy, including how to: Install, configure, and operate NetBackup 7.5; Manage NetBackup using the graphical interfaces, commands, and scripts; Provide service protection and recovery; Use the NetBackup Activity Monitor, NetBackup reports, and OpsCenter to monitor NetBackup activity. This course includes practical hands-on exercises that enable you to test your new skills and begin to use those skills in a working environment. This course is for entry level system administrators, system engineers, technical support personnel, and system integration staff who are responsible for the installation, configuration, design, operation, monitoring, and performance optimization of NetBackup. Students must be familiar with the administration and configuration of the platforms that are covered by the course. Symantec NetBackup 7.5 for Windows: Administration DP0159 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.100,- This Symantec NetBackup 7.5 for Windows: Administration course provides the IT professional with instruction on the functionality of Symantec NetBackup7.5 software. This course covers the general principles of using NetBackup to develop and implement a storage management strategy, including how to:install, configure, and operate NetBackup 7.5; Manage NetBackup using the graphical interfaces, commands, and scripts; Provide service protection and recovery; Use the NetBackup Activity Monitor, NetBackup reports, and OpsCenter to monitor NetBackup activity. This course includes practical hands-on exercises that enable you to test your new skills and begin to use those skills in a working environment. This course is for entry level system administrators, system engineers, technical support personnel, and system integration staff who are responsible for the installation, configuration, design, operation, monitoring, and performance optimization of NetBackup. Students must be familiar with the administration and configuration of the platforms that are covered by the course. Symantec Enterprise Vault 11.x for Exchange: Administration DP0148 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.100,- The Symantec Enterprise Vault 11.x for Exchange: Administration course is designed for system administrators tasked with operating, integrating, and monitoring the day-to-day performance of Enterprise Vault within their Exchange environments. This five-day, instructor-led, hands-on class covers the product s functionality and Enterprise Vault s operations and features. Additional topics include using reports, basic management, backing up and restoring the components of Enterprise Vault, and an introduction to troubleshooting. After you complete this course, you will know how to, manage, monitor, and maintain Enterprise Vault. This course is for system administrators, system engineers, technical support personnel, and system integration/ development staff who are responsible for installing, operating, or integrating Enterprise Vault within their Exchange environment. You must have a working knowledge of Windows with some system administration experience. Basic familiarity with Exchange/Outlook is sufficient, while an understanding of SQL Server, Exchange, and Active Directory as a power user or administrator is useful. Legal Discovery Using Symantec Enterprise Vault 10.x Discovery Accelerator DP0162 Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.860,- The Legal Discovery Using Symantec Enterprise Vault 10.x Discovery Accelerator course is designed for those who use Discovery Accelerator to search, review, andprepare archived items in support of information requests. This class describes the steps involved in setting up discovery searches and explains how to review, analyze, and export the search results. In addition, using research folders and setting up marks and tags are discussed. Also included are analytics and client review. NOTE: Installation, configuration, and troubleshooting of Discovery Accelerator are not covered. This course is for users of Discovery Accelerator and other individuals who use Enterprise Vault Discovery Accelerator to retrieve requested business information. You must have a working knowledge of Enterprise Vault on Windows. Symantec Enterprise Vault 10.x for Exchange: Maintain and Troubleshoot DP0154 Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 2.480,- The Symantec Enterprise Vault 10.x for Exchange: Maintain and Troubleshoot course is designed for the IT or Support professional tasked with maintaining and troubleshooting Enterprise Vault 10.x. It is particularly appropriate for those candidates who have previously attended the courses named in the Prerequisites section of this document. Successful completion of the training provides suitable candidates the skills to fulfill roles either as IT personnel responsible for managing, maintaining, and troubleshooting the product, or as support professionals who may be required to demonstrate an in-depth understanding of the product and provide assistance to other Enterprise Vault users. This course is intended for customers, Support Engineers, Sales Engineers Consultants, and partners. You must have attended or have the required knowledge from the following Symantec courses: Symantec Enterprise Vault 10.x: Installation (WBT) Symantec Enterprise Vault 10.x for Exchange: Administration 166 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

167 Symantec Enterprise Vault 10.x for File System Archiving: Administration High Availability DP0164 Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 2.480,- The Symantec Enterprise Vault 10.x for File System Archiving: Administration course is designed primarily for system administrators responsible for installing,operating, integrating, and monitoring the day-to-day performance of Enterprise Vault within their File System Archiving environments. This course covers how to install, configure, manage, and troubleshoot Enterprise Vault from the File System Archiving perspective. The course helps you to better understand the product s functionality, features, and operations, as well as those topics that matter most to customers. that enable you to test your new skills and begin to transfer them into your working environment. This course is for Symantec customers, consultants, partners, technical support engineers, system engineers, sales engineers, file server experts, and anyone who isresponsible for installing, operating, and maintaining Enterprise Vault in a File System Archiving environment. You must have a working knowledge of Windows with some system administration experience. Windows Active Directory is sufficient, while an understanding of NetApp filer, EMC Celerra server, and Symantec Backup Exec is an added advantage. Optional PrerequisiteSymantec Enterprise Vault 10.x: Installation This elearning course covers the topics of installing, upgrading and migrating for Enterprise Vault 10.x implementations. The modules can be accessed from the Enterprise Vault Tech Center. Symantec High Availability Fundamentals with Storage Foundation 6.x and Cluster Server 6.x for Unix HA0419 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.750,- The Symantec High Availability Fundamentals course is designed for the IT professional who wants an overview of the Symantec Storage Foundation and Symantec Cluster Server products.this five-day, instructor-led, hands-on class is a condensed version of the four day Symantec Storage Foundation 6.x for UNIX: Administration Fundamentals course and the five day Symantec Cluster Server 6.x for UNIX: Administration Fundamentals course. It covers a subset of the topics in those two courses This course is for UNIX system administrators, system engineers, technical support personnel, network/san administrators, and systems integration/development staff who want an overview of the Symantec Storage Foundation and Symantec Cluster Server products. Knowledge of UNIX system administration. Symantec Trainingen This course includes practical exercises Basic familiarity with SQL Server and Veritas Storage Foundation 6.x for Unix: Administration Fundamentals HA0421 Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 3.000,- Symantec Enterprise Vault 10.x for Exchange: Administration DP0165 Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.860,- The Symantec Enterprise Vault 10.x for Exchange course is designed for system administrators tasked with operating, integrating, and monitoring the day-to-day performance of Enterprise Vault within their Exchange environments. This five-day, instructor-led, hands-on class covers how to configure and use Enterprise Vault. Students learn about the product s functionality and Enterprise Vault s operations and features. Additional topics include using reports, basic management, backing up and restoring the components of Enterprise Vault, and an introduction to troubleshooting. After you complete this course, you will know how to configure, manage, monitor, and maintain Enterprise Vault. This course includes practical hands-on exercises that enable you to test your new skills and begin to transfer them into your working environment. This course is for system administrators, system engineers, technical support personnel, and system integration/development staff who are responsible for installing, operating, or integrating Enterprise Vault within their Exchange environment. You must have a working knowledge of Windows with some system administration experience. Basic familiarity with Exchange/Outlook is sufficient, while an understanding of SQL Server, Exchange, and Active Directory as a power user or administrator is useful. Optional PrerequisiteSymantec Enterprise Vault 10.x: InstallationThis e-learning course covers the topics of installing, upgrading and migrating for Enterprise Vault 10.x implementations. The modules can be accessed from the Enterprise Vault Tech Center. The Symantec Storage Foundation 6.x for UNIX: Administration Fundamentals course is designed for the IT professional tasked with installing, configuring, and maintaining Symantec Storage Foundation (SF) environments, including Volume Manager (VxVM) and File System (VxFS). This four day, Instructor led, hands-on class covers how to install and configure Symantec Storage Foundation. You learn how to manage disks, disk groups, and volumes by using a variety of SF user interfaces including the Veritas Operations Manager (VOM) Web console. You can also learn about the basics of online file system administration and how to recover from disk failures. This course is for UNIX system administrators, system engineers, technical support personnel, network/san administrators and systems integration/development staff who will be installing, operating, or integrating Symantec Storage Foundation. Knowledge of UNIX system administration Veritas Storage Foundation for Oracle RAC: Administration HA0425 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.750,- In the Veritas Storage Foundation for Oracle RAC: Administration course, you learn to implement and maintain a Veritas Storage Foundation for Oracle Real Application Cluster (SFRAC) environment. You learn the basic features of SFRAC, including a detailed description of the components and core architecture of SFRAC. In this course, you also perform hands-on labs to learn how to install, configure, administer, and troubleshoot SFRAC. This course is for database administrators, system engineers, help-desk personnel, and system integration staff who will be installing, operating, or administering Veritas Storage Foundation for Oracle RAC. You must have basic working knowledge of the installation, configuration, and administration of UNIX operating systems and networks. You must also know about Oracle fundamentals, Volume Manager, File System, and Cluster Server configurations. Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 167

168 Symantec Trainingen Symantec High Availability Fundamentals with Veritas Storage Foundation 6.0 and Veritas Cluster Server 6.0 for Windows HA0432 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.750,- The Symantec High Availability Fundamentals with Veritas Storage Foundation 6.0 and Veritas Cluster Server 6.0 for Windows course is designed for the IT professional who will be working with Veritas Storage Foundation and Veritas Cluster Server. This class covers how to use Symantec high-availability technology to meet the data availability goals of your operations by implementing Veritas Storage Foundation and Veritas Cluster Server. This course describes how to manage storage in a high-availability environment and perform cluster management. This course is for Windows system administrators, system engineers, network administrators, system integration or development staff, and technical supportpersonnel who will be working with Veritas Storage Foundation and Veritas Cluster Server. You must have experience as a system and network administrator working in a Windows environment. Veritas Cluster Server 6.0 for UNIX: Administration HA0434 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.750,- The Veritas Cluster Server 6.0 for UNIX: Administration course is designed for the IT professional tasked with installing, configuring, and maintaining VCS clusters. This five-day, instructor-led, hands-on class covers how to use Veritas Cluster Server to manage applications in a high availability environment. After gaining the fundamental skills that are needed to manage a highly available application in a cluster, you deploy VCS in a lab environment to implement a sample cluster design. This course includes practical, hands-on lab exercises that enable you to test your new skills and begin to transfer them into your working environment. This course is for system administrators, system engineers, network administrators, system integration or development staff, and technical support personnel whowill be working with Veritas Cluster Server. You must have experience as a system or network administrator working in a UNIX environment, and basic knowledge of UNIX system administration. Symantec High Availability Fundamentals with Veritas Storage Foundation 6.0 and Veritas Cluster Server 6.0 for Unix HA0433 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.750,- The Symantec High Availability Fundamentals with Veritas Storage Foundation 6.0 and Veritas Cluster Server 6.0 for UNIX course describes how to manage storage in a high availability environment, perform cluster management, and practice basic file system administration. This five-day, instructor-led, hands-on class covers how to use Veritas high availability technology to meet data availability goals of your operations by implementing Veritas Cluster Server and Veritas Storage Foundation, which includes Veritas Volume Manager and Veritas File System. This course includes practical exercises that allow you to test your new skills and begin to transfer them into your working environment. This course is for UNIX system or network administrators, system engineers, technical support personnel, and system integration/ development staff who will be installing, operating, or integrating Veritas Storage Foundation and Veritas Cluster Server. Knowledge of UNIX system administration. Veritas Storage Foundation 6 for UNIX HA0436 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.750,- In the Veritas Storage Foundation 6.0 for UNIX Administration course, you learn to integrate, operate, and make the most of Veritas Storage Foundation (SF), including Veritas Volume Manager (VxVM) and Veritas File System (VxFS), in a UNIX environment. You learn to install and configure Veritas Storage Foundation and to manage disks, disk groups, and volumes by using a variety of SF user interfaces, including the Veritas Operations Manager (VOM) Web console. You also learn about recovery from disk failures, online file system administration, including data compression and deduplication, remote mirroring across sites, offline and off-host processing using volume snapshots and storage checkpoints, and dynamic storage tiering using the SmartTier feature. This course is for UNIX system or network administrators, system engineers, technical support personnel, and system integration/ development staff who will be installing, operating, or integrating Veritas Storage Foundation. Knowledge of UNIX system administration Infrastructure Altiris Asset Management Suite 7.1: Administration AT1240 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.100,- The Altiris Asset Management Suite 7.1 Administration course is designed for the asset management professional tasked with installing, configuring, administering, and using Asset Management Suite 7.1 to manage corporate assets in an ITIL-focused environment. This course is for asset management administrators and any other asset management personnel who are involved in installing, configuring, managing, and administering Altiris Asset Management Suite 7.1. Symantec Client Management Suite 7.5: Implementation AT2997 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.100,- The Symantec Client Management Suite 7.5 Implementation course is designed for professionals tasked with implementing Symantec Client Management Suite (CMS) in their organizations. This fiveday, instructor-led, hands-on course teaches students theory and concepts, and provides technical know-how on implementing Client Management Suite. This course teaches students the underlying components and concepts of the Symantec Management Platform along with the Symantec Management Console that is used by CMS to perform its management functions. Students learn how to install and configure the Symantec Management Agent on computers, including the various solution plug-ins. Students also learn the concepts of organizational views and groups, targets and filters and how to apply them. Students will also learn how to configure policies, tasks and jobs, security, hierarchy and replication, and troubleshooting Client Management Suite. This course is designed for the professional tasked with implementing, designing, architecting, installing, and configuring Symantec Client Management Suite (CMS) to manage the software and hardware in their company. You must also have a basic understanding and working knowledge of Microsoft Windows (XP, 2003, 7, 2008) operating systems and optionally Linux and Mac operating systems. 168 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

169 Symantec Client Management Suite 7.5: Administration AT2998 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.100,- The Symantec Client Management Suite 7.5 Administration course is designed for professionals tasked with using Symantec Client Management Suite(CMS) to manage their software and hardware resources in their organizations. This five-day, instructor-led, handson course teaches students the underlying components and concepts of the Symantec Management Platform along with the Symantec Management Console that is used by CMS to perform its management functions. Students learn how to use CMS s software solutions to collect inventory, manage their software catalog, deliver and meter software, apply software updates and remotely control computer resources. lessons on Site Management and Security. This course includes practical exercises and labs using your own network of virtual computers that enable you to test your new skills and begin to transfer them into your working environment. This course is for IT administrators who will be maintaining and installing software, taking inventory of computers, distributing software updates to computers orremotely managing computers. You must also have a basic understanding and working knowledge of Microsoft Windows (XP, 2003, 7, 2008) operating systems and optionally Linux and Macoperating systems. Altiris Client Management Suite 7.1 Administration AT2999 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.100,- The Altiris Client Management Suite 7.1 Administration course is designed for professionals tasked with using Altiris Client Management Suite (CMS) to manage the software and hardware in their companies. This course teaches students how to install, configure, and maintain CMS. Students learn how to use CMS s core processes, including collecting inventory, delivering software, and applying operating system patches. Students also learn how to use some reporting features in CMS to track and monitor their environment. Included are supplemental lessons on Altiris Server Management Suite. This course is for system administrators who will be installing software, taking inventory of computers, or deploying patches to managed computers You must have working knowledge of Notification Server and have attended the Symantec Management Platform 7.1 Administration course. You must also have a basic understanding and working knowledge of Microsoft Windows (2000, XP, 2003, Vista, and Windows 7). Symantec Workflow 7.1: Administration AT3498 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.100,- The Symantec Workflow 7.1 Administration course is designed for IT administrators tasked with installing, designing, building, and maintaining workflow projects, and integrating Workflow with existing systems. This class covers how to install Workflow and configure database, Notification Server, and Workflow settings. Students also learn how to design basic projects inworkflow Designer. Students then build a comprehensive Vacation Request project and add functionality to it using components, data types, integrations, forms, rules, triggers, escalations, and time-outs. Students also learn how to publish and package the projects and make projects available to other users in Process Manager. This course is for IT administrators responsible for installing, designing, building, and maintaining workflow projects, and integrating Workflow with existing systems in their organization. Students must have attended the Symantec Management Platform 7.1: Administration course, or possess equivalent experience with Symantec Management Platform. Students must have basic working knowledge of Microsoft Windows client and server operating systems, and network concepts, including LANs, network adapter cards, and drivers. Symantec Trainingen Students also learn how to use platform and CMS reports to track and monitor their environment. Included are supplemental Symantec Deployment Solution 7.5: Administration AT5997 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.100,- The Symantec Deployment Solution 7.5: Administration course is designed for the professional tasked with installing, configuring, and managing a Deployment Solution system. This five-day, instructorled, hands-on course covers how Deployment Solution 7.5 simplifies the routine tasks of setting up new computers, migrating computers to a new operating system, and moving users to new operating systems or hardware. Students also learn how to install, configure, and use DeploymentSolution to perform these types of tasks remotely from an easy-to-use console, saving time for employees and money for their enterprise. This course is for system administrators or anyone who will be installing, configuring, and managing a Deployment Solution system Students should have a working knowledge of Windows 2008, Win 7, and XP; be familiar with network concepts, including LANs, network adapters, drivers, and network operating systems Altiris Deployment Solution 7.1: Administration AT5998 Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.860,- The Altiris Deployment Solution 7.1 Administration course is designed for the professional tasked with installing, configuring, and managing a Deployment Solution system. This course covers how Deployment Solution 7.1 simplifies the routine tasks of setting up new computers, migrating computers to a new operating system, and moving users to new operating systems or hardware. Students also learn how to install, configure, and use Deployment Solution to perform these types of tasks remotely from an easy-to-use console, saving time for employees and money for their enterprise. This course is for system administrators or anyone who will be installing, configuring, and managing a Deployment Solution system. Symantec Management Platform 7.1: Administration AT8400 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.100,- The Symantec Management Platform 7.1: Administration course is designed for IT specialists tasked with installing, managing, and troubleshooting Symantec Management Platform. This class covers Symantec Management Platform installation and infrastructure, and how to create and configure key items in the Symantec Management Console, such as tasks, policies, organizational groups, targets, and filters. Students also learn how to run reports and replication, create a hierarchy, configure site servers, find and access data in the database, and apply troubleshooting techniques. This course is for system administrators responsible for installing, configuring, managing, and troubleshooting Symantec Management Platform. Students must have basic working knowledge of Microsoft Windows and networking concepts, including LANs, network adapter cards, drivers, and operating systems. Students must also be familiar with computer hardware components such as hubs, switches, and routers. Experience using VMware is helpful but not required. Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 169

170 Symantec App Center 4.1.x Administration SM0999 Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.240,- Symantec Trainingen Symantec App Center is a scalable mobile app management solution for securing, deploying, and managing content and apps on corporate and employee- owned mobile devices. This training course covers how to configure and use Symantec App Center in both onpremise and cloud- based (SaaS) versions. Topics include how to securely enroll and manage your mobile devices, enroll users, import and securely distribute apps and content, manage app lifecycles, secure end user devices in the event they are lost or stolen, and how App Center uses MDM (Mobile Device Management) to manage devices. This course is intended for mobile device administrators and other management personnel who are involved in configuring, managing, and administering Symantec App Center, as well as those responsible for ongoing management of mobile devices in an organization A working knowledge of the CentOS Operating System, or other Linux based platforms is highly recommended. For those installing the product, a working knowledge of Apple Push Notification Server, Google Cloud Messaging, SSL certificates, root certificates, and SSL communications is recommended. Many of these are required components and must be installed before App Center can fully manage ios and Android devices. Symantec App Center 4.1.x Installation and Administration SM1000 Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.860,- Symantec App Center is a scalable mobile app management solution for securing, deploying, and managing content and apps on corporate and employee-owned mobile devices. import and securely distribute apps and content, manage app lifecycles, secure end user devices in the event they are lost or stolen, and how App Center uses MDM (Mobile Device Management) to manage devices. administrators and other management personnel who are involved in installing, configuring, managing, and administering Symantec App Center, as well as those responsible for ongoing management of mobile devices in an organization. Server, Google Cloud Messaging, SSL certificates, root certificates, and SSL communications is recommended. Many of these are required components and must be installed before App Center can fully manage ios and Android devices. This training course covers how to configure and use Symantec App Center in both onpremise and cloud-based (SaaS) versions. Topics include how to securely enroll and manage your mobile devices, enroll users, The installation and Administration course also covers step-by-step installation steps for App Center on a CentOS virtual machine. This course is intended for mobile device A working knowledge of the CentOS Operating System, or other Linux based platforms is highly recommended. For those installing the product, a working knowledge of Apple Push Notification 170 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

171 Risk & Compliance Security Symantec Data Loss Prevention 12.5: Administration IR0996 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.750,- The Symantec Data Loss Prevention 12.5: Administration course is designed to provide you with the fundamental knowledge to configure and administer the Symantec Data Loss Prevention Enforce platform. The hands-on labs include exercises for configuring Enforce server, detection servers, and DLP Agents as well as reporting, workflow, incident response management, policy management and detection, response management, user and role administration, directory integration, and filtering. Additionally, you are introduced to deployment best practices and the following Symantec Data Loss Prevention products: Network Monitor, Mobile Monitor, Mobile Prevent, Network Prevent, Network Discover, Network Protect, Endpoint Prevent, and Endpoint Discover. Note that this course is delivered on a Microsoft Windows platform. This course is intended for anyone responsible for configuring, maintaining, and troubleshooting Symantec Data Loss Prevention. Additionally, this course is intended for technical users responsible for creating and maintaining Symantec Data Loss Prevention policies and the incident response structure. You must have aworking knowledge of Windows server-class operating systems and commands, aswell as networking and network security concepts Symantec Data Loss Prevention 12: Administration IR0997 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.750,- The Symantec Data Loss Prevention 12: Administration course is designed to provide fundamental knowledge to configure and administer the Symantec Data Loss Prevention Enforce platform. The hands-on lab include exercises for configuring Enforce server, detection servers, and DLP Agents as well as reporting, workflow, incident response management, policy management and detection, response management, user and role administration, directory integration, and filtering. Additionally, you are introduced to deployment best practices and the following Symantec Data Loss Prevention products: Network Monitor, Mobile Monitor, Mobile Prevent, Network Prevent, Network Discover, Network Protect, Endpoint Prevent, and Endpoint Discover. Note that this course is delivered on a Microsoft Windows platform. This course is intended for anyone responsible for configuring, maintaining, and troubleshooting Symantec Data Loss Prevention. Additionally, this course is intended for technical users responsible for creating and maintaining Symantec Data Loss Prevention policies and the incident response structure. You must have basic working knowledge of Microsoft Windows server-class operating systems and commands, as well as networking and network security concepts. Symantec Endpoint Protection 12.X: Maintain and Troubleshoot SC1433 Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.860,- The Symantec Endpoint Protection 12.1: Maintain and Troubleshoot course is designed for the IT security management professional tasked with administering, monitoring, and troubleshooting Symantec Endpoint Protection Students learn how to troubleshoot and upgrade to Symantec Endpoint Protection 12.1; and how to monitor and troubleshoot the SEPM, client-to-sepm communication, content distribution, client deployments, protection technologies, and network threat protection. The class also covers how to follow Symantec best practices for troubleshooting and remediating a virus outbreak, performing advanced monitoring using IT Analytics, and providing solutions to Symantec Endpoint Protection 12.1 case studies. This course is for network managers, resellers, system administrators, client security administrators, systems professionals, and consultants who are charged with the installation, configuration, and day-to-day management of Symantec Endpoint Protection in a variety of network environments, and who are responsible for troubleshooting andtuning the performance of this product in the enterprise environment. You must have attended the Symantec Endpoint Protection 12.1: Administration course or have equivalent experience. Symantec Trainingen Symantec Control Compliance Suite 11.0: Administration SC1432 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.100,- The Symantec Control Compliance Suite (CCS) 11.0 Administration course is designed for professionals who are tasked with ensuring the security of their computingenterprise and compliance with both external and internal mandates. This course focuses on using Control Compliance Suite 11.0 to define risk and compliance objectives; develop policies and controls to govern the enterprise; assess compliance with policies, standards, and other mandates; remediate vulnerabilities and deviations from requirements; and create reports and dashboards to demonstrate compliance to multiple audiences. This course is for computer professionals involved with security compliance using CCS You must have working knowledge of advanced computer terminology, including TCP/IP networking terms, security, and Internet terms, and administrator level knowledge of Microsoft Windows 2000/ XP/2003 operating systems. Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 171

172 Symantec Trainingen Symantec Security Information Manager 4.7 SC1437 Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.860,- The Symantec Security Information Manager 4.7 course is designed for security professionals and network security administrators who are tasked with proactivelyidentifying, prioritizing, and resolving critical security incidents to reduce security risk against their key network resources. This course delivers an overview of the Symantec Security Information Manager server and console, including details about the components, architecture, features, and benefits. Students will learn how to deploy and install the product in an enterprise environment, with emphasis on configuration, rule creation, modification, and management of incidents. This course concentrates on how to use Symantec Security Information Manager to reduce security risk by managing security events emanating from many different Symantec and third-party products. This course includes practical exercises that enable you to test your new skills and begin to transfer them into your working environment. This course is for security professionals or IT administrators who are tasked with proactively identifying, prioritizing, and resolving critical security incidents. You should have a working knowledge of networking, including typical security components such as firewalls, intrusion detection systems, and antivirus systems. It isbeneficial to be familiar with the operation of a help desk in an Information Technology environment. Symantec Endpoint Protection 12.X: Administration SC1439 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.750,- This class covers how to design, deploy, install, configure, manage, and monitor Symantec Endpoint Protection 12.1 (SEP 12.1). Students learn how to create and implement the client firewall, intrusion prevention, application and device control, and behavioral protection policies that guard the enterprise from viruses and hackers. In addition, students learn how to perform server and database management, expand the management environment, use virtualization features for virtual clients, and interface the Symantec Endpoint Protection Manager with Protection Center. Symantec Network Access Control 11. SC1440 Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.240,- The Symantec Network Access Control (SNAC) 11.x seminar (combining lecture and demonstrations) is designed for the network, IT security, and systems administration professional tasked with architecting, implementing, and monitoring network access control solutions. This class covers how to design, deploy,install, configure, and monitor Symantec Network AccessControl. Students also learn how to manage enforcer appliances and endpoint enforcement clients. The Symantec Endpoint Protection 12.1: Administration course is designed for the network, IT security, and systems administration professional tasked with architecting, implementing, and monitoring virus and spyware protection, zero-day protection, and network threat protection solutions. You must have working knowledge of advanced computer terminology, including TCP/ IP networking terms and Internet terms, and an administrator-level knowledge of Microsoft Windows 2000/ XP/2003 operating systems. This course is for network managers, resellers, systems administrators, client security administrators, systems professionals, and consultants who are charged with the installation, configuration, and day-to-day management of Symantec Network Access Control in a variety of network environments. You should have working knowledge of advanced computer terminology, including TCP/IP networking terms and Internet terms, an administrator-level knowledge of Microsoft Windows 2000/ XP/2003 operating systems, and in-depth knowledge of networking and the OSI model. Other Symantec Ghost Solution Suite 2.5 SC1479 Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 2.480,- The Symantec Ghost Solution Suite 2.5 course builds your knowledge of the Symantec Ghost Solution Suite, enabling you to deploy systems across your network and maintain client computers effectively and efficiently. This course is for network and system administrators, IT managers, IT support personnel, and other network operations staff who are responsible for deploying new computers across their organizations, managing ongoing software and hardware configuration tasks for computers, and retiring outdated computers. PGP Universal Server 3.2 and PGP Desktop 10.2: Administration US3000 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.100,- The PGP Universal Server 3.2 and PGP Desktop 10.2: Administration course for PGP Universal Server 3.2 and PGP Desktop 10.2 is designed to provide you with thefundamental knowledge to install, administer, and troubleshoot the PGP Universal Management Server and primary client product. The course also covers troubleshooting of PGP Desktop, including installation and enrollment problems, PGP Whole Disk Encryption, and common files and services that may need to be manipulated or repaired. Additionally, you are introduced to the following PGP encryption products: Key Management Services, PGP Support Package for BlackBerry, PGP Mobile, PGP ios Viewer and Endpoint Device Control. This course is intended for those responsible for the installation, configuration, maintenance, or troubleshooting of PGP Universal Server or PGP Desktop. An understanding of information security concepts and terminology helps you succeed in this course. Also, this course requires familiarity with networking and computing concepts. Symantec recommends that students taking this course have at least one year of information technology experience. 172 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

173 VMware levert oplossingen voor virtualisatieen cloud infrastructuren waarmee ITactiviteiten vereenvoudigd en gestroomlijnd kunnen worden. Als VMware Premier Authorized Training Center (Premier VATC) werkt Global Knowledge wereldwijd nauw samen met VMware. Dit resulteert in leeroplossingen die u ervan verzekeren dat u bij Global Knowledge de kennis opdoet die voldoet aan de eisen van uw organisatie. Global Knowledge biedt voor alle VMware oplossingen een volledig geautoriseerd trainingsportfolio. In Nederland is Global Knowledge die enige Premier VATC! VMware en VMware heeft een certificeringsprogramma opgesteld waarmee de technische competenties en expertises die nodig zijn voor installatie, beheer, implementatie en ondersteuning van VMware software worden verzekerd en vastgelegd. De VMware certificeringen zijn wereldwijd erkend en zijn beschikbaar voor verschillende specialisaties. Onderstaand vindt u een overzicht van de beschikbare certificeringen. Uiteraard kunt u bij Global Knowledge terecht voor het volledige VMware trainingsaanbod en complete certificeringstrajecten. Meer hierover vindt u verderop in deze catalogus. strajecten Advanced Expert Professional Associate Professional VCAP-ClD CLOUD VCA-Cloud VCP-Cloud VCDX-Cloud VCAP-ClA DATA CENTER VIRTUALIZATION VCAP-DCD VCA - Data Center Virtualization VCP5-DCV VCDX-DCV VCAP-DCA VMware en END USER COMPUTING NETWORKING VIRTUALIZATION VMware Associate Advanced Expert Professional Professional VCAP-DTD VCA - Workforce Mobility VCP-DT VCDX-DT VCAP-DTA VCP-NV VCIX-NV VCDX-NV Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 173

174 VMware training-en certificeringstrajecten VMware training-en certificeringstrajecten Cloud Het VMware Cloud certificeringsprogramma is ontwikkeld voor erkenning van IT-Professionals en VMware Partners met kennis, ervaring en expertise op het gebied van het installeren, configureren, beheren en ontwerpen van een cloud-omgeving met behulp van vcloud Director en bijbehorende onderdelen. VMware Certified Associate - Cloud (VCA-Cloud) Uw VMware kennis Verplichte trainingen Examen Geen vereiste voorkennis noodzakelijk e-learning: VMware Cloud Fundamentals VCA Cloud (VCAC510) VMware Certified Professional Cloud (VCP Cloud) Uw VMware kennis Verplichte trainingen Examen U begint met VMware Cloud VMware vcloud Director: Install, Configure, Manage v5.5 (VMCICM) VCP Cloud Technologies én vcloud Automation Center (vcac): Install Configure Manage v6.0 (VMCACICM) OF Uw VMware kennis Aanbevolen trainingen Examen Een geldige VCP Level certificering VMware vcloud Director: Install, Configure, Manage v5.5 (VMCICM) VCP Cloud VMware Certified Advanced Professional Cloud Infrastructure Administration (VCAP-CIA) Advanced Expert Professional Associate Professional VCAP-ClD VCA-Cloud VCP-Cloud VCDX-Cloud VMware Certified Advanced Professional Cloud Infrastructure Design (VCAP-CID) Uw VMware kennis Verplichte trainingen Examen Een geldige VCP Level certificering VMware Cloud: Design Best Practices v1.5 (VMCD) VCAP-CID VMware Certified Design Expert - Cloud (VCDX-Cloud) VCAP-ClA Uw VMware kennis Verplichte trainingen Examen Zowel VCAP-CIA en VCAP-CID VMware Cloud: Design Best Practices v1.5 (VMCD) Presentatie en gecertificeerd verdediging van uw én ontwerp voor een VCDX U dient een succesvolle VCDX-Cloud applicatie en ontwerp in te dienen panel Uw VMware kennis Verplichte training Examen Een geldige VCP Level certificering Geen specifieke training noodzakelijk VCAP-CIA 174 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

175 Data Center Virtualization (vsphere 5) Het VMware Data Center Virtualization certificeringsprogramma geeft erkenning aan ITprofessionals en VMware partner met kennis, ervaring en expertise op het gebied van virtuele infrastructuren op basis van VMware vsphere. VMware Certified Associate Data Center Virtualization (VCA-DCV) Uw VMware kennis Verplichte trainingen Examen Geen vereiste voorkennis noodzakelijk e-learning: VMware Data Center Virtualization Fundamentals VCA-DCV VMware Certified Professional - Data Center Virtualization (VCP-DCV) Uw VMware kennis Verplichte trainingen Examen U start met VMware óf u bent VMware vsphere 5: Install, configure & Manage training (VSICM) VCP5-DCV voor gecertificeerd als VCP2 of VCP3 of vsphere 5 VMware vsphere 5: Fast Track (VSFT) of VMware vsphere 5: Optimize & Scale v5.1 (VSOS) of VMware vsphere 5: Troubleshooting Workshop v5.1 (VST) OF Uw VMware kennis Verplichte trainingen Examen Een geldig VDP level certificering VMware vsphere 5: What s New (VMWN) VCP5-DCV voor vsphere 5 OF Uw VMware kennis Verplichte trainingen Examen U bent niet VCP gecertificeerd, maar u heeft reeds één van de onderstaande VCP4 kwalificatietrainingen gevolgd: VMware vsphere: Advanced Fast Track [V4.x] VMware vsphere: Automation Fast Track [V4.1] VMware vsphere: Install, Configure, Manage [V4.1] VMware vsphere: Troubleshooting [V4.x] VMware vsphere 5: What s New (VMWN) VCP5-DCV voor vsphere 5 Advanced Expert Professional Associate Professional Uw VMware kennis Verplichte trainingen Examen U bent reeds VCP5-DCV, VCP5-DT of VCP-Cloud gecertificeerd VCAP-DCD VCA - Data Center Virtualization VCP5-DCV VCDX-DCV VCAP-DCA VMware Certified Advanced Professional 5 - Data Center Administration (VCAP-DCA) VMware vsphere 5: Optimize & Scale v5.1 (VSOS) VMware Certified Advanced Professional 5 - Data Center Design (VCAP5-DCD) Uw VMware kennis Verplichte trainingen Examen U bent reeds VCP5-DCV, VCP5-DT of VCP-Cloud gecertificeerd VMware vsphere 5: Design Workshop (VSD) én Business Continuity and Disaster Recovery Design[V5.x](DRBC Design) - elearning module VCAP5-DCD OF Uw VMware kennis Verplichte trainingen Examen U bent reeds VCAP4-DCD gecertificeerd VMware vsphere 5: What s New (VMWN) VCAP5-DCD VMware Certified Design Expert 5 - Data Center Virtualization (VCDX5-DCV) VCAP5-DCA OF Uw VMware kennis Verplichte trainingen Examen U bent reeds VCAP4-DCA VMware vsphere 5: What s New (VMWN) VCAP5-DCA VMware training-en certificeringstrajecten Uw VMware kennis Verplichte trainingen Examen U bent reeds VCAP5-DCA en VCAP5- DCD gecertificeerd VMware vsphere 5: Design Workshop (VSD) én U dient een zelfontworpen en goedgekeurde VCDX-DCV applicatie in te dienen Verdedig uw ontwerp voor een VCDX panel Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 175

176 VMware training-en certificeringstrajecten End User Computing VMware training-en certificeringstrajecten Het VMware End User Computing certificeringsprogramma is ontwikkeld voor de erkenning van IT-Professionals en VMware Partners die kennis, ervaring en expertise hebben op het gebied van VMware Desktop Virtualisatie. VMware Certified Associate Workforce Mobility (VCA-WM) Uw VMware kennis Verplichte trainingen Examen Geen vereiste voorkennis noodzakelijk e-learning: VMware Workforce Mobility Fundamentals VCA-WM (VCAW510) VMware Certified Professional 6 - Desktop (VCP6-DT) Uw VMware kennis Verplichte trainingen Examen Nieuw op het gebied van VMware Desktop technologies of in het bezit van een VCP certificering Horizon (with View): Install, Configure, Manage v6.0 (VMVIEW) of VMware Horizon View 5: Desktop Fast Track v5.2 (VMVDFT) Let op, deze cursus dekt een andere versie van View dan het examen VCPD610 Advanced Expert Professional Associate Professional VCAP-DTD VCA - Workforce Mobility VCP-DT VCDX-DT VCAP-DTA VMware Certified Advanced Professional Desktop Administration (VCAP-DTA) Uw VMware kennis Verplichte trainingen Examen Een geldige VDP Level certificering VMware Horizon View 5: Desktop Fast Track v5.2 (VMVDFT) VCAP-DTA VMware Certified Advanced Professional Desktop Design (VCAP-DTD) Uw VMware kennis Verplichte trainingen Examen Een geldige VCP Level certificering VMware View 5: Design Best Practices v5.1 (VMVD) of VMware Horizon View 5: Desktop Fast Track v5.2 (VMVDFT) VCAP-DTD VMware Certified Design Expert Desktop (VCDX-DT) Uw VMware kennis Verplichte trainingen Examen U bent reeds VCAP-DTD én VCAP-DTA gecertificeerd VMware View 5: Design Best Practices v5.1 (VMVD) én U dient een zelfontworpen en goedgekeurde VCDX-DT applicatie in te dienen Verdedig uw ontwerp voor een VCDX panel 176 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

177 Network Virtualization VMware NSX is een netwerk virtualisatie en security platform voor software gedefinieerde data centers. Op basis van VMware NSX is een volledig nieuw certificeringstraject ontwikkeld. Het Network Virtualization certificeringsprogramma valideert kennis en expertise op het gebied van het installeren, implementeren, beheren en het ontwerpen van NSX virtual networking oplossingen. VMware Certified Professional Network Virtualization (VCP-NV) Uw VMware kennis Verplichte trainingen Examen Nieuw op het gebied van Network Virtualization Technologies VMware NSX: Install, Configure, Manage (VMNSXICM) of VMware NSX Fast Track for Implementation Experts (VMNSXFT) VCPN610 OF Uw VMware kennis Verplichte trainingen Examen U bent reeds VCP gecertificeerd VMware NSX: Install, Configure, Manage (VMNSXICM) of VMware NSX Fast Track for Implementation Experts (VMNSXFT) of VMware NSX Technical Overview with Labs VCPN610 Advanced Expert Professional Associate Professional VCP-NV VCIX-NV VCDX-NV VMware training-en certificeringstrajecten VMware Certified Implementation Expert Network Virtualization (VCIX-NV) Uw VMware kennis Verplichte trainingen Examen U dient in het bezit zijn van een geldige VCP-NV certificering Geen specifieke training vereist VCXN610 OF Uw VMware kennis Verplichte trainingen Examen U dient in het bezit zijn van een geldige VCP5-DCV, VCP-Cloud, VCP5- DT certificering VMware NSX: Install, Configure, Manage (VMNSXICM) VCXN610 VCDX Network Virtualization (VCDX-NV) Uw VMware kennis Verplichte trainingen Examen U dient in het bezit zijn van een geldige VCIX-NV certificering VMware NSX Fast Track for Internetworking Experts (VMNSXFT) U dient een succesvol Network Virtualization ontwerp in te dienen en te verdedigen. Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 177

178 VMware Partner Network VMware Partner Network Het Partner Network Programma van VMware biedt u een competitief voordeel op het gebied van uw VMware Virtualisatie en biedt daarnaast ook financiele voordelen. Als VMware partner krijgt uw bedrijf exclusieve toegang tot middelen die u helpen bij het uitbreiden van uw licentie-en service business, het creëren van nieuwe kansen, vergroten van winstgevendheid en het sneller sluiten van overeenkomsten. VMware vcloud Air Network Programma Het VMware vcloud Air Network Programma is een specifiek partner programma dat VMware service providers helpt bij het ontwikkelen van hun cloud computing business. Het VMware vcloud Air Network Programma biedt partners via een abbonnementsvorm flexibiliteit in het aanbieden van virtualisatie oplossingen, applicaties en diensten aan hun klanten zonder voorafgaande kosten. Daarnaast biedt het programma ondersteuning en voorzieningen waarmee partners hun VMware producten, diensten en oplossingen kunnen ontwikkelen, promoten en verkopen. VMWARE VCLOUD AIR NETWORK REQUIREMENTS Premier Enterprise Professional Enrolled - 4 VCP - Cloud Provider Competentie - vcloud powered Badge punten - 2 VCP - Cloud Provider Competentie - vcloud powered Badge punten - 1 VCP 360 punten Het VMware Partner Network biedt twee verschillende programma s, te weten: VMware Solution Provider Programma VMware vcloud Air Network Programma VMware Solution Provider Programma Het VMware Solution Provider Programma is een veel omvattend partner programma en voorziet VMware partners van middelen die benodigd zijn om klanten goed te kunnen bedienen en het verkrijgen van een lang durend competitief voordeel op het gebied van VMware Virtualisatie. Er zijn vier partner niveau s: Registered, Professional, Enterprise en Premier. Iedere accreditatie heeft een eigen eisen- en voordeelpakket. Een volledige uitleg kunt u verderop in deze brochure lezen. VMWARE SOLUTION PROVIDER REQUIREMENTS Premier Enterprise Professional Enrolled - 4 VSP, 4 VTSP,4 VCP - 3 competenties - 2 VSP, 2 VTSP, 2 VCP - 1 competentie - 1 VSP, 1 VTSP Het VMware vcloud Air Network Programma is een ideale oplossing voor verschillende typen VMware partners die cloud computing en/of gehoste IT diensten leveren aan enterprise en middelgrote organisaties, zoals Cloud Service Providers, Application Service Providers (APSs), Internet Service Providers (ISPS), Platform as a Service (PaaS) Providers en Infrastructure as a Service (IaaS) Providers. Opleidingseisen Aan het VMware vcloud Air Network Programma worden ook opleidingseisen gesteld. De opleidingseisen en de verschillende puntenniveaus worden in de onderstaande afbeelding weergegeven: Competenties VMware heeft een aantal competenties betreffende Virtualisatie-oplossingen aan dit partner programma toegevoegd. Vanaf het Solution Provider Enterprise niveau dient naast de basis accreditaties ook één of meerdere competenties behaald te worden. Dit heeft als voordeel dat VMware partners hun klanten een duidelijker beeld kunnen geven van hun onderscheidende expertise en maximaal kunnen profiteren van de voordelen van het VMware Partner Netwerk. De verschillende competenties worden op pagina 161 toegelicht. Voor meer informatie over verschillende VSPPabonnementsvormen en het bijbehorende puntenssysteem verwijzen we naar de VMware website, ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

179 VMware Competenties Server Virtualization Solution Competentie Virtualization of Business Critical Applications Competentie Rol Accreditatie Vereiste Training Lesmethodiek Sales - VSP VSP VSP - Server Virtualization Solution e-learning modules 1 ) e-learning Pre-sales - VTSP VTSP VTSP - Server Virtualization Solution e-learning modules 1 ) e-learning PostSales - VCP VCP-DCV vsphere 5: Wat s new (VMWN) OF vsphere 5: Install, Configure (VSICM) OF VMware vsphere 5: Fast Track (VSFT) PLUS ILT, 2 days ILT, 5 days ILT, 5 days VCAP-DCD VSD - vsphere Design Best Practices ILT, 3 days Business Continuity (BC) Competentie Rol Examen Vereiste Training Lesmethodiek Sales VSP - BC VSP - Business Continuity e-learning Modules 1 ) e-learning Technical Sales VTSP - BC VTSP - Business Continuity e-learning Modules 1 ) e-learning Technical Post Sales Business Continuity Technical Post Sales Accredited Overview and Design PLUS Technical Pos-Sales Accreditation: Implementation Fundamentals 5 Business Continuity Overview and Design 1 ) VMware vcenter Site Recovery Manager: Install, Configure, Manage v5.1 (VMSRM) e-learning ILT, 2 days Rol Accreditatie Vereiste Training Lesmethodiek Sales - VSP VSP - VBCA VSP - VBCA e-learning Modules 1 ) e-learning Pre-sales - VTSP VTSP - VBCA VTSP - VBCA e-learning Modules 1 ) e-learning Technical Post Sales Virtualizing Microsoft VCP - VBCA e-learning Modules 1 ) e-learning - VCP SQL Server with VMware Accreditation OF Virtualizing an Oracle Database with VMware Accreditation PLUS Virtualizing Microsoft VCP - VBCA e-learning Modules 1 ) e-learning Exchange with VMware Accreditation OF Virtualizing Microsoft SharePoint with VMware Accreditation OF Virtualizing SAP ERP Software with VMware Accreditation PLUS 1 VCAP-DCD VMware vsphere 5: Design Workshop (VSD) ILT, 3 dagen VMware Competenties Desktop Virtualization (DV) Competentie Rol Examen Vereiste Training Lesmethodiek Sales - VSP VSP - DV VSP - Desktop Virtualization e-learning Modules 1 ) e-learning Pre-sales - VTSP VTSP - DV VTSP - Desktop Virtualization e-learning Modules 1 ) e-learning Post-sales - VCP VCP6 - DT Horizon Mirage: Install, Configure, Manage (VMHMICM) + Horizon (with View): Install, Configure, Manage v6.0 (VMVIEW) OF VMware View: Desktop Fast Track (VMVDFT) ILT, 2 dagen ILT, 4 dagen ILT, 5 dagen OF VCAP -DTD Horizon Mirage: Install, Configure, Manage (VMHMICM) + VMware View 5: Design Best Practices (VMVD) OF VMware View: Desktop Fast Track (VMVDFT) ILT, 2 dagen ILT, 3 dagen ILT, 5 dagen 1) De e-learning modules vindt u op de MyLearn pagina van VMware ILT = Instructor Led Training Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 179

180 VMware Competenties Management Operations (MO) Solution Competentie Management Automation (MA) Competentie VMware Competenties Rol Accreditatie Vereiste Training Lesmethodiek Sales VSP - MO VSP - Management Competency e-learning modules1) e-learning Technical Sales VTSP - MO VTSP -Management Competency Technical Sales e-learning modules1) e-learning Technical Post Sales Management Operations Technical Post-Sales VMware vcenter Operations Manager: Analyze & Predict (VMOMAP) OF VMware vcenter Operations Manager: Advanced Usage ILT, 2 dagen ILT, 3 dagen Accreditation: vcenter Operations Manager 5 and Dashboard Design [V5.x] (VMOMAUDC) PLUS Management Operations Technical Post-Sales Accreditation: vcenter Configuration Manager 5 Hybrid Cloud Solution Competentie VMware vcenter Configuration Manager for Virtual Infrastructure Management (VMCMVIM) OF VMware vcenter Configuration Manager for Virtual Infrastructure and OS Management v5.5 (VMCMVIOSM) OF VMware vcenter Configuration Manager: Install, Configure, Manage [V5.7] (VMCMI) ILT, 3 dagen ILT, 5 dagen ILT, 3 dagen Rol Accreditatie Vereiste Training Lesmethodiek Sales - VSP VSP - Hybrid VSP - Hybrid e-learning modules 1 ) e-learning Technical Sales VTSP - Hybrid VTSP - Hybrid e-learning modules 1 ) e-learning Technical Post Sales VCP-DCV vsphere 5: Wat s new (VMWN) OF vsphere 5: Install, Configure (VSICM) OF VMware vsphere 5: Fast Track (VSFT) VMware Subscription Expert Accreditation (VSE) VSE VSE Includes Subscription Ops Overview Bus. Considerations Quote, Order, Invoice Metered Usage, Add-ons Renewal, Pricing ILT, 2 dagen ILT, 5 dagen ILT, 5 dagen e-learning Rol Accreditatie Vereiste Training Lesmethodiek Sales - VSP VSP - MA VSP - MA e-learning modules1) e-learning Technical Sales VTSP - MA VTSP - MA e-learning modules1) e-learning Technical Post Sales Management vrealize Automation: Install, Configure, Manage [V6.0] ILT, 5 dagen Automation Technical Post-Sales: vrealize Automation [V6.0] PLUS Management Automation Technical Post-Sales: Service Delivery Readiness Network Virtualization Competentie Rol Accreditatie Vereiste Training Lesmethodiek Sales - VSP VSP - NV VSP - NV e-learning modules1) e-learning Technical Sales VTSP - NV VTSP - NV e-learning modules1) e-learning Technical Post Sales VCP - NV Network Virtualization Technical Post-Sales Accreditation: NSX VMware NSX: Install, Configure, Manage [V6.0] (VMNSXICM) ILT, 5 dagen 1) De e-learning modules vindt u op de MyLearn pagina van VMware ILT = Instructor Led Training 180 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

181 Software-Defined Storage Competentie Rol Accreditatie Vereiste Training Lesmethodiek Sales - VSP VSP - SDS VSP - SDS e-learning modules1) e-learning Technical Sales VTSP - SDS VTSP - SDS e-learning modules1) e-learning Technical Post Sales Software-Defined Storage Technical Post- Sales Accreditation VMware Virtual SAN: Deploy and Manage [V5.5] (VMVSAN) ILT, 5 dagen Cloud Provider Solution Competentie VMware Competenties Rol Accreditatie Vereiste Training Lesmethodiek Sales - VSP VSP - CP VSP - CP e-learning modules1) e-learning Technical Sales VTSP - CP VTSP - CP e-learning modules1) e-learning Technical Post Sales Cloud Provider Technical VMware Virtual SAN: Deploy and Manage [V5.5] (VMVSAN) ILT, 5 dagen Post-Sales Accreditation VMware Certified Professional - Data Center Virtualization (VCP4-DCV of VCP5- DCV) OF VMware Certified Professional - Cloud vsphere 5: Wat s new (VMWN) OF vsphere 5: Install, Configure (VSICM) OF VMware vsphere 5: Fast Track (VSFT) VMware vcloud Director: Install, Configure, Manage v5.5 (VMCICM) ILT, 2 dagen ILT, 5 dagen ILT, 5 dagen ILT, 3 dagen 1) De e-learning modules vindt u op de MyLearn pagina van VMware ILT = Instructor Led Training 181

182 VMware Trainingen Data Center Virtualization VMware Trainingen VMware vcenter Site Recovery Manager: Install, Configure, Manage VMSRM Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.495,- This two-day, hands-on training course equips experienced VMware vsphere administrators with the knowledge to install, configure, and manage VMware vcenter Site Recovery Manager 5.5. This course also equips vsphere administrators with the knowledge to assist in writing and testing disaster recovery plans that use vcenter Site Recovery Manager. vsphere administrators, architects, system engineers, and systems integrators who are responsible for the deployment or management of vcenter Site Recovery Manager. Completion of VMware vsphere: Install, Configure, Manage or equivalent experience Basic knowledge of disaster recovery concepts Basic knowledge of storage array technology This course helps to prepare you for the VCP5-DCV and VCAP5-DCA certifications VMware Virtual SAN: Deploy and Manage VMVSAN Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.210,- This training course focuses on deploying and managing a software-defined storage solution with VMware Virtual SAN 5.5. This course looks at how Virtual SAN is used as an important component in the VMware software-defined data center. The course is based on VMware ESXi 5.5 and VMware vcenter Server 5.5. For additional course options, go to Storage and virtual infrastructure administrators who want to use softwaredefined storage with Virtual SAN. Storage administration experience on block or file storage devices Understanding of concepts presented in the VMware vsphere : Install, Configure, Manage course VMware vsphere 5: What s New VMWN Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.295,- Deze praktijktraining verkent de nieuwe functies in VMware vcenter Server 5.5 en VMware ESXi 5.5. Aan bod komen onder meer de installatie van VMware vsphere 5.5 en de upgrade van vsphere 4.x naar vsphere 5.5. Systeembeheerders IT-managers Systeemarchitecten Verantwoordelijken voor de implementatie of het beheer van vsphere-omgevingen Bij aanvang van de training wordt er van uitgegaan dat de deelnemers een van de volgende VMware vsphere 4-cursussen hebben bezocht: Install, Configure, Manage Fast Track What s New Of vergelijkbare ervaring hebben met het beheer van vsphere 4 De VMWN training bereidt deelnemers voor op het VMware Certified Professional 5(VCP5-DCV) examen en is onderdeel van de Server Virtualization Competency VMware vsphere 5: Design Workshop VSD Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.695,- The goal of this course is to equip you with the knowledge, skills, and abilities to design a VMware vsphere 5.5 virtual infrastructure that is available, scalable, manageable, and secure. You will design such an infrastructure while meeting your organization s business objectives and working within its constraints and requirements. This course discusses the benefits and risks of available design alternatives and provides information to support making sound design decisions. This course also gives you an opportunity to practice your design skills by working with peers on a design project.the course is based on VMware ESXi and VMware vcenter Server 5.5. Consulting professionals Solution architects System architects System administrators IT managers Knowledge of vsphere 5.5 installation, upgrade, configuration, and administration This course prepares toward the VMware VCAP-DCA certification and is part of the Server Virtualisation Solution Compentency. 182 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

183 VMware Exam Preparation Workshop (VCP5-DCV) VSEXP Cursusduur: 1 dag Prijs: 575,- VMware vsphere 5: Fast Track VSFT Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.495,- VMware vsphere 5: Install, Configure, Manage VSICM Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.995,- This exam training intended to get familiar with the objectives covered by VCP5-DCV exam, related resources, and recommended courses. As this exam preperation workshop covers a lot of topics the actual exam will not take place at the end of the day. It is recommended that the actual exam should be sit by the attendees the week following the Exam prepration workshop. In our Workshop a free VUE VCP5-DCV exam voucher is included! This VCP5-DCV Exam preparation training is designed for VMware professionals who would like to attain the VMware Certified Professional accreditation. Attendance of either one of the following courses: VSICM -VMware vsphere 5: Install, Configure, Manage VMWN - VMWare vsphere 5: What s New VSFT - VMware vsphere 5: Fast Track This workshop prepares for the VCP5-DCV exam. This intensive, extended-hours training course focuses on installing, configuring, and managing VMware vsphere 5.5. This course combines the content of the VMware vsphere: Install, Configure, Manage course with advanced tasks and skills for configuring a highly available and scalable virtual infrastructure. The course is based on VMware ESXi 5.5 and VMware vcenter Server 5.5. Completion of this course satisfies the prerequisite for taking the VMware Certified Professional 5 exam. Experienced system administrators and system integrators willing to work hard to achieve superior vsphere skills with minimal time away from the office. System administration experience on Microsoft Windows or Linux operating systems Understanding of concepts presented in the VMware Data Center Virtualization Fundamentals course for VCA-DCV certification The VSFT training prepares you well for the VCP5-DCV exam.all topics will be taught which can be part of the VCP5-DCV exam. Global Knowledge Advises you to also attend our VCP-DCV (v5.5)exam prep workshop (VSEXP). For more information on the exam topics, please read the VCP5- DCV Exam Blueprint. Also this training is part of the Server Virtualization Competency. Deze praktijktraining gaat in op de installatie, de configuratie en het beheer van VMware vsphere, dat bestaat uit VMware ESXi en VMware vcenter Server. Deze cursus is gebaseerd op de versies ESXi 5.5 en vcenter Server 5.5. Na afronding van de cursus voldoet de deelnemer aan de ingangseis voor het examen VMware Certified Professional 5. Systeembeheerders Systeemtechnici Beheerders die verantwoordelijk zijn voor ESXi en vcenter Server Bij aanvang van de training wordt er van uitgegaan dat de deelnemers over de volgende kennis beschikken: Ervaring met systeembeheer op Windows- of Linux-besturingssystemen Kennis van virtuele datacenterconcepten die vergelijkbaar is met de benodigde kennis voor VCA- DCV-certificering. De VSICM-training bereidt u goed voor op het examen VCP5-DCV. Tijdens deze training komen echter niet alle onderwerpen uit het examen VCP5-DCV aan bod. Global Knowledge adviseert u om deze onderwerpen te bestuderen via zelfstudie of via een VSOS-training. Lees voor meer informatie over de examenonderwerpen de blauwdruk voor het examen VCP5-DCV. Deze training is ook onderdeel van de competentie infrastructuurvirtualisatie. VMware Trainingen VMware vsphere 5: Overview VSO Cursusduur: 1 dag Prijs: 695,- This hands-on training course introduces the most compelling features of VMware vsphere 5, which is the foundational component of the cloud infrastructure suite of software from VMware. This course demonstrates vsphere features that help reduce your IT costs while improving efficiency, availability, scalability, flexibility and manageability. The course is based on VMware ESXi 5.0 and VMware vcenter Server 5.0. This course is designed for technical persons responsible for evaluating ESX, ESXi and vcenter Server, including IT managers, system architects, and system administrators. System administration experience on Microsoft Windows or Linux operating systems. VMware vsphere with Operations Management:- Fast Track VSOMFT Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.295,- This intensive, extended-hours training course focuses on installing, configuring and managing VMware vsphere 5 and effectively using VMware vcenter Operations Manager. This course combines the content of the VMware vsphere: Install, Configure, Manage course with the vcenter Operations Manager: Analyze and Predict course. This course explores installation, configuration and management of vsphere, which consists of VMware ESXi and VMware vcenter Server. This course also teaches skills in the use of vcenter Operations Manager as a forensic and predictive tool. This course is based on ESXi 5.1, vcenter Server 5.1 and vcenter Operations Manager 5.x. System administrators Systems engineers Operators responsible for ESXi and vcenter Server System administration experience on Microsoft Windows or Linux operating systems. VMware vsphere 5: Optimize & Scale VSOS Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.340,- Deze cursus, bedoeld voor ervaren VMware vsphere professionals, leert cursisten geavanceerde vaardigheden voor het configureren en onderhouden van een hoge beschikbaarheid en schaalbare virtuele infrastructuur. De cursus is gebaseerd op VMware ESXi 5.5 en VMware vcenter Server 5.5. De cursus bereidt student voor op de VMware Certified Advanced Professional - Datacenter Administration [V5] certificering (VCAP5-DCA). Afronding van deze cursus voldoet ook aan de voorwaarde voor het afronden het VMware Certified Professional 5 examen. Experienced system administrators Systems engineers System integrators Completion of one of the following courses: VSICM- VMware vsphere 5: Install, Configure & Manage VMWN- VMware vsphere 5: What s New VSFT- VMware vsphere 5: Fast Track Or equivalent knowledge and administration experience with ESXi and vcenter Server Experience working at the command prompt is highly recommended. Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 183

184 Cloud Infrastructure VMware vsphere 5: Skills for Operators VMware Cloud: Design Best Practices vcloud Director: Organization Administration VMware Trainingen VSSO Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.395,- VMware vsphere: Skills for Operators is a two-day technical classroom training course designed to help operators and administrators create and manage virtual machines. This two-day lecture and lab course will help students gain the skills required to work effectively with VMware virtual machines. This course is based on VMware ESXi 5.5 and VMware vcenter Server 5.5. Operators responsible for ESXi and vcenter Server management System administration experience on Microsoft Windows or Linux operating systems VMware vsphere 5: Troubleshooting Workshop VST Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.340,- This hands-on training workshop provides you with the advanced knowledge, skills, and abilities to achieve competence in troubleshooting the VMware vsphere environment. This workshop also increases your skill and competence in using the command-line interface to analyze problems. The workshop is based on VMware ESXi 5.5 and VMware vcenter Server 5.5. System administrators System integrators Required prerequisites include completion of one of the following: VMware Certified Professional 5 Datacenter Virtualization (VCP5-DV) VSFT - VMware vsphere: Fast Track VSOS - VMware vsphere: Optimize and Scale Equivalent knowledge and administration experience with ESXi and vcenter Server Experience working with a commandline interface is highly recommended. VMCD Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 2.010,- This course is designed to guide students through the decision points and policy choices available for designing and implementing a VMware vcloud environment. Students will learn to appreciate the effects of design choices in VMware vsphere, VMware vcloud Director, VMware vcenter Chargeback and the VMware vshield Edge capability that is included with vcloud Director. The course culminates in a comprehensive workshop on VMware cloud design. This course is intended for: Sales partners, customers, consultants and sales engineers who are responsible for designing public and private cloud architectures with VMware products. Delegates should meet the following prerequisites: Completion of VMware vcloud Director Deploy and Manage (VMCICM) VCP-level knowledge of vsphere General-purpose vsphere design experience, with special emphasis on networking and storage Exposure to the features and functionality of vcloud Director, vsphere, vshield Edge and vcenter Chargeback This course prepares you for the VMware Certified Advanced Professional - Cloud Infrastructure Design (VCAP-CID) and is part of the Cloud Infrastructure as a Service (Cloud IaaS) Competency. VMware vcloud Director: Install, Configure, Manage VMCICM Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.820,- This course demonstrates to technical personnel how to deploy VMware vcloud Director for a small private cloud environment and manage the ongoing operation of the deployment. The course focuses on the private cloud in an engineering or quality assurance solution. The course covers all of the fundamentals needed to install, configure, and manage any small private cloud with vcloud Director. This course is the prerequisite for other courses that cover more advanced vcloud Director configurations in enterprise deployments. Consultants, systems engineers, datacenter administrators, and cloud administrators VMware vsphere: Install, Configure, Manage [V5.0] \ VMware vcloud Director: Essentials/ Fundamentals [V5.1] Solid understanding of TCP/IP networking VMCDOA Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.210,- This course focuses on the organization administrator s role in VMware vcloud Director in managing cloud resources. This course provides hands-on training for operators who are charged with administering their corporate resources in a public cloud or a private cloud. This course assumes that a vcloud Director organization administrator is technically proficient in working at a department or customer level to support cloud operations. The vcloud Director organization administrator is responsible for assisting coworkers in the daily management and use of cloud resources provided to the organization from the vcloud Director cloud provider. Department-level cloud administrators Basic understanding of Microsoft Windows administration Basic understanding of VMware vsphere virtualization Basic understanding of TCP/IP networking vcloud Network & Security for vsphere Professionals VMCNSVP Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: prijs op aanvraag This intensive training course focuses on installing, configuring, and managing VMware vcloud Networking and Security for VMware vsphere professional use. vcloud Networking and Security is a suite of security virtual appliances built for VMware vcenter Server and VMware ESXi integration. vcloud Networking and Security is a critical security component for protecting virtualized data centers from attacks and helping you to achieve your compliancemandated goals. The course is based on VMware vshield 5.5, ESXi 5.5, and vcenter Server 5.5. System administrators and system integrators responsible for deploying vcloud Networking and Security Willingness to participate in demanding, high-intensity training (required) Experience with vsphere (required) Comfort with system administration using command-line interfaces (required) Completion of VMware vsphere: Install, Configure, Manage (Recommended) 184 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

185 Cloud Management VMware vcloud: Overview VMCO Cursusduur: 1 dag Prijs: op aanvraag NederlandsDeze cursus toont technisch personeel hoe een VMware vcloudoplossing IT-diensten levert in een cloud-omgeving. De cursus richt zich op bedrijfsgebruik in een particuliere cloud, maar bevat ook informatie over hoe deze aanpak de migratie naar een hybride of publieke cloud ondersteunt. Middels handon-labs leren cursisten hoe IT-resources worden geleverd en gebruikt in een vcloud omgeving. Deze cursus is niet een VMware vcloud Director systeembeheer training. Het accent ligt op het demonstreren van de kenmerken en voordelen van een vcloud oplossing en niet zozeer op de details van het installeren, configureren en beheren van de componenten. Technical influencers, high-level managers, and IT decision makers Consultants, engineers, and first-line support people wanting a first look at the vcloud solution Thorough understanding of virtualization and vsphere capabilities will be helpful. vcloud Automation Center (vcac): Install Configure Manage VMCACICM Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.030,- This training course focuses on installing, configuring, and managing VMware vcloud Automation Center. This course covers the configuration and use of the vcloud Automation Center platform self-service provisioning and creation of on-demand private and multivendor cloud services. Experienced system administrators, cloud administrators, system integrators, and operational developers. VMware vsphere 5.x: Install, Configure, Manage or Equivalent knowledge This course prepares you for the following certification: VCP5-Cloud VCAP-CIA VMware vrealize Operations Manager: Install, Configure, Manage [V6.0] VMware vcenter Configuration Manager: Install, Configure, Manage VMCMI Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 2.010,- This hands-on training course focuses on installing, configuring, and managing VMware vcenter Configuration Manager 5.7. The course is built on VMware ESXi and VMware vcenter Server. This course provides you with the knowledge and skills to install and configure vcenter Configuration Manager, navigate the user interface, manage compliance, and perform administrative and configuration tasks against your infrastructure. Virtual infrastructure administrators IT managers Experience in performing basic administration tasks on ESXi hosts, vcenter Server, and virtual machines through the VMware vsphere Web Client System administration experience on Microsoft Windows, UNIX, and Linux operating systems VMware vcenter Configuration Manager for Operating Systems Management VMware Trainingen VMVROMICM Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.040,- VMCMOSM Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: op aanvraag This training course for experienced VMware vsphere users teaches how to use VMware vcenter Operations Manager as a forensic and predictive tool. This course also teaches advanced capabilities, such as adapters, customization, and management topics. This course is based on VMware ESXi 5.x, VMware vcenter Server 5.x, and vcenter Operations Manager 6.0. Experienced system administrators and system integrators; consultants responsible for customizing vcenter Operations Manager content Completion of the following courses: VMware vsphere: Install, Configure, Manage [V5.5] VMware vsphere: Optimize and Scale [V5.5] Or system administration experience with vsphere deployments Deze hands-on-training geeft u vaardigheden met VMware vcenter Configuration Manager (VCM). Deze training bouwt voort op de kennis die u heeft opgedaan in de VMware vcenter Configuration Manager for Virtual Infrastructure Management training. Het geeft u vaardigheden in: Het configureren van VCM voor beheer van fysieke en virtuele guest operating systemen en Active Directory (AD) Het creëren en het gebruik van de compliance templates Het gebruik van de VCM voor patching Het uitrollen van de operating systemen en Windows software applicaties Het gebruik van VCM tools voor het downloaden, importeren en exporteren van compliance templates en het bekijken en collecteren van debugginginformatie. Deze training is bedoeld voor: Virtual infrastructure administrators IT managers De cursisten dienen te voldoen aan de volgende voorwaarden: Deelname aan VMCMVIM training is verplicht Ervaring met het uitvoeren van basisadministratie taken op VMware vsphere ESXi hosts, VMware vcenter Server, VMware vcloud Director, VMware vshield en virtuele machines Ervaring met systeemadministratie in eenwindows, Linux of Solaris omgeving Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 185

186 VMware vcenter Configuration Manager for Virtual Infrastructure Management VMware vcenter Configuration Manager for Virtual Infrastructure and OS Management vcenter Operations Manager: Advanced Usage and Dashboard Design VMCMVIM Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 2.195,- VMCMVIOSM Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: prijs op aanvraag VMOMAUDC Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 2.010,- VMware Trainingen This hands-on training course builds your skills with VMware vcenter Configuration Manager (VCM). It will provide you with the knowledge and skills to install and configure VCM, navigate the user interface, manage compliance and perform administrative and configuration tasks against your virtual infrastructure. Virtual infrastructure administrator and IT managers. Experience in performing basic administration tasks on VMware vsphere ESXi hosts, VMware vcenter Server, VMware vcloud Director, VMware vshield and virtual machines System administration experience in a Windows, Linux or Solaris environment VMware vcenter Orchestrator Develop Workflows VMODW Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 2.010,- Dezehands-on training breidt uw vaardigheden uit op het gebied vanvmware vcenter Configuration Manager (VCM). Het breidt uwvaardigheden uitwelke u heeft opgedaanin de trainingvmware vcenter Configuration Manager for Virtual Infrastructure Management en geeft u vaardigheden die u in staat stelt voor het configureren vanvcm voorhet beheer vanfysieke envirtuele guest operating systemen enactive Directory (AD). Creeer en gebruik compliance templates. GebruikVCM voorpatching, roloperating systemen uitalsmede Windows software applicaties.gebruikvcm tools voor hetdownloaden, importerem enexporteren vancompliance templates enbekijk en collecteerdebugging informatie. Deze training is bedoeld voor: Virtual infrastructure administrator IT managers De cursisten dienen te voldoen aan de volgende voorwaarden: Deelname aan devmcmvim training is verplicht. Ervaring met basisadministratie taken op eenvmware vsphere ESXi hosts, VMware vcenter Server, VMware vcloud Director, VMware vshield envirtuele machines System administration ervaringin een Windows, Linux of Solaris omgeving This training course focuses on the advanced capabilities of VMware vcenter Operations Manager 5.6, such as adapters, customization, and management topics. You will learn how to use adapters, define custom super metrics, customize dashboards, and use the Custom user interface. The course is based on vcenter Operations Manager 5.6 and integration with VMware vsphere 5.1, VMware vcloud Director 5.1 and VMware vfabric Hyperic. System administrators and consultants responsible for customizing vcenter Operations Manager to expand from the vsphere user interface to a customized environment. Install and configure basic settings in vcenter Operations Manager. Log in and use the vsphere user interface of vcenter Operations Manager. Identify the difference between badges and metrics. Deze hands-on-training verkent het gebruik van VMware vcenter Orchestrator voor het automatiseren van IT-processen, zowel fysiek als virtueel. Deze training is bedoeld voor: Ervaren VMware administrators Automatiserings- en Orchestrationspecialisten System integrators Private and publieke cloud administrators Cursisten dienen te voldoen aan de volgende voorwaarden: Deelname aan de VSICM training of vergelijkbare kennis van VMware vsphere Bekwaamheid met het scripten of programmeren in JavaScript, Powershell, Perl, Java, Python, of overeenkomstige talen VMware vcenter Operations Manager: Analyze & Predict VMOMAP Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.210,- Deze training voor ervaren VMware vsphere gebruikers, leert vaardigheden voor het gebruik van VMware vcenter Operations als een forensisch en voorspellend instrument. Deze training is gebaseerd opvmware vsphere ESXi 5.X, VMware vcenter Server 5.X en vcenter Operations Manager 5.X. Deze training is bedoeld voor: Ervaren system administrators en system integrators. Cursisten dienen te voldoen aan de volgende voorwaarden: Hands-on-ervaring met het administreren van vsphere 5 omgevingen Deelname aan de VSICM- VMware vsphere 5: Install, Configure, Manage training is aanbevolen End User Computing Application Virtualization with VMware ThinApp VMAVVT Cursusduur: 1 dag Prijs: 795,- This course will provide applicationsoriented administrators with the knowledge and skills to virtualize Windows applications with VMware ThinApp, modify the Package.ini parameters to handle special circumstances, and choose the best deployment and updating processes for their environment. Students who complete this course can enroll in any of several more advanced VMware vsphere courses. Experienced system administrators and system integrators willing to work hard to achieve superior vsphere skills with minimal time away from the office. Have a basic understanding of virtualization concepts Completion of the VMware Horizon View: Install, Configure, Manage course or the VMware ThinApp Fundamentals elearning course. 186 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

187 VMware View 5: Design Best Practices Horizon Mirage: Install, Configure, Manage Network Virtualisation VMVD Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 2.195,- Deze training presenteert de deelnemers met een methodologie voor het ontwerpen van een VMware View oplossing voor de VMware vsphere infrastructuur. De ontwerp-aanbevelingen zijn inclusief aanbevelingen voorhet type informatie en data die verzameld en geanalyseerd moeten worden om tot goede ontwerpbesluiten te komen voor client systemen, desktop opties,de vsphere infrastructuur en View componenten. VMware best practices worden gepresenteerd gedurende elke fase van het ontwerpproces. Tijdens de training zal u met andere deelnemers samenwerken om eenview oplossing te ontwerpen van een real-world project. Consulting professionals Solution architects System architects System administrators IT managers Completion of VMware View: Install, Configure, Manage or equivalent experience with VMware View Completion of VMware vsphere: Install, Configure, Manage or equivalent experience with VMware vsphere This training is part of the Desktop VirtualisationCompetency This training prepares the delegates for the VCP5-DT Exam VMHMICM Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 2.195,- This hands-on training course builds your skills in installing, configuring and performing common administrator tasks and enduser tasks with the VMware Horizon Mirage software. This course is based on the Horizon Mirage 4.0 release. System administrators and system integrators responsible for deploying the Horizon Mirage system. Horizon (with View): Install, Configure, Manage This hands-on training course builds your skills in installing, configuring, and managing the Horizon View component of VMware Horizon. Students gain practical experience with these concepts through the completion of hands-on labs. View includes: VMware View Manager, VMware View Composer, and View security server. This course is based on the Horizon 6 release. Before attending this course, you must be able to perform the following tasks: Create a template in the VMware vcenter Server system and deploy a virtual machine from a template. Modify a vcenter Server customization specification. Open a virtual machine console in the vcenter Server system and access the guest operating system. Experience with VMware vsphere Completion of VMware vsphere: Install, Configure, Manage Using VMware vsphere Client to view the state of virtual machines, datastores and networks Opening a virtual machine console in VMware vcenterserver and accessing the guest operating system Navigating Windows XP, Windows 7, and Windows Server 2008 VMVIEW Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 2.395,- System administrators and system integrators responsible for deploying the VMware virtual desktop infrastructure Experience in Microsoft Windows Active Directory administration Experience with VMware vsphere This training prepares for the VCP6-DT exam. VMware NSX for Internetworking Experts Fast Track VMNSXFT Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 4.680,- This comprehensive, fast-paced training course is designed for advanced Cisco network administrators who want a comprehensive understanding of how to use VMware NSX in their enterprise. This course focuses on how to use the power of the NSX network virtualization and security platform. This course covers NSX as a part of the software-defined data center, implementation, use cases, features, and functionality operating at layer 2 through layer 7 of the OSI model. Data center network architectures are examined to demonstrate how NSX intersects with and virtualizes functions of a Cisco-based infrastructure in spine-leaf and traditional core-aggregate-access architectures. Lecture and hands-on lab activities support your understanding of NSX features, functionality, and on-going management and control. This course requires a solid background in a Cisco-based infrastructure. If you do not have this background, you should take the NSX: Install, Configure, Manage [V6.0] course. Experienced system administrators who specialize in networking. Experienced network administrators or system administrators with a strong background in networking Understanding of concepts presented in the VMware Data Center Virtualization Fundamentals course for VCA-DCV certification VMware NSX: Install, Configure, Manage VMNSXICM Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.030,- This comprehensive, fast-paced training course focuses on installing, configuring, and managing VMware NSX. NSX is a software networking and security virtualization platform that delivers the operational model of a virtual machine for the network. Virtual networks reproduce the layer 2 layer 7 network model in software, enabling complex multitier network topologies to be created and provisioned programmatically in seconds. NSX also provides a new model for network security where security profiles are distributed to and enforced by virtual ports and move with virtual machines. Experienced system administrators that specialize in networking System administration experience on Microsoft Windows or Linux operating systems Understanding of concepts presented in the VMware Data Center Virtualization Fundamentals course for VCA-DCV certification VMware Trainingen Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 187

188 Global Knowledge biedt, naast geautoriseerde trainingen en certificeringtrajecten van verschillende vendors, ook trainingen aan in eigen beheer. Dit zijn trainingen die inzicht en/of diepgaande kennis geven met betrekking tot verschillende onderwerpen variërend van professionele vaardigheden tot development. Trainingen Cloud Cloud Computing Essentials GK9025 Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.495,- Verken de mogelijkheden van cloud computing in deze interactieve drie-daagse cursus. U krijgt helderheid over de snel ontwikkelende wereld van cloud computing en u ontdekt de mogelijkheden van cloud computing. U leert over de evolutie van de cloud en hoe de toename van rekenkracht en bandbreedte cloud computing mogelijk hebben gemaakt. Ook zullen de meest toonaangevende personen op het gebied van cloud computing worden besprokenin deze cursus ende producten en diensten die zij aanbieden. Verken de financiële voordelen, alsmede de veiligheidsrisico s, en verkrijg een goed begrip van de fundamentele concepten, implementatie, architectuur en design van het snel groeiende cloud computing. Iedereen die geïnteresseerd is in cloud computing.van IT manager die het wel/ niet gebruik van cloud services aan het inventariseren is tot aan de sales of marketing professional die cloud services verkopen. Geen voorkennis vereist Deze training bereidt u voor op het Exin examen CLOUD Foundation. Network Management TCP/IP Networking Vendor Onafhankelijk GK9025 Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 1.995,- TCP/IP is the globally accepted group of protocols at the core of the Internet and organizational intranets. A solid understanding of each of these protocols and how they work will give you the ability to deploy the most effective network for your organization. In this course, you will gain the essential knowledge and skills required to set up, configure, support, and troubleshoot your TCP/IP-based network. Our expert instructors and extensive hands-on labs will prepare you to face and overcome the challenges of today s complex networks. This course-the longest running of its kind in the industry-also prepares you for more specialized courses in network security, wireless integration, and Voice over IP, as well as for productspecific training such as Cisco, Nortel, and Microsoft. Anyone who is responsible for designing, installing, configuring, and maintaining TCP/IP networks or who needs to understand TCP/IP protocol structures and functions will benefit from this course. This course also provides excellent preparation for more advanced networking training. The skills and knowledge required for a delegate to attend this course are as follows: Delegates must have a solid understanding of the basics on networking and one years experience is highly recomended There is no exam related to this course. 188

189 Routing & Switching Understanding Networking Fundamentals Safe Migration from IPv4 to IPv6 GK3150 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.495,- Neem deel aan de cursus die meer dan andere netwerkprofessionals ook hebben gevolgd om een goed inzicht te krijgen in het functioneren van netwerken. In deze cursus wordt aandacht besteed aan alle hardware- en softwareonderdelen van moderne computernetwerken. Bij de specialistische lezingen en praktijkoefeningen ontwikkelen cursisten alle vaardigheden die vereist zijn om binnen hun organisatie LAN s en WAN s te ontwerpen, installeren en beheren. Netwerkbeheerders, technici die zich bezighouden met spraakverkeer, programmaontwikkelaars, helpdeskmedewerkers en medewerkers van andere afdelingen die veel met IT te maken hebben. Er zijn geen vooropleidingen nodig voor deze cursus. Deze cursus maakt deel uit van de Network+-certificering en vormt de basis voor verschillende Cisco-certificeringen. GKIPV6MIG Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 1.995,- This course provides engineers and technicians with the knowledge and skills required for the safe migration of networks from IPv4 to IPv6. It is essential that engineers understand the function and addressing of IPv6 and are prepared for this change in internet protocol.this course begins with the IPv6 basics but builds over the4 days to incorporate the more advanced topics. It is essential that the initial design of the enterprise network is accurate and topics such as the use of DHCP, DNS and the integration of IPv6 in an IPv4 network are discussed to ensure the correct decisions are made at the design stage. This course incorporates as much as it possibly can in 3 days including the possibilities of addressing, auto configuration with SLAAC and DHCP, use of DNS, configuration rules for an enterprise network, the configuration of Cisco Routers, Win7 clients and Win2008R2 Servers for IPv6. IPv6 transition mechanisms including tunnels like ISATAP, TEREDO and 6to4 as well as NAT64 are incorporated. Hands-on labs have been incorporated into the class to ensure delegates get plenty of practice with the most important protocols for the Client/Server (SLAAC, DHCPv6 and DNS), IPv6 routing protocols OSPF and EIGRP, first hop redundancy protocols HSRP and GLBP, and Tunneling with dynamic ISATAP Tunnels. Anyone involved in planning and implementing a migration from IPv4 to IPv6. Attendees should meet the following prerequisites: Valid CCNA Recommended ICND1 and ICND2 or CCNABC ROUTE Recommended Working knowledge of the Microsoft Windows operating system There is no exam related to this course. Vendor Onafhankelijke Trainingen Voice Wireless Voice over IP Foundations Wireless LAN Foundation GK3277 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 1.995,- GK3605 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.495,- The aim of this course is for delegates to gain essential data networking and Voice over IP (VoIP) knowledge in a single, weeklong class. In this course, you will learn how VoIP works, why VoIP works, and how to use VoIP This class is for people who need to understand VoIP technology. IT managers, technical sales/marketing personnel, consultants, network designers and engineers, product design engineers developing integrated-services products,telecom technicians and managers integrating PBX services within data networks, and systems administrators who will manage a converged network would benefit from this course. The skills and knowledge required for a delegate to sit this course are as follows TCP/IP Networking Telecommunications Fundamentals There is no exam related to this course. Learn how to design, secure, and support wireless networks through detailed course discussion and a broad range of hands-on configuration and testing exercises. Learn in-depth security principles and troubleshooting techniques. Gain a full understanding of how radio frequency affects networking so you can perform site surveys, design a high-performance network, and protect both users and sensitive data from potential intruders. After covering fundamental concepts of deploying a secure WLAN, you will explore advanced topics such as VoWLAN deployments, seamless mobile connectivity, and detailed wireless frame analysis. Enterprise class hardware and software tools are used during live lab exercises in order to simulate a state-of-the-art production environment. This course is excellent as part of an overall study strategy for the CWNP certification CWNA. Full CWNA discussion concepts are covered with lab emphasis on real-world solutions, as well as many CWSP and CWNE concepts. This class is also part of our Wireless Specialist Certificate track. Preparing for the CWNA certification? This course includes a CWNA study guide, certification practice exam, and test voucher. It also includes 1-year access to our 50-book Online Networking Reference Library with titles specially selected to reinforce course concepts. Administrators: network, systems, infrastructure, security, and LAN/WLANs Support professionals: technical assistance and field support Designers: network, systems, and infrastructure Developers: wireless software and hardware products Consultants and integrators: IT and security Decision makers: infrastructure managers, IT managers, security directors, chief security officers, and chief technology officers Understanding Networking Fundamentals (GK3150) Certification is not included in this course. Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 189

190 Trainen met 100% startgarantie Met de startgarantie van Global Knowledge weet u zeker dat de cursus doorgaat onvoorwaardelijk! Ons cursusaanbod sluit aan op de marktvraag, met als resultaat een laag annuleringspercentage. Wij garanderen u dus dat alle cursussen met startgarantie hoe dan ook doorgaan. Bezoek onze website om te zien welke cursussen een startgarantie hebben: /startgarantie 190

191 SECURITY TRAININGEN 191

192 Informatie- en netwerkbeveiliging spelen een belangrijke rol binnen elke organisatie. Om ervoor te zorgen dat uw organisatie optimaal én veilig kan functioneren is het slim inrichten van uw informatie- en netwerkbeveiliging cruciaal. Kennis is hierbij het sleutelwoord. Door mensen in de diverse disciplines van security, waaronder informatiebeveiliging, netwerkbeveiliging en cyber security, goed op te leiden kunt u de veiligheidsrisico s en kwetsbaarheden van uw organisatie tot een minimum beperken. Global Knowledge levert trainingen en opleidingen in alle disciplines en niveau s van beveiliging. Of het nu gaat om cyber security, security beleid, het opzetten en implementeren van veilige netwerken, risico analyse, monitoring en troubleshooting bij ons vindt u de security training die bij u past. Security Trainingen Checkpoint Check Point Security Administrator R76 (CCSA) T-VPN-01 Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.995,- Security Check Point Security Administrator provides an understanding of the basic concepts and skills necessary to configure Check Point Security Gateway and Management Software Blades. During this course you will configure a Security Policy and learn about managing and monitoring a secure network. In addition, you will upgrade and configure a Security Gateway to implement a virtual private network for both internal and external, remote users. Technical persons who support, install, deploy or administer Check Point Software Blades should attend this course. This could include the following: System Administrators System and Network Engineers Security Managers Anyone seeking CCSA certification Persons attending this course should have a working knowledge of networking concepts, Windows Server and/or UNIX, and experience with TCP/IP and the Internet. The 3-day CCSA-training prepares the student for the Check Point Certified Security Administrator R76 exam. The exam can be taken at a VUE testing center. 192

193 Check Point Security Expert R76 (CCSE) Comptia Dell SonicWall T-VPN-02 Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.995,- Check Point Security Expert is an advanced course for Check Point s Security Gateway and Management Systems. This 3-day course provides hands-on training to achieve advanced skills necessary to manage and troubleshoot R76 Check Point Software Blades including advanced firewall, advanced user management and clustering, advanced IPsec and VPN and remote access. During this course, students will perform debugs on firewall processes and optimize VPN. Technical persons who support, install, deploy or administer Check Point Software Blades should attend this course. This could include the following: Systems Administrators, System Engineers and Security Managers Check Point Certified Security Administrators (CCSA) who want to achieve Expert certification Check Point Security Administration R75 training or equivalent knowledge and experience. This training prepares the student for the Check Point Certified Security Expert exam. Comptia Security+ (SY0-401) SEC-PLUS Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.195,- The CompTIA Security+ (2014 Objectives) course is designed to help you prepare for the SY0-401 exam. Students will implement and monitor security on networks, applications, and operating systems, and respond to security breaches. This course is targeted toward an Information Technology (IT) professional who wants to further a career in IT by acquiring a foundational knowledge of security topics; prepare for the CompTIA Security+ (Exam SYO-401) Certification examination; or use Security+ as the foundation for advanced security certifications or career roles. Networking and administrative skills in Windows-based TCP/IP networks and familiarity with other operating systems, such as OS X, Unix, or Linux. CompTIA Security+ Certification CompTIA Security+ is an international, vendor-neutral certification that demonstrates competency in these areas: Network security Compliance and operational security Threats and vulnerabilities Application, data and host security Access control and identity management Cryptography CompTIA Security+ not only ensures that candidates will apply knowledge of security concepts, tools, and procedures to react to security incidents, it ensures that security personnel are anticipating security risks and guarding against them. About the Exam Security+ Exam (SYO-401):. The exam includes 100 questions and students are allotted 90 minutes to complete the exam. A passing score is 750 out of 900 possible points. Dell SonicWall Network Security Basic Administration Training NS-102 Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: op aanvraag This 2-day, hands-on, instructor-led course provides students the required background, knowledge and experience to begin designing, implementing and troubleshooting Dell SonicWALL security appliances running SonicOS firmware. The Network Security Basic Administration (NS-102) (Formerly Network Security Essentials) course provides students the required background, knowledge and hand-on experience to begin designing, implementing and troubleshooting Dell SonicWALL Network Security Appliances running SonicOS firmware. This course requires the prior completion of several e-learning courses. This course is NOT a substitute for the prerequisite e-learning courses. Prerequisite skills and knowledge are required the first lab exercise is based on prerequisite knowledge and begins without formal instruction (see below for prerequisite details). The NS-102 course culminates with the CSSA Certification exam for Network Security. While this exam is not a part of the class, you will have access to it on-line via your personal work MySonicWALL account. System engineers, channel partners, service partners, end users General networking knowledge and experience: Basic knowledge of networking concepts, network topologies, and the OSI model of networking protocol stacks. Understanding of TCP/IP, network addressing, subnets, and Network Address Translation (NAT) Knowledge of basic router concepts Familiarity with IPSec functionality and implementation e-learning courses: Network security technology overview (not a prerequisite course, but it is strongly suggested) Network security essentials course prerequisites Virtual Private Networking with SonicOS course prerequisites The related certification exam is available on-line via your personal MySonicWALL Account. Any participant who successfully completes this course and passes the certification exam will be deemed a Certified SonicWALL System Administrator (CSSA). All Dell SonicWALL Certifications are good for two years from the date that you pass the exam. Security Trainingen Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 193

194 Dell SonicWALL Network Security Advanced Administration - (CSSP Level Course) NS-202 Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: op aanvraag Dell SonicWALL Secure Mobile Access Advanced Administration (CSSP Level Course) SMAAA Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: op aanvraag Dell SonicWALL Secure Mobile Access Basic Administration (CSSA Level Course) SMABA Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: op aanvraag Security Trainingen The Network Security Advanced Administration (NS-202) course builds on the skills learned in Dell s Network Security Basic Administration (NS-102) course and teaches the student the latest information on Application Control, Bandwidth Management, troubleshooting, advanced networking and more. This course uses extensive labs to reinforce key concepts covered during the lecture portion of the class.prior completion of several e-learning courses and the NS-102 courses (or equivalent) is required. This course is NOT a substitute for the prerequisite e-learning courses. Prerequisite skills and knowledge are required the first lab exercise is based on prerequisite knowledge and begins without formal instruction (see below for prerequisite details). The NS-202 course culminates with the CSSP Certification exam for SonicOS. While this exam is not a part of the class, you will have access to it on-line via your personal work MySonicWALL Account. For more information about certifications, visit the Certification Programs page. System engineers, channel partners, service partners, end users. An Active CSSA Certification in SonicOS.General networking knowledge and experience: Extensive knowledge of networking concepts, network topologies, and the OSI model of networking protocol stacks Understanding of TCP/IP, network addressing, subnets, and Network Address Translation (NAT) Knowledge of basic router concepts Familiarity with IPSec functionality and implementation Student assessment: Formative evaluations (knowledge checks and hands-on exercises) are incorporated throughout the course. The Certification exam is available on-line via your personal work MySonicWALL Account. You will be given an activation key that will allow you to access the exam up to three times. Any participant who successfully completes this course and passes the certification exam will be deemed a Certified SonicWALL System Professional (CSSP).The exam is administered outside the class. 180 minutes are allotted for 60 questions. A passing score is 80% or higher. The exam covers all course material including elearning content and CSSA content. The exam is not restricted to material covered in class, and can include material found in SonicOS Administrator Guides or Knowledge Base articles.at the end of the exam you are immediately notified of your exam score and if you passed or failed the exam. Upon successfully passing the exam you will be sent an containing your CSSP certificate. In addition, you can view your certification details, such as the certification expiration date, on MySonicWALL. You can also print your certificate and access the CSSP certification logo for use on your business cards, signatures, and resume.duration of certification: All Dell SonicWALL Certifications are good for two years from the date that you pass the exam. The Secure Mobile Access Advanced Administration (SMAAA) Training Course provides instruction on the administration and management of the SMA appliance to provide secure access for remote users utilizing any device. The course covers using the Appliance Management Console (AMC) to provide users with secure access to any application, from corporate laptops, un-managed computers, or mobile device, based on secure authentication and authorization policies and appropriate End Point Control requirements. Students will further learn advanced deployment options and troubleshooting methodologies.this class is recommended for all administrators of Dell Secure Mobile Access (SMA) appliances who need to maintain and monitor a Dell SMA appliance. Upon completing the course, students are encouraged to take the Certified SonicWALL System Administrator (CSSP) exam. For more information about certifications, visit the Certification Programs page. System engineers, channel partners, service partners, end users An Active CSSA Certification in SMA. General networking knowledge and experience: It is assumed that the student will have at a thorough understanding of the technologies being used in their environments or the environments of their customers. Extensive understanding of networking and networking technologies Comfortable with basic command-line utilities Knowledge of SSL, certificates, and certificate authorities Understanding of directories (LDAP, Microsoft Active Directory, or RADIUS) Understanding of VPN technology (IPSec and SSL) Have a current CSSA level certification from either the SMABA or legacy SRABA course. Formative evaluations (knowledge checks and hands-on exercises) are incorporated throughout the course. The Certification exam is available on-line via your personal work MySonicWALL Account. Any participant who successfully completes this course and passes the certification exam will be deemed a Certified SonicWALL System Administrator (CSSA). All Dell SonicWALL Certifications are good for two years from the date that you pass the exam. The Secure Mobile Access Basic Administration (SMABA) Training Course provides instruction on the administration and management of the SMA appliance to provide secure, anywhere access to applications and resources for employees, business partners and other users. The course covers using the Appliance Management Console (AMC) to provide users with secure access to any application, from any network, based on secure authentication and authorization policies. Students will also learn how to deploy graphical terminal shortcuts for native Web-based access to Windows Terminal Servers and Citrix server farms.this class is recommended for all administrators of Dell Secure Mobile Access (SMA) appliances who need to maintain and monitor a Dell SMA appliance. Upon completing the course, students are encouraged to take the Certified SonicWALL System Administrator (CSSA) exam. For more information about certifications, visit the Certification Programs page. System engineers, channel partners, service partners, end users. It is assumed that the student will have at a basic understanding of the technologies being used in their environments or the environments of their customers. Basic understanding of networking and networking technologies Comfortable with basic command-line utilities Familiarity with SSL, certificates, and certificate authorities Basic understanding of directories (LDAP, Microsoft Active Directory, or RADIUS) Basic understanding of VPN technology (IPSec and SSL) Student Assessment: Formative evaluations (knowledge checks and hands-on exercises) are incorporated throughout the course. The Certification exam is available on-line via your personal work MySonicWALL Account. You will be given an activation key that will allow you to access the exam up to three times. Any participant who successfully completes this course and passes the certification exam will be deemed a Certified SonicWALL System Administrator (CSSA). The exam is administered outside the class. 180 minutes are allotted for 60 questions. A passing score is 80% or higher. The exam covers all course material including elearning content. The exam is not restricted to material covered in class, and can include material found in SMA Administrator Guides or Knowledge Base articles. At the end of the exam you are immediately notified of your exam score and if you passed or failed the exam. Upon successfully passing the exam you will be sent an containing your CSSA certificate. In addition, you can view your certification details, such as the certification expiration date, on MySonicWALL. You can also print your certificate and access the CSSA certification logo for use on your business cards, signatures, and resume.duration of Certification: All Dell SonicWALL Certifications are good for two years from the date that you pass the exam. 194 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

195 EC Council Certified Ethical Hacker Computer Hacking Forensic Investigator vs 8 EC-Council Certified Incident Handler CEH Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.550,- Om een hacker te verslaan, dient u te begrijpen hoe een hacker denkt. Hoe een hacker denkt en wat hem beweegt, dat is wat u tijdens de Certified Ethical Hacker training leert. Deze cursus biedt een interactieve omgeving waarin u kennis maakt met het scannen, testen, hacken en beveiligen van eigen netwerken. De intensieve lab omgeving biedt u de grondige kennis en praktische ervaring over de huidige essentiële beveiligingssystemen. U leert op een geheel andere wijze dan u gewend bent om de informatiebeveiliging van uw organisatie te optimaliseren. U leert hoe u aanvallen op uw netwerk kunt herkennen en welke stappen genomen moeten worden om een systeem te beveiligen. U doet kennis op over Intrusion Detection, Policy Creation, Social Engineering, DDos Attacks, Buffers Overflows and Virus Creation. Na afloop van deze intensieve 5-daagse cursus bent u bekend met het begrijpen en ervaren van Ethical Hacking. De cursus bereidt u voor op de laatste versie van het EC-Council Certified Ethical Hacker examen. Een examen voucher is bij de cursus inbegrepen.voorafgaand aan het bijwonen van de cursus wordt u gevraagd een overeenkomst te tekenen. Hierin verklaart u dat u geen gebruik zal maken van de nieuwe kennis die u heeft opgedaan voor illegale of schadelijke aanvallen en dat u geen gebruik zult maken van tools in een poging andermans computer of netwerk schade aan te brengen in welke vorm dan ook en ongeacht de intentie. Niet elke student kan tot deze training worden toegelaten. De geaccrediteerde trainingsinstituten dienen er voor zorg te dragen dat de deelnemers werkzaam zijn bij legitieme organisaties. Deze cursus is vooral bedoeld voor security officers, auditors, security professionals, site administrators en iedereen die bezorgd is over de integriteit van de netwerkinfrastructuur. De cursus CEH v8 (Certified Ethical Hacker) is bedoeld voor: Personen die over ruime ervaring van systeem en netwerk administratie beschikken; MCSA, MCSE, MCITPof ENSA Certification kennis (of vergelijkbaar) beschikken. Het examen Ethical Hacker Het examen wordt niet aan het einde van de training afgenomen maar op een aparte dag na de training. Kijk voor het EC-Council examen rooster van Global Knowledge op CHFI Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.895,- EC-Council heeft de meest geavanceerde Computer Forensic Investigation training in de wereld. Via deze CHFIv8 training leert u een gedetailleerde en methodische aanpak te gebruiken op het gebied van computer forensisch- en bewijs analyse. Dit is een veelomvattende training die alle belangrijke forensisch onderzoek scenario s behandeld die studenten in staat stelt de benodigde hands-on ervaring te verkrijgen op het gebied van verschillende forensisch onderzoek technieken en standaard instrumenten, die nodig zijn voor het succesvol uitvoeren van een computer forensisch onderzoek. De strijd tussen bedrijven, overheden en landen wordt niet langer uitgevochten doormiddel van fysieke kracht. Via Cyber oorlogen wordt nu de strijd gestreden en de consequentie wordt elke dag weer ervaren. Door de vele vooruitstrevende cyber aanvallen is een zeer geavanceerde cyber security en onderzoek training vandaag de dag broodnodig. I ndien uw organisatie behoefte heeft aan de kennis en vaardigheden om cybercriminelen te identificeren, te achtervolgen en te vervolgen, dan is deze training iets voor u. Deze intensieve training leert studenten excelleren in digitaal bewijs vorming, handeling en analyse op een forensisch gezonde manier. Acceptabel in het Gerechtshof zal de opgedane kennis en vaardigheden tijdens deze training leiden tot succesvol aanklagen van verschillende typen van beveiligingsincidenten zoals data breaches, bedrijfsspionage, insider threats en andere complexe cybercriminaliteit waarbij men gebruik heeft gemaakt van computer systemen. Deze CHFI training is bedoeld voor alle IT Professionals die betrokken zijnbij informatie systeem beveiliging, computer forensisch onderzoek en incident response. It is strongly recommended that you attend the CEH class before enrolling into CHFI program. CEH- Certified Ethical Hacker v8 The CHFI exam will be conducted on the last day of training. Students need to pass the online Prometric exam to receive the CHFI certification. ECIH Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.595,- The EC-Council Certified Incident Handler program is designed to provide the fundamental skills to handle and respond to the computer security incidents in an information system. The course addresses various underlying principles and techniques for detecting and responding to current and emerging computer security threats. Students will learn how to handle various types of incidents,risk assessment methodologies, and various laws and policy related to incident handling. After attending the course, they will be able to create incident handling and response policies and deal with various types of computer security incidents. The comprehensive training program will make students proficient in handling and responding to various security incidents such as network security incidents, malicious code incidents, and insider attack threats.in addition, the students will learn about computer forensics and its role in handling and responding to incidents. The course also covers incident response teams, incident reporting methods, and incident recovery techniques in detail. When a student leaves this intensive 2 day class they will have hands on understanding and experience in Incident Handling. This course will significantly benefit incident handlers, risk assessment administrators, penetration testers, cyber forensic investigators, venerability assessment auditors, system administrators, system engineers, firewall administrators, network managers, IT managers, IT professionals and anyone who is interested in incident handling and response. This course prepares you for EC-Council Certified Incident Handler exam Security Trainingen Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 195

196 Security Analyst & Licensed Penetration Tester ECSA-LPT Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 5.250,- EC-Council Certified Secure Programmer.net ECSP Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 2.495,- EC Council Certified Voice Professional ECVP Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 4.500,- Security Trainingen ECSA/LPT is a security class like no other! Providing real world hands on experience, it is the only in-depth Advanced Packing and Penetration Testing class available that covers testing in all modern infrastructures, operating systems and application environments. EC-Council s Certified Security Analyst/ LPT program is a highly interactive 5-day security class designed to teach Security Professionals the advanced uses of the LPT methodologies, tools and techniques required to perform comprehensive information security tests. Students will learn how to design, secure and test networks to protect your orga-nization from the threats hackers and crackers pose. By teaching the tools and ground breaking echniques for security and penetration testing, this class will help you perform the intensive assessments required to effectively identify and mitigate risks to the security of your infrastructure. As students learn to identify security problems, they also learn how to avoid and eliminate them, with the class providing complete coverage of analysis and network security-testing topics. Security Analysts, Risk Managers, Security Officers, System Managers, Architects CEH, Certifies Ethical Hacker: /cursussen/ ec-council/security/ceh.html Experience with Windows and/ or UNIX/LINUX operating systems, along with knowledge of TCP/IP and networking The ECSA certification exam will be conducted on the last day of training. Students need to pass the online Prometric exam to receive the ECSA certification. The Student also will be prepared for the LPT certification. Deze cursus zal van onschatbare waarde zijn voor zowel software-ontwikkelaars en programmeurs om te leren coderen en zeer veilige toepassingen en webapplicaties te ontwikkelen. Dit wordt gedaan in de hele levenscyclus van de software die het ontwerpen, implementeren en uitrollen van applicaties aangaat. NET wordt veel gebruikt door bijna alle organisaties als de toonaangevende kader om web applicaties te bouwen. De cursus leert ontwikkelaars hoe ze beveiligingsfouten moeten beveiliging, hoe tegenmaatregelen te identificeren en te implementeren in de hele software development life cycle en om de algehele kwaliteit van de producten en toepassingen te verbeteren. EC-Council Certified Secure Programmer legt de basis dat vereist is voor alle applicatie-ontwikkelaars en ontwikkelingsorganisaties om applicaties met meer stabiliteit en minder veiligheidsrisico s voor de consument te produceren. De Certified Secure Application Developer standaardiseert de kennisbasis voor de ontwikkeling van toepassingen door het opnemen van de best practices, gevolgd door ervaren experts in de verschillende domeinen. The ECSP certification is intended for programmers who are responsible for designing and building secure Windows/Web based applications with.net Framework. It is designed for developers who have.net development skills. You must be well-versed with.net programming language Number of Questions: 50 Passing Score: 70% Test Duration: 2 Hours Test Format: Multiple Choice Test Delivery: Global Knoweldge Testing Center Exam Prefix: Deze traininggeeft inzicht in de complexe materie van Voice over IP en biedt een duidelijk beeld van de samenhang en de uitdagingen die zijn verbonden aan IP-Communications. Tevens is er aandacht voor de verschillende zaken die samenhangen met VoIP. Uiteraard wordt er ingegaan op aandachtspunten met betrekking tot risico s, bedreigingen en beveiliging. The ECVP certification is intended for IT professionals who are responsible for designing and building Voice of IP networks. Extensive knowledge within Multi Vendor Products (Microsoft and Open Source) The ECVP exam will be conducted on the last day of training. Students need to pass the online Prometric exam to receive the ECVP certification. EC Council Disaster Recovery Professional EDRP Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 4.500,- EC-Council Network Security Administrator De EDRP cursus behandelt methoden om kwetsbaarheden te identificeren en de juiste maatregelen te nemen alsmede de risico s voor een organisatie in beeld te brengen.. De cursus biedt de IT professional de noodzakelijke kennis op het gebied van disater recovery principes, inclusief de voorbereiding van een disaster recovery plan, assessment van de bedrijfsrisico s, ontwikkeling van beleid en procedures en het vaststellen van de rollen en relaties van diverse bedrijfsmedewerkers. Ook wordt ingegaan op de implementatie van het disaster recovery plan. Network server administrators, firewall administrators, systems administrators, application developers, and IT security officers. Strong networking foundation The EC-Council Disaster Recovery Professional certification exam will be conducted on the last day of training. Students need to pass the online Prometric exam to receive the EDRP certification. ENSA Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.495,- Deze cursus gaat in ophet opstellen van een informatiebeveiligingsbeleid, beveiligingsmodellen, risicomanagement en beveiligingsmaatregelen (in techniek, proces of organisatie).de onderwerpen worden opgehangen aan de zgn. CIA driehoek (Confidentiality, Integrity en Availability). System administrators, Network administrators and anyone who is interested in network security technologies MCDST of MCP -Basic support The ENSA exam will be conducted on the last day of training. Students need to pass the online Prometric exam to receive the ENSA certification 196 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

197 ISACA ISC2 CISA, Certified Information Systems Auditor CISSP Certification Preparation CISAU Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 2.595,- CISA staat voor Certified Information Systems Auditor en is een titel van ISACA. Deze e-learning cursus leidt op voor het wereldwijd erkende CISA certificaat van ISACA. ISACA (Information Systems Audit and Control Association) is een internationale beroepsvereniging met als doel de uitvoering van IT governance, IT auditing, informatiebeveiliging en risicomanagement van automatisering op een hoger plan te brengen door het professionaliseren van haar leden. Met de CISA titel achter uw naam onderscheidt u zich internationaal van andere IT-auditors. De CISA titel geeft wereldwijd aan dat u over de kennis beschikt om op vakkundige wijze opdrachten uit te voeren op het gebied van informatiebeveiliging en auditing van informatiesystemen. IS audit, control, assurance, and security professionals, including IT consultants, auditors, managers, security policy writers, privacy officers, information security officers, network administrators, security device administrators, and security engineers, who have five years of experience with audit, IT systems, and security of information systems. Systems administration experience, familiarity with TCP/IP, and an understanding of UNIX, Linux, and Windows. This advanced course also requires intermediate-level knowledge of the security concepts covered in our Security+ Course. For more information on certification, please go to Pages/default.aspx CISM, Certified Information Security Manager CISM Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 2.995,- GK9840 Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.995,- Bent u klaar om uw beveiligingscarriere naar een volgend niveau te brengen? Onze Certified Information Systems Security Professional (CISSP) training kan u hierbij helpen. De training zal u voorzien van de materialen en kennis die u nodig heeft om het CISSP examen te behalen. Daarnaast krijgt u instructies van experts met praktijkervaring. IT consultants, managers, security policy writers, privacy officers, information security officers, network administrators, security device administrators, security engineers, and other security professionals whose positions require CISSP certification. SSCP, Systems Security Certified Practitioner SSCP Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.995,- The (ISC)2 Systems Security Certified Practitioner (SSCP) certification covers seven domains which they describe as the compendium of topics pertaining to an Information Systems Security Practitioner, the CBK (Common Body of Knowledge). The seven domains maps directly to the seven modules of this course listed below, it is referred to as a taxonomy or collection of past, present and future topics around Information Security. The SSCP is aimed at security people who are on the front line of a business dealing with technologies employed to protect Information. If you are responsible for implementing and maintaining countermeasures such as Firewalls, Intrusion Detection or Prevention, Anti-Virus solutions or Public Key Infrastructures and you want a certification to attest to your skills and professionalism within Information Security, this is the course for you. The (ISC)2 SSCP exam is not a part of the course. To book the new CBT exam requires the candidate to acquire a Pearson VUE testing voucher. Please note, the price of the voucher is not included in the RRP of this course. Students should have a fundamental understanding of local area networks as well as the functions of the seven layers in the open interconnect (OSI) reference model s outlined in the course Understanding Networking Fundamentals (GK3150) This credential is ideal of those who have already obtained or are working towards positions such as: Security Administrators; Security Systems Analysts and Network Security Administrators, security policy writers, privacy officers, information security officers, security device administrators, security engineers, and other security professionals seeking SSCP certification or, ultimately, CISSP certification. It may also be of interest to those who desire a better understanding of security, but do not have a direct security role, examples of these could include: System This course prepares you for the ISC(2) CISSP examination. The examination itself is not part of this course. Administrators; Network Administrators; Systems Analysts; Auditors and Database Administrators, IT consultants and managers. One year working in the Information Security arena, covering at least one of the domains from the SSCP CBK. Proof of this must be supplied to (ISC)2. Security Trainingen Designed for experienced Information Security (IS) managers, designers, and overseers, Certified Information Security Manager (CISM) certification is a one-of-akind credential that will enter you into an elite international network, making you an invaluable asset to your organization. Certified Information Security Manager (CISM) E-Learning Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 197

198 ISO Certification Security - Overig Lead Auditor training (IRCA certified) Masterclass ISO implementation 360 Penetration Testing Course Security Trainingen ISO27001LA Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.995,- Het uitvoeren van audits is cruciaal voor het succes en functioneren van elk managementsysteem. De lead auditor dient het gehele auditproces te managen. Gekwalificeerde lead auditoren zijn in staat om het succes van een IT- beveiligingssysteem verder te optimaliseren. In deze intensieve 5- daagse hands- on cursus ligt de nadruk op de rol en deskundigheid van de lead auditor. Er worden handvatten aangereikt waardoor hij/zij in staat zal zijn om beoordelingen uit te voeren vanuit verschillende invalshoeken en met verschillende methoden. Ook zal veel aandacht worden besteed aan hoe op een efficiënte wijze de aansturing van het audit team kan plaatsvinden. De training wordt afgerond met het officiële IRCA examen (International Register of Certificated Auditors). Hierdoor kunt u zich als gecertificeerd auditor laten registreren in het Auditor Certification Scheme. De training is bestemd voor: IT-managers Kwaliteitsmanagers Auditors Security Officers Security Consultants Na het succesvol afronden van de training Lead Auditor ISO kunt u 40 studiepunten behalen en uw CISSP titel prolongeren. Het strekt tot aanbeveling dat de deelnemers kennis hebben van auditing principes gericht op de norm voor het beheer van een managementsysteem. De training wordt afgerond met het officiële IRCA examen (International Register of Certificated Auditors). Hierdoor kunt u zich als gecertificeerd auditor laten registreren in het Auditor Certification Scheme. ISO27001MI Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.595,- Het uitlekken van vertrouwelijke informatie gebeurt steeds vaker. Op grond hiervan is er steeds meer behoefte binnen organisaties om hun informatiebronnen beter te beschermen. Een management systeem voor informatiebeveiliging is een systeem gericht op het waarborgen, beheren en controleren van gevoelige bedrijfsinformatie. Het beschrijft hoe medewerkers moeten omgaan met het verstrekken van vertrouwelijke gegevens en beschrijft op welke manier de bedrijfsprocessen, vallend onder informatiebeheer, dienen te worden beheerd. Gedurende deze 2-daagse hands-on training verkrijgt u de kennis en vaardigheden die nodig zijn voor het succesvol implementeren van een management systeem voor informatiebeveiliging op basis van ISO Een ieder die betrokken is bij de implementatie en het beheer van informatiebeveiliging. Het strekt tot aanbeveling dat de deelnemers kennis van en ervaring hebben met informatiebeveiliging. 360PTC Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.595,- You will enjoy it! This course teaches infrastructure security concepts, including the techniques how to attack and how to respond with an appropriate countermeasure implementation. This 2 day course will be presented by Paula Januszkiewicz. Paula Januszkiewicz is IT Security Auditor and Penetration Tester, Enterprise Security MVP, trainer (MCT) and Microsoft Security Trusted Advisor. She is also a top speaker at many international conferences (incl. TechEd North America, TechEd Middle East and TechEd Europe, RSA China, Cybercrime Forum and other) and writes articles on Windows Security. The trainings she conducts usually cover Security, Windows operating system topics and Virtualization. Paula is passionate about sharing her knowledge with others. She conducted many IT security audits and penetration tests these are her everyday tasks. We go far beyond simply presenting how to break into operating systems. This course has been developed around professional penetration testing and security awareness in the business and IT fields. To make sure that all participants will gain the necessary infrastructure security knowledge this class has intensive hands-on format. All labs are constantly updated and have 3 levels of difficulty and can be easily adjustable to the overall level of the group. Every exercise is supported with the lab instructions and multiple tools, traditional and specialized. Security Analysts, Risk Managers, Security Officers, System Managers, Architects, Penetration Testers. Sound knowledge of TCP/IP Operating systems architecture (windows, Linux) 198 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

199 Masterclass Internet Information Services Management AIISM Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 3.195,- This course exists in three editions: IIS 7.5 and IIS 8.0 and IIS 8.5, so it depends on your needs and interests what edition suits you better. Internet Information Services is a solution that can be delivered in couple of hours as well as in 3 weeks we practiced both options! IIS is a never-?ending subject that requires a deep-?dive if you consider to use it for web farm administration or if you want to become familiar with IIS behavior in particular situations. During this intensive 4 days training students will be introduced to the process of configuring advanced IIS features, configuring security settings, performing advanced troubleshooting and monitoring. You will learn everything you need to maintain and provide availability to business Web Application platform. Enterprise administrators, web administrators, infrastructure architects, security professionals, systems engineers, network administrators, IT professionals, security consultants and other people responsible for implementing network and perimeter security. To attend this training you should have attended course MS 6427A or have equivalent knowledge from real-?world experience. Masterclass Public Key Infrastructure Management PKI Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.995,- This 3-?day course is considered essential for anyone who would like to expand knowledge about Public Key Infrastructure (PKI) in Microsoft technologies. During the course PKI is covered in depth, starting from the best practices for implementing PKI, ending up with advanced issues that happen during the implementation. Network administrators, infrastructure architects, security professionals, systems engineers, network administrators, IT professionals, security consultants and other people responsible for implementing network and perimeter security, Chief Security Officers. Basic understanding of Microsoft Windows Advanced Windows Security and Infrastructure Management AWSIM Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 2.095,- This is a deep dive course on infrastructure services configuration, increasing their level of security and windows internals. It is a must-go for enterprise administrators, security officers and architects. Delivered by one of the best people in the market in the security field with practical knowledge from tons of successful projects, many years of real-world experience, great teaching skills and no mercy for misconfigurations or insecure solutions. The secure infrastructure configuration should be the most important line of defense in every organization. Unfortunately people, the most valuable resource, are not always aware of the level of security in their companies, possible points of entry, how operating system are attacked and how to protect infrastructure from successful attacks, sometimes caused by configuration mistakes. Understanding perfectly internal operating system protection mechanisms and knowing how operating systems services or server roles work allows having huge impact on the security level of the whole infrastructure. But the problem is that rarely anybody has this impact! Advanced access rights, password mechanisms, windows internals, PowerShell usage for security purposes, gaining unauthorized access, advanced DNS configuration and common configuration mistakes, Active Directory security, IIS Security, debugging, advanced monitoring and troubleshooting and much more! Topics covered during this training will help you to feel for the hackers role and evaluate your infrastructure from their point of view. Paula Januszkiewicz (trainer)is the IT Security Auditor and Penetration Tester, Enterprise Security MVP and trainer (MCT) and Microsoft Security Trusted Advisor. She is also a top-speaker on many well-known conferences (for example: TechEd North America, TechEd Europe, TechEd Middle East, TechDays worldwide RSA worldwide, ybercrime etc.) and writes articles on Windows Security. Enterprise administrators, infrastructure architects, security professionals, systems engineers, network administrators, IT professionals, security consultants and other people responsible for implementing network and perimeter security. To attend this training you should have attended course MS 2830B or Comptia Security + or Certified Ethical Hacker or have equivalent knowledge. Hacking Windows Infrastructure HWI Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.595,- Windows Infrastructure Hardening has become a mandatory step performed on a regular basis by any organization that sees security as a priority. Businesses nowadays are almost fully dependent on IT services, making the hardening and securing processes even more intense. The number of possible attack surfaces has emerged exponentially in direct relation to the increasingly competitive field of current technology we are witnessing where developers try to achieve more and more functionality from implemented solutions and applications. The CAST 616: Securing Windows Infrastructure is designed with the single purpose of providing Info-?Sec professionals with complete knowledge and practical skills necessary to secure their network infrastructure which is fast becoming if already not a top priority plus a major tech challenge for most security conscious organizations. This 3 day training deep dives into the key aspects of solving infrastructure-?related problems by appreciating the key elements of how Windows Internal Security mechanisms actually work and how it can be further optimized without jeopardizing or easing an organization s IT Environment configuration settings which becomes common as time passes. Some of the highlights of this course are techniques used in Kernel Debugging, Malware hunting, deep diving into BitLocker and the automation of the whole hardening process. Paula Januszkiewicz (trainer) is the IT Security Auditor and Penetration Tester, Enterprise Security MVP and trainer (MCT) and Microsoft Security Trusted Advisor. She is also a top-?speaker on many well-?known conferences (?for example: TechEd North America, TechEd Europe, TechEd Middle East, TechDays worldwide RSA worldwide, CyberCrime etc.) and writes articles on Windows Security. Information Security Professionals, Government Agents, IT Administrators, IT Architects, Risk Assessment Professionals, Penetration Testers. Security Trainingen Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 199

200 Security Awareness SECAW Cursusduur: 1 dagen Prijs: 495,- Masterclass Cloud Security SECCS Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.595,- Risk Analysis Made Easy SECRA Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.595,- Security Trainingen De beveiliging, dat wil zeggen de beschikbaarheid, integriteit en vertrouwelijkheid van informatie, is voor veel organisaties belangrijk. Het is bijvoorbeeld van belang dat de bedrijfsvoering zodanig is ingericht dat is gewaarborgd dat gevoelige informatie zoals klantgegevens niet op straat komt te liggen. Onjuiste informatie kan tot verkeerde investeringsbeslissingen leiden met alle financiële gevolgen van dien. Ook de (tijdige) beschikbaarheid van bepaalde informatie is cruciaal voor het nemen van beslissingen. Organisaties investeren veel in het verbeteren van het niveau van informatiebeveiliging. Hierbij is communicatie cruciaal. Het gaat naast het invoeren van allerlei organisatorische en technische maatregelen uiteindelijk vooral om gedragsbeïnvloeding bij medewerkers. Dit veronderstelt niet alleen bewustwording, kennis en vaardigheden, maar ook overtuiging en een welwillende houding ten aanzien van het onderwerp informatiebeveiliging. De eendaagse workshop Security Awareness zorgt er op een leuke en interactieve manier voor dat het beveiligingsbewustzijn wordt vergroot. Global Knowledge maakt hierbij gebruik van case based learning. Dit betekent dat medewerkers wordt geleerd wat ze in een bepaalde situatie (ook wel dilemma genoemd) zouden moeten, dan wel kunnen doen. Elke situatie wordt ondersteund met multimedia materiaal zoals een cartoon, filmpje of geluidsfragment. Een ieder die betrokken is bij de implementatie en het beheer van informatiebeveiliging. Geen Veel organisaties hanteren een strategie waarbij primaire of ondersteunende processen (deels) worden uitbesteed. Deze trend (outsourcing) is de afgelopen jaren in alle sectoren van het bedrijfsleven en in de publieke sector sterk toegenomen. Informatietechnologie (IT) is een van de processen die vaak (als eerste) worden uitbesteed. Hierbij wordt steeds vaker gebruik gemaakt van cloud computing. Cloud computing is een model dat het mogelijk maakt om,door middel van een computernetwerk, gedeelde configureerbare computermiddelen (zoals netwerken, servers, opslag, applicaties en diensten) op aanvraag beschikbaar te stellen op een snelle, gemakkelijke en alomtegenwoordige manier met minimale beheermoeite of interactie van een service provider. De belangrijkste voordelen van cloud computing zijn meer flexibiliteit, lagere kosten, grotere schaalbaarheid, betere focus op kernactiviteiten en minder complexiteit. Deze 2-daagse masterclass geeft een volledig overzicht van de mogelijkheden en onmogelijkheden van de cloud. U leert welke stappen u concreet moet zetten om relevante risico s te beheersen. De training is bestemd voor: IT- managers Kwaliteitsmanagers Auditors Security Officers Security Consultants Het strekt tot aanbeveling dat de deelnemers kennis van en ervaring hebben met informatiebeveiliging. Eén van de belangrijkste onderdelen van het informatiebeveiligingsbeleid van veel organisaties is het periodiek uitvoeren van risicoanalyses. Risico s moeten in kaart worden gebracht en er moeten, indien nodig, maatregelen worden getroffen om die risico s te beheersen. Voor het succesvol uitvoeren van een risicoanalyse is het niet alleen nodig dat degene die de analyse begeleidt, over de nodige kennis van informatiebeveiliging beschikt, maar ook over de nodige vaardigheden. In de 2-daagse training Risicoanalyse gemakkelijk gemaakt wordt daarom niet alleen aandacht besteed aan de noodzakelijke kennis, maar wordt vooral ook gewerkt aan de vaardigheden die nodig zijn om met proceseigenaar, gebruikers en functionele en technische beheerders te komen tot acceptabele risico?inschattingen en passende maatregelen. Een ieder die betrokken is bij de implementatie en het beheer van informatiebeveiliging. Het strekt tot aanbeveling dat de deelnemers kennis van en ervaring hebben met informatiebeveiliging. Secure Programming SECSP Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.595,- Securing Windows Infrastructure SWI Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 2.395,- De interne processen en dienstverlening van bedrijven naar klanten toe worden steeds afhankelijker van ondersteunende applicaties. Dat betekent dus ook dat de betrouwbaarheid van die applicaties van steeds groter belang wordt. Dit blijkt onder meer uit het toenemend aantal internet gerelateerde beveiligingsincidenten en de snel groeiende cybercriminaliteit. Maar weet u eigenlijk wel of uw vertrouwen in die applicaties gerechtvaardigd is? Gedurende deze 2-daagse hands-on training verkrijgt u de kennis en vaardigheden die nodig zijn voor het veilig programmeren van uw applicaties. De training is bestemd voor: Ontwikkelaars Software testers Applicatiebeheerders Security Consultants Enige technische kennis van netwerken en systemen wordt aanbevolen. For so many years we have been asked to create a course like this! This course is just a great workshop that teaches how to implement securing technologies one at a time. The course covers all aspects of Windows infrastructure security that everybody talks about, but during the course you will learn how to implement them! Our goal is to teach you how to design and implement secure infrastructures based on the reasonable balance between security and comfort with great knowledge attacker s possibilities. We really want you to go out from the class with the practical, ready-to-use and holistic approach and skills to secure your infrastructure. This is a deep dive course on infrastructure services security. It is a mustgo for enterprise administrators, security officers and architects. Delivered by one of the best people in the market in the security field with practical knowledge from tons of successful projects, many years of real-?world experience, great teaching skills and no mercy for misconfigurations or insecure solutions. The course is an intense workshop! During these 3 days we provide the caffeine candies this course is really intense and in order to not miss a thing you MUST stay awake! We really want you to leave the class with the practical, ready-to-use knowledge on the ways to secure your infrastructure. This course is based on the practical knowledge from tons of successful projects, many years of real-?world experience and no mercy for misconfigurations or insecure solutions! Enterprise administrators, infrastructure architects, security professionals, systems engineers, network administrators, IT professionals, security consultants and other people responsible for implementing network and perimeter security. To attend this training you should have a good hands-?on experience in administering Windows infrastructure. At least 8 years in the field is recommended. All exercises are based on Windows Server 2012 R2 and Windows 8.1. Some examples are also shown on Windows Server 2012 to accommodate the difference. 200 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

201 Masterclass Troubleshooting, Monitoring and Tracing Windows Infrastructure TTW Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.995,- Masterclass: Windows Security and Infrastructure Management WSI Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.995,- This is a deep dive course on infrastructure monitoring! We would like to say: finally! as it took long time to prepare good examples, tools and scenarios for you! Regular monitoring ensures that you always have up-to-date knowledge about how particular components of your infrastructure are operating. The most important thing in monitoring is to work out the baseline that can be a good reference to identify problems and to analyze some specific conditions of nfrastructure components to operate. In vast majority of cases operating system troubleshooting involves monitoring, starting from analysis of the booting process ending up performance of the network or even particular process. Enterprise administrators, infrastructure architects, security professionals, systems engineers, network administrators, IT professionals, security consultants and other people responsible for implementing network and perimeter security. To attend this training you should have good hands-?on experience in administering Windows infrastructure. At least 8 years in the field is recommended. You should have good understanding of how operating system works. Ideally you should have read Windows Internals by Mark Russinovich book. This is a deep dive course on infrastructure services configuration, increasing their level of security and windows internals. It is a must-?go for enterprise administrators, security officers and architects. Delivered by one of the best people in the market in the security field with practical knowledge from tons of successful projects, many years of real-?world experience, great teaching skills and no mercy for misconfigurations or insecure solutions. The secure infrastructure configuration should be the most important line of defense in every organization. Unfortunately people, the most valuable resource, are not always aware of the level of security in their companies, possible points of entry, how operating system are attacked and how to protect infrastructure from successful attacks, sometimes caused by configuration mistakes. Advanced access rights, password mechanisms, windows internals, PowerShell usage for security purposes, gaining unauthorized access, advanced DNS configuration and common configuration mistakes, Active Directory security, IIS Security, debugging, advanced monitoring and troubleshooting and much more! Topics covered during this training will help you to feel for the hackers role and evaluate your infrastructure from their point of view.all exercises are based on Windows Server 2012 R2 and Windows 8.1. Some examples are also shown on Windows Server 2012 to accommodate the difference. Enterprise administrators, infrastructure architects, security professionals, systems engineers, network administrators, IT professionals, security consultants and other people responsible for implementing network a perimeter security. Security Trainingen Understanding perfectly internal operating system protection mechanisms and knowing how operating systems services or server roles work allows having huge impact on the security level of the whole infrastructure. But the problem is that rarely anybody has this impact! Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 201

202 Last Minute Global Knowledge Wanneer u in de gelegenheid bent om op korte termijn een training te volgen, dan is een Last Minute training een uitgelezen kans om uw trainingsbudget te ontlasten. Global Knowledge heeft altijd een aantal Last Minute trainingen gepland die u met een voordeel van 30% kunt boeken. /lastminutes Profiteer van een Last Minute training met 30% korting! 202 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

203 BEST PRACTICES 203

204 Best Practices zijn technieken, werkmethodes of activiteiten die zich in praktijksituaties als effectiever hebben bewezen dan enige andere techniek, methode etc. De gedachte is dat met de juiste werkmethode een project uitgevoerd kan worden met minder problemen, minder onvoorziene complicaties en betere eindresultaten. Het is dus voor organisaties belangrijk de Best Practices binnen hun branche te kennen en de eigen manier van werken hiermee te kunnen vergelijken. Mede daarom zijn er standaarden en frameworks met betrekking tot Best Practices ontwikkeld. Het gebruik hiervan maakt het mogelijk dat een ieder dezelfde taal spreekt. Zo worden fouten en onduidelijke communicatie voorkomen. Global Knowledge biedt een uitgebreid aanbod aan Best Practices trainingen die eventueel afgesloten kunnen worden met een officieel examen voor diverse frameworks. Standaarden en Frameworks zijn er o.a. voor: Architectuur Servicemanagement Projectmanagement Governance Applicatiemanagement Informatiemanagement Productontwikkeling Business Analysis Procesverbetering Softwaretesten Troubleshooting Best Practices 204 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

205 Binnen ICT is projectmatig werken en projectmanagement onontbeerlijk. Projectmanagement omvat het beheersen van projecten. Het is de manier waarop projecten georganiseerd, voorbereid, gepland, uitgevoerd en afgerond worden. Projectmanagement is het werk van projectleiders en omvat doorgaans verscheidene deelprojecten met bijbehorende teams en teamleiders. Een internationaal erkende methode voor effectief projectmanagement is PRINCE2 (PRoject IN Controlled Environments). Deze methode is ontwikkeld op basis van een projectgerichte aanpak, door projectmanagers voor projectmanagers en is geschikt voor alle typen projecten. De PRINCE2 methodiek wordt erkend binnen de private sector alsook de overheidssector. Project Management Global Knowledge biedt u naast PRINCE2 diverse andere projectmanagementopleidingen en trainingen aan die zeer relevant zijn binnen ICT. Denkt u hierbij bijvoorbeeld aan Scrum, IPMA en PMI. Project Management Challenge of Egypt Een interactieve projectmanagement workshop In betrekkelijk korte tijd bouwden de oude Egyptenaren enorme bouwwerken. Daarbij was projectmanagement onvermijdelijk. Hoe krijg je anders de miljoenen stenen op de juiste plaats en zorg je ervoor dat tienduizenden mensen zo efficiënt en effectief mogelijk werken? Ervaar tijdens deze interactieve workshop de belangrijkste kenmerken van methodisch projectmanagement op basis van PRINCE2. Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 205

206 Project Management Trainingen Project Management Trainingen PRINCE2 Waarom PRINCE2? PRINCE2 is een methodiek die u als projectmanager stapsgewijs door een aantal processen leidt die noodzakelijk zijn voor het sturen en plannen van een project. Hierbij wordt telkens het eindproduct centraal gesteld. Het gebruik van PRINCE2 biedt voor (project) managers en organisaties voordelen door gecontroleerd gebruik van beschikbare resources en de mogelijheid om zakelijke en projectmatige risico s beter en effectiever te beheren. PRINCE2 Foundation PRI2F Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 995,- Interactieve 2-daagse klassikale training, optioneel afgesloten met examen. Verandering is een constante waar ook uw organisatie niet omheen kan. Om bij te kunnen blijven in alle ontwikkelingen en uw organisatie effectief te houden zijn innovaties en veranderingen noodzakelijk. Mede vanwege de risico s die hiermee gepaard gaan worden hiertoe projecten gestart. In projecten worden middelen, vaardigheden, technologie en ideeën bijeengebracht om zakelijke doelstellingen te bereiken en zakelijke voordelen te behalen. PRINCE2 wordt internationaal erkend als een standaard en een gestructureerde methode voor effectief project management, ontwikkeld op basis van best practices. Iedereen die in een project werkzaam is of als belanghebbende bij een project betrokken is en: inzicht wil verkrijgen hoe projecten op een adequate wijze gemanaged kunnen worden om de beoogde resultaten te behalen; de principes en terminologie van de gestructureerde projectmanagement methode PRINCE2 wil leren. Doelstelling U leert de principes en terminologie van projectmatig werken volgens de PRINCE2 methode.hiermee krijgt u gestructureerd inzicht in de wijze waarop een project en een projectorganisatie worden opgebouwd en hoe een project gecontroleerd kan worden opgestart, uitgevoerd en opgeleverd conform PRINCE2. Meer specifiek leert u in deze training het volgende: Uw eigen rol en de rol van anderen in een project Het doel en de belangrijkste inhoud van: het Project Mandaat, de Project Brief, het Project Initiation document, het End Project Report en een aantal andere belangrijke projectdocumenten Twee niveaus Er zijn twee niveaus van certificering: Foundation en Practitioner. Bij Global Knowledge kunt u voor beide niveaus de juiste trainingen volgen en eventueel de bijbehorende examens afleggen. Daarnaast bieden we u de mogelijkheid om middels interactieve workshops de belangrijkste kenmerken van methodisch projectmanagement op basis van PRINCE2 te ervaren. Global Knowledge biedt u naast PRINCE2 diverse andere projectmanagementopleidingen en trainingen aan die zeer relevant zijn binnen ICT. Denkt u hierbij aan Agile en Scrum. De beheersing van een projectmet de belangrijkste activiteiten, rollen en instrumenten Het met goed resultaat afleggen van het examen PRINCE2 Foundation Met deze kennis haalt u het PRINCE2 Foundation certificaat. Het PRINCE2 examen is dan ook een (optioneel) onderdeel van de cursus. U heeft enige kennis van en ervaring met projectmatig werken. Na afloop bent u geheel voorbereid op het officiële examen PRINCE2 Foundation. Het examen wordt aansluitend aan de training afgenomen. Bij uw boeking dient u aan te geven of u hiervan gebruik wil maken. De kosten voor dit examen bedragen 249,-. PRINCE2 Practitioner incl examentraining PRI2P Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 1.760,- Steeds meer activiteiten worden projectmatig georganiseerd. PRINCE2 is inmiddels uitgegroeid tot dé standaard best practice methode voor projectmatig werken. Steeds meer werkgevers vragen daarom naar certificering van projectleiders. Opdrachtgevers verwachten dat u inzicht heeft in projectmatig werken. Daarbij dient u bekend te zijn met de rollen in een projectorganisatie en de wijze waarop communicatielijnen worden georganiseerd. Verder wordt van u inzicht gevraagd in de wijze waarop werkzaamheden in de vorm van werkpakketten worden aangereikt en opgeleverd. Ook dient u bekend te zijn met de verschillende processen, controlemechanismen en rapportages die van belang zijn in uw werkgebied. U bent werkzaam als projectmanager, lijnmanager of algemeen manager en heeft te maken met interne of externe projecten. Of u bent projectmedewerker, teamleider of aankomend projectleider en wilt uw projectmanagement kennis- en vaardigheden op een hoger plan brengen om door te kunnen groeien. Met deze training bereidt u zich inhoudelijk voor op het PRINCE2 Practitioner examen. Om aan het examen deel te kunnen nemen dient u geslaagd te zijn voor het PRINCE2 Foundation examen. Het is aan te bevelen om voorafgaand aan het PRINCE2 Practitioner examen de examentraining PRI2PE te volgen. Doelstelling Tijdens de training PRINCE2 Practitioner leert u om de methode van PRINCE2 toe te passen. Meer specifiek bent u na de training in staat om: de methode PRINCE2 af te stemmen op specifieke projectomstandigheden; de principes die aan de methode PRINCE2 ten grondslag liggen toe te passen; aan te geven wat de samenhang is tussen de onderdelen van de methode PRINCE2: de processen, componenten, technieken en managementproducten; managementproducten op te stellen op basis van specifieke projectomstandigheden. U heeft minimaal vier jaar werkervaring, waarvan twee jaar als projectmanager. U heeft kennis van projectmatig werken en parate kennis van PRINCE2 op foundation-niveau. Wanneer u het examen voor PRINCE2 Practitioner wilt afleggen dient u het PRINCE2 Foundation certificaat te hebben behaald. Na afloop bent u voorbereid op het officiële examen PRINCE2 Practitioner. Naast de training is enige zelfstudie nodig, waarbij de studiebelasting circa uur bedraagt. Na de examentraining van deze cursus kunt u deelnemen aan het PRINCE2 Practitioner examen. Dit examen dient u apart te boeken en de kosten hiervoor bedragen 365,-.Voor deelname aan dit examen is het PRINCE2 Foundation -certificaat verplicht. Hercertificering en examentraining PRINCE2 Practitioner (incl, examen) PRI2PE Cursusduur: 1 dag Prijs: 625,- De geldigheidsduur van het PRINCE2 Practitioner certificaat is beperkt. Global Knowledge biedt een korte opleiding (in de vorm van een examentraining) aan voor PRINCE2 Practitioner certificaathouders, die zich opnieuw willen laten certificeren. Sinds 1 mei 2008 zijn PRINCE2 Practitioner certificaten nog maar 5 jaar geldig. In de periode van 3 tot 5 jaar na de Certification Confirmation Date kan een deelnemer zich laten hercertificeren door middel van het afleggen van een verkort PRINCE2 Practitioner Examen, ook wel Reregistration Examen genoemd. Projectmanagers, in het bezit van het PRINCE2 Practitioner certificaat, waarvan de geldigheidsduur binnenkort verloopt. Doelstelling Tijdens de examentraining, die in de morgen plaats vindt, wordt een proefexamen behandeld. Dit proefexamen wordt voorafgaand aan de training naar u verstuurd. Om optimaal van de examentraining te profiteren wordt u verzocht om dit proefexamen vooraf te maken. PRINCE2 Practitioner training (PRI2P). Certificaat PRINCE2 Practitioner. Het examen (Hercertificering) vindt plaats in de middag en bestaat uit het volgende: Objective Testing 3 vragen - met 10 afzonderlijke vragen, elke vraag is een punt waard 17 punten minimaal nodig om te slagen (van de 30 beschikbare punten) - 55% Duur één uur (60 minuten) Open boek examen (alleen het PRINCE2 handboek). 206 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

207 IPMA IPMA-D IPMA-D Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 2.359,- Bent u startend projectmanager of bent u projectmedewerker? Wilt u uw kennis en ervaring verder verbreden en met een erkend IPMA-D certificaat bekronen? Dan is IPMA D cursus projectmanagement voor u de juiste training. De Certified Project Management Associate - IPMA D. Deze IPMA D cursus is examenvoorbereiding. Als ervaren projectmedewerker of beginnend projectmanager wilt u graag aantonen dat uw kennis up-to-date is en dat u capabel bent, ook al ontbreekt het u nog aan ervaring als projectmanager. Die mogelijkheid biedt het IPMA D certificaat. IPMA D toetst de theorie van projectmanagement. Deze IPMA D cursus biedt u de juiste basis voor een succesvol IPMA D examen. Juist projectmedewerkers en beginnende projectmanagers kunnen hierna veel effectiever op vele manieren ervaring opdoen in de praktijk. Projectmedewerkers en beginnende projectmanagers met HBO werk- en denkniveau. Ervaring in projectmanagement is niet vereist. Doelstelling Na afloop van de IPMA D cursus: Bent u efficiënt voorbereid op het IPMA-D examen. Hebt u veel examentips ontvangen waardoor u goed inzicht krijgt in het algehele examenverloop. Kennis op niveau van PRINCE2 Foundation is gewenst. Project Management Trainingen IPMA-C IPMA-C Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 3.214,- Wilt u uw ervaring als projectmanager met het internationaal erkende IPMA-C certificaat bekronen? En zoekt u een op maat gesneden, flexibel opleidingstraject dat uw slaagkans vergroot? Dan is IPMA C: Training projectmanagement voor u de juiste training. De Certified Project Manager - IPMA Level C Deze training is een IPMA C examenvoorbereiding. Ze is bedoeld voor projectmanagers met minimaal drie jaar aantoonbare ervaring in het managen van niet complexe projecten. De IPMA C training richt zich op de toepassing van zowel de harde als zachte kant van projectmanagement en bereidt u voor op het theoretisch examen bij Cito. Ervaren projectmanagers en projectleiders, met eindverantwoordelijkheid voor het zelfstandig leiden van projecten. Doelstelling Na afloop van de IPMA C training: Bent u efficiënt voorbereid op de Citotheorietoets voor IPMA-C Hebt u uw kennis verdiept van projectmanagementtheorie Hebt u gereflecteerd op uw projectmanagement ervaringen Hebt u veel examentips ontvangen waardoor u goed inzicht krijgt in het algehele examenverloop Deze training is bedoeld voor projectmanagers met ten minste drie jaar ervaring als projectmanager. Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 207

208 MSP (Managing Successful Programs PMI Managing Successful Programs, Foundation PMP Exam Prep Boot Camp Project Management Trainingen MSP-F Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 960,- De MSP Foundation Training is een training die een volledig beeld geeft van alle aspecten van MSP. Het is dé voorbereiding op de MSP Foundation certificering. Veel organisaties stoeien met het managen van strategische programma s; clusters van projecten en nietprojectmatige activiteiten. Programmamanagement speelt, anders dan sterk resultaatgerichte projectmanagementmethodieken in op de pragmatische vertaling van strategische veranderingen naar acties. Door hun aard zijn deze trajecten complex en langdurig. Bovendien hebben zij een grote impact op de organisatie. MSP (Managing Successfull Programmes) is een krachtig hulpmiddel bij het tot een goed einde brengen van deze trajecten. De training is bedoeld voor iedereen die binnen een organisatie te maken krijgt met programma s. U kunt daarbij denken aan programma- en projectmanagers en -medewerkers, maar zeker ook aan opdrachtgevers en adviseurs.enige ervaring met projecten en programma s is een voordeel. Doelstelling Na de training beschikt u over de volgende vaardigheden: U begrijpt de concepten van het Programmamanagement en MSP; U kunt de belangrijkste elementen van MSP toepassen op een programma; U weet op hoofdlijnen wat belangrijk is bij het inrichten van een programma; U herkent een aantal valkuilen in het opzetten van een programma. Kennis van een gestructureerde projectmanagementmethodiek, zoals PRINCE2 is een vereiste.wij verwachten van deelnemers een basiskennis op het gebied van projectmatig werken en een HBO denk- en werkniveau. De cursus wordt op een later tijdstip, optioneel, afgesloten met het MSP Foundation examen. De kosten voor het examen bedragen 210,- GK2860 Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 2.810,- Deze PMP Training is gebaseerd op de theorie uit de Project Management Body of Knowledge (afgekort PMBOK) Guide en praktijkervaring. Het is dé voorbereiding op de PMP voor deelnemers met veel kennis van de projectmanagementtheorie. Associate project managers, project managers, IT project managers, project coordinators, project analysts, project leaders, senior project managers, team leaders, product managers, program managers, project sponsors, and project team members seeking the PMP or CAPM certification. Doelstelling At the end of this course delegates will be able to; Prepare to take the PMP or CAPM exams Become familiar with PMBOK Guide terms, definitions, and processes Master test-taking techniques Learn styles and types of questions found on the PMP or CAPM exams PMBOK Guide s five process groups, ten knowledge areas, and the area of professional and social responsibility Managing Successful Programs, Practitioner MSP-P Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.065,- De MSP Practitioner Training is gericht op het toepassen van MSP. De deelnemers krijgen meer inzicht in de relaties tussen de principes, de thema s en de processen van de methode. Deze training geeft handvatten voor het toepassen van MSP in de praktijk. De training is bedoeld voor iedereen die binnen een organisatie ervaring heeft met het werken in of aansturen vanprojecten en programma sen in het bezit is van het certificaat MSP Foundation. U kunt daarbij denken aan programma- en projectmanagers en -medewerkers, maar zeker ook aan opdrachtgevers en adviseurs. Doelstelling Na de training beschikt u over de volgende vaardigheden: U begrijpt het concept van MSP tot op detailniveau; U kunt MSP toepassen op alle aspecten van een programma; U kunt op een evenwichtige wijze een The skills and knowledge required fromthe delegates before they attend this course are as follow: To be eligible for the CAPM or PMP certification, you must first meet specific education and experience requirements. The PMP Prep Boot Camp satisfies the requirements for contact hours of instruction. The final step in gaining certification is passing a multiple-choice, psychometric-based examination designed to objectively assess and measure your project management knowledge. It is recommended that programma opzetten en uitvoeren; U kunt een programma uitvoeren met een goede balans voor alle stakeholders; U kunt onderbouwd commentaar geven op alle aspecten en documenten van een programma; U kunt Projecten en organisatieveranderingen aansturen. MSP-F, Managing Successfull Programs, Foundation you have achieved the experience requirements prior to taking this course. This course is part of the following certification programs: Professional Project Manager Certification PMI Project Management Professional (PMP)PMI Certified Associate in Project Management (CAPM) Het MSP Practitioner examen wordt op een later tijdstip, optioneel, afgenomen. De kosten voor het examen bedragen 225,- 208 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

209 MoR (Managing of Risk) MoP (Management of Portfolios) MoR (Management of Risk) Foundation Management of Portfolios Foundation Management of Portfolios Practitioner MOR Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.300,- Management of Risk is bedoeld om organisaties te helpen bij het invoeren van een effectief kader voor het nemen van verantwoorde beslissingen over risico s die invloed hebben op hun prestatiedoelen voor alle organisatieactiviteiten, of die nu strategisch, programmatisch, projectmatig of operationeel zijn. Het is een richtlijn voor Integraal risicomanagement die waarborgt dat een organisatie op een rendabele wijze gebruikmaakt van een risicomanagementproces met een aantal duidelijk omschreven stappen. Het doel is het ondersteunen van een betere besluitvorming door middel van een goed zicht op de risico s en hun waarschijnlijke impact. M_o_R vormt een geïntegreerd raamwerk met OGC-methoden en -modellen als ITIL, PRINCE2, MSP en P3O. U heeft bij voorkeur minimaal 1-3 jaar werkervaring en HBO werk en denkniveau. U bent werkzaam als: Corporate manager met interesse voor risicomanagement als control voor behoorlijk bestuur Programma- of projectmanager Operationeel manager verantwoordelijk voor het managen van risico s die de continuïteit van uw bedrijfsvoering raken Kwaliteitsmanager, veiligheidskundige, auditor, controller of register accountant Doelstelling Na afloop van deze training: Kent u de kernconcepten van Management of Risk (M_o_R) Het risicomanagement proces in de praktijk te brengen Kunt u strategisch, project en programma en operationeel risicomanagement met elkaar in verband brengen Heeft u meer grip op onzekerheid en de kansen op succes Kunt u de succes- en faalfactoren van risicomanagement en de baten van M_o_R voor uw organisatie benoemen. U heeft bij voorkeur minimaal 1-3 jaar werkervaring en HBO werk en denkniveau. Het Foundation examen is een multiple-choice examen dat bestaat uit 45 vragen die in 45 minuten moeten worden beantwoord. Dit is een gesloten boek examen. Het examen is inclusief en wordt ongeveer 1 week na de laatste trainingsdag afgenomen. MOP-F Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 995,- Management of Portfolios (MoP) provides advice and examples of how to apply principles, practices, and techniques that together enable the most effective balance of organisational change and business as usual. Thiscourse engages with the students to ensure that theory is embedded and delegates feel confident in the practical application of MoP. The MoP Foundation qualification is aimed at those involved in a range of formal and informal portfolio management roles encompassing investment decision making, project and programme delivery, and benefits realisation. It is relevant to all those involved in the selection and delivery of business change initiatives including: Senior Responsible Owners (SROs) Members of management boards and Directors of Change Portfolio, Programme, Project, Business Change, and Benefits Managers Business Case writers and project appraisers. Doelstelling The objective of the course is to enable a student to understand the MoP principles, cycles, practices, techniques, roles and documentation. This will enable them to work as an informed member of a Portfolio Office or in a range of Portfolio Management roles. Specifically they will know and understand the: Scope and objectives of portfolio management and how it differs from programme and project management Benefits from applying portfolio management Context within which it operates Principles upon which successful portfolio management is based Approaches to implementation, the factors to consider in maintaining progress, and how to assess the success of portfolio management Purposes of the portfolio management definition and delivery cycles and their component practices, and relevant techniques applicable to each practice Purpose and key content of the major portfolio documents Scope of key portfolio management roles None. The MoP Foundation exam consists of: 50 multiple choice questions 40 minutes Closed-book Candidates require a minimum of 25 correct answers (50%) to pass. MOP-P Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 995,- Management of Portfolios (MoP) provides advice and examples of how to apply principles, practices, and techniques that together enable the most effective balance of organisational change and business as usual. This course engages with the students to ensure that theory is embedded and delegates feel confident in the practical application of MoP. The MoP Practitioner qualification is aimed at those involved in a range of formal and informal portfolio management roles encompassing investment decision making, project and programme delivery, and benefits realisation. It is relevant to all those involved in the selection and delivery of business change initiatives including: Members of management boards and Directors of Change Senior Responsible Owners (SROs) Portfolio, Programme, Project, Business Change, and Benefits Managers Business Case writers and project appraisers Doelstelling The objective of the course is to prepare students for the MoP Practitioner level examination. To confirm understanding of the MoP principles, cycles, practices, techniques, roles and documentation. A successful Practitioner candidate should be able to apply and understand how to tailor MoP effectively. And, with suitable support, be able to advise on the implementation of appropriate practices, techniques, and apply the method to a live portfolio. Specifically candidates should be able to demonstrate their ability to: Define the business case to get senior management approval for portfolio management Plan the implementation of portfolio management Select and adapt MoP principles, practices and techniques to suit different organisational environments Evaluate examples of MoP information (including documents and role descriptions) Analyze the solutions adopted in relation to a given scenario. MoP-F, Management of Portfolios Foundation Candidates will have to have passed the Foundation exam before attempting the Practitioner exam. The MoP Practitioner exam consists of: 80 multiple choice questions 3 hours open-book Candidates require a minimum of 40 correct answers (50%) to pass. Project Management Trainingen Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 209

210 AGILE Projectmanagement Business Simulatie Project Management Trainingen AGILE Project Management Foundation AGILE-F Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 995,- De snelheid van de ontwikkelingen eist dat organisaties veranderingen steeds sneller moeten doorvoeren om te overleven. Daarnaast is gebleken dat veel projecten slecht presteren omdat ze onvoldoende rekening houden met de eisen van de Business. De Best Practice Agile Project Management biedt een goede oplossing voor beide problemen. Het gaat verder dan alleen een SCRUM of een Timebox aanpak. Daardoor is het geschikt voor zowel kleine projecten als voor grote projecten en programma s. Wat zijn voorwaarden aan mijn organisatie om Agile te kunnen werken Hoe lever ik altijd op tijd op Hoe zorg ik voor een product met draagvlak in de Business? Hoe organiseer ik dat ik snel kan kiezen tijdens de uitvoering Hoe kies ik een optimale ontwikkelmethodiek voor mijn specifieke project Voor welke stukken kan ik beter de traditionele aanpak gebruiken Projectmanagers, Team Managers, Technical coordinators Business Sponsors, Opdrachtgevers, Senior Responsible Owners Product owners, Business Analisten Project Support Medewerkers Agile teamleden, Projectmedewerkers Adviseurs, Agile coaches Doelstelling U begrijpt de concepten van Agile Project Management U kunt sneller projecten uitvoeren U levert altijd op tijd op U komt tot een optimale oplossing voor de Business Geen ervaring vereist, echter ervaring met Projecten is handig. Het bijbehorende APMG examen Agile Project Management Foundation is optioneel. De examenkosten bedragen 185,- The Challenge of Egypt (Business Simulation Game) EGYPT Cursusduur: 1 dag Prijs: 465,- De Challenge of Egypt is een interactieve projectmanagement game, gebaseerd op het framework van Prince2. In één dag wordt een overzicht gegeven van alle basisbeginselen en methoden van effectief projectmanagement. Daarnaast worden de methoden besproken om de kwaliteit en effectiviteit van uw projectmanagement benadering te beoordelen. Managementteams, Projectmanagers, Projectleides, Teamleiders en Projectmedewerkers. Doelstelling Het in de praktijk hanteren van de belangrijkste projectmanagementtheorie. Het opzetten van een projectorganisatie met de daarbij horende rollen, taken en verantwoordelijkheden. Het analyseren van de risico s binnen het project en het vinden van tegenmaatregelen. Het als teammanager uitgeven van werkpakketten en het bewaken van de planning. Het toezicht houden op de toleranties (geld, tijd, scope en kwaliteit) van een project. Het oplossen van projectissues. Het als projectmanager sturen van het project. Het omgaan met wijzigingen binnen het project. Het omgaan met de stuurgroep of projectdirectie. Het evalueren van het project. Bovendien krijgt u inzicht in de kennis, vaardigheden en handelingen die nodig zijn om succesvol projecten te leiden. Er is geen specifieke voorkennis nodig. Wel is affiniteit met projectmanagement gewenst. Niet van toepassing 210 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

211 AGILE & SCRUM Trainingen AGILE AGILE Project Management Foundation AGILE-F Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 995,- De snelheid van de ontwikkelingen eist dat organisaties veranderingen steeds sneller moeten doorvoeren om te overleven. Daarnaast is gebleken dat veel projecten slecht presteren omdat ze onvoldoende rekening houden met de eisen van de Business. De Best Practice Agile Project Management biedt een goede oplossing voor beide problemen. Het gaat verder dan alleen een SCRUM of een Timebox aanpak. Daardoor is het geschikt voor zowel kleine projecten als voor grote projecten en programma s. Wat zijn voorwaarden aan mijn organisatie om Agile te kunnen werken Hoe lever ik altijd op tijd op Hoe zorg ik voor een product met draagvlak in de Business? Hoe organiseer ik dat ik snel kan kiezen tijdens de uitvoering Hoe kies ik een optimale ontwikkelmethodiek voor mijn specifieke project Voor welke stukken kan ik beter de traditionele aanpak gebruiken Projectmanagers, Team Managers, Technical coordinators Business Sponsors, Opdrachtgevers, Senior Responsible Owners Product owners, Business Analisten Project Support Medewerkers Agile teamleden, Projectmedewerkers Adviseurs, Agile coaches Doelstelling U begrijpt de concepten van Agile Project Management U kunt sneller projecten uitvoeren U levert altijd op tijd op U komt tot een optimale oplossing voor de Business Geen ervaring vereist, echter ervaring met Projecten is handig. Het bijbehorende APMG examen Agile Project Management Foundation is optioneel. De examenkosten bedragen 185,- AGILE & SCRUM Trainingen AGILE & SCRUM Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 211

212 SCRUM AGILE & SCRUM Trainingen SAFe (Scaled Agile Framework) SAFE Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.295,- Gedurende deze 2-daagse cursus leert u hoe u een Agile transformatie op Enterprise niveau kunt leiden. Hierbij wordt gebruik gemaakt van het SAFe fraework in combinatie met het onderliggende gedachtengoed van Lean en Product Development. Agile methoden worden inmiddels al jaren gebruikt, met als doel om meer waarde in minder tijd te leveren aan klanten. De meeste organisaties zijn complexe systemen, waarbij het noodzakelijk is om samen te werken en te coordineren tussen verscheidene delivery teams. In deze cursus leert u hoe u dit op een goede manier kunt doen. De Scaled Agile Framework (SAFe) training is bedoeld voor iedereen die de voordelen van Agile graag wil doorvoeren binnen zijn gehele organistie. Deze training is ideaal voor; Directors (Project) Managers Agile Change Agents Verantwoordelijken voor een Lean / Agile transitie binnen een grote software ontwikkelafdeling of organisatie Doelstelling Na de Scaled Agile Framework training: Kunnen de deelnemers Lean, Agile en Product Development Flow principes toepassen om zo productiviteit, medewerker tevredenheid, time-tomarket en kwaliteit te verbeteren Weten de deelnemers welke vaardigheden nodig zijn voor de transitie naar een Agile organisatie Hebben de deelnemers de kennis om zelf te beginnen met het toepassen van SAFe binnen hun eigen organisatie, gefundeerd door theorie, voorbeelden uit de praktijk en inzichten van de trainer Om het certificaat te bemachtigen is het van belang dat de deelnemer na afloop van de training met succes het online examen aflegt. Hiervoor hebben deelnemers 10 dagen de tijd na ontvangst van de link. Wanneer het examen succesvol wordt afgerond ontvangt de deelnemer het SAFe Agilist (SA) certificaat. SCRUM is een flexibele projectmanagementmethode voor het snel en effectief ontwikkelen van software. Scrum hanteert een stap-voor-stap aanpak en stelt waardeverhoging, teamverantwoordelijkheid en klantbetrokkenheid centraal. Scrum wordt al veel gebruikt in de IT, maar is ook daarbuiten uitstekend toepasbaar en wint de laatste jaren dan ook enorm aan populariteit. SCRUM for Developers SCRUM-D Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.995,- De Professional Scrum Developer (PSD) training geeft uw Scrum Development Team een vliegende start zowel in efficiëntie als in productiviteit. Voor het ontwikkelen van kwaliteitsoftware is een goed functionerend team, een Agile proces door middel van Scrum en passende tooling nodig. In deze training leren deelnemers hoe een team, gebruikmakend van moderne software ontwikkeltechnieken, elke Sprint software kan opleveren die in principe in productie kan worden genomen ( potentially shippable product ). De training is een mix van theorie en het toepassen hiervan in de praktijk. Daarbij werken de deelnemers in zelf organiserende teams aan de productie en het done opleveren van items op de Product Backlog. Hoe de Application Lifecycle Management (ALM) tools van Microsoft ingezet kunnen worden om het ontwikkelproces te ondersteunen. Na het volgen van de training Professional Scrum Developer bent u in staat om uw certificering af te ronden door middel van een officieel examen. Dit examen zit bij de prijs inbegrepen en kunt u tot twee weken na het volgen van de training online afleggen. Ontwikkelaars Doelstelling Aan het einde van de training weet u: Hoe Scrum bijdraagt aan het functioneren van een high performing team. Welke software development best practices nodig zijn om kort cyclisch te kunnen werken en iedere Sprint hoge kwaliteitsoftware op te leveren. 212 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

213 SCRUM Master SCRUM Product Owner SCRUM-M Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.495,- De toepassing van Scrum voor het ontwikkelen van software neemt sterk toe. Veel organisaties overwegen om Scrum toe te passen of gebruiken het al. Veel beschikbare hulpmiddelen en trainingen richten zich op de theorie van Scrum en slechts in mindere mate op de toepassing. Dit terwijl de kracht van Scrum juist ligt in het eenvoudig oppakken en toepassen ervan. Deze cursus biedt u daarom de mogelijkheid om theorie en praktijk aan elkaar te koppelen. U leert tijdens deze tweedaagse training alles over het werken als Scrum Master en/ of Scrum teamlid. Naast een stuk theorie omtrent de basisconcepten van Scrum biedt de training verschillende handvatten en oefeningen om Scrum direct toe te passen in de praktijk. Deze training is geschikt voor Project managers, Teamleiders, IT/Development managers, Product managers, Test managers, Business analisten, Architecten, Developers en Testers die interesse hebben in het toepassen van Scrum om maximale toegevoegde waarde te creëren en verbeterde klant- en werknemerstevredenheid. Doelstelling Aan het einde van de training: kent u het agile gedachtegoed: wijze van aansturen, plannen, rolverdeling en communicatie kent u de werkwijze van Scrum bent u in staat om de agile principes binnen uw organisatie handhaven Om de PSM-certificering te behalen dienen alle deelnemers na het volgen van de training het online certificeringsexamen succesvol af te leggen. Dit examen is in het Engels en zit bij de prijs inbegrepen. SCRUM-PO Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.495,- Heeft u al (enige) ervaring in het werken als Product Owner, maar bent u nog niet gecertificeerd? De Product Owner vertegenwoordigt de klant binnen het Scrum team. Hij/ Zij zorgt er voor dat het team met de juiste visie naar het project kijkt. Hij is verantwoordelijk voor het opstellen van de user stories en deze te prioriteren in een product backlog. De training Professional Scrum Product Owner geeft u kennis en begrip omtrent de rol van Product Owner, alsmede het belang van de rol binnen het Scrum team. In deze opleiding leert u de basisvaardigheden voor het definiëren en managen van een geprioriteerde product backlog en het creëren van accurate en realistische product en release plannen. Door middel van praktijkvoorbeelden en praktische oefeningen doet u kennis en ervaring omtrent de rol van Product Owner zodat u deze direct kan inzetten in uw eigen organisatie. De Scrum Product Owner training is geschikt voor (Product) Managers die verantwoordelijk zijn voor het optimaliseren van de waarde van hun producten en IT Development Managers die verantwoordelijk zijn voor een businesslijn en het optimaliseren van de waarde dat IT ervan krijgt. Doelstelling Aan het einde van de training bent u tot het volgende in staat: U kunt benoemen hoe de iteratiefincrementele principes door Scrum worden ingevuld. U weet te beschrijven welke elementen Scrum onderkent, de samenhang ervan en hoe deze productiviteitsverhogend werken. U kunt beschrijven hoe de Scrumfundamenten van belang zijn voor incrementeel productbeheer en deze creatief naar uw eigen praktijksituatie vertalen. U kunt optreden als Product Owner voor Scrum Teams en stakeholders met diepgaand begrip van uw rol. U weet in te schatten hoe Scrum organisatiebrede Business Agility verhoogt. U kunt zelfstandig denken in termen van goede toepassing van het Scrum framework voor productbeheer. Na het volgen van de training Scrum Product Owner bent u in staat om uw PSPO-certificering af te ronden door middel van een officieel examen. Dit examen zit bij de prijs inbegrepen en kunt u tot twee weken na het volgen van de training online afleggen. AGILE & SCRUM Trainingen Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 213

214 Organisaties moeten kunnen vertrouwen op een IT-dienstverlening die hun processen goed ondersteunt. Met het toenemende belang van ICT in de bedrijfsvoering worden ook de eisen die klanten stellen aan de IT-dienstverlening steeds hoger. IT Service Management is het vakgebied dat zich bezighoudt met het inrichten, managen en verbeteren van de ICTdienstverlening aan interne of externe klanten.. Global Knowledge biedt een reeks opleidingen op dit vakgebied. Deze zijn gebaseerd op industriestandaard raamwerken zoals Information Technology Infrastructure Library (ITIL ), Business Information Services Library (BiSL) en Application Service Library (ASL). Wij bieden u opleidingen voor startende professionals tot ervaren managers en in uiteenlopende vormen als workshops, groepsopleidingen en simulatiegames. Global Knowledge is een geautoriseerd examencentrum,, zodat u ook voor het behalen van uw certificering(en) bij ons terecht kunt. Service Management ITIL Waar staat ITIL voor? ITIL is een afkorting van Information Technology Infrastructure Library en is ontstaan uit een verzameling best practices die in het werkveld van de IT-dienstverlening worden aangetroffen. ITIL biedt een systematische aanpak voor het leveren van de gewenste kwaliteit van IT-services. Het geeft een gedetailleerde omschrijving van de (meeste) belangrijke processen in een IT-organisatie en omvat checklijsten voor taken, procedures en verantwoordelijkheden, die elke organisatie als basis kan gebruiken om ITIL op maat te maken van de eigen bedrijfsbehoeften. De brede dekking van het ITIL -materiaal maakt het tevens mogelijk om er op gezette tijden naar terug te grijpen en er nieuwe verbeterdoelen voor de IT-organisatie uit af te leiden. Hierdoor kan de organisatie groeien en volwassen worden. Global Knowledge biedt als grootste onafhankelijke IT-opleider een uitgebreide serie ITIL-trainingen, van basis awareness trainingen tot en met de implementatie opleidingen. Iedere ITIL cursus, workshop of seminar bij Global Knowledge helpt u, indien wenselijk, om uw ITIL Expert certificaat te behalen. 214

215 ITIL Voor het verkrijgen en vastleggen van uw ITIL kennis biedt Global Knowledge een complete serie ITIL-trainingen inclusief de bijbehorende certificeringen. Binnen ITIL worden vier niveaus onderscheiden: Foundation - Het Foundation niveau richt zich op kennis en begrip voor het verwerven van een goede ondergrond om vertrouwd te raken met het ITIL concept, de terminologie en de ITIL processen. Intermediate - Dit niveau is beschikbaar in twee stromingen: - Lifecycle modules: deze modules zijn bedoeld voor mensen die verantwoordelijk zijn voor de algehele lifecycle van een IT product. Per lifecycle onderdeel worden meerdere processen aangestipt maar op deze processen zelf wordt niet diep ingegaan. De ITIL Service Lifecycle cursussen zijn ideaal voor consultants, service managers en service coördinatoren die betrokken zijn bij het besturen, coördineren of implementeren van ITIL. De cursussen bieden de juiste kennis en inzicht voor het rechtvaardigen van de investering in IT-diensten. - Capability modules: deze modules zijn bedoeld voor mensen die specifieke processen binnen IT Service Management beheren. De trainingen hiervoor bieden een diepgaand inzicht in de verschillende ITIL processen en hoe deze in de praktijk kunnen worden toegepast. Continual Service Improvement Lifecycle (ILLCCSI) Service Design Lifecycle (ILLCS) Service Operation Lifecycle (ILLCSO) Service Strategy Lifecycle (ILLCSS) Service Transition Lifecycle (ILLCST) ITIL Master ITIL Expert 22 credits required Managing Across the Lifecycle (ILLCMA) 5 credits Service Catalog (ILSC) 1.5 credits Operation Support & Analysis Capability (ILOSA) Release, Control & Validation Capability (ILRCV) Service Offerings & Agreements Capability (ILSOA) Planning, Protection & Optimization Capability (ILPPO) Service Management Expert - Met het behalen van deze Expert in IT Service Management certificering wordt uw expertise en diepgaande kennis op alle fronten binnen ITIL aangetoond. ITIL Lifecycle Modules 3 credits per module ITIL Capability Modules 4 credits per module Master - De Master certificering toont aan in hoeverre een kandidaat in staat is om de ITIL concepten op nieuwe werkvelden en gebieden toe te passen en te analyseren. ITIL Foundation (ILFN) 2 credits Puntensysteem Het certificeringtraject van ITIL is gebaseerd op een puntensysteem (credits). Elk succesvol afgelegd examen levert een bepaald aantal credits op. Voor het Expert certificaat heeft u 22 punten nodig. Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 215

216 Service Management Trainingen ITIL Service Management Trainingen ITIL Foundation ILFN Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.345,- Goed functionerende informatiesystemen zijn essentieel voor de bedrijfsvoering van organisaties. ITIL (IT Infrastructure Library) is een methode voor het inrichten van processen voor service management, die kan worden ingezet om de IT-dienstverlening van een organisatie te professionaliseren. Deze methode is gebaseerd op best practices. Tijdens de cursus ITIL Foundation leert de deelnemer onder andere de basisbegrippen van ITIL en het belang van IT-infrastructuur en IT-dienstverlening voor organisaties. Professionals die betrokken zijn met het beheer, de organisatie en de optimalisatie van de activiteiten van de processen in een IT serviceorganisatie. De doelgroep bestaat uit iedereen die hun IT Service Management vaardigheden naar de nieuwste inzichten willen ontwikkelen. Doelstelling Tijdens deze cursus leert de deelnemer onder andere het volgende: Het belang van IT dienstverlening en het beheer van de IT-Infrastructuur voor een organisatie en hoe deze waarde creeert voor de organisatie. Diensten, organisaties en procesmatig werken De IT Service Life cycle De belangrijkste concepten, principes, modellen en processen binnen de verschillende stadia van de IT Service Lifecycle (Service Strategy, Service Design, Service Transition, Service Operation en Continual Service Improvement) Functies en rollen Er is geen specifieke vooropleiding vereist. Met deze training waarbinnen ook een proefexamen wordt afgelegd is de deelnemer optimaal voorbereid voor het examen ITIL Foundation in IT Service Management. Het examen is optioneel en wordt aansluitend aan de training afgenomen. Bij uw boeking dient u aan te geven of u hiervan gebruik wil maken. De kosten voor dit examen bedragen 219,- Het behalen van het ITIL Foundation examen levert u 2 credits op. U krijgt, na het behalen van het examen, het certificaat digitaal toegestuurd. ITIL Service Lifecycle: Continual Service Improvement ILLCCSI Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.345,- Deze cursus zal ingaan op de algemene concepten, processen, strategieën en methoden die in verband staan met de Continual Service Improvement (CSI) fase van de Service Lifecycle. In de cursus zal worden besproken hoe men de activiteiten en technieken binnen het CSI stadium kan managen. Op de details van elk ondersteunend proces zal verder niet worden ingegaan. De cursus maakt gebruik van een boeiende, op case study-gebaseerde, aanpak voor het leren van de kerndisciplines van de ITIL best practices. Ook wordt er gezorgd dat u voldoende kennis en vaardigheden opdoet om te slagen voor het bijbehorende examen. IT-personeel op het gebied van operations, management en techniek, dat meer informatie nodig heeft over ITIL best practices. Iedereen die verantwoordelijk is voor het managen, implementeren of consulten van ITIL processen binnen de, of in combinatie met, IT. Doelstelling In deze cursus zal een cursist de volgende dingen leren: Het belang van Service Management en het doel, de uitgangspunten en de principes van CSI. De samenwerking tussen de CSI processen en de Service Lifecycle processen. De subprocessen, activiteiten, methodes en functies die gebruikt worden in elk van de CSI processen. De rollen en verantwoordelijkheden binnen CSI en de activiteiten en functies waarmee operational excellence kan worden bereikt. Het bepalen van de CSI performance. De technologie en implementatie-eisen die CSI processen ondersteunen. De uitdagingen, kritische succes factoren en risico s van CSI. ITIL Foundation certificatie (ILFN) Minimaal twee jaar relevante werkervaring Na afloop van de cursus wordt u de mogelijkheid aangeboden om het officiële APMG/EXIN examen te maken. Echter is dit optioneel en indien u dit examen wilt maken zal dit moeten worden aangegeven bij uw boeking. De prijs van dit examen bedraagt 299,-. Na het behalen van het examen ontvangt u het certificaat digitaal. ITIL Managing Across the Lifecycle ILLCMA Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.145,- Dit is de laatste module van de Service Lifecycle en / of Service Capability Intermediate cursussen die u opleiden tot ITIL expert in IT Service Management. De cursus gaat in op de inhoud van de ITIL publicaties. U zult zich gedurende deze cursus focussen op business, management en supervisie doelstellingen, processen, functies en activiteiten. Daarnaast zult u de interfaces en interacties tussen de processen in de Service Lifecycle behandelen. De cursus maakt gebruik van een boeiende, op case study-gebaseerde, aanpak voor het leren van de kerndisciplines van de ITIL best practices. Ook wordt er gezorgd dat u voldoende kennis en vaardigheden opdoet om te slagen voor het bijbehorende examen. IT-personeel op het gebied van operations, management en techniek, dat meer informatie nodig heeft over ITIL best practices. Iedereen die verantwoordelijk is voor het managen, implementeren of consulten van ITIL processen binnen de, of in combinatie met, IT. Doelstelling In deze cursus zal een cursist de volgende dingen leren: Introductie van de business en management vraagstukken binnen IT Service Management. Het managen van de planning en de implementatie van IT Service Management. Management van strategische veranderingen Risico management Uitdagingen voor de organisatie Het beoordelen van de service Aanvullende begeleiding binnen de industrie Tenminste 17 credits behaald uit: Verplicht: ITIL Foundation certificatie (ILFN), 2 credits Keuze uit de Lifecycle modules, elk 3 credits e/o Keuze uit Capability modules, elk 4 credits Na afloop van de cursus wordt u de mogelijkheid aangeboden om het officiële APMG/EXIN examen te maken. Echter is dit optioneel en indien u dit examen wilt maken zal dit moeten worden aangegeven bij uw boeking. De prijs van dit examen is 299, ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

217 ITIL Service Lifecycle: Service Design ILLCS Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.345,- ITIL Service Lifecycle: Service Operation ILLCSO Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.345,- ITIL Service Lifecycle: Service Strategy ILLCSS Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.345,- Deze cursus zal ingaan op de algemene concepten, processen, strategieën en methoden die in verband staan met de Service Design fase van de Service Lifecycle. Deze cursus behandelt het management en beheer van de activiteiten en technieken binnen het Service Design stadium maar zal niet verder ingaan op de details van elk ondersteunend proces. Deze cursus maakt gebruik van een boeiende, op case study-gebaseerde, aanpak voor het leren van de kerndisciplines van de ITIL best practices. Ook wordt er gezorgd dat u voldoende kennis en vaardigheden opdoet om te slagen voor het bijbehorende examen. IT-personeel op het gebied van design, operations, management en techniek, dat meer informatie nodig heeft over ITIL best practices. Iedereen die verantwoordelijk is voor het managen, implementeren of consulten van ITIL processen binnen de, of in combinatie met, IT. Doelstelling In deze cursus zal een cursist de volgende dingen leren: Het belang van Service Management en het doel, de uitgangspunten en de principes van Service Design. De samenwerking tussen de (Service Design) processen. De subprocessen, activiteiten, methodes en functies die gebruikt worden in elk van de Service Design processen. De rollen en verantwoordelijkheden binnen Service Design en de activiteiten en functies waarmee operational excellence kan worden bereikt. Het bepalen van de Service Design performance. De technologie en implementatieeisen die Service Design processen ondersteunen. De uitdagingen, kritische succes factoren en risico s van Service Design. ITIL Foundation certificatie (ILFN) Minimaal twee jaar relevante werkervaring Na afloop van de cursus wordt u de mogelijkheid aangeboden om het officiële APMG/EXIN examen te maken. Echter is dit optioneel en indien u dit examen wilt maken dient u dit aan te geven bij uw boeking. De prijs van dit examen is 299,-. Het behalen van dit examen levert u 3 credits op. Na het behalen van het examen ontvangt u het certificaat digitaal. Deze cursus zal ingaan op de algemene concepten, processen, strategieën en methoden die in verband staan met de Service Operation fase van de Service Lifecycle. U zult zich richten op het doel van Service Operation, de uitgangspunten, processen, activiteiten, functies, technologie en de uitvoering. De cursus maakt gebruik van een boeiende, op case study-gebaseerde, aanpak voor het leren van de kerndisciplines van de ITIL best practices. Ook wordt er gezorgd dat u voldoende kennis en vaardigheden opdoet om te slagen voor het bijbehorende examen. De belangrijkste procesaandachtsgebieden van deze cursus zijn: Incident Management Problem Management Request Fulfillment en Access Management De belangrijkste functieaandachtsgebieden van deze cursus zijn: Service Desk Technical Management IT Operations Management Application Management IT-personeel op het gebied van operations, management en techniek, dat meer informatie nodig heeft over ITIL best practices. Iedereen die verantwoordelijk is voor het managen, implementeren of consulten van ITIL processen binnen de, of in combinatie met, IT. ITIL Foundation certificatie (ILFN) Minimaal twee jaar relevante werkervaring Na afloop van de cursus wordt u de mogelijkheid aangeboden om het officiële APMG/EXIN examen te maken. Echter is dit optioneel en indien u dit examen wilt maken dient u dit aan te gevenbij uw boeking. De prijs van dit examen is 299,-. Het behalen van dit examen levert u 3 credits op. Na het behalen van het examen ontvangt u het certificaat digitaal. Deze cursus zal ingaan op de algemene concepten, processen, strategieën en methoden die in verband staan met de Service Strategy fase van de Service Lifecycle. In de cursus zal worden besproken hoe men de activiteiten en technieken binnen het Service Strategy stadium kan beheren. Op de details van elk ondersteunend proces zal verder niet worden ingegaan. Deze cursus maakt gebruik van een boeiende, op case study-gebaseerde, aanpak voor het leren van de kerndisciplines van de ITIL best practices. Ook wordt er gezorgd dat u voldoende kennis en vaardigheden opdoet om te slagen voor het bijbehorende examen. IT-personeel op het gebied van operations, management en techniek, dat meer informatie nodig heeft over ITIL best practices. Iedereen die verantwoordelijk is voor het managen, implementeren of consulten van ITIL processen binnen de, of in combinatie met, IT. Doelstelling In deze cursus zal een cursist de volgende dingen leren: Het belang van Service Management en het doel, de uitgangspunten en de principes van Service Strategy. De interactie tussen de (Service Strategy) processen. De subprocessen, activiteiten, methodes en functies die gebruikt worden in elk van de Service Strategy processen. De rollen en verantwoordelijkheden binnen Service Strategy en de activiteiten en functies waarmee operational excellence kan worden bereikt. Het bepalen van de Service Strategy performance. De technologie en implementatieeisen die Service Strategy processen ondersteunen. De uitdagingen, kritische succes factoren en risico s van Service Strategy. ITIL Foundation certificatie (ILFN) Minimaal twee jaar relevante werkervaring Na afloop van de cursus wordt u de mogelijkheid aangeboden om het officiële APMG/EXIN examen te maken. Echter is dit optioneel en indien u dit examen wilt maken dient u dit aan te geven bij uw boeking. De prijs van dit examen is 299,- Het behalen van het ITIL Service Strategy examen levert u 3 credits op. Na het behalen van het examen ontvangt u het certificaat digitaal. Service Management Trainingen Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 217

218 ITIL Service Lifecycle: Service Transition ILLCST Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.345,- ITIL Capability: Operational Support and Analysis ILOSA Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 1.750,- Service Management Trainingen Deze cursus zal ingaan op de algemene concepten, processen, strategieën en methoden die in verband staan met de Service Transition fase van de Service Lifecycle. U zult zich richten op de Service Transition doelen, principes, processen, activiteiten, functies, technologieen en implementatie overwegingen. Deze cursus maakt gebruik van een boeiende, op case study-gebaseerde, aanpak voor het leren van de kerndisciplines van de ITIL best practices. Ook wordt er gezorgd dat u voldoende kennis en vaardigheden opdoet om te slagen voor het bijbehorende examen. De belangrijkste proces-aandachtsgebieden van deze cursus zijn: Change Management; Service Release and Deployment Management; Service Validation and Testing; Service Asset and Configuration Management; Knowledge Management; Service Evaluation IT-personeel op het gebied van activiteiten, management en techniek, dat meer informatie nodig heeft over ITIL best practices. Iedereen die verantwoordelijk is voor het managen, implementeren of consulten van ITIL processen binnen de, of in combinatie met, IT. ITIL Foundation certificatie (ILFN) Minimaal twee jaar relevante werkervaring Na afloop van de cursus wordt u de mogelijkheid aangeboden om het officiële APMG/EXIN examen te maken. Echter is dit optioneel en indien u dit examen wilt maken dient u dit aan te geven bij uw boeking. De prijs van dit examen is 299,-. Het behalen van dit examen levert u 3 credits op. Na het behalen van het examen ontvangt u het certificaat digitaal. Deze cursus dompelt je onder in de praktische aspecten van de ITIL Service Lifecycle en de processen die samenhangen met de Operational Support en Analyse van de diensten dienstverlening. De nadruk van deze cursus ligt in eerste instantie op het operationele niveau van procesactiviteiten en ondersteunende methoden. Daarnaast ligt de focus op de verschillende benaderingen om deze processen uit te voeren in een praktische, hands-on leeromgeving. Deze cursus maakt gebruik van een boeiende, op case study-gebaseerde, aanpak voor het leren van de kerndisciplines van de ITIL best practices. Ook wordt er gezorgd dat u voldoende kennis en vaardigheden opdoet om te slagen voor het bijbehorende examen. De belangrijkste proces- en functieaandachtsgebieden van deze cursus zijn onder meer: Event Management Process; Incident Management Process; Demand Fulfillment Process; Problem Management Process; Access Management Process; Service Desk, Technical Management; IT Operations Management; Application Management IT-personeel op het gebied van activiteiten, management en techniek, dat meer informatie nodig heeft over ITIL best practices. Iedereen die verantwoordelijk is voor het managen, implementeren of consulten van ITIL processen binnen de, of in combinatie met, IT. ITIL Foundation certificatie (ILFN) Twee tot vier jaar relevante werkervaring Na afloop van de cursus wordt u de mogelijkheid aangeboden om het officiële APMG/EXIN examen te maken. Echter is dit optioneel en indien u dit examen wilt maken dient u dit aan te gevenbij uw boeking. De prijs van dit examen is 299,-. Het behalen van dit examen levert u 4 credits op. Na het behalen van het examen ontvangt u het certificaat digitaal. ITIL Capability: Planning, Protection and Optimization ILPPO Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 1.750,- ITIL Capability: Release, Control and Validation ILRCV Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 1.750,- In deze cursus wordt u ondergedompeld in de praktische aspecten van de ITIL Service Lifecycle en de processen die samenhangen met de Planning, Protection, and Optimization van diensten dienstverlening. De nadruk van deze cursus ligt in eerste instantie op het operationele niveau van procesactiviteiten en ondersteunende methoden. Daarnaast ligt de focus op de verschillende benaderingen om deze processen uit te voeren in een praktische, hands-on leeromgeving. Deze training is bedoeld om certificaathouders in staat te stellen om de leerstof toe te passen in de gehele Service Management Lifecycle. De cursus maakt gebruik van een boeiende, op case study-gebaseerde, aanpak voor het leren van de kerndisciplines van de ITIL best practices. Ook wordt er gezorgd dat u voldoende kennis en vaardigheden opdoet om te slagen voor het bijbehorende examen. IT-personeel op het gebied van activiteiten, management en techniek, dat meer informatie nodig heeft over ITIL best practices. Iedereen die verantwoordelijk is voor het managen, implementeren of consulten van ITIL processen binnen de, of in combinatie met, IT. ITIL Foundation certificatie (ILFN) Twee tot vier jaar relevante werkervaring Na afloop van de cursus wordt u de mogelijkheid aangeboden om het officiële APMG/EXIN examen te maken. Echter is dit optioneel en indien u dit examen wilt maken zal dit moeten worden aangegeven bij uw boeking. De prijs van dit examen is 299,-. Na het behalen van het examen ontvangt u het certificaat digitaal. In deze cursus wordt u ondergedompeld in de praktische aspecten van de ITIL Service Lifecycle en de processen die samenhangen met de Release, Control and Validation van diensten dienstverlening. De nadruk van deze cursus ligt in eerste instantie op het operationele niveau van procesactiviteiten en ondersteunende methoden. Daarnaast zal de focus liggen op de verschillende benaderingen om deze processen uit te voeren in een praktische, hands-on leeromgeving. De cursus maakt gebruik van een boeiende, op case study-gebaseerde, aanpak voor het leren van de kerndisciplines van de ITIL best practices. Ook wordt er gezorgd dat u voldoende kennis en vaardigheden opdoet om te slagen voor het bijbehorende examen. De belangrijkste procesaandachtsgebieden van deze cursus zijn onder meer: Change Management; Service Release and Deployment Management; Service Validation and Testing; Service Asset and Configuration Management; Knowledge Management; Request Fulfillment; Service Evaluation IT-personeel, op het gebied van activiteiten, management en techniek, dat meer informatie nodig heeft over ITIL best practices. Iedereen die verantwoordelijk is voor het managen, implementeren of consulten van ITIL processen binnen de, of in combinatie met, IT. Release, Control, and Validation. ITIL Foundation certificatie (ILFN) Twee tot vier jaar relevante werkervaring Na afloop van de cursus wordt u de mogelijkheid aangeboden om het officiële APMG/EXIN examen te maken. Echter is dit optioneel en indien u dit examen wilt maken zal dit moeten worden aangegeven bij uw boeking. De prijs van dit examen is 299,-. Na het behalen van het examen ontvangt u het certificaat digitaal. 218 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

219 ISO20000 ITIL Capability: Service Offerings and Agreements ILSOA Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 1.750,- In deze cursus wordt u ondergedompeld in de praktische aspecten van de ITIL Service Lifecycle en de processen die samenhangen met de Service Offerings and Agreements van diensten dienstverlening. De nadruk van deze cursus ligt in eerste instantie op het operationele niveau van procesactiviteiten en ondersteunende methoden. Daarnaast zal de focus liggen op de verschillende benaderingen om deze processen uit te voeren in een praktische, hands-on leeromgeving. Deze training is bedoeld om certificaathouders in staat te stellen om de leerstof toe te passen in de gehele Service Management Lifecycle. De cursus maakt gebruik van een boeiende, op case study-gebaseerde, aanpak voor het leren van de kerndisciplines van de ITIL best practices. Ook wordt er gezorgd dat u voldoende kennis en vaardigheden opdoet om te slagen voor het bijbehorende examen. De belangrijkste procesaandachtsgebieden van deze cursus zijn onder meer: Service Portfolio Management; Service Level Management; Service Catalogue Management; Demand Management; Supplier Management; Financial Management IT-personeel, op het gebied van activiteiten, management en techniek, dat meer informatie nodig heeft over ITIL best practices. Iedereen die verantwoordelijk is voor het managen, implementeren of consulten van ITIL processen binnen de, of in combinatie met, IT. ITIL Foundation certificatie (ILFN) Twee tot vier jaar relevante werkervaring Na afloop van de cursus wordt u de mogelijkheid aangeboden om het officiële APMG/EXIN examen te maken. Echter is dit optioneel en indien u dit examen wilt maken dient u dit aan te geven bij uw boeking. De prijs van dit examen is 299,-. Het behalen van dit examen levert u 4 credits op. Na het behalen van het examen ontvangt u het certificaat digitaal. ISO Foundation (inclusief examen) ISO20000F Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.135,- De training ISO Foundation geeft u inzicht in de basis van Service Quality Management volgens ISO\IEC Tevens geeft deze training een prima voorbereiding op het verkrijgen van het EXIN certificaat ISO Foundation. Het programma is vooral praktisch en is enkel gebaseerd op bewezen best practices. Met oog voor wat professionals nodig hebben in hun dagelijkse werk. Klantgericht, zoals goed IT Service Management hoort te zijn. Alles draait om het leveren van waarde aan de klant: het leveren van diensten met een hoge kwaliteit. Kwaliteit is niet een systeem of een proces, het is een houding. De diensten en processen zijn niet de kern van service management, maar het gaat er om hoe uw organisatie in de leerstand komt: leren van fouten en deze niet herhalen. Een kwaliteitsbenadering is een kwestie van leren, van afspraken maken, van prestatie en van evaluatie. Om dit vervolgens steeds opnieuw te doen. Hoe een organisatie dat doet (en niet een database), is in basis het Kwaliteitsmanagement Systeem voor diensten en processen. Deze kwaliteitsbenadering is de kern van dit ITSM-programma. Medewerkers, betrokken bij de kwaliteitsbewaking van het IT servicemanagementproces op een of meerdere gebieden. Procesmanagers - verantwoordelijk voor de kwaliteit van de processen. Consultants - adviseren over het verbeteren vande IT servicevoorziening. Managers - verantwoordelijk voor de IT servicevoorziening. Executive consultants (inclusief de IT Directeur en de IT kwaliteitsmanager)- verantwoordelijk voor de gehele IT servicevoorziening en het gehele managementsysteem. Interne auditors - doen van interne audits of handelen namens een gecertificeerd orgaan als externe auditor. Executive auditors - senior auditors of auditors die verantwoordelijk zijn voorde uitvoering van interne of externe auditprogramma s ineencomplexeomgeving. Doelstelling Beschrijven van de karakteristieken en uitgangspunten van service kwaliteits management Beschrijven van de positie van de ISO/ IEC norm binnen IT Service Management Beschrijven van de kwaliteiteisen binnen IT Service Management conform de ISO/IEC norm Beschrijven van de code of practice binnen IT Service Management conform de ISO/IEC norm Er is geen specifieke vooropleiding vereist. Aan het einde van de cursus heeft men voldoende kennis om het ISO/IEC Foundation (IS20F) te doen. Indien men al in het bezit is van een ITIL Foundation certificaat, kan men volstaan met het ISO/ IEC Foundation Bridge (IS20FB) examen. ISO Advanced (inclusief examen ISMAS) ISO27002A Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.570,- Informatiebeveiliging wordt steeds belangrijker. De globalisering van de economie leidt tot een toenemende uitwisseling van informatie tussen organisaties (medewerkers, klanten en leveranciers), een toenemend gebruik van netwerken, zoals het interne bedrijfsnetwerk, de koppeling met netwerken van andere bedrijven en Internet. Bovendien zijn de activiteiten van veel bedrijven nu afhankelijk van ICT, waarbij informatie een kostbaar bedrijfsmiddel is geworden. Informatiebeveiliging is essentieel om de goede werking en de continuïteit van de organisatie te waarborgen: informatie moet betrouwbaar zijn. Beginnende professionals. Deze module is bestemd voor iedereen die vanuit zijn/haar functie is betrokken bij onder andere de implementatie, evaluatie van en rapportage over informatiebeveiliging, zoals de Information Security Manager en de Information Security Officer of de Lijnmanager en de Project Manager. Doelstelling Aan het einde van de cursus heeft de deelnemer inzicht in het volgende: Informatiebeveiligingsbeleid en Informatiebeveiligingsplan Organisatie van informatiebeveiliging Risicoanalyse Standaarden Naleving Evaluatie ISO27002F, ISO27002 Foundation (ISFS) Na deze cursus is men in staat om het Exin examen Information Security Advanced based on ISO/IEC (ISMAS) af te leggen. Dit examen is onderdeel van deze cursus. Service Management Trainingen Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 219

220 ASL BISL ISO Foundation (inclusief examen ISFS) Applicatiemanagement volgens ASL (Foundation) Informatiemanagement volgens BISL (Foundation) Service Management Trainingen ISO27002F Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.060,- Informatiebeveiliging wordt steeds belangrijker. De globalisering van de economie leidt tot een toenemende uitwisseling van informatie tussen organisaties (medewerkers, klanten en leveranciers), een toenemend gebruik van netwerken, zoals het interne bedrijfsnetwerk, de koppeling met netwerken van andere bedrijven en Internet. Bovendien zijn de activiteiten van veel bedrijven nu afhankelijk van ICT, waarbij informatie een kostbaar bedrijfsmiddel is geworden. Informatiebeveiliging is essentieel om de goede werking en de continuïteit van de organisatie te waarborgen: informatie moet betrouwbaar zijn. De doelgroep van ISFS is iedereen in de organisatie die met informatie omgaat. De basiskennis die in deze module wordt getoetst draagt vooral bij aan het bewustzijn dat informatie kwetsbaar is en dat maatregelen om informatie te beschermen, nodig zijn. De module is ook geschikt voor kleine zelfstandige ondernemers voor wie enige basiskennis van informatiebeveiliging noodzakelijk is. Voor beginnende informatiebeveiligers kan deze module een goede start zijn. Doelstelling Aan het einde van de cursus heeft de deelnemer inzicht in de volgende onderwerpen: informatie beveiliging bedreigingen risico s Maatregelen aanpak en organisatie van information security wet- en regelgeving. Na deze cursus is men in staat om het Exin examen Information Security Foundation based on ISO/IEC (ISFS) af te leggen. Dit examen is onderdeel van deze cursus. ASL Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 799,- De Application Services Library (ASL) biedt een framework voor het inrichten van Application Management. Bij Application Management gaat het om het management van het beheer, het onderhoud en de vernieuwing van applicaties (applicatieprogrammatuur en de databasestructuren) op een bedrijfsmatig verantwoorde manier. ASL is gestoeld op de best practices van professionals met jarenlange ervaring. Het model is zodanig ontwikkeld dat het de optimale ICT-ondersteuning van bedrijfsprocessen garandeert. ASL beperkt zich tot het geven van richtlijnen voor het inrichten van processen en laat de inrichting van de beheerorganisatie geheel vrij. Hierdoor is het framework algemeen toepasbaar binnen de ICT-dienstverlening, onafhankelijk van de maat van de organisatie. Applicatiebeheerders, Service Desk medewerkers en anderen die direct betrokken zijn bij applicatiebeheer binnen de ICT-organisatie. ICT-medewerkers die meer kennis willen vergaren over het ASL-raamwerk. Functioneel beheerders en andere geïnteresseerden uit de gebruikersorganisatie. Doelstelling Tijdens deze training leert de deelnemer het volgende: Kennismaken met de verschillende ASL procesclusters, de ASL processen daarbinnen en ASL terminologie Inzicht krijgen in het ASL-raamwerk en interne samenhang van de processen Concrete handvatten verkrijgen voor toepassing van ASL in uw organisatie of die van een externe klant Het onderkennen van het toenemend belang van applicatiebeheer Het kweken van enthousiasme voor deze aanpak Voorbereiding op het EXIN examen: Application Management volgens ASL Bij voorkeur ervaring in een van de bij doelgroep benoemde gebieden. BISL Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 799,- De Business Information Services Library (BiSL) biedt een framework voor het werkveld dat zich bevindt tussen de aansluiting van ICT op het bedrijfsproces. Juist deze aansluiting is vaak niet optimaal. Het BiSL-procesmodel geeft inzicht in alle hoofdprocessen van het werkveld, en de relaties tussen de processen. Het biedt aanknopingspunten voor verbetering van de processen, onder meer via best practices en het verschaft een uniforme terminologie. Operationeel niveau: Functioneel beheerder, kerngebruiker, super-user, applicatiebeheerder Tactisch niveau: Systeemeigenaar, opdrachtgever, productmanager, budgethouder Strategisch niveau: Informatiemanagement, programmamanager Doelstelling Na afloop van deze training bent u in staat de context van het BiSL-framework te verwoorden en kent u de onderling verhouding tussen functioneel, applicatie-, technisch beheer en de relatie van BiSL met andere modellen en methoden (zoals ASL en ITIL). U krijg inzicht in het BiSLraamwerk en de interne samenhang van de processen. De specifieke leerdoelen zijn: Kennismaken met de verschillende BiSL procesclusters, de BiSL processen daarbinnen en BiSL terminologie; Inzicht krijgen in het BiSL-raamwerk en interne samenhang van de processen; Concrete handvatten verkrijgen voor toepassing van BiSL in uw organisatie; Het onderkennen van het toenemend belang van functioneel beheer; Het kweken van enthousiasme voor deze aanpak; Voorbereiding op het EXIN examen: Information Management volgens BISL Bij voorkeur ervaring in een van de bij doelgroep benoemde gebieden. 220 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

221 ISMF (Integrated Service Management) onderlinge relaties ITIL ASL en BiSL Integrated Service Management Foundation IAB Cursusduur: 1 dag Prijs: 499,- De methodieken/frameworks ITIL, ASL en BiSL worden in deze workshop met elkaar in verband gebracht. De methodieken/frameworks hebben elk hun eigen domein, maar alleen door samenwerking kan een optimale en efficiente informatievoorziening worden gerealiseerd. Alle aspecten van samenwerking komen in deze workshop aan bod op 3 niveaus: model, proces en activiteit Systeembeheerders, applicatiebeheerders, Service Desk medewerkers, functioneel beheerders, managers en anderen die (in)direct betrokken zijn bij technisch, applicatie en/of functioneel beheer binnen de organisatie. Doelstelling Na afloop van deze training bent u in staat vanuit uw eigen positie in de organisatie de samenwerking tussen de 3 methodieken/frameworks te doorzien en mede in te vullen. De specifieke leerdoelen zijn: Het op modelniveau kunnen leggen van de juiste relaties tussen de 3 methodieken/frameworks Het op procesniveau kunnen aangeven van overeenkomsten en verschillen tussen alle processen van ITIL, ASL en BiSL Het op activiteit-niveau binnen de processen kunnen aangeven van de benodigde koppelingen, de daarvoor benodigde rollen en bijbehorende KPI s Kennis op Foundation-niveau van minstens één van de methodieken/frameworks ITIL, ASL en BiSL. ISMF Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 995,- IT Service Management is een relevant vakgebied. Op dat gebied is ITIL de defacto standaard. ISM (Integrated Service Management) is een vereenvoudigd framework voor IT-beheer met een aansluitende implementatiemethode en support. ISM is afgeleid van ITIL en ASL en is met name een toepassingsmodel. De training ISM Foundation heeft als doel om de deelnemer op hoofdlijnen inzicht te verschaffen in de werkwijze van een IT-beheerorganisatie, volgens de aanpak van de ISM-methode, zodat de deelnemer in staat is te functioneren in een organisatie waar ISM het gehanteerde referentiekader is. De doelgroep van de ISM Foundation training bestaat uit: individuen die inzicht willen verwerven in de werkwijze van een ITbeheerorganisatie volgens de ISMmethode medewerkers van een ITbeheerorganisatie die de ISM-methode gebruikt of gaat gebruiken. Er is geen specifieke vooropleiding noodzakelijk. De training ISM Foundation wordt getoetst door het afnemen van een individueel examen van 40 multiple-choice vragen. De examenvragendatabase wordt beheerd door Servitect. Deelnemers hebben maximaal 60 minuten voor het beantwoorden van de vragen. Het examen wordt afgenomen door Servitect. Deelnemers die een voldoende voor het ISM Foundation examen hebben gehaald, ontvangen het certificaat ISM Foundation, worden (desgewenst anoniem) opgenomen in het ISM-Register, en krijgen toegang tot de LinkedIngroep ISM Certified. Om een voldoende te halen dienen minimaal 26 van de 40 vragen correct te zijn beantwoord. Bezwaren tegen een uitslag kunnen worden ingediend bij Servitect. Toegang tot het examen is vrij, maar een ISM Foundation training wordt dringend aanbevolen. Service Management Trainingen 221

222 Business Simulatie APOLLO 13 Simulation Game Simulation game Service Management Trainingen APOLLO Cursusduur: 1 dag Prijs: 465,- Houston we have a problem waren de legendarische woorden van de bemanning van de Apollo 13 die in nood kwam bij een vlucht naar de maan. In 1970 verongelukte bijna de Apollo 13, maar door een perfect samenspel van processen, een optimaal inzicht in de beschikbare items aan boord van het ruimteschip en een perfecte planning en control lukte het om de bemanning levend terug op aarde te brengen. Apollo 13 - an ITSM case experience is een intensieve training waarbij de ITIL concepten en processen niet alleen worden toegelicht, maar ook worden ervaren door de deelnemers door middel van een interactieve simulatie. In deze training zijn real life situaties van de Apollo 13 missie geadopteerd. De deelnemers werken in teams waarbij ze de rollen van het bodempersoneel (Mission Control) uitvoeren. Mission Control heeft de opdracht gekregen om het beschadigde ruimtevaartuig en haar bemanning veilig aan de grond te krijgen. IT Management, IT Support staff, IT Consultants, Business Managers, Business Process Eigenaren, IT ontwikkelaars, Service Providers ensystem Integrators. Doelstelling U krijgt meer inzicht in de theorie van ITIL. Door de Apollo 13 case te bestuderen, leert u hoe ITIL processen in andere omgevingen werden gebruikt U begrijpt de onderlinge samenhang tussen processen en de invloed van de processen op de continuiteit van het bedrijf U krijgt beter inzicht in werkprocessen. U leert hoe goede ontwerpen de prestaties van de serviceafdeling kunnen verbeteren U leert hoe u moet samenwerken en hoe u werkprocessen kunt verbeteren door ontwerp en implementatie uit te voeren als een team U krijgt inzicht in de wijze waarop u eigen processen kunt verbeteren Er is geen specifieke vooropleiding vereist. De cursus ITIL Foundation (ILFN) wordt echter wel aanbevolen. PIZZA Cursusduur: 1 dag Prijs: 465,- Om IT Service Management (ITSM) goed te laten verlopen moet het worden afgestemd op de behoeften van het bedrijfsleven. Er wordt dan ook wel gesproken over Business en IT-integratie. Strategie en simulatie zijn daarom onlosmakelijk verbonden om ITSM goed te implementeren. Strategie is de koppeling tussen beleid en uitvoering: hoe gaan we de dingen doen? Het opstellen van een goede strategie vereist inzicht in wat men aan kan, van de sterke maar ook de zwakke kanten. Het oefenen in een gesimuleerde omgeving geeft inzicht in de mate waarin de strategie zal gaan werken in de dagelijkse praktijk. De Grab@Pizza Business IT alignment game zoomt in op de onderwerpen die in IT veel over het hoofd worden gezien en in ITIL 2011 uitgebreid aan de orde komen: Business Relationship Demand Management ( wat wil mijn klant eigenlijk? ). Zo ontstaat meer helderheid over de kwestie van hoe de strategie van een IT-organisatie kan worden ingevoerd. Men kan aan de slag en concreet de afstemming of integratie, afhankelijk van de volwassenheid, tussen business en IT-processen verbeteren. Deze Business Simulatie leert de deelnemers hoe ze een hoog presterende IT afdeling op kunnen zetten. De teams krijgen te maken met de noodzaak om de IT mogelijkheden af te stemmen op de veranderende Businessbehoeften. Ook leren ze stil te staan bij specifieke uitdagingen, die veel IT organisaties tegenwoordig tegenkomen. Deze Business Simulatie is bestemd voor de volgende doelgroepen: Business Management Business personeel IT management ITSM Process Managers ITSM Level Managers ITSM Service Managers Grab@Pizza is geschikt voor deelnemers die verantwoording dragen voor een IT of Businessafdeling en voor hen die beslissingen tussen Business en IT af moeten stemmen. Voor mensen die IT behoeften moeten omzetten naar ITSM mogelijkheden is het ook zeer leerzaam. Er is geen specifieke vooropleiding vereist. De cursus ITIL Foundation (ILFN) wordt echter wel aanbevolen. Ervaar de sensationele realiteit van het Apollo 13 simulatiespel Leer en ervaar de voordelen van ITIL best practices tijdens de Apollo 13 - an ITSM case experience 222 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

223 Business Analysis Trainingen IREB (International Requirements Engineering Board) IREB Foundation IREBF Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.575,- Om een verandering of een project succesvol uit te voeren is het voorwaardelijk dat er over een juiste en complete set van requirements wordt beschikt. Diverse onderzoeken (waaronder het Chaos Report van de Standish Group) wijzen uit dat het succes valt of staat met het op de juiste wijze omgaan met requirements en betrokkenheid van de belanghebbenden (stakeholders). Om de kans op succes te vergroten ligt hier een belangrijke taak voor de Requirements Engineer (o.a. Informatie/ Business analist, Requirements managers) en andere betrokkenen die belang hebben bij requirements (o.a. Functioneel Applicatie Beheer, testers). Global Knowledge biedt hiervoor een aantal trainingen aan, en volgt het internationale certificerings programma van het IREB; het Certified Professional for Requirements Engineering. Requirements Engineers, Requirements Managers, Informatie/Business analisten, Functioneel ontwerpers en iedereen die een belang heeft bij requirements zoals Testers, Functioneel Beheerders, Architecten. Doelstelling De deelnemer leert de scope af te bakenen en te formuleren om zodoende grip te krijgen en te houden op de beoogde veranderingen. Daarvoor leert hij/zij de noodzaak om de juiste belanghebbenden te betrekken bij het verzamelen (eliciteren), vastleggen en beoordelen van de requirements. Conflicten tussen requirements en de belangen van de belanghebbende kunnen worden onderkend en worden opgelost. De requirements engineer is tenslotte de spil tussen de business en de ICT voor het realiseren van hun doelstellingen. Na afloop van de training is de deelnemer bekend met het volgende: de begrippen en termen die in het vakgebied gehanteerd worden wat het belang is van requirements en de rol van de belanghebbende welke technieken er zijn om requirements te verzamelen (eliciteren), analyseren, vast te leggen en te valideren hoe requirements engineering problemen en conflicten te herkennen en deze te kunnen oplossen hoe requirements gedurende hun levenscyclus worden gemanaged Business Analysis Trainingen Business Analysis Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 223

224 IIBA (International Institute of Business Analysts) Business Analysis: Requirements Validation and Testing GK2655 Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.485,- Business Analysis Trainingen Learn the techniques required for testing and validating requirements. Quality is the major business differentiator in IT. Studies such as the Chaos Report show that the most common cause of low quality is having poor, or poorly understood, requirements. Other common causes are poor design, code, and installation. While prevention of defects is the best cure, identifying and fixing defects as early as possible is key, and some of the responsibility for doing that falls on the business analyst (BA). This course, therefore, concentrates on the validation techniques for: Requirements The system at the business level (functional and usability testing) Acceptance Business purpose (stakeholder satisfaction with the production product) Business analysts who have some testing experiencing and want one or more of the following: A more formal understanding To be more efficient To standardize across a group, department, or organization Business analysts who don t know anything about testing and want to learn how to do it Project managers who want to understand BA terminology and how the BA sees risks Doelstelling Position the activities of the BA in the complete verification and validation process Use testing terminology in a standardized way Use risk to drive the validation effort and therefore use project money wisely Make decisions on what not to test for defects Plan appropriate (risk-based) techniques to find defects in the BRD, that is, validate the BRD Plan appropriate (risk-based) functional testing techniques at the BA level to find defects Plan appropriate (risk based) glass box testing techniques for processes to find defects Check and test usability Choose appropriate (customer-selected) tests for acceptance, that is, compliance to requirements Manage test data and information Manage requirements problems and test failures Document the plans (activities, resources, risks) Gain acceptance, install the product, and validate to business needs GK2919,Business Analysis Essentials GK2964, Requirements Development, Documentation and Management This course is part of the following programs or tracks: CBAP - Certified Business Analysis Professional CCBA - Certification of Competency in Business Analysis Business Analysis: Essentials GK2919 Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.485,- Het inrichten en verbeteren van bedrijfsprocessen is de focus van onze Business Analyse training. Bedrijfsprocessen zijn continu aan verandering onderhevig en dienen maximaal bij te dragen aan het realiseren van de bedrijfsdoelstellingen. IT is veelal één van de belangrijkste instrumenten om bedrijfsprocessen effectief en efficiënt in te richten. Ingrijpende veranderingen binnen de IT zoals Outsourcing, Rightshoring en de Service georiënteerde Enterprise leiden momenteel tot een versterkte focus op de business en de bedrijfsprocessen. Tijdens deze opleiding wordt uitgebreid aandacht besteed aan de vraag: hoe kan een organisatie IT goed inzetten en aansturen? De deelnemers krijgen een brede kijk op de veelheid aan kennisgebieden rondom het vak van business analist. Systems analysts, business analysts, requirements analysts, developers, software engineers, IT project managers, project managers, project analysts, project leaders, senior project managers, team leaders, program managers, testers, and QA specialists. Doelstelling Role and importance of the BA Vocabulary standards and business analysis practices through the use of the IIBA A Guide to the Business Analysis Body of Knowledge (BABOK Guide) Plan BA requirements activities Elicit requirements from stakeholders, with an emphasis on interviews Analyze stated requirements, with an overview of modeling techniques Document requirements for different types of projects Verify and validate requirements Elements of requirements management and communication and the BA s role in them Elements of solution verification and validation and possible BA roles Enterprise analysis: choosing appropriate projects Necessary competencies and best practices of BAs Waterfall, incremental, and agile lifecycles and how they change BA practices 224 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

225 Functioneel Ontwerp Business Analysis voor Projectmanagers Business Analysis: Requirements Development, Documentation and Management GK2964 Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 1.995,- Om een verandering of een project succesvol uit te voeren is het voorwaardelijk dat er over een juiste en complete set van requirements wordt beschikt. Diverse onderzoeken wijzen uit dat het succes valt of staat met het op de juiste wijze omgaan met requirements en betrokkenheid van de belanghebbenden (stakeholders). Om de kans op succes te vergroten ligt hier een belangrijke taak voor de Requirements Engineer (o.a. Informatie/ Business analist, Requirements managers) en andere betrokkenen die belang hebben bij requirements (o.a. Functioneel Applicatie Beheer, testers). Develop effective requirements that meet business and stakeholder objectives. Requirements Engineers, Requirements Managers, Informatie/Business analisten, Functioneel ontwerpers en iedereen die een belang heeft bij requirements zoals Testers, Functioneel Beheerders, Architecten. Doelstelling De deelnemer leert de scope af te bakenen en te formuleren om zodoende grip te krijgen en te houden op de beoogde veranderingen. Daarvoor leert hij/zij de noodzaak om de juiste belanghebbenden te betrekken bij het verzamelen (eliciteren), vastleggen en beoordelen van de requirements. Conflicten tussen requirements en de belangen van de belanghebbende kunnen worden onderkend en worden opgelost. De requirements engineer is tenslotte de spil tussen de business en de ICT voor het realiseren van hun doelstellingen. Na afloop van de training is de deelnemer bekend met het volgende: de begrippen en termen die in het vakgebied gehanteerd worden wat het belang is van requirements en de rol van de belanghebbende welke technieken er zijn om requirements te verzamelen (eliciteren), analyseren, vast te leggen en te valideren hoe requirements engineering problemen en conflicten te herkennen en deze te kunnen oplossen hoe requirements gedurende hun levenscyclus worden gemanaged GK2919, Business Analysis: Essentials Functioneel Ontwerp SNIMFB Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.795,- Het functioneel ontwerp dient antwoord te geven op vragen zoals: Welke eisen worden er gesteld aan de te ontwikkelen oplossing Welke bedrijfsprocessen moeten worden gemodelleerd Hoe communiceert de gebruiker met de applicatie Wat gaan we doen en wat niet Hoe ziet het logisch data model eruit Hoe zien de schermen eruit en hoe ziet de interactie eruit tussen de diverse schermen Voldoet mijn functioneel ontwerp aan de eisen in het pakket van eisen. Voldoet de gekozen oplossing aan de behoeftes van de organisaties Ervaringen hebben uitgewezen dat de kwaliteit van het functioneel ontwerp mede bepaald wordt door de kwaliteit van het pakket van eisen en de ervaring van de ontwerper. Het functioneel ontwerp is tevens het startpunt voor de gebruikerstesten. De cursus functioneel ontwerp is o.a geschikt voor: Business Analisten Functioneel ontwerpers Informatieanalisten Technisch ontwerpers Doelstelling Aan het eind van deze workshop zijn de deelnemers in staat : Om een pakket van eisen samen te stellen indien nog niet aanwezig of de kwaliteit van het pakket van eisen te beoordelen Om de AS-IS en TO-BE processen te modelleren Om complexe AS-IS processen te decomposeren Om een logisch data model te vervaardigen Om een scherm flow diagrammen te vervaardigen Om een traceability tabel te vervaardigen Om gebruikers-testscenario s en testcases te ontwikkelen. Als gewenste voorkennis wordt uitgegaan van minimaal basiskennis informatica. Business Analysis voor Projectmanagers BAPM Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 995,- De complexiteit van IT projecten blijft alsmaar toenemen. Bij het afsluiten van projecten gaat men er vanuit dat er kwalitatieve oplossingen worden opgeleverd binnen de vastgestelde tijd en kosten. Business Analysis heeft een grote impact op succesvolle projecten. Een goed begrip van de rol van een Business Analyst in de organisatie en zijn/haar bijdrage aan het project zijn van groot belang. De tools en technieken die worden gebruikt, alsmede de deliverables die worden geleverd door de Business Analyst zijn essentieel om de projectdoelstellingen te kunnen halen. Projectmanager hebben over het algemeen formele trainingen bijgewoond over PRINCE2, PMI, IPMA, etc. De meeste projectmanagers hebben echter nooit trainingen gevolgd over Business Analysis, terwijl dit onderwerp steeds belangrijker wordt. Deze cursus slaat een brug tussen het vak Projectmanagement en Business Analysis. Project & Program Managers PMO Leads PMO Members Senior Managers SME s Een ieder die geinteresseerd is in de toepassing van Business Analysis binnen Projectmanagement. Doelstelling Understand the scope of a Business Analysis role and how it complement Project Management Apply numerous world-class Business Analysis techniques in work environment immediately Learn how to better communicate with all project stakeholders using best practice business analysis tools and techniques Appreciate the similarities and differences between Business Analyst and Project Manager roles Plan projects to include requirements analysis and understand requirements engineering Conduct and support requirements elicitation activities and requirements validation that will support the business need Look beyond the delivery of the project to pre- and post-project activities Business Analysis Trainingen Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 225

226 Architectuur Trainingen TOGAF TOGAF Foundation level 1 TF-TP1 Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.350,- TOGAF 9.1 for Practitioners (Level 1) training course introduces the latest version of TOGAF and will help you to prepare to take The Open Group s examination leading to the TOGAF 9.1 Foundation qualification.this course introduces all of the topics defined as the Learning Outcomes upon which the TOGAF 9.1 Part 1 Examination is based to the level needed to pass the examination. Candidates should be aware that this course does not address these topics in detail and additional study is required.this course is an Open Group Accredited TOGAF 9 Training Course. Enterprise Architect Solution Architect ERP/SAP Architect Data Architect Technical Architect Security Architect EA/ Governance Consultant Business Analyst. There is no formal prerequisite for this course, allthough It s a benefit to have foundation knowledge of generic Enterprise Architecture. This course prepares candidates for the TOGAF 9.1 Part 1 examination The exam (60 minutes)is in closed-book format, and includes 40 multiple-choice questions. The passing score is 55% (22 out of 40 questions) A prometric examination voucher is provided as part of this course, delegates are required to self book at a time and location that is convenient to themselves. TOGAF Certified level 2 TF-TP2 Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.925,- Architectuur The TOGAF 9 Level 2 Certified course is a 3-day, interactive, classroom-based learning experience. The course focuses on the practical application of the TOGAF 9.1 framework, building on the foundational knowledge and comprehension of Level 1, using practical scenarios to enforce concepts. The purpose of certification for TOGAF 9.1 Level 2, known as TOGAF 9.1 Certified, is to provide validation that, in addition to the knowledge and comprehension of TOGAF 9.1 Foundation, the candidate is able to analyze and apply this knowledge. The learning objectives at this level focus on application and analysis, in addition to knowledge and comprehension. Individuals who require a deeper understanding of TOGAF 9, e.g., System Integrators, Operational, Business and IT Developers, CIO s and IT Managers, Program and Project Leaders, IT Specialists, Architects Professionals who are working in an organization where TOGAF 9 has been adopted and who need to participate in architecture projects and initiatives Architects who will be responsible for developing architecture artifacts Architects who wish to introduce TOGAF 9 into an architecture practice Architects who want to achieve a recognized qualification to demonstrate their detailed knowledge of TOGAF 9 There are no formal prerequisites. However, it is recommended that participants have experience in the IT domain. Note, to be certified on TOGAF 9 Level 2, it is required to have passed the TOGAF Level 1 exam. The exam is in open-book format, and includes 8 complex multiple-choice scenario-based questions. The pass score is 60% (5 out of 8 questions). The exam lasts for 90 minutes and can be taken through Prometric test centers. A Prometric testing voucher is provided as part of this course, delegates are responsible for booking the exam direct. 226 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

227 TOGAF Certification Course V9.1 TF-TCC Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 2.395,- TOGAF is the foremost generic framework in the field of Enterprise Architecture (EA). This course provides guidance on what to do to establish an architecture practice and how to use it in connection with planning the longer-term transformation of the enterprise (strategic architecture), and designing capabilities to support and sustain the transformation. This TOGAF accredited course examines how practitioners can base their activities on a set of well-defined processes. It examines the framework as a whole, including the numerous techniques to assist in organizing, governing and now in this version, describing, architecture. It incorporates recommendations on how to adapt the framework to deal with issues such as Security and Serviceoriented Architecture. The course prepares participants to take the combined TOGAF 9.1 Foundation and Certified exams (Level 1 2). During the course delegates will be helped to prepare for this combined exam. Practicing architects from complex organizations looking for a set of defined processes to help in the organization, governance and management of architecture teams and multiple architecture projects. Experienced architects looking for details on the elements of sound architectural process and practice. Senior managers, such as Project Managers and Service Managers, who wish to gain a full appreciation of architecture practice. Aspiring architects commencing their career wishing to obtain recognized EA certification. There are no formal prerequisites for this course and certification. It is however advised that delegates have several years of IT experience in a variety of roles and also have an understanding of Enterprise or IT Architecture. The course fee includes the cost of the combined exam voucher for the TOGAF 9.1 Combined Level 1 and Level 2 exams (OG0-093). Once you have completed the course and are ready to book your exam at a Prometric Test Centre, please contact Global Knowledge and we will your exam voucher code so that you can redeem it directly with Prometric. If you wish to take the two exams separately, and therefore wish to purchase two exam vouchers (OG0-091 and OG0-092) instead of the combined voucher, there will be an additional cost ofeur 110,=to pay to cover the additional costs of the individual vouchers. Beyond TOGAF -Doing Enterprise Architecture Successfully TF-BTDEAS Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.195,- TOGAF, or indeed any architectural framework, should always be considered as necessary but not sufficient to performing as an effective Enterprise Architect.The purpose and unique strength of this course is to provide detailed and substantiated insight into the role and function of Enterprise Architecture (EA) in a real world, rather than just a theoretical context. This is done by leading the attendees through the rationale for adopting elements of an approach based on examination of human, practical and environmental factors, alongside the technical and budgetary constraints more usually considered. Enterprise Architects, aspiring Enterprise Architects, their operational partners (Business Architects, Solution Architects, Project Managers and Sales Teams), and Executive Stakeholders. Doelstelling Articulate the strengths and weaknesses of TOGAF Examine and identify the primary causes of failure Understand the operational issues Explain the economic considerations of TOGAF Understand the impact of stakeholder and other human factors Describe the concept of Knowledge Management Develop an action plan for Enterprise Architecture in their organization Beyond TOGAF - The Importance of Enterprise Architecture TF-BTTIEA Cursusduur: 0,5 dagen Prijs: 495,- The ability to credibly demonstrate the business value of IT is increasingly important to customers and the relationship dynamic between customers and Technology Services Providers (TSPs) is changing accordingly. This change is reflected in dramatic year-on-year increase in the numbers of Enterprise Architect (EA) becoming certified. In fact, Enterprise Architecture practitioners influenced $1.1 trillion enterprise IT spend in 2012.Technology Services Providers must recognize that decisions around IT solutions are more credible if they are supported by the EA, and work with the inhouse EA team to show how their solution fits into their framework.this workshop has been designed to give an overview of The Open Group Architecture Framework (TOGAF) and Architecture concepts. The target audience for this course includes certified Enterprise Architects, aspiring Enterprise Architects, their operational partners (Business Architects, Solution Architects, Project Managers and Sales Teams), and Executive Stakeholders. Doelstelling Understand the fundamentals of Business Transformation Explain the concepts of Enterprise Architecture Position the benefits of Architecturally Enabled Business Transformation Recognize the various Architecture Frameworks that can be employed Understand the concepts and benefits of TOGAF Architectuur Trainingen Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 227

228 Archimate ArchiMate 2.1 Foundation - level 1 ArchiMate 2.1 Certified Architectuur Trainingen AM Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.350,- In de training ArchiMate 2.1 Foundation - level 1 leert u hoe u met de modelleertaal ArchiMate enterprise architecturen modelleert en visualiseert. Na het succesvol afleggen van het examen in de training bent u ArchiMate 2 Foundation gecertificeerd bij The Open Group. Waarom een training ArchiMate? Enterprise architecten hebben behoefte aan een eenduidig framework om hun enterprise architecturen te beschrijven. ArchiMate is een open standaard modelleertaal voor Enterprise Architectuur (EA). ArchiMate stelt architecten in staat om Enterprise Architectuur op consistente en coherente wijze vast te leggen en te communiceren op meerdere niveaus in de organisatie. Dit leidt tot een betere afstemming tussen business en IT. Gebruik van de EA-modelleertaal ArchiMate In deze training leert u het gebruik van ArchiMate 2.1 als EA-modelleertaal, en u legt het onafhankelijke Open Group ArchiMate 2 Foundation examen af. Deze training is bedoeld voor iedereen die ArchiMate 2.1 inclusief de extensies wil kennen en/of gaan toepassen en zich wil certificeren. Dit zijn onder meer business-, enterprise- en IT-architecten en consultants. Er is geen specifieke voorkennis vereist. Onze training bereidt u voor op het ArchiMate 2 Foundation examen, wat u op de laatste middag in de klas aflegt. Na het succesvol afleggen van het examen bent u ArchiMate 2 Foundation gecertificeerd en wordt u opgenomen in het internationaal erkende register van ArchiMate 2 Foundation gecertificeerden van The Open Group. Voorafgaand aan het examen heeft u 5 tot 10 uur zelfstudie nodig ter voorbereiding op het examen, o.a. door het lezen van het ArchiMate 2.1 specification boek wat op de eerste dag wordt uitgereikt. Om deze reden zit er een week tijd tussen dag 1 en dag 2 van de training. Na het behalen van het Foundation examen kunt u ArchiMate 2 Certified worden door het volgen van de eendaagse training ArchiMate 2.1 Certified - level 2 en het afleggen van het bijbehorende examen bij een Prometric Testing Center. Het voucher hiervoor is inbegrepen. AMC Cursusduur: 1 dag Prijs: 775,- De training ArchiMate 2.1 Certified bereidt u optimaal voor op het ArchiMate 2 Certified examen van The Open Group. In deze training wordt uitgebreid stilgestaan bij de toepassing van de ArchiMate modelleertaal in meer complexere modelleer-vraagstukken, zoals gevraagd voor het Certified examen. Daarnaast is er enige ruimte om modelleeruitdagingen uit de eigen praktijk voor te leggen. Na succesvolle voltooiing van het examen wordt u als ArchiMate 2.1 Certified professional geregistreerd bij the Open Group. Het examen kunt u op een zelf te kiezen moment bij een Prometric Testing Center van uw keuze afleggen, met de bijgeleverde examenvoucher. Deze training is bedoeld voor iedereen die meer kennis en ervaring wil opdoen met modelleren in ArchiMate en zich wil certificeren als ArchiMate 2 Certified professional. Doelstelling Na afloop heeft u het volgende leerresultaat: Verdieping van uw ArchiMate kennis, in vervolg op de ArchiMate Foundation certificering Inzicht in de toepassing van ArchiMate in complexe modelleervraagstukken Kennis en inzicht om succesvol het ArchiMate 2 Certified examen af te leggen (het examen vereist naast de training enige zelfstudie). Als vooropleiding geldt de ArchiMate 2 Foundation training (AM). Voordat u het Certified examen kunt afleggen, dient u het Foundation examen behaald te hebben. Onze training bereidt u voor op het ArchiMate 2.1 Certified examen, wat u op een zelf te kiezen moment bij een Prometric Testing Center van uw keuze kunt afleggen. Hiervoor ontvangt u van ons een examenvoucher. De prijs van de training is inclusief examen. Na het succesvol afleggen van het examen bent u ArchiMate 2 Certified en wordt u opgenomen in het internationaal erkende register van ArchiMate 2 Certified architecten. Om u voor te bereiden op het examen dient u naast de training rekening te houden met 10 tot 20 uur zelfstudie. 228 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

229 Voor het handhaven of het verbeteren van de concurrentiepositie is het belangrijk dat de bedrijfsprocessen gestroomlijnd zijn. Door het verbeteren van de bedrijfsprocessen kunnen kosten worden bespaard en de kwaliteit en productiviteit van de organisatie worden verhoogd. Procesverbetering Trainingen Lean Six Sigma Lean Six Sigma is een wereldwijd bewezen en toegepaste methodiek die een aantoonbare en duurzame verbetering van het bedrijfsresultaat oplevert. Hierbij ligt de focus op wat de klant écht belangrijk vindt. Deze aanpak leidt tot het tegelijkertijd reduceren van kosten, het verhogen van de klanttevredenheid én het verkorten van de doorlooptijd. Hierbij wordt geïnvesteerd in uw eigen mensen en gebruik gemaakt van hun kennis en kunde. Procesverbetering Om kennis en ervaring met de Lean Six Sigma methodiek op te doen, biedt Global Knowledge een heel scala aan trainingen, specifiek voor organisaties in de dienstverlening en de overheid. Lean Six Sigma Yellow Belt LSSYEB Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.345,- Een Yellow Belt is bekend met de Lean Management principes en de Six Sigma aanpak. De Yellow Belt werkt zelfstandig aan het oplossen van problemen in zijn eigen werkomgeving. Ook neemt de Yellow Belt als teamlid deel in grotere Lean of Six Sigma projecten. Iedere medewerker die direct of indirect betrokken is bij verbeterprogramma s. Doelstelling Na deze awareness-training bent u bekend met de Lean en Six Sigma methodieken. U bent in staat om met eenvoudige Lean Six Sigma instrumenten problemen in uw eigen omgeving op een doeltreffende manier aan te pakken. Daarnaast kunt u als teamlid in een groter project een volwaardige bijdrage leveren omdat u de taal en de aanpak kent. Alsdeze training in-company wordt gegeven, bent u in staat om zelf aan te geven op welke elementen de focus moet komen te liggen in deze training. Lean Six Sigma White Belt Procesverbetering LSSWB Cursusduur: 1 dag Prijs: 450,- De White Belt training is een korte awareness training van maximaal één dag. Deze training wordt gegeven aan alle medewerkers die indirect betrokken zijn bij de uitrol van Lean Six Sigma. De training wordt vaak gegeven als aftrap van het programma en geeft aan op welke manier het programma bijdraagt aan de organisatie doelstellingen. Iedere medewerker in een organisatie die besloten heeft met Lean en/of Six Sigma aan de slag te gaan. Doelstelling Na het volgen van deze (In-company) awareness-training bent u bekend met de Lean en Six Sigma methodieken. U begrijpt wat Lean en Six Sigma voor de organisatie betekenen. Bij een in-company training wordt door het management of programma manager uitgelegd waarom gekozen is voor deze methodiek en de doelstellingen die met het programma voor ogen staan. Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 229

230 Lean Six Sigma Orange Belt Lean Six Sigma Master Black Belt Lean Six Sigma Green Belt LSSORB Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 1.795,- LSSMABB Cursusduur: 15 dagen Prijs: 0,- LSSGRB Cursusduur: 8 dagen Prijs: 3.850,- Procesverbetering Trainingen Een Orange Belt is kundig op het gebied van Basic Problem Solving en is bekend met de Lean Six Sigma methodiek en tools. De Orange Belt is teamleider bij verbeterprojecten in zijn directe werkomgeving. Tevens levert hij als teamlid een constructieve bijdrage in grotere Green of Black Belt projecten. Alle medewerkers die direct of indirect betrokken zijn bij Lean of Six Sigma projecten, waaronder proceseigenaren, administratieve en financiële medewerkers en medewerkers kwaliteitszorg. Lean Six Sigma Black Belt Doelstelling Na deze training bent u bekend met de methodiek alsmede de belangrijkste tools, begrippen en afkortingen binnen Lean Six Sigma. U leert wat Lean Management en Six Sigma voor een dienstverlenende organisatie kunnen betekenen en hoe u kunt bijdragen aan het verbeteren van processen. LSSBLB Cursusduur: 14 dagen Prijs: 7.250,- Black Belts in een dienstverlenende organisatie zijn enerzijds procesanalisten, verantwoordelijk voor het analyseren en optimaliseren van processen en anderzijds verandermanagers, verantwoordelijk voor het efficiënt inrichten van organisaties. Deze professionals zijn in staat om analytische instrumenten te combineren met de belangrijkste aspecten van verandermanagement. Projectmanagers, afdelingsmanagers, (business) consultants en proceseigenaren. Doelstelling Na deze training beschikt u over een uitgebreide set aan instrumenten om processen op een andere manier te analyseren. U kunt procesprestaties objectiever beoordelen en uw bevindingen statistisch onderbouwen. In deze training leert u bovendien hoe u organisaties en processen efficiënter en effectiever kunt inrichten. Dit vertaalt zich in lagere operationele kosten, een hogere klanttevredenheid en een wendbare organisatie. Master Black Belts beschikken over excellente deskundigheid en kennis op het gebied van process improvement. Master Black Belts zijn verantwoordelijk voor het managen van Lean Six Sigma programma s. Ze ondersteunen het management in het selecteren van de juiste doorbraakprojecten en coachen Green en Black Belts in het uitvoeren van deze projecten. Daarnaast zijn zij in staat trainingen te ontwikkelen en te geven op zowel Yellow Belt als Black Belt niveau. Black Belts met minimaal vijf jaar projectervaring die zich verder willen ontwikkelen tot Master Black Belt, LSS Deployment leader of LSS trainer. Doelstelling Na deze training bent u in staat problemen efficiënt en gestructureerd te identificeren en op te lossen. U bent tevens in staat verbeterprojecten en veranderprojecten daadkrachtig te managen.naast het opdoen van nieuwe technieken en kennis, dient u ook een eigen project te presenteren en een onderwerp (naar keuze) te doceren. U ontvangt hierover feedback van de groep, een ervaren MBB en een onderwijskundige. Om deel te kunnen nemen aan deze training dient u te voldoen aan de volgende criteria: Geslaagd voor Black Belt examen (ASQ, LSSA of vergelijkbaar) Minimaal vijf jaar praktische ervaring in het uitvoeren van GB en BB projecten Enkele jaren ervaring in het coachen van GB s of BB s U dient een afgerond Lean Six Sigma project mee te nemen en te verdedigen in de training LEAN Experience (incl. LEAN Game) LEANMB Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 595,- Door het doen van een Lean game dagen we een groep mensen uit om binnen een bepaalde tijd zoveel mogelijk orders te verwerken. In de eerste ronde zal dit, zonder samenwerking en voorbereiding, tot een tamelijk chaotische werkwijze en een teleurstellend resultaat leiden. Na een aantal rondes zal snel duidelijk worden dat het ook anders kan. Elke medewerker die direct of indirect betrokken is bij procesverbetering of efficiënter werken. Doelstelling Door een interactief programma krijgen de deelnemers inzicht in de basisbegrippen van Lean. We doen dit door hen zelf te laten beleven wat de resultaten zijn als de Lean principes gebruikt worden. Als uiteindelijk de ogen van de deelnemers geopend zijn, is iedereen in staat om te benoemen wat dit voor de eigen werkzaamheden en werkomgeving betekent. Ook uitermate geschikt voor Teambuilding. Er is geen specifieke voorkennis nodig. Bedrijfskundige kennis is gewenst maar niet strikt noodzakelijk. Certificaat: na afronding ontvangt u een certificaat van deelname Een Green Belt in een dienstverlenende organisatie is iemand die verantwoordelijk is voor het efficiënt inrichten en uitvoeren van processen. Door de juiste combinatie van specialistische kennis, Lean management, statistische analyse en de gestructureerde Lean Six Sigma methodiek bereikt de Green Belt significante verbeteringen in doorlooptijd en kwaliteit. Projectleiders, afdelingsmanagers, proceseigenaren en procesbeheerders. Lean Six Sigma Champion Een Champion is een initiator en opdrachtgever van een Lean Six Sigma project. De Champion identificeert projecten die bijdragen aan de afdelingsen businessdoelstellingen en coacht de Green Belt of Black Belt in de uitvoering. Het Management Team, projectleiders en andere leidinggevenden van bedrijven en organisaties die actief bezig zijn met Lean en Six Sigma of daar binnenkort mee beginnen. Doelstelling Na deze training kijkt u anders tegen processen aan. U kunt overbodige activiteiten identificeren en procesprestaties objectiever beoordelen. U beheerst de instrumenten waarmee u processen efficiënter kunt inrichten en fouten kunt reduceren. Betere procesprestaties en een hogere kwaliteit zijn het resultaat. Dit vertaalt zich in lagere kosten en een hogere klanttevredenheid. LSSCH Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.195,- Doelstelling In veel gevallen wordt deze training met het Management Team georganiseerd aan het begin van een breder Lean of Six Sigma implementatietraject. Tijdens de training wordt gekeken waar de organisatie nu staat, wat de doelstellingen zijn en hoe het plan er uit moet zien om deze doelstellingen te realiseren. De training is ook op basis van open inschrijving te volgen waarbij u samen met anderen bespreekt wat de mogelijkheden zijn voor een Lean of Six Sigma implementatie. Na deze training bent u in staat aan te geven hoe Lean en Six Sigma bijdragen aan de businessdoelstellingen. U bent in staat de juiste projecten te selecteren, af te bakenen en de voortgang te beoordelen. Tenslotte weet u wat de succesfactoren en valkuilen zijn bij het invoeren van Lean Six Sigma. 230 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

231 Contractmanagement Trainingen Opstellen en beoordelen van IT-contracten IT-CONTR Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.595,- Goede afspraken zijn het halve werk Aan het maken van goede afspraken over IT-leveringen wordt vaak te weinig aandacht geschonken. Regelmatig denken partijen het met elkaar eens te zijn, maar nadien blijkt dat hun beleving ernstig verschilt. De afnemer raakt ontevreden, de aanbieder meent al veel meer te doen dan zou zijn afgesproken. Er ontstaat een geschilsituatie die veel meer geld kost dan een goed IT-contract, terwijl problemen voorkomen hadden kunnen worden door het vooraf maken van heldere afspraken. IT kent vele aspecten Veel IT-projecten zijn complex doordat ze vaak bestaan uit samenhangende leveringen en diensten: aanschaf van hardware, licentiëring en installatie van standaard software en/of ontwikkeling van maatwerk, Cloud-services, opleidingen, conversie, implementatie, maar ook onderhoud van hardware en software, housing/hosting en bewaargeving van broncode (escrow). Juist in de IT dienen de verschillende componenten van een goed contract zorgvuldig en in samenhang te zijn geregeld. Goede IT-contracten Een goed IT-contract is duidelijk, volledig en evenwichtig. Maar hoe stelt u dat goede contract op? Waar moet u op letten? Wat is een handige bijlagen-structuur? Tijdens deze training krijgt u inzichten in de bepalingen die in een goed IT-contract moeten worden opgenomen. Aan de hand van praktijkcases wordt toegelicht waarom bepaalde bepalingen van belang zijn en welke risico s u daarmee kunt voorkomen. U wordt voorzien van diverse checklisten en voorbeeldcontracten, zodat u in de praktijk zelf aan de slag kunt gaan. (Afdelings) Managers; ICT-managers; Service- en Accountmanagers; Consultants; Bedrijfsjuristen; Financieel Managers; Controllers; Inkopers; Andere verantwoordelijken voor contracten en afspraken. Doelstelling Goed opstellen van een IT-contract Valkuilen in IT-contracten herkennen Gestructureerd beoordelen van een IT-contract Effect van privacywet- en regelgeving op contractuele bepalingen Omgaan met de verschillende (pre) contractuele fasen Praktische tips voor een Request For Proposal Tips trucs voor contractonderhandelingen Omgang met Cloud/SaaS-contracten Inzicht in de voor u relevante wettelijke regelingen en jurisprudentie Op professionele wijze acteren in (dreigende) geschillen Contractmanagement Contractmanagement Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 231

232 Juridische zaken voor Contractmanagers JZ-CM Cursusduur: 1 dag Prijs: 725,- Service Lever Agreements (SLA) in de Cloud SLA-CLOUD Cursusduur: 1 dag Prijs: 795,- Contractmanagement Trainingen Een contractmanager krijgt dagelijks te maken met de juridische kant van contracten. Kennis van het juridisch domein is dan ook van groot belang. In deze cursus leert u in één dag de basiskennis die u nodig heeft om uw werk als contractmanager goed te kunnen uitvoeren. De cursusdag bestaat uit drie delen. Het eerste deel is de inleiding tot contracten en het contracteringsproces. Daarbij wordt aandacht besteed aan de wettelijke regeling voor contracten en de wijze waarop contracteringsprocessen verlopen. Het tweede deel betreft het opstellen en beoordelen van contracten. Daarin worden diverse contractsonderwerpen aan de orde gesteld zoals aansprakelijkheid, garanties, oplevering en intellectuele eigendomsrechten. Het derde deel betreft geschillenbeslechting. Aandacht voor rechtspraak door de (overheids)rechter en daarnaast alternatieve vormen van geschillenbeslechting zoals mediation en arbitrage. Doelstelling Na de training heeft u: Kennis van de belangrijkste juridische terminologie in en rond contracten; Inzicht in valkuilen en veel gemaakte fouten, waardoor u juridische complicaties en risico s kunt signaleren; Basiskennis over het opstellen/ beoordelen van contracten vanuit juridische perspectief; Inzicht in de verschillende vormen van juridische geschillenbeslechting (arbitrage, mediation, rechtspraak). Er is geen specifieke voorkennis vereist, maar het verhoogt het rendement van de training als u in het vakgebied van contractmanagement werkzaam bent. Cloud computing is een ware hype en geen een IT -professional kan hier nog omheen. Cloud Computing staat voor een radicaal nieuwe vorm van het leveren van IT-resources en -services. Flexibel, elastisch en op afroep beschikbaar. Cloud computing is voor veel organisaties een interessante mogelijkheid om IT-kosten te besparen. Nog meer dan bij traditionele uitbesteding van IT verdwijnt de tastbaarheid van de dienstverlening omdat (zelfs) de infrastructuur op zijn minst deels een virtueel karakter heeft. Het houden van grip op de dienstverlening wordt dan een nog grotere uitdaging dan het al is. SLA s vormen een belangrijk instrument in het arsenaal van maatregelen die genomen kunnen worden om deze grip te behouden. Facility Managers; Service Level Managers; IT Managers; Projectleiders; Financieel Managers; Service Managers; Inkopers en andere verantwoordelijken voor contracten en afspraken; Aanbieders van Cloud oplossingen en diensten. SLA-NJ, Service Level Agreements voor niet-juristen GK3210, Coud Computing Essentials Deze cursus is bedoeld voor contractmanagers die snel over de minimaal benodigde juridische basiskennis willen beschikken om hun werk als contractmanager goed te kunnen uitvoeren. 232 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

233 Service Level Agreements voor Contract Managers SLA-CM Cursusduur: 1 dag Prijs: 725,- Contractmanagement CATS CM Foundation SNCMF Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.450,- Contract Management CATS CM Practitioner SNCMP Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 2.100,- Na deze training kunt u SLA s opstellen en beoordelen en bent u in staat om complicaties en risico s in een SLA te onderkennen. Bij veel contracten behoren ook Service Level Agreements (SLA s). De kwaliteit van die SLA s is vaak wisselend. Ook per sector (b.v. IT, facilitair, bouw) verschillen SLA s. Een goede basiskennis van SLA s is voor u als contractmanager van groot belang, om deze SLA s als onderdeel van een contract goed te kunnen managen. In deze eendaagse training krijgt u de kennis waarmee u SLA s kunt opstellen en beoordelen, en de complicaties en risico s kunt onderkennen. De training bestaat uit twee onderdelen. In de inleiding worden de achtergrond en functies van SLA s uiteengezet, wordt Service Level Management behandeld en het contractueel en juridisch kader van SLA s uitgediept. Het tweede onderdeel betreft het opstellen en beoordelen van SLA s. Daarin worden de belangrijkste onderwerpen uit de SLA systematisch behandeld. Door middel van praktijkopdrachten en checklists oefent u met het opstellen en beoordelen van SLA s. De training biedt een gedegen basis voor het werken met SLA s. Contractmanagers en anderen die in korte tijd willen leren om SLA s te kunnen opstellen en beoordelen. Doelstelling Na afloop van de training: bent u bekend met de belangrijkste begrippen in en rond SLA s en Servicel Level Management bent u in staat om complicaties en risico s in een SLA te onderkennen heeft u basiskennis om SLA s op te stellen en te beoordelen. Er is geen specifieke voorkennis vereist, maar het verhoogt het rendement van de training als u in het vakgebied van contractmanagement werkzaam bent. Contractmanagement CATS CM Foundation is de eerste training van het totale opleidingsprogramma in de leerlijn voor contractmanagers. In twee dagen leert u de basis voor succesvol contractmanagement, met de beproefde methode CATS CM. Deze methode is geschikt voor zowel opdrachtgevers als leveranciers. Na de training neemt u de overtuiging en kennis mee naar huis dat contracten inderdaad te managen zijn en met eenvoudige middelen en procedures bestuurbaar worden. De cursus richt zich op 4 groepen deelnemers Contractmanagers Project-, service-, of salesmanagers Personen die zich willen oriënteren op het vakgebied contractmanagement als mogelijke carrièrestap Business managers Doelstelling Na afloop van de training bent u in staat om: de belangrijkste principes en begrippen rond contractmanagement te onderscheiden en te benoemen contractmanagement als vakgebied te begrijpen en te plaatsen ten opzichte van project-, service- en demand management de methode CATS CM en de kern van de verschillende processtappen te begrijpen de contractomgeving en uw positie/rol daarin te schetsen de waarde c.q. business case van professioneel contractmanagement uit te leggen in uw organisatie een Contract Risico Profiel op te stellen en de belangrijkste risico s in een contract te identificeren de eerste stappen te zetten om grip te krijgen op uw contracten met de methode CATS CM en zo de basis te leggen om uw contractdoelstellingen te kunnen behalen u een oordeel te vormen over de vraag of het vakgebied contractmanagement bij u past. Er is geen specifieke voorkennis noodzakelijk. Tijdens deze training van drie dagen past u de CATS CM aanpak toe op een contract en oefent u met de verschillende gebeurtenissen die zich in de contract levenscyclus voor kunnen doen. Contractmanagement CATS CM Practitioner bouwt voort op de inzichten en ervaringen uit de Foundation training. Met behulp van eenvoudige voorbeelden uit de praktijk leert u snel knelpunten, risico s en aannames in een contract te herkennen. We doorlopen alle stappen van het contractmanagement proces. Contractmanagement met CATS CM Practitioner richt zich op 2 groepen deelnemers 1. Contractmanagers en project-, serviceof salesmanagers 2. Business managers Doelstelling Na afloop van de training bent u in staat om: de CATS CM methode toe te passen op de gehele levenscyclus van een contract een middelgroot contract waarvoor u operationeel verantwoordelijk bent binnen uw mandaat te managen, als gedelegeerd verantwoordelijke namens de contracteigenaar in samenspraak met een project- of servicemanager een optimaal beheer te voeren over de contract matter van een contract. U krijgt grip op uw contracten en kunt risico s managen, zodat u uw contractdoelstellingen kunt realiseren en succesvol kunt zijn in uw vak. U gaat de kansen zien voor besparingen of additionele omzet (afhankelijk van uw positie als opdrachtgever of leverancier). U gaat naar huis met het gevoel dat contractmanagement beter en meer gestructureerd kan worden aangepakt dan meestal het geval is. Voor deze training is kennis van de basisprincipes van CATS CM op het niveau van de Foundation training noodzakelijk. Bij voorkeur bent u al enige tijd op operationeel niveau verantwoordelijk voor middelgrote contracten in uitvoering. Contractmanagement Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 233

234 Meer Best Practices Trainingen IT Governance & Security Cobit 5 Foundation COBF Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.495,- Deze drie-daagse cursus gaat in op de voordelen van een duurzaam IT-governance framework en er wordt uitgelegd hoe dit framework gerealiseerd kan worden aan de hand van het best practice COBIT framework. De elementen van dit framework zullen worden toegelicht met behulp van case studies en interactieve presentaties. Voorbereiding op het COBIT Foundation examen, dat aan het eind zal plaatsvinden, is ook bij deze cursus inbegrepen. IT Support Staf IT Consultants Key Business Users Senior (managers) IT Audit management Doelstelling Wat u zult leren: Het identificeren van de belangrijkste IT-management problemen waar organisaties mee te maken krijgen Begrijpen wat de noodzaak is van een IT-governance framework Uitleggen hoe het COBIT framework met zijn componenten werkt Uitleggen welke middelen een rol spelen in het COBIT framework en begrijpen hoe deze middelen van waarde zijn voor een organisatie Begrijpen hoe COBIT kan worden toegepast in relatie totandere ITmanagement frameworks Enige ervaring in IT Governance wordt aangeraden, maar is niet noodzakelijk. At the end of course the COBIT Foundation exam will be taken. ISO Advanced (inclusief examen ISMAS) ISO27002A Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.570,- Meer Best Practices Informatiebeveiliging wordt steeds belangrijker. De globalisering van de economie leidt tot een toenemende uitwisseling van informatie tussen organisaties (medewerkers, klanten en leveranciers), een toenemend gebruik van netwerken, zoals het interne bedrijfsnetwerk, de koppeling met netwerken van andere bedrijven en Internet. Bovendien zijn de activiteiten van veel bedrijven nu afhankelijk van ICT, waarbij informatie een kostbaar bedrijfsmiddel is geworden. Informatiebeveiliging is essentieel om de goede werking en de continuïteit van de organisatie te waarborgen: informatie moet betrouwbaar zijn. Beginnende professionals. Deze module is bestemd voor iedereen die vanuit zijn/haar functie is betrokken bij onder andere de implementatie, evaluatie van en rapportage over informatiebeveiliging, zoals de Information Security Manager en de Information Security Officer of de Lijnmanager en de Project Manager. Doelstelling Aan het einde van de cursus heeft de deelnemer inzicht in het volgende: Informatiebeveiligingsbeleid en Informatiebeveiligingsplan Organisatie van informatiebeveiliging Risicoanalyse Standaarden Naleving Evaluatie ISO27002F, ISO27002 Foundation (ISFS) Na deze cursus is men in staat om het Exin examen Information Security Advanced based on ISO/IEC (ISMAS) af te leggen. Dit examen is onderdeel van deze cursus. 234 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

235 Testen ISO Foundation (inclusief examen ISFS) TMap Next Test Engineer Tmap Next Test Manager ISO27002F Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.060,- Informatiebeveiliging wordt steeds belangrijker. De globalisering van de economie leidt tot een toenemende uitwisseling van informatie tussen organisaties (medewerkers, klanten en leveranciers), een toenemend gebruik van netwerken, zoals het interne bedrijfsnetwerk, de koppeling met netwerken van andere bedrijven en Internet. Bovendien zijn de activiteiten van veel bedrijven nu afhankelijk van ICT, waarbij informatie een kostbaar bedrijfsmiddel is geworden. Informatiebeveiliging is essentieel om de goede werking en de continuïteit van de organisatie te waarborgen: informatie moet betrouwbaar zijn. De doelgroep van ISFS is iedereen in de organisatie die met informatie omgaat. De basiskennis die in deze module wordt getoetst draagt vooral bij aan het bewustzijn dat informatie kwetsbaar is en dat maatregelen om informatie te beschermen, nodig zijn. De module is ook geschikt voor kleine zelfstandige ondernemers voor wie enige basiskennis van informatiebeveiliging noodzakelijk is. Voor beginnende informatiebeveiligers kan deze module een goede start zijn. Doelstelling Aan het einde van de cursus heeft de deelnemer inzicht in de volgende onderwerpen: informatie beveiliging bedreigingen risico s Maatregelen aanpak en organisatie van information security wet- en regelgeving. Na deze cursus is men in staat om het Exin examen Information Security Foundation based on ISO/IEC (ISFS) af te leggen. Dit examen is onderdeel van deze cursus. TESTTMAP Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.345,- TMap Next is een veelgebruikte testmethode. Het handboek TMap Next vormt de basis voor deze methodiek. Met het exin examen TMap Next Test Engineer certificeer je je als TMap Next tester. In deze training wordt je opgeleid tot tester die kan testen volgens de methodiek van TMap Next. Tijdens de training word je vertrouwd gemaakt met de testfilosofie en testmethodiek van TMap Next. Alle relevante begrippen worden behandeld (Voorbeelden V-model, testontwerptechnieken, BDTM, kwaliteitsattributen). Binnen TMap Next ligt de nadruk vooral op het gestructureerd en risicogebaseerd kiezen van testgevallen om de kwaliteit van een testobject te onderzoeken. Binnen de training wordt veel aandacht besteed aan het belang van de zogenaamde testontwerptechnieken en de toepassing ervan. De training is bedoeld voor iedereen die: wil kunnen testen volgens de methodiek van TMap Next een opleiding heeft op minimaal MBO niveau Doelstelling Je kent de filosofie en testmethodiek van TMap Next Je kunt gestructureerd en risicogebaseerd testen Je kent de verschillende testontwerptechnieken en kunt deze toepassen Je bent optimaal voorbereid om het examen TMap Next Test Engineer te halen Exin: TMap Next Test Engineer. Indien u ook examen wil doen, dient u dit bij het boeken van de cursus aan te geven. U krijgt dan een examenvoucher, waarmee u het examen op een door u gewenste locatie uitkunt voeren.de kosten voor dit examen bedragen EUR. 166,= TESTTMAPTM Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 1.750,- TMap NEXT is een veelgebruikte testmethode. Het handboek TMap NEXT vormt de basis voor deze methodiek. Met het exinexamen TMap NEXT Test Manager certificeer je je als TMap NEXT testmanager In deze training wordt je opgeleid tot testmanager die testtrajecten kan leiden volgens de methodiek van TMap Next. Tijdens de training word je vertrouwd gemaakt met de testfilosofie en testmethodiek van TMap Next.. Je leert de theorie en werkt aan de vaardigheden die nodig zijn om complexe testtrajecten succesvol te leiden. De training is bedoeld voor iedereen die: Testmanager wil worden Voorkennis heeft op het niveau van de module TMap NEXT Doelstelling Je kent de essentie van business driven testmanagement (BTDM) Je kunt een (master)testplan opstellen Je hebt inzicht in de beheeractiviteiten van een testproces (overkoepelend en van diverse testsoorten) Je kunt een testbegroting opstellen Je kunt de activiteiten voor het inrichten en beheren van een infrastructuur toepassen Je kunt teststatistieken analyseren Je kunt diverse toetstechnieken toepassen Je kan maatregelen benoemen om de kwaliteit van ontwikkeltesten te verbeteren Je kunt voorbeelden geven van testtools voor ontwikkeltests Je hebt inzicht in de ondersteunende processen en kan deze inrichten TMap NEXT for Test Engineers /cursussen/ itil_and_service_management/software_ testing/testtmap.html De training is erop gericht dat je je optimaal voorbereid op het exin examen..je krijgt gestructureerd stapsgewijs de theorie aangeboden en veel oefeningen om te ervaren hoe de theorie in de praktijk vormgegeven wordt door een testmanager. Meer Best Practices trainingen Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 235

236 CAT, Certified Agile Tester Troubleshooting Analytics, Big Data & Business Intelligence Meer Best Practices trainingen CAT Cursusduur: 5 dagen Prijs: 2.495,- Van Testers wordt steeds vaker verwacht dat zij hun testkennis en kunde toepassen in een Agile omgeving. Daarbij krijgen zij te maken met typische Agile practices zoals iteratief ontwikkelen, timeboxing, stand-up meetings, Continuous Integration, Test Driven Development en vroegtijdige validatie. Wat betekent dit voor de testaanpak? Practices en kennis (TMap, ISTQB) vormen een goede basis. Maar hoe pas je de testmethoden en -technieken toe in een Agile omgeving? Die vertaalslag vraagt om een helder inzicht in de achtergronden en doelstellingen van Agile ontwikkelen. In deze training ontdek je welke eisen een Agile omgeving stelt aan de testaanpak en aan de kennis en vaardigheden van de Test Professional. De training Certified Agile Tester is bestemd voor: Testers, Testcoördinatoren en Testmanagers die werkzaam zijn of gaan werken in Agile projecten. Mensen die al betrokken zijn bij Agile projecten en hun effectiviteit willen verhogen. Iedereen die geïnteresseerd is in de testactiviteiten binnen Agile projecten zoals Managers, Scrum Masters en Ontwikkelaars. Doelstelling Na afloop van de training Certified Agile Tester: Heb je diepgaande kennis van de principes van de Agile benadering van software ontwikkeling; Ken je het verschil tussen Agile Projecten en niet Agile Projecten; Kan je een positieve bijdrage leveren als Agile Teamlid gericht op testen; Heb je kennis van de problemen en uitdagingen van de activiteiten binnen een Agile Team, die niet direct aan testen gerelateerd zijn; Beheers je de sociale skills die vereist zijn om succesvol binnen een Agile Team te functioneren. De training is erop gericht dat je je optimaal voorbereid op het exin examen..je krijgt gestructureerd stapsgewijs de theorie aangeboden en veel oefeningen om te ervaren hoe de theorie in de praktijk vormgegeven wordt door een testmanager. Systematic Troubleshooting, Kepner Tregoe Foundation KTF Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 1.345,- In deze training leer je concrete acties te ondernemen die kunnen worden ondergebracht onder de noemer `kritisch kunnen denken`. Kritisch denken heeft betrekking op het kunnen definiëren van een probleem, het kunnen selecteren van de juiste informatie om een probleem op te kunnen lossen, het kunnen herkennen van gefundeerde en ongefundeerde veronderstellingen, het kunnen formuleren en selecteren van relevante hypothesen en het kunnen trekken van juiste conclusies. Het lijkt wellicht moeilijk om binnen korte tijd het analytisch vermogen te vergroten, toch leer je in deze training een effectieve methode die je jezelf eigen maakt en hoe je deze kunt gebruiken in het dagelijks werk. Om beter te kunnen interpreteren en het inzicht te vergroten om juiste conclusies te trekken. Deze cursus is geaccrediteerd door Kepner Tregoe. De deelnemers zijn optimaal voorbereid voor het Kepner Tregoe Foundation examen. The Kepner-Tregoe Foundation course will be of interest to individuals who: Want to be certified by Kepner-Tregoe as Kepner-Tregoe Foundation certified Seek to attend the two-day Kepner- Tregoe Advanced Workshop to learn to implement the concepts they learnt in the Foundation course to improve Incident Management and Problem Management Typical roles are (but not limited to): roles that provide first-line support, service-desk staff, Analysts, Problem Managers, Incident Managers, Auditors, Quality Managers, Operators, Technicians and Engineers There are no prerequisites to attend this course In order for participants to be eligible to take the Kepner-Tregoe Foundation exam, they have to participate in an accredited Kepner-Tregoe Foundation training course for 2 days The 40-question multiple-choice exam is a closed-book online exam that will test your understanding of the contents of the Kepner-Tregoe Foundation course syllabus The exam is optional, and can be taken a few weeks after the course.the examprice is 166,- Masterclass Business Intelligence & Analytics MBIA Cursusduur: 6 dagen Prijs: 3.195,- De omstandigheden waarin organisaties opereren veranderen steeds sneller. Dynamische markten, een wetgever die meer eisen stelt aan transparantie, en de toenemende noodzaak om goed te kunnen sturen op kostenefficiency, omzetvergroting en klantloyaliteit vragen veel van een organisatie. Beschikbaarheid van juiste inzichten en informatie is hierbij van groot belang. Het is de basis waarop organisaties strategische, tactische en operationele beslissingen nemen. Iedereen heeft hiermee mee te maken. Het is niet voor niets dat business intelligence (BI) al jaren bovenaan staat op de prioriteitenlijst van directies. Business Analytics (BA) is de logische vervolgstap op BI. BA maakt concurrentievoordeel en nieuwe inzichten mogelijk door de analyse van grote hoeveelheden data. De Masterclass geeft een compleet overzicht van het vakgebied Business Intelligence en Business Analytics. De theorie behandelt een breed scala concepten en modellen waarbij zowel de technischeals ook deorganisatorische aspecten ruime aandacht krijgen. In aansluiting hierop worden voorbeelden van toepassingen uit de praktijk gepresenteerd. U gaat uw eigen praktijk hieraan toetsen. Welke (management)vraagstukken op het gebied van informatievoorziening - en organisatiebesturing komt u tegen, welke inzichten krijgt u en welke aanbevelingen kunt u vervolgens doen? De Masterclass richt zich op managers, business en informatieanalisten, adviseurs, projectmanagers, informatiemanagers, controllers en kenniswerkers. Iedereen die actief te maken heeft met Business Intelligence en Business Analytics vanuit een rol als informatiegebruiker of als een informatieleverancier. Doelstelling In deze Masterclass leert u de BI- en BA concepten en modellen vanuit verschillende stromingen te begrijpen en deze toe te passen. U kan een eigen visie vormen op BI en BA, en u kunt vraagstukken binnen organisaties beoordelen vanuit zowel een strategisch, business, organisatorisch als technologisch perspectief. U zult in staat zijn om zowel het management als de werkvloer te overtuigen van de toegevoegde waarde van BI en BA voor de organisatie. U bent op de hoogte van de belangrijkste kennismanagement principes, het belang van het delen van kennis voor de organisatie, met bijzondere aandacht voor de BI-omgeving. U analyseert, ontwerpt en organiseert de informatiehuishouding. U bent in staat de vertaling te maken naar concrete aanbevelingen in de vorm van een projectenportfolio. 236

237 MANAGEMENT & VAARDIGHEID 237

238 Om als organisatie succesvol te zijn is het belangrijk mee te bewegen in de markt. Hierbij zijn sterke zakelijke vaardigheden van zowel individuele medewerkers als leidinggevenden onontbeerlijk. Global Knowledge biedt een uitgebreid aanbod van Management- en Vaardigheidstrainingen die u helpen deze vaardigheden te verkrijgen. Zo heeft u de keuze uit trainingen op het gebied van management- en leiderschapsvaardigheden, het werken in teamverband, communicatie, persoonlijke effectiviteit, performance management en het bouwen van strategische partnerships. Dus heeft u vaardigheden nodig op strategisch vlak, zakelijke communicatie, verkoop en service, probleemoplossing of ontwikkeling in leiderschap, dan kunt u bij ons terecht voor de juiste training. Het trainingsportfolio Management & Vaardigheid is onderverdeeld in drie categorieën: Management & Organisatie, Persoonlijke Effectiviteit en Professional Services. Management en Organisatie Persoonlijke Effectiviteit Professional Services Trainingen voor de Organisatiestrategie Trainingen voor Leidinggevenden Afstemming tussen Organisatiestrategie en IT Communicatietrainingen Productiviteitstrainingen Sales- en Servicetrainingen Educatieve consultancy Training op maat Cursusontwikkeling Ontwikkelen van e-learning Management & Vaardigheid 238

239 Management en Organisatie Trainingen Management en Organisatie Trainingen voor de Organisatiestrategie Efficiënt Innoveren GBLIE100 Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.485,- Innovatie is de allerbelangrijkste business competentie waarmee winnaars zich snel kunnen onderscheiden in deze snelgroeiende concurrerende omgeving. Voor steeds meer organisaties zijn de mensen van het bedrijf, als scheppers van innovatie, van duurzame waarde en iets waar ze zich in de eerste plaats op richten. Human resources wordt het belangrijkste en meest waardevolle bedrijfsmiddel van een organisatie. Waardevernieuwing is niet hetzelfde als het voorbijstreven van de concurrentie. Door het creëren van nieuwe waardeproposities - waardoor men in de beginperiode geen concurrenten heeft - wordt de concurrentie tijdelijk ingehaald. (World Economic Forum). Het Bottom Line Innovation programma is een bewezen proces voor het ontdekken van duizenden nieuwe, onverwachte en bruikbare ideeën voor belangrijke organisaties. Teamleden, complete teams en anderen die nieuwe, onverwachte en bruikbare ideeën nodig hebben om zaken te doen, uitdagingen aan te gaan, mogelijkheden te onderzoeken en problemen aan te pakken. Doelstelling Na afloop van de cursus kunt u: Acht verschillende strategieën gebruiken om de juiste omgeving voor innovatie vast te stellen. Focussen op de belangrijkste uitdagingen en een krachtige uitdaging formuleren. De Bottom Line Innovation proceskaart gebruiken om de creatie te leiden en innovatieve ideeën en oplossingen te implementeren. Stel de ideale toekomst vast en ontwikkel statements over mogelijkheden, om steun van anderen te krijgen voor uw ideeën en implementatieplannen. Individueel en in de groep brainstormen om ideeën te genereren. Met gebruik van vijf patroondoorbrekende technieken verder gaan dan brainstormen en honderden nieuwe ideeën genereren. Ideeën bundelen en de belangrijkste selecteren met gebruik van consistente evaluatiecriteria. Relatieve risico s en voordelen van elk idee vaststellen om het statement te bepalen waarop uw inspanningen gericht moeten zijn. Actieplannen opstellen en commitment van het team voor de implementatie vragen. Zorg dat je ideeën en implementatieplannen accepterenen supporten. Management & Organisatie Trainingen Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 239

240 Trainingen voor Leidinggevenden Visie Ontwikkelen en Implementeren Inzicht in uw leiderschapskwaliteiten Management & Organisatie Trainingen GV100 Cursusduur: 4 dagen Prijs: 1.980,- Onderzoek toont aan dat de overgrote meerderheid van de CEO s ontevreden is over de mate waarin hun mensen gebruik maken van de bedrijfsvisie en op basis hiervan zakelijke beslissingen te nemen. In plaats van het produceren van een krachtige visie die beslissingen en acties dient te leiden, worden te veel visies beschouwd als een mislukte slogan. Waarom mislukken sommige visies? Hoe Performance Management ontwikkel je een visie en structuur die uw organisatie zal leiden? Het Global Knowledge s Vision is een internationaal erkend, gefaciliteerd proces, waarmee senior managementteams de visie van hun organisatie kunnen verwoorden. Door dit proces kunnen tevens strategische elementen, metingen en acties worden vastgesteld die nodig zijn om GPME100 Cursusduur: 1 dag Prijs: 495,- volgens de bedrijfsvisie te opereren Cursusduur: 1 dag Prijs: 0,- Het leren begrijpen van goede leiderschapskwaliteiten en het ontwikkelen van zelfkennis zijn essentiële basisvaardigheden van effectief leiderschap. Hoe u uzelf kunt verbeteren in leiding geven is grotendeels afhankelijk van de terugkoppeling die u ontvangt van managers, medewerkers en evaluatie rapporten met betrekking tot uw huidige manier van leiding geven. Door gebruik te maken van sterke punten en het minimaliseren van mogelijke barrieres, zijn leidinggevenden beter instaat om zichzelf te ontwikkelen en anderen te managen met een positieve impact. In deze cursus van een halve dag ontvangt u de resultaten van uw Leiding geven met impact assessment. Dit assessment toetst uw leiderschapcompetentie en wordt ca. vier weken voorafgaand aan de cursus door uzelf en anderen ingevuld. In een gezamenlijke en ondersteunende omgeving worden de uitkomsten van dit assessment geanalyseerd en gereflecteerd. Uiteindelijk wordt er een actieplan opgesteld op basis van uw ontwikkelingsdoelen en dat afgestemd is op de uw bedrijfsdoelstellingen. Leidinggevenden op alle niveaus: vice presidents, directie, managers, toezichthouders, teamleiders, projectmanagers etc. Doelstelling Na deze cursus heeft u het volgende geleerd: Tonen van zelfkennis en zelfbewustzijn Verantwoordelijkheidsgevoel voor uw leidinggevende functie Tonen van zakelijk inzicht Het inspireren van anderen om hun visie te realiseren Zelfmotivatie en het motiveren van anderen om zichzelf volledig in te zetten in hun werk Effectief communiceren Managen van taken en mensen Het geven van feedback voor het verkrijgen van commitment Coachen om er iets voor terug te krijgen Mensen en organisaties staan constant onder druk om op steeds hoger niveau te presteren. Er worden echter steeds vaker doelen bereikt, sinds zowel managers als werknemers binnen een praktisch en doelgericht management raamwerk opereren. Effectief management bestaat uit drie stappen: planning, coachen en beoordelen. Door planning zijn performance doelen helder en worden door beide partijen begrepen. Er is overeenstemming tussen individuele doelen en richting van de organisatie. Zowel managers als werknemers begrijpen hoe ze resultaten kunnen boeken. De wijze van coachen moet worden beoordeeld en vervolgens met de juiste details en frequentie tijdens de performance periode worden toegepast. De beoordeling is een stap waartoe het evalueren van actuele resultaten, het geven van feedback over de resultaten en het vaststellen van performance ratings behoren. Iedere stap in het performance managementproces biedt de basis voor de volgende stap. Managers en werknemers zijn zo in staat om betekenisvolle en op feiten gebaseerde dialogen aan te gaan die succesvoller zijn en nuttige inzichten opleveren. De eendaagse cursus Performance Management biedt leidinggevenden en managers concepten, gereedschappen en vaardigheden om de waarde van het managementproces van hun organisatie te vermeerderen. Doelstelling Na afloop van de cursus kunt u: Individuele en team doelen plannen die matchen met de doelen van de organisatie en anderen helpen om te zien hoe hun werk aansluit op doelen van een hoger niveau Formuleer en stel duidelijke, haalbare jaarlijkse performance doelen De juiste context en gevraagde informatie bieden als er werk wordt toegewezen Personen de vrijheid geven die ze nodig hebben om hun werk te voltooien Beschikbaar zijn voor personen terwijl zij hun werk voltooien Feedback en expliciete argumenten geven over toekomstige acties Projecten leveren die uitdagend zijn en gelegenheid tot ontwikkeling bieden Een positieve ervaring creëren tijdens het beoordelen van de voortgang Feedback geven in de context van eerder omschreven performance standaarden Basisvaardigheden voor goed leiderschap 8624 Cursusduur: 1 dag Prijs: 495,- De overstap van uitvoerende medewerker naar een leidinggevende functie is een mooie kans en een grote uitdaging. Als leidinggevende gaat u het uitvoerende werk wat u eerst zelf deed nu door anderen laten doen. Dit vereist een andere manier van denken en mentaliteit. Uw nieuwe verantwoordelijkheden bieden in deze functie een ondersteunende rol voor uw medewerkers en de organisatie als geheel. In deze cursus leert u wat deze nieuwe verantwoordelijkheden inhouden en wat er verwacht wordt. U leert nieuwe vaardigheden en processen die u helpen een juiste balans te vinden in het stellen van prioriteiten, het doorbreken van barrieres, het verdienen van respect en het opbouwen van krediet. Persoonlijke voordelen - Meer kennis over de belangrijkste verantwoordelijkheden van het leiderschap - Toegenomen bewustzijn van mogelijkheden voor persoonlijke ontwikkeling en leiderschapskwaliteiten - Verbeterd vermogen om prioriteiten te stellen aan uw activiteiten al leidinggevende en het managen van uw werklast - Meer duidelijkheid over de gevolgen van het verkrijgen van geloofwaardigheid als leidinggevende en het verdienden van respect - Meer vertrouwen in het managen van mensen Voordelen voor de organisatie - Verbeterde leiderschapskwaliteiten - Meer duidelijkheid en algemeen begrip van de belangrijkste leiderschapskwaliteiten - Nauwere betrokkenheid van leiders m.b.t. hun functie Leidinggevenden op alle niveaus: nieuwe managers, projectmanagers, teamleiders, interim managers die hun huidige vaardigheden willen verbeteren of uitbreiden etc. Doelstelling Verantwoordelijkheden die uw leidinggevende functie met zich mee brengt Mogelijkheden voor ontwikkeling binnen uw leidinggevende functie Het plannen uw tijdsbesteding zodat u uw verantwoordelijkheden kunt beoordelen Een systeem te gebruiken waarmee u prioriteiten kunt te stellen voor uzelf en uw directe ondergeschikten Geloofwaardigheid ontwikkelen als leidinggevende binnen uw organisatie 240 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

241 Managementvaardigheden Building your Business IQ Actief Leiderschap voor IT-professionals A-MSP1 Cursusduur: 9 dagen Prijs: 3.960,- Het doel van deze Management & Vaardigheidstraining is managers van een organisatie de kennis en vaardigheden te bieden efficiënter en effectiever leiding te geven aan hun mensen. In het programma leren managers op een progressieve, nieuwe manier naar menselijk potentieel te kijken, met als resultaat toenemende effectiviteit en productiviteit. Het trainingsprogramma is ontworpen voor managers en leidinggevenden. Het programma spreekt velen aan, omdat het focust op praktische vaardigheden die in iedere managementomgeving toepasbaar zijn. Het Management Vaardigheden trainingsprogramma is een achtdaagse workshop + een terugkomdag, verspreid over een periode van zes maanden. Werving en Selectie Managers, leidinggevenden en teamleiders. Iedereen die binnen een organisatie een coördinerende of leidinggevende functie ambieert. Doelstelling Aan het einde van de workshop(s): Heeft u meer kennis en inzicht in uzelf, waar ligt uw kracht Heeft u ervaren dat anderen wezenlijk anders zijn Heeft u ontdekt hoe u anderen kun motiveren en beïnvloeden Kunt u de samenwerking binnen uw team verbeteren hoe deze toe te passenkennis en inzicht in communicatiestijlen en Heeft u uw presentatievaardigheden verbeterd Heeft u geleerd van en met andere leidinggevenden deelnemers GIS100 Cursusduur: 1 dag Prijs: 495,- Gemiddeld blijven mensen twee tot drie jaar in dezelfde functie of bij een bedrijf. Demografische verschuivingen zullen binnen twintig jaar leiden tot tekorten op de arbeidsmarkt. Door personeelsinkrimpingen zijn bedrijven nog meer genoodzaakt om de meest getalenteerde kandidaten aan te nemen. Sollicitatie en selectie zijn daarom voor alle HR managers de belangrijkste vaardigheden geworden. Het invullen van een vacature of het creëren van een nieuwe functie is een uitdagende taak voor elke HR manager. Het doel is om de best mogelijke kandidaat te selecteren en te plaatsen. Vooral op een krappe arbeidsmarkt kan het vinden van de juiste persoon voor de baan moeilijk zijn als de eisen hoog zijn of specifieke vaardigheden worden verlangd. Om in economische slechte tijden goedkeuring te krijgen voor het uitbreiden van uw team of het invullen van een BBIQ100E Cursusduur: 1 dag Prijs: 495,- In het complexe moderne bedrijfsleven krijgen werknemers elke dag te maken met de vraag hoe ze hun tijd het beste kunnen gebruiken en hun productiviteit zo hoog mogelijk kunnen maken. Voor het nemen van goede besluiten is niet alleen goed tijdmanagement nodig, maar ook diepgaande kennis van het bedrijfsmodel en de bedrijfsstrategie, evenals de capaciteit om in te zien hoe deze een bijdrage leveren aan het eindresultaat. De uitdaging hierbij is dat de meeste werknemers nog niet over de juiste inzichten beschikken om beslissingen te kunnen nemen vanuit een zakelijk perspectief. Bij de eendaagse cursus Building Your Business IQ leren deelnemers het bedrijfsmodel en de bedrijfsstrategie van hun organisatie te begrijpen en leren ze hoe ze financiële resultaten kunnen interpreteren. vacature, wordt u gedwongen de best mogelijke kandidaat aan te nemen. Een consistente sollicitatie- en selectieprocedure, waarbij wordt gekeken of de kandidaat voldoet aan de belangrijkste functie-eisen, zal leiden tot een succesvollere besluitvorming tijdens sollicitaties. Wanneer u de juiste kandidaat voor de baan heeft gevonden, profiteert iedereen daarvan: de nieuwe werknemer, u als verwervingsmanager, het team en de organisatie. Managers op alle niveaus. Doelstelling Na afloop van de cursus zijn de cursisten bekend met het volgende: Een template met 9 onderdelen voor het beschrijven van het bedrijfsmodel van hun organisatie Het meten van bedrijfsresultaten Financiële termen die uitleggen hoe hun bedrijf geld verdient Hun eigen bijdrage aan het bedrijfsresultaat Alle personeelsfunctionarissen en HR managers die deelnemen aan de sollicitatieprocedure. Doelstelling Na afloop van de cursus kunt u: GALECIT100 Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.485,- Het huidige bedrijfsklimaat wordt gekenmerkt door hevige concurrentie, horizontale hiërarchieën, multidimensionale teams en een gedifferentieerde werkomgeving. Hierdoor komen managers van IT-teams voor de volgende uitdagingen te staan: - Beseffen dat de meeste IT-werknemers meer technische kennis hebben dan hun managers.- Werknemers aansturen en leiden, terwijl de leidinggevende vaak niet weet waar ze mee bezig zijn.- IT-werknemers motiveren die niet geïnteresseerd zijn in traditionele carriere mogelijkheden.- Technisch hoogopgeleide werknemers coachen en ontwikkelen.- De meest getalenteerde werknemers werven en behouden.- De communicatiekloof overbruggen tussen IT en de rest van het bedrijf. Het programma Actief Leiderschap voor IT-professionals biedt concepten, instrumenten en toepassingen om deze uitdagingen te overwinnen en leert IT managers effectief coachen, personen mondig te maken en naar een hoger niveau van performance te leiden. Alle IT professionals met directe ondergeschikten of belast met het aansturen van projectteams. Doelstelling Na afloop van de cursus kunt u: Individueel leiderschapgedrag en houdingen die invloed hebben op de performance van anderen beoordelen Door heldere, beknopte communicatie werknemers aansturen, leiden en zich betrokken laten voelen Begrijpen wat mensen nodig hebben om hun gedrag te veranderen of te continueren Vaststellen van ontbrekende performance en verbeteren van performance resultaten, ongeacht de taak Drie verschillende leiderschapstijlen leren kennen en kunnen bepalen wanneer deze moeten worden ingezet om de performance van anderen te optimaliseren Een persoonlijk ontwikkelingsplan creëren, gebaseerd op vastgesteld leiderschap Inzicht hebben in fundamentele coachprincipes die invloed hebben op coachresultaten Onderscheid maken tussen coachen voor een baan versus coachen voor een carriere Gedragsgerelateerde feedback geven, waardoor werknemers zich erkend en betrokken voelen Een consistente benadering gebruiken om feedback te geven, dat bijdraagt aan een verbeterde werknemers performance en resulteert ingewenst gedrag Vaststellen waar de performance mogelijk tekortschiet en zorgen dat dit verbeterd Coachen, versterken en creëren van een gemotiveerd werkklimaat voor werknemers Creëren van een persoonlijk ontwikkelingsplan gebaseerd opspecifieke taken, krachten en ontwikkelingsbehoeften Management & Organisatie Trainingen Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 241

242 Management & Organisatie Trainingen Verander Management - Begeleiden van veranderingen GLTE100 Cursusduur: 1 dag Prijs: 495,- Tegenwoordig hebben alle organisaties te maken met veranderingen. Technologie, concurrentie, aandeelhoudersbelangen, fusies, overnames, consument- en markteisen zijn, misschien nog meer dan vroeger, aanleiding tot verandering. Of deze veranderingen nu klein zijn, zoals het aanpassen van een procedure, of relatief groot, zoals het integreren van een nieuw bedrijfsmiddel zonder steun van de personen die met deze veranderde situatie moeten werken, zal er niets gebeuren. Verander Management - Begeleiden van veranderingen is ontworpen voor personen die anderen leiding geven tijdens de verandering. De cursus combineert de nieuwste ideeën, modellen, gereedschappen en leertechnieken voor volwassenen in één, krachtig studiepakket voor bedrijven. Leidinggevenden verwerven hiermee de vaardigheden die ze nodig hebben om de transitie te leiden online en op de werkvloer. Personen die een rol spelen in het veranderingsprocess binnen hun organisatie, zowel op grote als op kleine schaal. Doelstelling Na afloop van de cursus kunt u: Het veranderingsproces binnen uw bedrijf in duidelijke termen aan anderen uitleggen. Het Levels of Change Model gebruiken om te beoordelen hoe andere mensen het veranderingsproces ervaren. Bepalen welke informatie mensen nodig hebben zodat ze het veranderingsproces goed zullen begrijpen. Een analyse maken waarin de percepties en feiten van het veranderingsproces worden vergeleken. Logisch redeneren en aan de hand van het Impact of Change Model begrijpen in welke fase van het veranderingsproces mensen zich bevinden en waarom. De juiste acties op touw zetten om mensen te helpen met het doorlopen van alle fases van het veranderingsproces. Begrijpen waarom sommige mensen voor en anderen tegen verandering zijn. Gebruik maken van de Transformation map om een plan van actie te definiëren voor het implementeren van verandering Think1 - Strategie en Beleid GTLE100 Cursusduur: 6 dagen Prijs: 2.970,- Notitie: Think1 Strategie en beleid is alleen verkrijgbaar als in company cursus. De taken van een leidinggevende zijn complexer dan ooit tevoren. Uit onderzoek weten we dat leidinggevenden de algemene strategische richting van een organisatie moeten kunnen begrijpen, vertalen en centreren. Ze moeten veranderingen aansturen; effectieve en efficiënte besluiten nemen; de groei en ontwikkeling van medewerkers stimuleren; effectief samenwerken met en door anderen; naar boven, naar beneden en door de organisatie kunnen communiceren. En bij dit alles moet hun aandacht gericht zijn op bedrijfsresultaten en klantenrelaties. Leidinggevenden dienen verschillende competenties bezitten om leiding te kunnen geven in een steeds veranderende omgeving. Tot nu toe leerden cursisten een competentie per keer. Ook dienen cursisten eerder opgedane kennis en nieuwe lesstof zelf te integreren. We hebben gezien dat er een tegenstelling bestaat tussen studeren en denken. De manier van denken van een leidinggevende heeft niet zozeer te maken met het vergaren en toepassen van discrete competenties, maar met een complexe integratie van informatie en vaardigheden - resulterend in begrijpen, oplossen, vernieuwen en aansturen. Geïntegreerd denken vereist een integrale aanpak van het leerproces Personen die hun leiderschapsvaardigheden willen ontwikkelen. Doelstelling De Think1 Leader ontwikkelingsprocedure is gericht op de volgende acht belangrijkste leiderscompetenties binnen vier gebieden: Strategie Strategische richting Leidende transformatie Systemen Duurzame innovatie Strategische besluitvorming Sociaal Coaching Samenwerking Zelf Communicatie Bewustzijn Het leiden van Virtuele Teams LVT100E Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 990,- De huidige technologisch gedreven tijd vraagt om een mondiale manier van werken. Om vooraf bepaalde doelstellingen te realiseren, hoeven medewerkers niet langer meer op een vaste locatie samen te werken. Steeds vaker is het noodzakelijk in verschillende virtuele vormen een samenwerking aan te gaan. Naast een flexibele werklocatie, biedt dit Nieuwe Werken een scala aan mogelijkheden. Zo kunnen virtuele teams tijdelijk of permanent gevormd worden en is de verdeling ervan grenzeloos. Dit kan nu per land, regio, kantoor of afdeling verschillen. Virtuele teams vragen om andere management- en communicatievaardigheden Het werken in virtuele teams brengt grote uitdagingen met zich mee ten aanzien van management- en communicatievaardigheden. Vaardigheden waar managers tot op heden geen ervaring mee hebben. Deze 2-daagse workshop leert people managers en projectmanagers op alle niveaux hoe, zowel individuele- als teameffectiviteit kan worden gemaximaliseerd. People-managers en Projectmanagers, die een Virtueel Team aansturen. Doelstelling Aan het einde van de workshop is de deelnemer in staat om: De uitdagingen en best practices van communiceren in een virtuele omgeving te identificeren Snel vertrouwen te bouwen in een virtueel team; Individuele prestaties te managen:o meten op prestatie in plaats van aanwezigheido het creëren van betrokkenheid en verantwoordelijkheido maximaliseren door effectief delegeren en juiste feedback Virtuele vergaderingen te facilitereno Hoe ga je om met de beschikbare technologie?o Best practices Afstemming tussen Organisatiestrategie & IT Global Knowledge heeft voor het afstemmen van de bedrijfsstrategie en IT specifieke leerprogramma s ontwikkeld voor zowel IT professionals als leidinggevenden: Programma voor de Senior IT Manager Programma voor de IT Manager Programma voor de IT Professional Programma voor de Leidinggevende Meer informatie over deze leerprogramma s is te vinden op: /Management-en-Vaardigheden 242 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

243 Binnen elke organisatie wordt de relatie tussen fysieke en primaire bedrijfsprocessen en het bijbehorende informatiesysteem steeds belangrijker. De rol van IT verschuift steeds meer van de oorspronkelijke technologie naar het optimaal ondersteunen van bedrijfsprocessen en/of organisatiestrategie met als gevolg dat er andere eisen aan de IT professional gesteld worden. Trainingen Persoonlijke Effectiviteit Communicatietrainingen Feedback de basis van goed leiderschap 8622 Cursusduur: 1 dag Prijs: 495,- Het geven van effectieve feedback is een kritische vaardigheid die een leider moet bezitten zodat teamleden worden betrokken in het behalen van organisatiedoelstellingen. Feedback geeft teamleden informatie over wat ze goed doen en hoe ze hun prestaties kunnen verbeteren. Het stimuleert mensen om hun eigen doelstellingen te bereiken en te werken in de richting van de doelstellingen van een organisatie. Tevens is het voor leiders ook belangrijk open te staan voor feedback, indien nodig. In deze training leert u bepalen wat de beste aanpak is voor het geven van feedback aan teamleden. U leert hoe u op een juiste manier feedback kunt ontvangen en hoe u op een gestructureerde manier feedback kunt geven met als doel het juiste effect te bereiken. Daarnaast leert u ook de vijf belangrijkste leiderschapskwaliteiten (positiviteit, oprechtheid, verantwoordelijkheid, nieuwsgierigheid en vertrouwen) te beheersen. Persoonlijke voordelen Cursisten leren op een juiste manier feedback geven door: - Uitdagingen te bespreken die leiders tegenkomen bij het geven van constructieve en/of positieve feedback- Uitdagingen te identificeren die zich voordoen bij het geven en ontvangen van feedback- Voorwaarden te creëren die vertrouwen en respect bevorderen- Positieve en constructieve feedback te geven aan de hand van een doeltreffend kader- Reflectie te stimuleren aan de hand van geleide zelfontdekking Voordelen voor de organisatie - Verhoogde kans op het behalen van strategische organisatiedoelstellingen- Meer motivatie en betrokkenheid van werknemers- Verbeterd cultureel klimaat datvertrouwen en respect bevorderd- Verbeterde mogelijkheid omgedrag af te stemmen op gewenste organisatiedoelen Leidinggevenden op alle niveaus: vice presidents, directie, managers, toezichthouders, teamleiders, projectmanagers etc. Doelstelling Wat u zult leren: Het geven van effectieve feedback in elke situatie; Het openlijk ontvangen van feedback; Het beheersen van de vijf belangrijkste leiderschapskwaliteiten (positiviteit, oprechtheid, verantwoordelijkheid, nieuwsgierigheid en vertrouwen) die van belang zijn bij het gevenvanfeedback. Persoonlijke Effectiviteit Persoonlijke Effectiviteit Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 243

244 Coach Coach Coach 8623 Cursusduur: 1 dag Prijs: 495,- Conflicthantering CONF Cursusduur: 1 dag Prijs: 495,- Dealing with Different People DWDP100E Cursusduur: 1 dag Prijs: 495,- Persoonlijke Effectiviteit Coachen is een essentiele vaardigheid in de hedendaagse business wereld. Wilt u meer technieken beheersen om de coaching effectiever te laten verlopen? Wilt u leren hoe u het gedrag van uw gesprekspartner kunt beinvloeden? Wilt u instrumenten kunnen inzetten om effectiefinterventies te plegen? Dan is dit een uitstekende training voor u. In deze intensieve eendaagse training oefent u het zgn. vier-stappen coaching proces. Iedereen die zijn of haar coachingstechnieken wil vergroten en/ of zich als professioneel coach wil ontwikkelen. Doelstelling Aan het einde van de cursus: bent u in staat om coachingstechnieken effectief toe te passen kunt u coachingsbijeenkomsten professioneel opbouwen kunt u met succes de effectiviteit van anderen vergroten weet u anderen te stimuleren, uit te dagen en te inspireren beheerst u het vier-stappen coachings proces om te kunnen omgaan met weerstand en onverwachte situaties bent u zich bewust van uw persoonlijke kracht en weet deze op natuurlijke wijze in te zetten In samenwerkingsverbanden krijgen mensen te maken met tegengestelde belangen of meningen. In zulke situaties is het van belang invloed te kunnen uitoefenen op gedrag, om te voorkomen dat conflictsituaties ontstaan. Conflicten kunnen constructief werken, doordat bestaande patronen worden doorbroken of het zoeken naar oplossingen wordt bevorderd. Conflicten kunnen echter ook destructief werken en veel frustraties opleveren. In de training wordt aandacht besteed aan het effect van houding en gedrag op communicatie en onderlinge relaties. Voor medewerkers die in hun functie te maken hebben met tegenstellingen en conflictsituaties. Doelstelling In de training leert u onder meer het volgende: U bent in staat conflicten in een vroeg stadium te herkennen. U weet door welk gedrag van anderen u zich het meest laat belemmeren. Ubent u bewust van uw eigen aandeel daarin. De moderne werkvloer is diverser dan ooit tevoren. Globalisering, de aanwezigheid van meerdere generaties op de werkvloer en veranderende bedrijfsmodellen en behoeften bieden teams en werknemers nieuwe mogelijkheden om te communiceren en samen te werken met andere mensen, zowel binnen als buiten de organisatie. De uitdaging is hierbij dat de samenwerking met andere mensen kan zorgen voor communicatiekwesties en zelfs voor conflicten.de workshop Dealing with Different People is een eendaags programma waarbij werknemers ontdekken wat diversiteit inhoudt en waarbij ze ideeën en hulpmiddelen krijgen om ervoor te zorgen dat ze de voordelen van het samenwerking met andere mensen optimaal kunnen benutten. Iedereen die moet communiceren en samenwerken met mensen die (a) een andere stijl van communiceren, (b) andere verantwoordelijkheden of (c) een andere culturele achtergrond hebben. Doelstelling Na afloop van de cursus zijn de cursisten bekend met het volgende: De definitie van diversiteit Soorten diversiteit De voordelen van diversiteit Het voorkomen van stereotypen en vooroordelen De communicatie met andere mensen Assertieve Communicatievaardigheden A-AC Cursusduur: 1 dag Prijs: 495,- Presentatie Vaardigheden GPS100 Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 990,- Deze workshop helpt u comfortabel, zelfverzekerd en effectief nee te zeggen, zonder achteraf een schuldgevoel te krijgen. U leert onderscheid te maken tussen de drie basis posities: passief, assertief en agressief. Managers, supervisors,en project leiders. Administratieve assistentenen officecoordinatoren. Iedereen die assertieve communicatievaardigheden wilt ontwikkelen. Doelstelling Na afloop van de cursus kunt u: Uitdrukken wat u wilt en opkomen voor uw rechten Misverstanden en conflicten voorkomen Zelfondermijnend gedrag overwinnen De kwaliteit van uw communicatie met anderen verbeteren Of het nu gaat om een product verkopen of simpelweg informatie delen met anderen, effectieve presentatie vaardigheden verbeteren de kans op een succesvol resultaat. Tegenwoordig zijn uitstekende presentatievaardigheden binnen veel bedrijven uitgegroeid tot een kerncompetentie voor het bereiken van de belangrijkste doelen en het beïnvloeden van de beslissingen en acties van anderen. Tegelijkertijd blijkt uit onderzoek dat het geven van presentaties behoort tot een van de meest gevreesde activiteiten. Het leren van effectieve presentatie vaardigheden kunnen helpen om uw presentaties succesvoller te maken en zorgen voor minder spanning bij de voorbereiding en tijdens het presenteren. De Presentatie vaardigheden cursus biedt de vaardigheden en de methoden om de planning, de structurering en de levering van formele en informele presentaties voor productieve resultaten te verbeteren. Personen die hun presentatie planning- en uitvoeringsvaardigheden willen ontwikkelen of verbeteren. Doelstelling Wat u zult leren: Het structureren van uw presentatie om uw doelstellingen te bereiken en uw publiek te boeien. Het bereiken van uw doelgroep door communicatie doelstellingen vast te stellen en de behoeften en attitudes van het publiek te analyseren. Het gebruiken en beheren van de acht kernelementen voor effectieve levering van presentaties. Het illustreren van uw presentaties met behulp van verschillende tekstgebaseerde en grafische methoden en begrijp de sterke punten en beperkingen van elk van deze methoden. Het identificeren van obstakels die succesvolle presentatie resultaten in de weg staan en het ontwikkelen van oplossingen om deze obstakels te overkomen. Het gebruiken van een zes-stappenmodel om vragen te behandelen tijdens uw presentatie. Hoe te reageren op informatieve vragen. Het tactvol omgaan met vijandige vragen. 244 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

245 Helder Leren Communiceren GCCE100 Cursusduur: 1 dag Prijs: 495,- Tekststrategie voor meer effectiviteit GRPWE100 Cursusduur: 1 dag Prijs: 495,- Beïnvloeden en Overtuigen IP100E Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 990,- Communicatie is een belangrijke factor voor het succes van organisaties en personen. Communicatiefouten en misverstanden kunnen resulteren in gemiste kansen, onbenutte productiviteit en, het ergst van allemaal, verlies van klanten. Onderzoek heeft een communicatie model opgeleverd aangevuld met een zeer bruikbaar tool, dat in deze eendaagse cursus wordt behandeld. De oplossing is niet meer, maar duidelijkere communicatie. Helder Leren Communiceren is een cursus voor mensen die effectiever willen communiceren door te zorgen dat de boodschap goed wordt ontvangen. Doelstelling Na afloop van de cursus kunt u: Berichten samenstellen die opvallen Persoonlijke behoeften van anderen vaststellen en de communicatie aanpassen om te zorgen dat de communicatie het gewenste effect heeft De behoeften van anderen vaststellen en uw communicatie aanpassen om zeker te zijn dat uw boodschap overkomt Berichten structureren, zodat anderen in de communicatie worden betrokken en de juiste actie ondernemen Gebruik maken van verschillende soorten vragen om meningen en inzichten van anderen te ontdekken Specifieke communicatietechnieken gebruiken om begrip en interesse te tonen en de communicatie te leiden Effectiever luisteren Met behulp van Drie Denkstappen leer je werken met een praktische methode voor tekststrategie. Tekststrategie is nadenken over tekst, vóór je begint met schrijven. Tekststrategie leidt tot meer effectiviteit van teksten en daarmee tot winst in tijd, geld en klanttevredenheid. De methode Drie Denkstappen is toe te passen bij: (her)schrijven, beoordelen en uitbesteden van zakelijke en commerciële teksten, ongeacht kanaal en taal. Deze cursus is speciaal ontwikkeld voor individuen die hun vaardigheden willen verbeteren met betrekking tot het plannen, structureren en opmaken van formele- en informele rapportages en proposals. Doelstelling Aan het einde van de cursus is de deelnemer in staat om: De waarde van de diverse typen rapportages en proposals vast te stellen De primaire doelstellingen en resultaten van rapportages en proposals vast te stellen Het schrijven van klantgerichte proposals Een overtuigende management samenvatting te schrijven Gegevens, Statistieken en Informatie op een juiste wijze te beschrijven Een effectieve grammaticale structuur te gebruiken en te schrijven op een duidelijke en bondige manier Onderscheid te maken tussen feiten en meningen Rapporten schrijven volgens een stappenplan/checklist De kracht van positieve beinvloeding. Om succesvol te zijn in het huidige zakelijk milieu, is het van belang dat men in staat is om resultaten te behalen door te werken met en via andere mensen. Ongeacht of je formele leiderschap verantwoordelijkheden hebt of niet je moet altijd in staat zijn om anderen te beïnvloeden zodat dingen gedaan worden en doelen worden bereikt. De grootste uitdaging is dat het beïnvloeden van mensen, indien verkeerd gebruikt, schadelijk kan zijn voor relaties en op die manier een blokkade kan zijn in de weg naar het succes. De beinvloeden en overtuigen cursus is ontwikkeld om mensen te helpen begrijpen hoe, doormiddel van het toepassen van de juiste beïnvloedingstactiek in de juiste situatie, positieve resultaten bereikt kunnen worden. Doelstelling Wat u zult leren: De belangrijkste elementen van een positieve invloed Hoe een Influencing Roadmap kan worden geïdentificeerd en opgebouwd Het verschil tussen directe en indirecte invloeden 7 tactieken voor het beïnvloeden van anderen en wanneer deze van toepassing zijn Een natuurlijke aanpak om anderen te beïnvloeden Het gebruik van een vierdelig kader om invloedrijke berichten te creëren Persoonlijke Effectiviteit Productiviteitstrainingen Motivatie de drijfveer achter volledige betrokkenheid 8619 Cursusduur: 1 dag Prijs: 495,- Een van de meest belangrijke aspecten waarmee een leidinggevende anderen kan motiveren in hun werkzaamheden is het creëren van prettige werkomgeving. Want gemotiveerd personeel is productiever, creatiever en meer gefocust om goede resultaten te behalen voor zowel zichzelf als voor de organisatie. In deze cursus neemt u uw motivatie en de rol van motivatie in het leiden van anderen onder de loep. U onderzoekt zowel intrinsieke als extrinsieke motivatie bronnen, u verkent vier belangrijke motivatie drijfveren en u leert motivatie te halen uit uzelf en anderen om volledig betrokken te zijn met de werkzaamheden van het team en/of organisatie. Persoonlijke voordelen: - Meer begrip over waarom motivatie er toe doet - Beter en helder beeld over wat motivatie drijft- Groter begrip over wat uw eigen motivaties zijn voor uw functie en werkzaamheden- Helder zicht op hoe je motivatie herkent- Geoptimaliseerde motivatie van uzelf en anderen Voordelen voor de organisatie: - Betere betrokkenheid van de werknemers- Verbeterde bedrijfscultuur- Verbeterde prestaties Leidinggevenden op alle niveaus: vice presidents, directie, managers, toezichthouders, teamleiders, projectmanagers etc. Doelstelling Motivatie en hoe dit gerelateerd is aan de betrokkenheid van de werknemers Bronnen en drijfveren van motivatie Wat voor een invloed motivatiefactoren hebben op uw gedrag op uw werk Testen van uw motivatieniveau op een van uw huidige werkzaamheden Externe motivatie signalen: bereidheid, houding, betrokkenheid en vertrouwen Individuele verschillen in motivatie Manieren ter verhoging van uw motivatie op het werk Testen van uw perceptie over de motivatie van anderen op een huidige werkactiviteit Hoe u anderen kunt motiveren in hun werkzaamheden Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 245

246 Resultaatgericht delegeren 8621 Cursusduur: 1 dag Prijs: 495,- Business Vaardigheden voor IT Professionals BSITP100E Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 990,- Team Ontwikkeling GTDE100 Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 990,- Persoonlijke Effectiviteit Bewust en effectief kunnen delegeren is cruciaal voor het succes van een manager. Door werk te delegeren kan er beter worden omgegaan met werkdruk, kan er gebruik worden gemaakt van de kwaliteiten van anderen en kan een manager zich beter kan concentreren op taken die echt belangrijk. In deze cursus leert een manager bepalen welke taken uit handen moeten worden gegeven en hoe dit op een juiste manier kan worden gedaan. Daarnaast leert u op welke manier u naar de vaardigheden en motivatie van teamleden moet kijken en maakt u kennis met een samenhangend kader aan de hand waarvan u taken kunt delegeren op een manier die de gewenste bedrijfsresultaten oplevert. Persoonlijke voordelen: - Een persoon leert hoe hij of zij werk effectiever kan delegeren door;- De vaardigheden en motivatie van teamleden te kunnen beoordelen- De juiste delegeerstijl toe te passen gebaseerd op de vaardigheden en motivatie van teamleden- Een samenhangend kader toe te passen waarin de verwachtingen staan die bij elke taak behoren- De vooruitgang van teamleden te evalueren met voldoende detail en frequentie- Potentiële obstakels en strategieën te identificeren en deze obstakels te overwinnen terwijl taken worden gedelegeerd- Gebruik te maken van een vier-stappen proces bij het aanleren van een nieuwe vaardigheid aan teamleden die nooit eerder een dergelijketaak hebben voltooid Voordelen voor de organisatie: - Verhoogde kans om de strategische doelen van uw organisatie te bereiken- Verbeterd vermogen om te plannen en middelen te gebruiken - Meer betrokkenheid van medewerkers- Verbeterde capaciteit om divers personeel te leiden- Verbeterde leiderschapscapaciteiten om een effectief en efficiënt werkklimaat te creëren Leidinggevenden op alle niveaus: vice presidents, directie, managers, toezichthouders, teamleiders, projectmanagers etc. Doelstelling Wat gaat u leren: Het belang van effectief delegeren Het toepassen van de kennis die u heeft over teamleden op een manier dat werk effectief gedelegeerd word en organisatiedoelen worden bereikt. Maximaliseer persoonlijke effectiviteit Technische x Inter-persoonlijke vaardigheden = Prestaties In een wereld waar men functioneel afhankelijk is van elkaar, waar live en online communicatie plaatsvind, waar interne en externe klanten hoge verwachtingen hebben en waar business vaak wordt uitbesteed spelen interpersoonlijke vaardigheden een belangrijke rol. Deze vaardigheden, of het ontbreken hiervan, beïnvloeden individuele en teamprestaties meer dan ooit. Onderzoek, zoals dat door professor Robert Kelley van Carnegie Mellon Tepper School of Business, heeft duidelijk aangetoond dat het hebben van enkel technische vaardigheden een persoon niet meer onderscheid van anderen. Competenties zoals het nemen van initiatief, het hebben van zakelijk inzicht, vaardigheden in leiderschap, samenwerking en goede communicatie tellen tegenwoordig ook mee. Het Business Skills for IT Professionals Program is een tweedaagse workshop speciaal ontworpen voor technische professionals om hen te voorzien van interpersoonlijke vaardigheden die nodig zijn om te slagen in de veeleisende zakelijke omgeving van tegenwoordig. Alle IT-professionals die geïnteresseerd zijn in het maximaliseren van hun persoonlijke effectiviteit. Doelstelling Wat je zult leren: Het proces van communicatie. Communicatie factoren. Persoonlijke behoeften van anderen herkennen en je aanpassen aan deze behoeften. Het ontwikkelen van invloedrijke communicatie. Het ontwikkelen en leveren van effectieve presentaties. Het beheren van meerdere prioriteiten. Team performance ontstaat door leden die hun acties snel kunnen overeenstemmen, coördineren en efficiënt uitvoeren om een gemeenschappelijk doel te bereiken. Ze zijn zich bewust van de wijze waarop iedere deelnemer bijdraagt aan het algehele succes van het team en het belang van helder communiceren. Ze gaan openlijk om met problemen en nemen obstakels naar succes weg. Teamleden richten zich zowel op het proces als op de resultaten om hun uiteindelijke succes te bereiken. Of deelnemers deel uitmaken van een complete werkgroep of een functioneel of cross-functioneel project team, het Team Ontwikkeling programma maakt gebruik van een bewezen gedragsgerelateerd model. Hiermee kunnen teamleden vaardigheden, methodes en instrumenten aanwenden om snel de vier teamontwikkelingsfasen te doorlopen en resultaat te boeken. Functionele of cross-functionele teamleden en groepsleden die verantwoordelijk zijn voor de resultaten van het project of de opdracht. Doelstelling Na afloop van de cursus kunt u: Het vier-fasen Team Development model gebruiken om de team performance te leiden en te verbeteren. De obstakels voor succes vaststellen en wegnemen. Basisovertuigingen en doel/visie van het team vastleggen. Sterke punten en aandachtsgebieden van een team aanwijzen. Individuele en communicatievaardigheden van het team verbeteren en versterken. Zeven veelvoorkomende problemen van een team aanwijzen, herkennen en oplossen. Leiding geven aan doelgerichte, productieve teamvergaderingen. Actieschema s ontwikkelen en de voortgang controleren aan de hand van verschillende instrumenten om kwaliteit te meten. Teambeoordelingen plannen en leiden en follow-up geven over acties en behaalde resultaten. Vijf besluitvormende instrumenten van het team onderzoeken en gebruiken. Een teamontwikkeling beoordeling maken en evalueren door zelfregulerend om te gaan met ongewenst, contraproductief teamgedrag. De voortgang en resultaten van het team vieren. De teamresultaten aan het senior management presenteren, gebruik makend van een gemeenschappelijke bedrijfstaal. 246 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

247 Leiden van Vergaderingen MM100E Cursusduur: 1 dag Prijs: 495,- Het nemen van strategische beslissingen SDM100E Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 990,- Werken binnen een virtueel team WVT100E Cursusduur: 1 dag Prijs: 495,- Maximaliseer de productiviteit van een vergadering Het plannen en leiden van effectieve vergaderingen. Vergaderingen zijn noodzakelijk als het gaat om communicatie, samenwerking en het nemen van beslissingen over belangrijke business processen, projecten en doelstellingen. Er wordt geschat dat werknemers tot 50% van hun tijd in vergaderingen doorbrengen. Het probleem is veel bijeenkomsten zijn onnodig, de verkeerde mensen zijn aanwezig, of de vergaderingen worden niet op de juiste manier geleid waardoor productiviteit niet wordt gemaximaliseerd. De Leiden van Vergaderingen cursus is ontwikkeld om iedereen die een vergadering zal plannen of leiden te voorzien van de vaardigheden, kennis en gereedschappen die nodig zijn om de productiviteit van deze vergaderingen te maximaliseren. Doelstelling Wat je zult leren: Het vermijden van veelvoorkomende vergadering problemen Het plannen van de inhoud en het proces om vergaderingen leiden Het beheren van het proces, de tijd en de deelnemers om goede resultaten te bereiken The Strategic Decisioning Program is designed for managers at all levels. The program provides a practical approach to needs analysis, problem solving and decision making that can be applied to simple and to complex issues. The program is designed to help managers make better decisions, faster. Doelstelling In this 2-day program, you will have an opportunity to work with colleagues from all parts of the organization to: Build on the decision making methods you already use every day Develop a greater level of knowledge and understanding of what s involved in linking Needs Analysis, Problem Solving and Decision Making into a single process Develop new ideas to help deal with current, more complex issues you and your team may be facing Program materials, models, and job-aids that can be used back in the workplace Understand the characteristics of good business decisions Use a three-step process for decision making Gather better information to clearly define the business issue or problem Apply the Decision Analysis Model to determine the most cost effective decision-making action Align decisions with the organization s vision, mission, values and key goals to make more strategic decisions A process that can easily be shared with others Work is no longer defined by where you go it is what you do. Research conducted by Gartner expects that the number of worldwide remote workers will double between 2008 to Remote and long-distance work will increase in volume and intensity, with people spending more than 80% of their time by 2015 working collaboratively at a distance. There are a number of challenges however that come with virtual working. Team members can feel disconnected from the organisation, there is an increased likelihood of miscommunication, and it takes a different approach to build trust with virtual colleagues. The Working of Virtual Teams 1 day workshop is designed for anyone who works as a member of a virtual team All employees who work on virtual teams. Doelstelling Identify common challenges faced by virtual workers and solutions to minimise or eliminate the challenges Describe the elements required for a successful virtual relationship with: Your manager, Colleagues Identify how to build trust rapidly in virtual relationships Assess your level of ability and motivation to complete assigned tasks and ensure you have the appropriate support based on those assessments Clearly explain and gain commitment to requests for support you make of your colleagues Provide feedback to virtual team members Persoonlijke Effectiviteit Time Management: Prioriteiten leren stellen en managen MMP100E Cursusduur: 1 dag Prijs: 495,- Verbeter Management - Continue Verbetering GCIE100 Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.485,- Heeft u voldoende tijd? Steeds meer mensen ervaren stress, werken over en ondervinden tijdsdruk op werk. Zelfs de meest georganiseerde personen raken soms gefrustreerd, ontstemd of voelen zich overweldigd. De grote hoeveelheden werk lijken onmogelijk en chaotisch; het afhandelen van meerdere opdrachten en het voldoen aan de eisen van verschillende klanten is nu de norm in plaats van de uitzondering. Het is geen geheim dat de meest succesvolle mensen hebben geleerd om hun dagen effectief in te delen. Tijd is kostbaar; Tijd is geld; Tijd is een kritische succesfactor. Deze cursus leert u een gestructureerde manier van werken, het stellen van de juiste prioriteiten en het creeren van helder en blijvend overzicht. Deze eendaagse cursus is bedoeld voor iedereen die: Moeite heeft met het efficiënt en effectief indelen van zijn of haar tijd Te maken heeft met werkachterstand en werkdruk ervaart Geirriteerd raakt door onduidelijke afspraken en onnodig lange vergaderingen Veel te maken heeft met interrupties, afleiding en onderbrekingen. Doelstelling In deze cursus leert u: Hoe u zichzelf kunt wapenen tegen tijdgebrek, onrust, interrupties en dagelijkse stortvloed aan informatie Hoe u de juiste prioriteiten kunt stellen Hoe u nog betrouwbaarder wordt, omdat u uw afspraken ook echt kunt nakomen. Business is dynamisch. De nieuwe aanpak van gisteren is de normale gang van zaken van nu. Organisaties moeten daarom een voortdurende verbeteringstrategie ontwikkelen, implementeren en handhaven om in de race te blijven. Werknemers moeten zich focussen op high-impact/high-value processen, naar verbeteringen zoeken en manieren vinden om deze toe te passen. Het Verbeter Management - Continue Verbetering programma heeft prijzen gewonnen en internationale erkenning verkregen voor zijn praktische gereedschappen, technieken en vaardigheden voor het nauwgezet onderzoeken en verbeteren van bedrijfsprocessen en het toevoegen van echte waarde. Iedereen die verantwoordelijk is voor de planning en bijdraagt aan de manier waarop het werk wordt uitgevoerd; leden van functionele en cross-functionele teams die worden geconfronteerd met brede, organisatorische veranderingen. Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 247

248 Sales- en Service trainingen Building your Business IQ for Sales Professionals Bouwen van Strategische Partnerships Persoonlijke Effectiviteit BBIQS100E Cursusduur: 1 dag Prijs: 495,- In today s competitive environment positioning the features and benefits of your solutions is no longer enough to win deals. Your customers are looking for solutions that deliver true business value. To be able to properly position the value of your solution, you need to have an in-depth understanding of the customer s business model and their current and desired financial performance. This requires both business and financial literacy. In the 1-day Building Business IQ for Sales Professionals you will learn how to analyse a customer s business model and their financial statements to enable businessfocused conversations. Doelstelling By the end of the workshop delegates will be able to: Use a 9-part template to describe the customer s business model Discuss how customers measure business performance Define financial terms that explain how your customer makes money Analyse customer financial data and identify opportunities for the customer to improve business results GBSPE100 Cursusduur: 3 dagen Prijs: 1.485,- De wereldeconomie, toegenomen concurrentie en verfijnde, goed geïnformeerde klanten hebben de rol van de verkoper veranderd. Het is belangrijk dat verkopers een grondige kennis bezitten van features en voordelen van de producten en diensten die ze aanbieden. Nog belangrijker is dat verkopers diepgaande kennis bezitten van de zakelijke behoeften van de klant en weten hoe ze de klant strategische voordelen kunnen bieden. Hierdoor ontstaat voor langere tijd een bevredigende, duurzame relatie voor beide partijen. Het Bouwen van Strategische Partnerships programma biedt geavanceerde concepten, instrumenten en vaardigheden om productverkopers om te scholen naar service providers en strategische partners, waardoor ze effectiever met hun klanten kunnen omgaan en goede resultaten behalen. Ervaren verkopers, account managers en verkoopteams die geavanceerde, strategische concepten, vaardigheden en gereedschappen nodig hebben om met hun klanten te werken om duurzame relaties op te bouwen waar beide partijen profijt van hebben. Doelstelling Na afloop van de cursus kunt u: Een beoordelingpatroon ontwikkelen om het huidige niveau van uw klantrelatie vast te stellen Uw huidige klantenserviceniveau beoordelen in samenhang met uw marktpositie en toekomstplannen Een concurrentieanalyse van uw organisatie opstellen en uw belangrijkste concurrenten aanwijzen om uw sterke en zwakke punten en mogelijkheden te bepalen Krachtige verkoopvaardigheden toepassen om features en voordelen uit te leggen en het huidige serviceniveau met uw klanten te beoordelen met anticiperende/handvaten voor tegenwerpingen Onderhandelen Verbeteren van Verkoopvaardigheden GNS100E Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 990,- GSAE100 Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 990,- Of u nu vraagt om resources, moet onderhandelen met een klant, of te maken hebt met een conflictsituatie, als u goed kunt onderhandelen bent u meer dan effectief. In deze (inter)actieve cursus worden de onderhandelingstechnieken geoefend en krijgt de deelnemer feedback. Op deze wijze worden de onderhandelings-vaardigheden verbeterd. Er wordt tijdens de cursus gebruik gemaakt van diverse typen en onderhandelingsstijlen. Tevens zult u er achter komen wat uw persoonlijke stijl is en hoe deze evt. kan worden aangepast in verschillende situaties. Tot slot wordt er ook aandacht besteed aan onderhandelinstechnieken indien u in concurrentie bent. Zo ook indien u juist moet samenwerken. Deze cursus is speciaal ontwikkeld voor individuen die onderhandelen met zowel interne- als externe klanten. Doelstelling Aan het einde van de training is de deelnemer in staat om: Het onderhandelingsproces te beschrijven Te reageren op conflictsituaties Karakteristieken van onderhandelingsstijlen te herkennen Succesvol te onderhandelen De tweedaagse sales cursus gebaseerd op de Sales E.D.G.E. methodiek biedt verkopers de benodigde basisvaardigheden om hun verkoopdoelen te bereiken en overtreffen. Ongeacht het product of de dienst die een organisatie zijn klanten aanbiedt, zal elke organisatie te maken krijgen met een toegenemende concurrentie op verschillende gebieden: Prijs Kwaliteit Beschikbaarheid Klantenrelaties Toekomstige verkopers dienen daarom de basisvaardigheden te bezitten om klanten te vinden envoor een langere tijd aan zich te binden. Nieuwe verkoopvertegenwoordigers die de basis verkooptechnieken willen beheersen en doorgewinterde verkopers die hun kennis willen opfrissen. Doelstelling Na afloop van de cursus kunt u: Inzicht verwerven in uw eigen behoeften en de behoeften van uw klanten. Feedback en gegevens van klanten verzamelen om sterke-en verbeteringspunten te begrijpen door de ogen van uw klanten. De vier fasen van de EDGE klantinteractie methodiek toepassen (Establishing, Determining, Guiding, Ensuring). Een persoonlijke verkoopstrategie ontwikkelen die u kunt gebruiken als toetssteen voor besluitvorming en verkoopstrategieën. Informatie inwinnen over klantmotivaties binnen de context van uw organisatie en een concurrentieanalyse van uw organisatie opstellen om uw belangrijkste concurrenten aan te wijzen. Sterke punten, mogelijkheden en bedreigingen vaststellen aan de hand van een concurrentieanalyse. Aan de hand van een krachtig, vijfstappen verkoopproces uw klantenbestand behouden en uitbreiden. Een gedetailleerde klantenanalyse maken van high-potential/high-volume klanten. Een Call Planner invullen om effectiever te communiceren met nieuwe en bestaande klanten. Het Klantinteractiemodel toepassen om te begrijpen wat de klant denkt en voelt en waar de klant tijdens iedere fase van het verkoopgesprek op gericht is. Essentiële communicatieve verkoopvaardigheden verbeteren. Een verkoopcontract met uw verkooporganisatie invullen en klantspecifieke verkoopstrategieën ontwikkelen met uw sales manager, inclusief gezamenlijk te ondernemen acties. 248 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

249 Klantgericht handelen GSEE100 Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 990,- Sales Management GSL100E Cursusduur: 1 dag Prijs: 495,- Samenwerken en verkopen als team GTBS100E Cursusduur: 1 dag Prijs: 495,- Klanten hebben tegenwoordig meer keuzevrijheid; ongeacht de branche, het product of de service. Hoe de verleende service wordt beoordeeld, hangt af van de omstandigheden. Het bieden van uitzonderlijk goede klantenservice is geen toeval, maar een combinatie van focus, procedures en menselijke competenties. Helaas bewijzen veel van onze interne en externe klantenservice-ervaringen nog steeds dat deze dienstverlening grotendeels in gebreke blijft en helemaal niet zo uitzonderlijk is. Het is de uitdaging om manieren te vinden om klanten onvergetelijke, consistente en voortdurende service te bieden. Het Klantgericht handelen programma biedt klantenservicemedewerkers modellen, concepten, instrumenten en vaardigheden om interne en externe klantencontacten succesvoller te laten verlopen en een hoger niveau van klantenservice, klanttevredenheid en klantentrouw te bereiken. Iedereen die interne of externe verkoop- of klantenservice levert Servicedesk medewerkers Doelstelling Na afloop van de cursus kunt u: Uw eigen kwaliteiten en verbeterpunten ten aanzien van uw service beoordelen. Uw interne klantenserviceketen en wederzijdse afhankelijkheid van de hele organisatie in de klantenservice doorgronden. De belangrijkste concurrenten aanwijzen en begrijpen waarom het serviceniveau belangrijk is voor bedrijfsstrategie en succes. Gebruik maken van het Service Impact Model om te zien hoe verschillende serviceniveaus invloed hebben op klantgedrag. De emotionele impact van dienstverlening vaststellen en hoe deze service invloed heeft op klanten. Vijf belangrijke klantenmotivaties en hun invloed op de klantenservice functie aanwijzen. De gouden dienstverleningstandaard van uw organisatie vaststellen tegenover de belangrijkste klantenmotivaties. Het Service E.D.G.E. model en de vier fasen van klantinteractie beoordelen. Klantenprofielen invullen om klantenbehoeften, eerste motivaties en actuele productkennis te beoordelen. Rapporteren, klantenbehoeften vaststellen en de meest geschikte stijl van klantenbinding vaststellen. Klantenkennis leiden, klantenvragen en tegenwerpingen beantwoorden en goedkeuringen of besluiten onderschrijven. Telefonische gespreksvaardigheden verbeteren door toepassing van tien gouden tips, strategische ervaringen en een herinnering/vraagprocedure. Problemen oplossen door naar de oorzaak van het probleem van de klant te gaan. Stresssymptomen herkennen en het stressniveau in dienstverlening verlagen. Salesmanagers hebben de belangrijke taak om hun sales teams te motiveren, te zorgen dat ze de juiste kennis en vaardigheden hebben, alsmede de resources die nodig zijn om de producten en services van de onderneming te verkopen. De uitdaging is, dat salesmanagers continue hun prioriteiten moeten managen en het vaak lastig vinden om de tijd te vinden die nodig is om hun salesteams zodanig te supporten dat het maximale er uit kan worden gehaald. Ze moeten in staat zijn om de salesmanagement activiteiten te prioriseren en te focussen op het leiding geven aan het sales team en de individuele sales medewerker. Deze eendaagse workshop levert de kennis en vaardigheden die een salesmanager nodig heeft om zijn tijd te managen en hem of haar in staat stelt om de high-level support te geven voor zowel de team performance als de individuele performance. Bovendien leert men om realistische processen en salesmanagement practices te implementeren en uit te voeren. Omgaan met tegenwerkingen Deze cursus is speciaal ontwikkeld voor (toekomstige) salesmanagers Doelstelling Aan het einde van de training is de deelnemer in staat om: Doelstellingen en prioriteiten te synchroniseren De juiste balans te vinden tussen team- en individuele activiteiten Ontwikkelen van realistische wekelijkse, maandelijkse, per kwartaal en jaarlijkse salesmanagement best practices Maximaliseren van team- en individuele communicatie Effectieve salesmeetings te houden Feedback te geven op basis van zowel resultaat als gedrag HO100E Cursusduur: 1 dag Prijs: 495,- Customer buying concerns and objections are a natural part of the sales cycle, the challenge is that many sales professionals fail to either recognise customer signs of resistance, or are not able to fully deal with the issue to move to customer agreement. The Handling Objections workshop is a hands-on 1-day session that is designed to help sales people recognise resistance and effectively deal with it to advance the sales process. Doelstelling By the end of the workshop delegates will be able to: Recognise resistance based on the customers words and actions. Explain why objections occur. Apply a 4-step process to handle common objections for their products or services. Voor het verkopen in de huidige concurrerende en complexe markt zijn vaak vele resources nodig van binnen de organisatie en zelfs van externe partners. Het werken in teamverband is dan essentieel om de sale te kunnen sluiten. Goed gedefinieerde rollen en verantwoordelijkheden, alsmede communicatieve vaardigheden en coördinatie zijn onmisbaar. De uitdaging hierbij is, dat veel teams vaak snel en informeel worden samengesteld. De protocols, die nodig zijn om het succes te behalen worden dan over het hoofd gezien. Deze Team Based Selling workshop is ontwikkeld om de vaardigheden die teamspelers in een sales team nodig hebben om succesvol te zijn, te verbeteren. Er wordt aandacht besteed aan het sunchroniseren van elkaars activiteiten en levert tools en technieken om efficiënt en effectief samen te werken, zodat de sales doelstellingen gehaald kunnen worden. Verkopen van totaaloplossingen Real Solution Selling is een tweedaagse workshop waarin salesprofessionals de kennis en vaardigheden opdoen om succesvol solutions te verkopen. Alle salesprofessionals en interne partners die solutions moeten verkopen aan klanten. Doelstelling De verschillen tussen de verkoop van producten of diensten en de verkoop van een solution Het verkoopproces van solutions Het gebruik van een vragenproces voor het ontdekken en ontwikkelen van verkoopmogelijkheden Deze cursus is speciaal ontwikkeld voor salesmanagers en sales-teamleden. Doelstelling Aan het einde van de training is de deelnemer in staat om: De fasen van team-ontwikkeling te beschrijven Het voorkomen van conflicten binnen het team Vaststellen van rollen en verantwoordelijkheden voor elk koopproces aan de klantzijde De waarde die elk teamlid levert aan elke fase Team communicatie best practices toe te passen Feedback te geven en te ontvangen Een team strategie te ontwikkelen RSS100E Cursusduur: 2 dagen Prijs: 990,- Een goed begrip van het bedrijfsmodel van de klant Het ontdekken van besluitvormingscriteria Het op één lijn brengen van de besluitvormers Het leiding geven aan interne en externe partners om de ervaring voor de eindgebruiker te verbeteren en meer overeenkomsten te sluiten Het verkopen van echte meerwaarde aan een bedrijf, niet alleen maar functies en voordelen Geavanceerde technieken voor het beïnvloeden en betrokken houden van de besluitvormers Persoonlijke Effectiviteit Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 249

250 Index Index ALGEMEEN Welkom bij Global Knowledge...3 Inhoudsopgave...4 Trainen bij Global Knowledge. De juiste keuze!...5 Wat klanten vinden van Global Knowledge...6 Global Knowledge speelt in op de opleidingswensen anno Kies waar, wanneer en hoe u wilt leren...8 Knowledge Center...9 Examen doen bij Global Knowledge vergroot uw slagingskans!...10 Global Knowledge Services...11 Fit4Business...12 Global Knowledge Career Support Assessment...13 De meest populaire training bij Global Knowledge!...14 VENDOR TRAININGEN 15 AMAZON WEB SERVICES 16 Amazon Web Services Trainingen... GK4501 Essentials of Amazon Web Services...16 GK4502 Architecting with Amazon Web Services...17 GK4503 Systems Operations on AWS...17 GK4504 Developing on AWS...17 GK4507 Architecting on AWS - Advanced Concepts...17 GK4509 Big Data on AWS...17 APPSENSE 18 ILT-DSK-100 AppSense Professional ILT-SUP-100 AppSense Support Engineer AVAYA 19 Avaya en...19 BROCADE 20 Brocade en...20 Overzicht Brocade sprogramma...21 Brocade Trainingen...22 BGP400 Border Gateway Protocol Training...22 BNA200 Brocade Network Advisor Product Training...22 CEF300 Brocade Ethernet Fabric Administration...23 CFA200 Brocade Certified Fabric Administrator Training...23 CFP300 Brocade Certified Fabric Professional Training...23 CLE202 Brocade Certified Layer 4-7 Engineer...23 CLP240 Brocade Certified Layer 4-7 Professional...24 CNE200 Brocade Certified Network Engineer Training...24 CNP300 Brocade Certified Network Professional Training...24 DCX200 Brocade DCX Backbone Product Training...24 MPLS400 Brocade MPLS Implementation Training...25 MPLS450 Brocade MPLS Traffic Engineering (2 days)...25 SANTS300 SAN Troubleshooting Training...25 CISCO 26 Cisco en...26 Cisco 360 Learning Program for CCIE...27 Cisco Learning Credits...27 Cisco trajecten...28 Cisco Channel Partner Programma...30 Business Value Practitioner...31 Cisco Trainingen...33 Borderless Network - Routing & Switching...33 CCNA R&S / CCDA...33 ICND1 Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices - Part 1 (CCNA)...33 ICND2 Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices - Part 2 (CCNA)...33 CCNABC Cisco CCNA Bootcamp (CCNAX - Accelerated)...33 DESGN Designing for Cisco Internetwork Solutions...34 CCNP R&S/ CCDA ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE ROUTE Implementing Cisco IP Routing...34 SWITCH Implementing Cisco Switched Networks...34 TSHOOT Troubleshooting and Maintaining Cisco IP Networks...35 ARCH Designing Cisco Network Service Architectures...35 CCIE R&S...35 CCIERSW CCIE Routing & Switching Written...35 CIERS1 CCIE 360 R&S Advanced Workshop CIERS2 CCIE 360 R&S Advanced Workshop Overig Routing & Switching...36 BGP Configuring BGP on Cisco Routers...36 CSG2 Cisco Content Services Gateway GSSOC Global Site Selector Operation & Configuration...36 IP6FD IPv6 Fundamentals, Design and Deployment...37 MCAST Implementing Cisco Multicast...37 MPLS Implementing Cisco MPLS versie MPLST Implementing Cisco MPLS Traffic Engineering & Other Features...37 RSCAT6K Implementing Cisco Catalyst 6500 Series Switches...37 Borderless Network - Wireless...38 CCNA Wireless...38 IUWNE Implementing Unified Wireless Networking Essentials...38 CCNP Wireless...38 IUWMS Implementing Cisco Unified Wireless Mobility Services...38 IUWVN Implementing Cisco Unified Wireless Voice Networks...38 CUWSS Conducting Cisco Unified Wireless Site Survey v IAUWS Implementing Advanced Cisco Unified Wireless Security...39 Wireless Overig...39 CWMN Cisco Wireless Mesh Networking...39 WMUAPI Managing Unified Access Networks with Cisco Prime Infrastructure...39 WMNGI Managing Cisco Wireless LANs...39 DCWL Deploying Cisco Wireless LANs (WDBWL-WDAWL)...39 WDAWL Deploying Advanced Cisco Wireless LANs...40 WDBWL Deploying Basic Cisco Wireless LANs...40 Borderless Network - Security...40 CCNA Security...40 IINS Implementing Cisco IOS Network Security...40 CCNP Security...40 SENSS Implementing Cisco Edge Network Security Solutions...40 SIMOS Implementing Cisco Secure Mobility...41 SISAS Implementing Cisco Secure Access Solutions...41 SITCS Implementing Cisco Threat Control Systems...41 Security Overig X Introduction to 802.1X Operations for Cisco Security Professionals...41 ACS Implementing Cisco Secure Access Control System...41 CANAC Implementing NAC Appliance (Cisco CLean Access)...42 DDOS Mitigating DDoS Using Cisco Guard and Traffic Anomaly Detector...42 FWSM Deploying Firewall Services with the Catalyst 6500 FWSM...42 NAC Network Admission Control...42 PASESA Securing with Cisco Security Appliance - Channel Partners...42 SWSA Securing the Web with Cisco Web Security Appliance...43 SASSL Managing Advanced Cisco SSL VPN (CAVPN)...43 SESA Securing with Cisco Security Appliance...43 SIASM Implementing Cisco AnyConnect Secure Mobility (IACSM)...43 SISE Implementing and Configuring Cisco Identity Services Engine...43 SWISE Implementing Cisco Identity Services Engine for Wireless Engineers...43 SSECMGT Managing Enterprise Security with Cisco Security Manager...44 SAEXS Cisco ASA Express Security...44 SASAC Implementing Core Cisco ASA Security...44 SASAA Implementing Advanced Cisco ASA Security...44 SBYOD Implementing Cisco Bring Your Own Device Solutions...44 Collaboration...45 CCNA Voice...45 ICOMM Introducing Cisco Voice and Unified Communications Administration...45 CCNP Voice...45 CIPTV1 Implementing Cisco Unified Communications Part CIPTV2 Implementing Cisco Unified Communications Part CVOICE Implementing Cisco Voice Communications and QoS...45 TVOICE Troubleshooting Cisco Unified Communications...46 CAPPS Integrating Cisco Unified Communications Applications...46 CCIE Collaboration...46 CIEC Cisco 360 Learning Program for CCIE Collaboration Advanced Workshop...46 Contact Center...46 AUCCE1 Administering Cisco Unified Contact Center Enterprise Part AUCCE2 Administering Cisco Unified Contact Center Enterprise Part DUCCE Deploying Cisco Unified Contact Center Enterprise...47 DUIC Deploying Cisco Unified Intelligence Center...47 UCCX Deploying Cisco Unified Contact Center Express...47 Collaboration overig...47 BE6000 Installing and Configuring the Cisco BE CVPI Cisco Unified Customer Voice Portal Implementation [v8.0]...48 ITP IP Transfer Point...48 QOS Implementing Cisco QOS...48 UCSEC Implementing Cisco Unified Communications Security...48 UEIME Implementing Cisco Unified and Web Interaction Manager Enterprise...48 Data Center & Virtualization...49 CCNA Data Center...49 DCICN Introducing Cisco Data Center Networking...49 DCICT Introducing Cisco Data Center Technologies...49 CCNP Data Center...49 DCUFI Implementing Cisco Data Center Unified Fabric...49 DCUCI Cisco Data Center Unified Computing Implementation...49 DCUFD Designing Cisco Data Center Unified Fabric...50 DCUCD Cisco Data Center Unified Computing Design...50 DCUFT Troubleshooting Cisco Data Center Unified Fabric...50 DCUCT Troubleshooting Cisco Data Center Unified Computing...50 UCSIDBC UCS Implementation and Design Boot Camp...51 UCSITBC UCS Implementation and Troubleshooting Bootcamp...51 Cisco Nexus...51 DCNX1K Implementing the Cisco Nexus 1000v...51 DCNX5K Implementing the Cisco Nexus 5000 and DCNX7K Implementing the Cisco Nexus DCINX9K Introducing Cisco Nexus 9000 Switches in NX-OS Mode...52 DCAC9K Configuring Cisco Nexus 9000 Switches in ACI Mode...52 Unified Computing System...52 DCUCS Configuring Cisco Data Center Unified Computing System...52 DCUCSCTS Data Center Unified Computing System C-Series Troubleshooting...52 UCSTSBC UCS Troubleshooting Boot Camp...53 UCSOA Cisco Data Center Unified Computing (UCS) for Operators and Administrators...53 Data Center Overig...53 ACEBC Cisco ACE Boot Camp...53 ACESM Implementing the Application Control Engine Service Module...54 AXGOC ACE XML Gateway Operation & Configuration...54 CWAAS Cisco Wide-Area Application Services...54 DCMDS Configuring Cisco MDS 9000 Switches...54 DCOA Data Center for Operators and Administrators...54 DCFSA FlexPod for Data Center Systems Administration...54 VCEA Desigining a VCE VBLOCK Architecture...55 Service Provider...55 CCNA Service Provider...55 SPNGN1 Building Cisco Service Provider Next-Generation Networks, Part SPNGN2 Building Cisco Service Provider Next-Generation Networks, Part CCNP Service Provider...55 SPROUTE Deploying Cisco Service Provider Network Routing...55 SPADVROUTE Deploying Cisco Service Provider Network Advanced Routing...56 SPCORE Implementing Cisco Service Provider Next Generation Core Network Services...56 SPEDGE Implementing Cisco Service Provider Next Generation EDGE Network Services...56 Business Value Certifications...56 BTUBVAF Understanding Cisco Business Value Analysis Fundamentals...56 BTASBVA Applying Cisco Specialized Business Value Analysis Skills...57 BTEABVD Executing Cisco Advanced Business Value Analysis and Design Techniques...57 BTPBTAE Business-Focused Transformative Architecture Engagements...57 CBVBC Cisco Business Value Boot Camp...57

251 CITRIX 58 Citrix en...58 strajecten per technologie...59 Citrix Trainingen...60 Virtualisation...59 CXD-203 Managing App and Desktop Solutions with Citrix XenDesktop CXD-300 Deploying App and Desktop Solutions with Citrix XenApp and XenDesktop CXD-400 Designing App and Desktop Solutions with Citrix XenApp and XenDesktop...60 CXA-207 Citrix XenApp 7.5 Skills Update...61 CXD-205 Citrix XenDesktop 7.5 Skills Update...61 CXD-104 Citrix XenDesktop 7 Helpdesk...61 CMB-300 Deploy and Manage XenApp/XenDesktop 7.5 Fast Track...62 CXA-206 Citrix XenApp 6.5 Administration...62 CXA-301 Citrix XenApp 6.5 Advanced Administration...62 CXD-202 Citrix XenDesktop 5 Administration...63 CXS-203 Citrix XenServer 6 Administration...63 CMB-207 Citrix XenApp and XenDesktop Fast Track...63 CHD-100 Help Desk Support for Citrix XenDesktop 5.6 and XenApp Networking...64 CNS-205 Citrix NetScaler 10.5 Essentials and Networking...64 CNS-207 Implementing Citrix NetScaler 10.5 for App and Desktop Solutions...64 CNS-301 Citrix NetScaler 10.5 Advanced Implementation...65 CNS-208 Citrix NetScaler 10 Essentials for Cisco ACE...65 Mobility...65 CXM-302 Designing, Deploying, and Managing Enterprise Mobility Solutions with Citrix XenMobile...65 Cloud...66 CCB-200 Implementing WAN Optimization with Citrix CloudBridge CCP-300 Implementing Citrix CloudPlatform 4.3 Powered by Apache CloudStack...66 HP 67 HP Enterprise Trainingen...67 HP Trainingen...68 HP UX UNIX Fundamentals (51434S) HP-UX System and Network Administration I (H3064S) HP-UX System and Network Administration II (H3065S) HP-UX for Experienced UNIX System Administrators (H5875S)...68 OpenVMS...68 U3716 OpenVMS Fundamentals...68 U3724 OpenVMS System Management I: Essentials for Established Systems...68 U3725 OpenVMS System Management II: Installation Configuration and Customisation...69 U3728 TCP/IP Services for OpenVMS...69 Server & Storage Implementing HP StorageWorks Enterprise Virtual Array Solutions v.9.21 (HH705S) HP StorageWorks VLS and D2D Solutions (HK766S) HP Insight Control server deployment, previously RDP, (HE645S) Data Protector Basics (HK974S) Managing HP Storage P9000 Solutions - v Designing HP StorageWorks Solutions (HH702S) Designing and Implementing HP Cloud Solutions using 3PAR, Rev (HL034S) SAN Infrastructure and Solutions Rev (HH703S) Advanced SAN Architecture, Rev (HH718S) HP BladeSystem Networking - Rev (HL942S) Implementing HP BladeSystem Solutions Rev (HH707S)...71 HE643S Introduction to HP ProLiant Servers...71 HE646S HP BladeSystem Administration (HE646S)...71 HH708S Advanced Integration and Management of HP Server Solutions ( )...71 HK364S HP StoreVirtual 4000 Storage Administration and Configuration (HK364S) (Lefthand)...72 HK756S HP Insight Control: Management Fundamentals (HK756S)...72 HK757S HP Systems Insight Control Advanced Topics...71 HK758S HP Virtual Connect (HK758S)...72 HK902S Managing HP 3PAR StorServ I (HK902S)...72 HK904S Managing HP 3PAR StorServ II (HK904S)...72 HK975S HP P6000 Administration and Management...73 UC434S Accelerated SAN Essentials (UC434S)...73 Networking Implementing HP Network Infrastructure Security - v10.41 (HK654S) Networking Essentials for Security Specialists (HK653S) Troubleshooting HP Networks, Rev (HK655S) Troubleshooting HP Enterprise Networks (HK661S) HP Networking Interoperability - v11.12 (HK656S) HP Enterprise Networks (HK743S) Migrating to an Open Standards Network (HK660S) Accelerated Interoperability & Troubleshooting HP Networks, Rev (HL039S) Accelerated Migrating & Troubleshooting HP Enterprise Networks (HL040S) Accelerated HP Access Layer Network Technologies (HL042S) Getting Started with HP Switching and Routing (ILT), Rev (HL044S) Accelerated HP Core/Distribution Layer Network Technologies (HL045S) HP Access Layer Network Technologies using ProVision Software (HK651S) HP Access Layer Network Technologies using Comware Software (HK652S) Accelerated HP Access Layer Network Technologies (HL042S) HP Core/Distribution Network Technologies using ProVision Software (HK741S) HP Core/Distribution Network Technologies using Comware Software (HK742S) Accelerated HP Core/Distribution Layer Network Technologies (HL045S)...77 H4C81S HP FlexNetwork Fundamentals ( )...77 HL048S imc Essentials for Network Administrators (HL048S)...77 Wireless Networking HP Enterprise Wireless Networks (HL047S) Troubleshooting HP Enterprise Wireless Networks (HK661S) Getting Started with HP Wireless Networks (ILT), Rev (HL043S) HP Enterprise Wireless Networks, Rev (HL047S) Implementing & Troubleshooting HP Wireless Networks (H3K66S)...78 Cloud Architecting HP Cloud Solutions (HL984S) Implementing the HP Matrix Operating Environment, Rev (HK251S)...79 HK916S HP Matrix Operating Environment: infrastructure orchestration Integration...79 Software HP Data Protector 7x Software Essentials (DP120) Operations Orchestration 10.x Intermediate and Advanced Authoring (OO350) Operations Orchestration 10.x Essentials (OO120) SiteScope 11.x Essentials (SS120) Business Service Management 9.x Essentials (BSM120) Asset Manager 9.x Software Essentials (AM120) Network Node Manager i Software 9.x Essentials (NNMI120) Server Automation 10.x Essentials (SA120) Operations Manager 9.x on UNIX/Linux Administration Essentials (OMU120) Operations Manager 9.x on Windows Administration Essentials (OMW120) Quality Center 11.x Site Administration (QC350) Using the ALM 11.x Edition (QC360) Unified Functional Testing 11.5 Essentials (UFT120) Business Process Testing 11.x Essentials (BPT120) Application Lifecycle Management 11.x Essentials (ALM120) LoadRunner 11.x Essentials (LR120) PPM Center 9.x Advanced Training (PPM350) Universal CMDB 10.x Essentials (UCMDB120) Configuration Management System 9.x Advanced (UCMDB350) PPM Center 9.x Deployment Management Training (PPM340) Managing Storage Essentials 9.x (SE120) Storage Essentials 9.x Report Optimizer (SE140) Universal Discovery 10.x Essentials (UD120)...83 NNMI140 Network Node Manager i Software 9.x for Operators...84 OMI120 Operations Manager i Software 9.x Essentials...84 IBM 85 IBM Trainingen...86 Cognos...86 B2458G IBM Cognos 8 BI Report Studio: Author Professional Reports Fundamentals (V8.4)...86 B5151G IBM Cognos Analysis Studio: Analyze Data (v10.1/10.2)...86 B5161G IBM Cognos Report Studio: Author Reports with Multidimensional Data (V10.1)...86 B5198G IBM Cognos Report Studio: Author Active Reports (V10.1)...86 B5252G IBM Cognos Framework Manager: Design Metadata Models (v10.2)...86 B5255G IBM Cognos BI Administration (V10.2)...87 B5A58G IBM Cognos Report Studio: Author Professional Reports Fundamentals (V10.2)...87 B5259G IBM Cognos Report Studio: Author Professional Reports Advanced (V10.2)...87 B5270G Essentials for IBM Cognos BI (V10.2)...87 B5280G IBM Cognos Data Manager: Build Data Marts with Enterprise Data (v10.2)...87 B5281G IBM Cognos Workspace Advanced: Author Self-Service Reports (v10.2)...87 ECM...88 F115G IBM FileNet Content Manager 5.2: System Implementation and Administration...88 F142G IBM FileNet P8 Platform 5.0: System Implementation and Administration...88 F174G IBM Enterprise Records 5.1: Records Management...88 I I02G IBM i2 Analyst s Notebook Essentials T224G i2 Analyst s Workstation/Data Miner...88 Information Management...89 CE031G DB2 Family Fundamentals...89 CE121G IBM DB2 SQL Workshop...89 CE131G IBM DB2 SQL Workshop for Experienced Users...89 CE243G IBM Using Queue Replication...89 CL213G DB2 10 for LUW: Basic Administration for AIX...89 CL2X3G DB2 10 for LUW: Basic Administration for Linux and Windows...90 CL413G DB2 for LUW Performance Tuning and Monitoring Workshop...90 CL484G IBM DB for Linux, UNIX, and Windows Quickstart for Experienced Relational DBAs...90 CV312G DB2 for z/os - New Features in Version 10 Workshop...90 CV831G DB2 10 for z/os Database Administration Workshop Part CV861G IBM DB2 10 for z/os Implementation Workshop...91 DW612G InfoSphere BigInsights Foundation...91 IX222G IBM Informix 11.7 Database Administration...91 IX812G IBM Informix 11.7 System Administration...91 KM202G IBM InfoSphere DataStage Essentials ISCC...92 CNW42G IBM Connections Social Software for Business...91 CNW43G What s new in IBM Connections D8L89G IBM Lotus Domino 8.5 System Administration Bootcamp...92 Lenovo...93 XTRB3G IBM BladeCenter Fundamentals - BladeCenter H...93 Linux...93 LX02G Linux Basic and Installation...93 Rational...93 RD815G Mastering Web Application Development with Rational Application Developer V RS404G Essentials of Configuration Management with IBM Rational ClearCase UCM, v RS727G Configuring Projects in IBM Rational Team Concert V RT545G Essentials of IBM Rational Functional Tester, Java Scripting, V SPSS A004G Introduction to IBM SPSS Modeler and Data Mining (V15) A0U4G Classifying Customers with IBM SPSS Modeler (v15) G036G Market Segmentation Using IBM SPSS Statistics - ILT G503G Introduction to IBM SPSS Statistics (v22)...95 STG - Power Systems - AIX...95 AL32G Shell Programming...95 AN08G Power Systems and AIX Differences Workshop...95 AN10G AIX Basics...95 AN11G Power Systems for AIX I: LPAR Configuration and Planning...95 AN12G Power Systems for AIX II: AIX Implementation and Administration...96 AN14G AIX Jumpstart for UNIX Professionals...96 AN15G Power Systems for AIX III: Advanced Administration and Problem Determination...96 AN22G AIX Network Installation Manager (NIM) I: Concepts and Configuration...96 AN30G Power Systems for AIX - Virtualization I: Implementing Virtualization...97 AN31G Power Systems for AIX - Virtualization II: Advanced PowerVM and Performance...97 AN41G PowerHA SystemMirror 6.1 Planning, Implementation and Administration...97 AN51G Power Systems for AIX IV: Performance Management...97 AN57G Implementing AIX Security Features...98 AN61G PowerHA SystemMirror 7 Planning, Implementation, Customization and Basic Admin...98 AN62G PowerHA 7 Additional Configurations...98 Index Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 251

252 Index AS06G RPG IV Programming Fundamentals Workshop for IBM i...98 OL20G Control Language Programming for IBM i...99 STG - Power Systems - I...99 AS10G RPG IV Programming Advanced Workshop for i...99 AS24G System Operator Workshop for IBM i...99 AS5EG PowerVM on IBM i - I: Implementing Virtualization and LPAR...99 AS5FG PowerVM on IBM i - II: Advanced Topics and Performance OE98G Introduction to IBM i for New Users OL23G IBM i - System i Work Management, Tailoring and Basic Tuning STG - System x and Pure System NGT61G IBM Flex System v7000 Integrated Storage ES07G z/os JCL and Utilities ES10G Fundamental System Skills in Z/OS ES19G Basics of z/os RACF Administration ES24G IBM System z Hardware Management Console (HMC) Operations ES26G SMP/E for z/os Workshop ES34G Assembler Language Coding Workshop ES41G z/os Installation Using ServerPac ES52G z/os REXX Programming Workshop OP05G Introducing z/os UNIX System Services Storage SN71G Planning and Implementing a Storage Area Network (SAN) SNV1G SAN Volume Controller (SVC) V6 Planning and Implementation Workshop SS06G Storage Management Fundamentals SSE1G IBM Storwize V7000 Implementation Workshop Telelogic QB133G Fundamentals of IBM Rational System Architect, V QN114G IBM Rational DOORS Practitioner, V QN164G IBM Rational DOORS Foundation, V Tivoli TM023G IBM Tivoli Monitoring 6.3 Fundamentals TM063G IBM Tivoli Monitoring 6.3 Advanced Adminstration TM404G IBM Tivoli Workload Scheduler for z/os for Schedulers TP302G IBM SmartCloud Orchestrator 2.3 Administration and Operations TP330G IBM SmartCloud Orchestrator 2.3 Practical Application Methods TS104G IBM Tivoli Storage Productivity Center 5.1 Administration and Operation TS613G IBM Tivoli Storage Manager 7.1 Implementation and Administration TS623G IBM Tivoli Storage Manager 7.1 Advanced Administration, Tuning and Troubleshooting TSX12G IBM Tivoli Storage Manager 6.3 Implementation and Administration for AIX TW103G IBM Tivoli Access Manager for e-business Administration & Deployment TX304G IBM Tivoli Workload Scheduler 8.6 Operations and Scheduling UNICA T331G Introduction to IBM Unica Campaign Websphere WA380G WebSphere Application Server V8 Administration for Windows WA580G WebSphere Application Server V8 Administration for Linux WA855G WebSphere Application Server V8.5.5 Administration WB851G Developing Applications in IBM Business Process Manager Advanced V8 - I WB867G Administration of IBM Business Process Manager Advanced V WM101G Technical Introduction to IBM WebSphere MQ WM201G IBM WebSphere MQ V7 System Administration (using Windows for labs) WM204G IBM WebSphere MQ V7.5 System Administration (using Windows for labs) WM206G IBM WebSphere MQ V7.1 System Administration (using Linux for labs) WM207G IBM MQ V8 System Administration (using Windows for labs) WM209G IBM MQ V8 System Administration (using Linux for labs) WM211G IBM WebSphere MQ V7.5 Advanced System Administration (Distributed) WM644G IBM WebSphere Message Broker V8 System Administration WM645G IBM Integration Bus V9.0 System Administration WM664G IBM WebSphere Message Broker V8 Application Development I WM665G IBM Integration Bus V9 Application Development I WS811G IBM WebSphere Service Registry and Repository V8.0 for Administrators ZSERIES WRZ02G IBM z/os Latest Release Level Technical Update WRZ03G IBM Parallel Sysplex and High Availability JUNIPER 112 Juniper en Juniper Trainingen Routing & Switching AJER Advanced Junos Enterprise Routing ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE AJEX Advanced Junos Enterprise Switching IJOS Introduction to the Junos Operating System IJOS-JRE Juniper Networks Certified Internet Associate - Junos (IJOS en JRE) JEX Junos Enterprise switching JIR Junos Intermediate Routing JIR-JEX JNCIS Enterprise Routing and Switching Certification Boot Camp (JIR, JEX) JNCIS-ENT Juniper Networks Certified Internet Specialist - Ent JPAC Junos Pulse Access Control JRE Junos Routing Essentials Security AJSEC Advanced Junos Security AJVI Advanced Juniper Networks IPSec VPN Implementations APJF Attack Prevention with Juniper Networks Firewalls CJFV Configuring Juniper Networks Firewall/IPsec VPN Products IFVH Integrating Juniper Networks Firewall/IPSec VPN Products into High-Performance Networks IIDP Implementing Intrusion Detection and Prevention Products JIPS Junos Intrusion prevention System Functionality JPSA Junos Pulse Secure Access JSEC Junos Security JUTM Junos Unified Threat Management Service Provider AJSPR Advanced Junos Service Provider Routing JCOS Junos Class of Service JMR Junos Multicast Routing JMV Junos MPLS and VPNs JSPX Junos Service Provider Switching Wireless AJWL Advanced Juniper Networks Wireless LANs IJWL Introduction to Juniper Networks Wireless LANs MICROSOFT 20 Microsoft en Microsoft SA Training vouchers Microsoft Technology Associate (MTA) Microsoft Certified Solutions Associate (MCSA) Microsoft Certified Solutions Expert (MCSE) Microsoft Certified Solutions Developer (MCSD) Microsoft Technologieën Microsoft Trainingen Business Analysis M55049 PowerPivot, Power View and SharePoint 2013 Business Intelligence Center for Analysts Cloud Computing M10968 Designing for Office 365 Infrastructure M20246 Monitoring and Operating a Private Cloud M20247 Configuring and Deploying a Private Cloud M20346 Managing Office 365 Identities and Services M20532 Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions M20533 Implementing Microsoft Azure Infrastructure Solutions M55065 Microsoft Azure for IT Professionals Collaboration M20331 Core Solutions of Microsoft SharePoint Server M20332 Advanced Solutions of Microsoft SharePoint Server M55026 Upgrading your End User Skills to SharePoint SHARE-CO Sharepoint 2013 for content owners SHARE-EU SharePoint 2013 for end users SHARE-PU SharePoint 2013 for power users SHARE-SO SharePoint 2013 for site owners Data Center M10747 Administering System Center 2012 Configuration Manager (70-243) M10748 Deploying System Center 2012 Configuration Manager (70-243) M10964 Cloud & Datacenter Monitoring with System Center Operations Manager M55006 System Center 2012 Operations Manager (SCOM) M55007 System Center 2012 Orchestrator M55009 System Center 2012 Service Manager M55022 Using Microsoft System Center Service Manager 2012 for IT Analysts M55023 Microsoft System Center Orchestrator 2012 for Runbook Authors Database Management & Development M10977 Upgrading Your SQL Server Skills to Microsoft SQL Server M10978 Introduction to Azure for Developers M20461 Querying Microsoft SQL Server M20462 Administering a Microsoft SQL Server Databases M20463 Implementing a Data Warehouse with Microsoft SQL Server M20464 Developing Microsoft SQL Server Databases M20465 Designing Database Solutions for Microsoft SQL Server M20467 Designing Self-Service Business Intelligence and Big Data Solutions M40364 Database Fundamentals M55042 SharePoint 2013 Business Intelligence Desktop Applications GKOM1 Microsoft Office Migration M20695 Deploying Windows Devices and Enterprise Apps Enterprise Resource Management M80295 Extending Microsoft Dynamics CRM M80542 Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2013 Customization and Configuration M80545 Customer Service in Microsoft Dynamics CRM M80546 Sales Management in Microsoft Dynamics CRM Messaging M20341 Core Solutions of Microsoft Exchange Server M20342 Advanced Solutions of Microsoft Exchange Server Mobile Applications M20696 Managing Enterprise Devices and Apps using System Center Configuration Manager Network Management M10962 Advanced Automated Administration with Windows PowerShell M40366 Networking Fundamentals Operating Systems M20410 Installing and Configuring Windows Server M20411 Administering Windows Server M20412 Configuring Advanced Windows Server 2012 Services M20413 Designing and Implementing a Server Infrastructure M20414 Implementing an Advanced Server Infrastructure M20415 Implementing a Desktop Infrastructure M20416 Implementing Desktop Application Environments M20417 Upgrading Your Skills to MCSA Windows Server M20687 Configuring Windows M20688 Supporting Windows M20689 Upgrading your skills to MCSA Windows M40349 Windows Operating System Fundamentals M40365 Windows Server Administration Fundamentals M6292 Installing & Configuring Windows 7 Client M6293 Windows 7 Enterprise Desktop Support Technician Security M40367 Security Fundamentals Servers & Applications M10961 Automating Administration with Windows PowerShell v M10967 Fundamentals of a Windows Server Infrastructure M10972 Administering the Web Server (IIS) Role of Windows Server M20466 Implementing Data Models and Reports with Microsoft SQL Server M40041 Introduction to Office M10965 IT Service Management with System Center Service Manager Software Development M10958 Programming Fundamentals of Web Applications M10975 Introduction to programming M20481 Essentials of Developing Windows Store Apps Using HTML5 and JavaScript M20482 Advanced Windows Store App Development Using HTML5 and JavaScript M20480 Programming in HTML5 with JavaScript and CSS M20483 Programming in C# M20484 Essentials of Developing Windows Store Apps Using C# M20486 Developing ASP.NET MVC 4 Web Applications M20485 Advanced Windows Store App Development Using C# M20487 Developing Windows Azure and Web Services M20488 Developing Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 Core Solutions M20489 Developing Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 Advanced Solutions M40361 Software Development Fundamentals M40362 Windows Development Fundamentals M40363 Web Development Fundamentals M40372 Microsoft.NET Fundamentals M40373 Mobile Development Fundamentals Software Testing M20497 Software Testing with Visual Studio M40374 Gaming Development Fundamentals...151

253 Virtualisation GKAPPV Implementing Enterprise Desktop Virtualization with Microsoft APP-V M40375 HTML5 Application Development Fundamentals M20409 Server Virtualization with Windows Server Hyper-V and System Center M20694 Virtualizing Enterprise Desktops and Apps M55021 Configuring and Administering Hyper-V in Windows Server Voice LYNC-EU LYNC End User Adoption Training M20335 Lync Network Readiness Assessment M20336 Core Solutions of Microsoft Lync Server M20337 Enterprise Voice and Online Services with Microsoft Lync Server M55070 Lync 2013 Depth Support Engineer Course RED HAT 154 Red Hat Trainingen Cloud Computing CL260 Deploying Systems in Cloud JB226 Red Hat JBoss Enterprise Application Development I with RHCJD Exam (EX225) Desktop Applications RH401 Red Hat Enterprise Deployment and Systems Management Operating Systems CL211 RedHat OpenStack Administration with Expertise Exam RH124 System Administration I (RHEL7) RH135 System Administration II & EX200 Exam RH200 Fast Track RHCSA (RH124 + RH134 + EX200) RH255 System Administration III (RH254) + EX300 Exam RH300 RHCE Certification Lab (incl RHCSA & RHCE exam) RH402 RH401-Bundle: Red Hat Enterprise Deployment and Systems Management + EX RH403 Red Hat Satellite 6 Administration RH414 Red Hat Server Hardening with Exam RH430 RHS429-Bundle: Red Hat Enterprise SELinux Policy Administration + EX RH436 Red Hat Enterprise Storage Management RH437 RH436-Bundle: Red Hat Enterprise Clustering and Storage Management + EX RH442 RedHat systems monitoring and performance tuning RH443 RH442-Bundle: Red Hat Enterprise System Monitoring and Performance Tuning + EX RHS429 Red Hat Enterprise SELinux Administration Servers & Applications JB321 Enterprise Portal Platform Software Development JB225 JBoss Enterprise Application Development JB232 Monitoring with JBoss ON JB234 Systems Management with JBoss ON JB249 JBoss Application Administration I, incl. JBCAA exam (EX248) JB348 JBoss Application Administration II JB298 JBoss Hibernate Technology with Exam JB312 Advanced JBoss Administration JB325 Advanced JBoss Enterprise Development Virtualisation RH318 Red Hat Enterprise Virtualization RH319 RH319-Bundle: Red Hat Enterprise Virtualization + EX RES SOFTWARE 161 RES Software Trainingen RAMBC RES Automation Manager 2014 Basic Course RESMC RES Master Class RITSBC RES IT Store Basic Course RWMBC RES Workspace Manager 2014 Basic Course SYMANTEC 163 Partner Programma Symantec Trainingen Clearwell... HA0427 Symantec Clearwell ediscovery Platform 7.x: Transparent Predictive Coding HA0428 Symantec Clearwell ediscovery Platform 7.x Legal Hold and Collection HA0429 Symantec Clearwell ediscovery Platform 7.x: Administration HA0430 Symantec Clearwell ediscovery Platform 7.x Processing, Review and Export Data Protection DP0147 Symantec Backup Exec 2014: Administration DP0153 Symantec NetBackup 7.5: Maintain and Troubleshoot DP0155 Symantec NetBackup 7.5 for UNIX and Windows: Advanced Administration DP0157 Symantec Backup Exec 2012: Administration DP0158 Symantec NetBackup 7.5 for UNIX: Administration DP0159 Symantec NetBackup 7.5 for Windows: Administration Enterprise Vault DP0148 Symantec Enterprise Vault 11.x for Exchange: Administration DP0154 Symantec Enterprise Vault 10.x for Exchange: Maintain and Troubleshoot DP0162 Legal Discovery Using Symantec Enterprise Vault 10.x Discovery Accelerator DP0164 Symantec Enterprise Vault 10.x for File System Archiving: Administration DP0165 Symantec Enterprise Vault 10.x for Exchange: Administration High Availability HA0419 Symantec High Availability Fundamentals with Storage Foundation 6.x and Cluster Server 6.x for Unix HA0421 Veritas Storage Foundation 6.x for Unix: Administration Fundamentals HA0425 Veritas Storage Foundation for Oracle RAC: Administration HA0432 Symantec High Availability Fundamentals with Veritas Storage Foundation 6.0 and Veritas Cluster Server 6.0 for Windows HA0433 Symantec High Availability Fundamentals with Veritas Storage Foundation 6.0 and Veritas Cluster Server 6.0 for Unix HA0434 Veritas Cluster Server 6.0 for UNIX: Administration HA0436 Veritas Storage Foundation 6 for UNIX HA0437 Veritas Storage Foundation 6.0 for Windows: Administration Infrastructure AT1240 Altiris Asset Management Suite 7.1: Administration AT2997 Symantec Client Management Suite 7.5: Implementation AT2998 Symantec Client Management Suite 7.5: Administration AT2999 Altiris Client Management Suite 7.1 Administration AT3498 Symantec Workflow 7.1: Administration AT5997 Symantec Deployment Solution 7.5: Administration AT5998 Altiris Deployment Solution 7.1: Administration AT8400 Symantec Management Platform 7.1: Administration SM0999 Symantec App Center 4.1.x Administration SM1000 Symantec App Center 4.1.x Installation and Administration Risk & Compliance IR0996 Symantec Data Loss Prevention 12.5: Administration IR0997 Symantec Data Loss Prevention 12: Administration SC1432 Symantec Control Compliance Suite 11.0: Administration Security SC1433 Symantec Endpoint Protection 12.X: Maintain and Troubleshoot SC1437 Symantec Security Information Manager SC1439 Symantec Endpoint Protection 12.X: Administration SC1440 Symantec Network Access Control Other SC1479 Symantec Ghost Solution Suite US3000 PGP Universal Server 3.2 and PGP Desktop 10.2: Administration VMWARE 173 VMware en VMware training-en certificeringstrajecten VMware Partner Network VMware Competenties VMware Trainingen Data Center Virtualization VMSRM VMware vcenter Site Recovery Manager: Install, Configure, Manage VMVSAN VMware Virtual SAN: Deploy and Manage VMWN VMware vsphere 5: What s New VSD VMware vsphere 5: Design Workshop VSEXP VMware Exam Preparation Workshop (VCP5-DCV) VSFT VMware vsphere 5: Fast Track VSICM VMware vsphere 5: Install, Configure, Manage VSO VMware vsphere 5: Overview VSOMFT VMware vsphere with Operations Management:Fast Track VSOS VMware vsphere 5: Optimize & Scale VSSO VMware vsphere 5: Skills for Operators VST VMware vsphere 5: Troubleshooting Workshop Cloud Infrastructure VMCD VMware Cloud: Design Best Practices VMCDOA vcloud Director: Organization Administration VMCICM VMware vcloud Director: Install, Configure, Manage VMCNSVP vcloud Network & Security for vsphere Professionals VMCO VMware vcloud: Overview Cloud Management VMVROMICM VMware vrealize Operations Manager: Install, Configure, Manage [V6.0] VMCACICM vcloud Automation Center (vcac): Install Configure Manage VMCMI VMware vcenter Configuration Manager: Install, Configure, Manage VMCMOSM VMware vcenter Configuration Manager for Operating Systems Management VMCMVIM VMware vcenter Configuration Manager for Virtual Infrastructure Management VMCMVIOSM VMware vcenter Configuration Manager for Virtual Infrastructure and OS Management VMODW VMware vcenter Orchestrator Develop Workflows VMOMAP VMware vcenter Operations Manager: Analyze & Predict VMOMAUDC vcenter Operations Manager: Advanced Usage and Dashboard Design End User Computing VMAVVT Application Virtualization with VMware ThinApp VMHMICM Horizon Mirage: Install, Configure, Manage VMVD VMware View 5: Design Best Practices VMVIEW Horizon (with View): Install, Configure, Manage Network Virtualisation VMNSXFT VMware NSX for Internetworking Experts Fast Track VMNSXICM VMware NSX: Install, Configure, Manage VENDOR ONAFHANKELIJK 188 Trainingen Cloud GK9025 Cloud Computing Essentials Network Management GK9025 TCP/IP Networking Routing & Switching GK3150 Understanding Networking Fundamentals GKIPV6MIG Safe Migration from IPv4 to IPv Voice GK3277 Voice over IP Foundations Wireless GK3605 Wireless LAN Foundation SECURITY TRAININGEN 191 SECURITY 192 Checkpoint T-VPN-01 Check Point Security Administrator R76 (CCSA) T-VPN-02 Check Point Security Expert R76 (CCSE) Comptia SEC-PLUS Comptia Security+ (SY0-401) Dell SonicWall NS-102 Dell SonicWall Network Security Basic Administration Training NS-202 Dell SonicWALL Network Security Advanced Administration - (CSSP Level Course) SMAAA Dell SonicWALL Secure Mobile Access Advanced Administration (CSSP Level Course) SMABA Dell SonicWALL Secure Mobile Access Basic Administration (CSSA Level Course) EC Council CEH Certified Ethical Hacker CHFI Computer Hacking Forensic Investigator vs ECIH EC-Council Certified Incident Handler ECSA-LPT Security Analyst & Licensed Penetration Tester ECSP EC-Council Certified Secure Programmer.net ECVP EC Council Certified Voice Professional EDRP EC Council Disaster Recovery Professional ENSA EC-Council Network Security Administrator ISACA CISAU CISA, Certified Information Systems Auditor CISM CISM, Certified Information Security Manager ISC GK9840 CISSP Certification Preparation SSCP SSCP, Systems Security Certified Practitioner ISO Certification ISO27001LA Lead Auditor training (IRCA certified) ISO27001MI Masterclass ISO implementation Security - Overig PTC 360 Penetration Testing Course AIISM Masterclass Internet Information Services Management AWSIM Advanced Windows Security and Infrastructure Management Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 253 Index

254 Index HWI PKI SECAW SECCS SECRA SECSP SWI TTW WSI Hacking Windows Infrastructure Masterclass Public Key Infrastructure Management Security Awareness Masterclass Cloud Security Risk Analysis Made Easy Secure Programming Securing Windows Infrastructure Masterclass Troubleshooting, Monitoring and Tracing Windows Infrastructure Masterclass: Windows Security and Infrastructure Management BEST PRACTICES 203 PROJECT MANAGEMENT 205 Project Management Trainingen PRINCE PRI2F PRINCE2 Foundation PRI2P PRINCE2 Practitioner incl examentraining PRI2PE Hercertificering en examentraining PRINCE2 Practitioner (incl, examen) IPMA IPMA-D IPMA-D IPMA-C IPMA-C PMI GK2860 PMP Exam Prep Boot Camp MSP (Managing Successful Programs MSP-F Managing Successful Programs, Foundation MSP-P Managing Successful Programs, Practitioner MoR (Managing of Risk) MOR MoR (Management of Risk) Foundation MoP (Management of Portfolios) MOP-F Management of Portfolios Foundation MOP-P Management of Portfolios Practitioner AGILE Projectmanagement AGILE-F AGILE Project Management Foundation Business Simulatie EGYPT The Challenge of Egypt (Business Simulation Game) AGILE & SCRUM 211 AGILE AGILE-F AGILE Project Management Foundation SAFE SAFe (Scaled Agile Framework) SCRUM SCRUM-D SCRUM for Developers SCRUM-M SCRUM Master SCRUM-PO SCRUM Product Owner SERVICEMANAGEMENT 214 Over ITIL Service Management Trainingen ITIL ILFN ITIL Foundation ILLCCSI ITIL Service Lifecycle: Continual Service Improvement ILLCMA ITIL Managing Across the Lifecycle ILLCS ITIL Service Lifecycle: Service Design ILLCSO ITIL Service Lifecycle: Service Operation ILLCSS ITIL Service Lifecycle: Service Strategy ILLCST ITIL Service Lifecycle: Service Transition ILOSA ITIL Capability: Operational Support and Analysis ILPPO ITIL Capability: Planning, Protection and Optimization ILRCV ITIL Capability: Release, Control and Validation ILSOA ITIL Capability: Service Offerings and Agreements ISO ISO20000F ISO Foundation (inclusief examen) ISO27002A ISO Advanced (inclusief examen ISMAS) ISO27002F ISO Foundation (inclusief examen ISFS) ASL ASL Applicatiemanagement volgens ASL (Foundation) BISL BISL Informatiemanagement volgens BISL (Foundation) IAB onderlinge relaties ITIL ASL en BiSL ISMF (Integrated Service Management) ISMF Integrated Service Management Foundation Business Simulatie APOLLO APOLLO 13 Simulation Game PIZZA Simulation game BUSINESS ANALYSIS 223 Business Analysis Trainingen IREB (International Requirements Engineering Board) IREBF IREB Foundation IIBA (International Institute of Business Analysts) GK2655 Business Analysis: Requirements Validation and Testing GK2919 Business Analysis: Essentials GK2964 Business Analysis: Requirements Development, Documentation and Management Functioneel Ontwerp SNIMFB Functioneel Ontwerp Business Analysis voor Projectmanagers BAPM Business Analysis voor Projectmanagers ARCHITECTUUR 226 TOGAF TF-TP1 TOGAF Foundation level TF-TP2 TOGAF Certified level TF-TCC TOGAF Certification Course V TF-BTDEAS Beyond TOGAF -Doing Enterprise Architecture Successfully TF-BTTIEA Beyond TOGAF - The Importance of Enterprise Architecture Archimate AM ArchiMate 2.1 Foundation - level AMC ArchiMate 2.1 Certified PROCESVERBETERING 229 Procesverbetering Trainingen Lean Six Sigma LSSYEB Lean Six Sigma Yellow Belt LSSWB Lean Six Sigma White Belt LSSORB Lean Six Sigma Orange Belt LSSMABB Lean Six Sigma Master Black Belt LSSGRB Lean Six Sigma Green Belt LSSCH Lean Six Sigma Champion LSSBLB Lean Six Sigma Black Belt LEANMB LEAN Experience (incl. LEAN Game) CONTRACTMANAGEMENT 231 Contractmanagement Trainingen IT-CONTR Opstellen en beoordelen van IT-contracten JZ-CM Juridische zaken voor Contractmanagers SLA-CLOUD Service Lever Agreements (SLA) in de Cloud SLA-CM Service Level Agreements voor Contract Managers SNCMF Contractmanagement CATS CM Foundation SNCMP Contract Management CATS CM Practitioner MEER BEST PRACTICES 234 IT Governance & Security COBF Cobit 5 Foundation ISO27002A ISO Advanced (inclusief examen ISMAS) ISO27002F ISO Foundation (inclusief examen ISFS) Testen TESTTMAP TMap Next Test Engineer TESTTMAPTM Tmap Next Test Manager CAT Certified Agile Tester Troubleshooting KTF Systematic Troubleshooting, Kepner Tregoe Foundation Analytics, Big Data & Business Intelligence MBIA Masterclass Business Intelligence & Analytics Copyright 2015 Global Knowledge Network Netherlands bv. Alle rechten voorbehouden. Global Knowledge behoudt zich het recht voor om zonder verdere kennisgeving prijzen, inschrijvingsvoorwaarden, leerstof, producten, programma s of bijeenkomsten aan te passen, of cursussen te annuleren. MANAGEMENT & VAARDIGHEID 238 MANAGEMENT EN ORGANISATIE 239 Management en Organisatie Trainingen Trainingen voor de Organisatiestrategie GBLIE100 Efficiënt Innoveren GPME100 Performance Management GV100 Visie Ontwikkelen en Implementeren Trainingen voor Leidinggevenden Inzicht in uw leiderschapskwaliteiten Basisvaardigheden voor goed leiderschap A-MSP1 Managementvaardigheden BBIQ100E Building your Business IQ GALECIT100 Actief Leiderschap voor IT-professionals GIS100 Werving en Selectie GLTE100 Verander Management - Begeleiden van veranderingen GTLE100 Think1 - Strategie en Beleid LVT100E Het leiden van Virtuele Teams Afstemming tussen Organisatiestrategie en IT PERSOONLIJKE EFFECTIVITEIT 243 Trainingen Persoonlijke Effectiviteit Communicatietrainingen Feedback de basis van goed leiderschap Coach Coach Coach A-AC Assertieve Communicatievaardigheden CONF Conflicthantering DWDP100E Dealing with Different People GCCE100 Helder Leren Communiceren GPS100 Presentatie Vaardigheden GRPWE100 Tekststrategie voor meer effectiviteit IP100E Beïnvloeden en Overtuigen Productiviteitstrainingen Motivatie de drijfveer achter volledige betrokkenheid Resultaatgericht delegeren BSITP100E Business Vaardigheden voor IT Professionals GTDE100 Team Ontwikkeling MM100E Leiden van Vergaderingen SDM100E Het nemen van strategische beslissingen WVT100E Werken binnen een virtueel team MMP100E Time Management: Prioriteiten leren stellen en managen GCIE100 Verbeter Management - Continue Verbetering Sales- en Service trainingen BBIQS100E Building your Business IQ for Sales Professionals GBSPE100 Bouwen van Strategische Partnerships GNS100E Onderhandelen GSAE100 Verbeteren van Verkoopvaardigheden GSEE100 Klantgericht handelen GSL100E Sales Management GTBS100E Samenwerken en verkopen als team HO100E Omgaan met tegenwerkingen RSS100E Verkopen van totaaloplossingen Prijzen zijn exclusief B.T.W. Global Knowledge en het Global Knowledge logo zijn handelsmerken van Global Knowledge Training LCC. Alle overige handelsmerken zijn eigendom van de respectievelijke eigenaren. 254 ) 0800-KNOWLEDGE

255 De Knowledge Pass van Global Knowledge is het ideale instrument om de vaardigheden van de medewerkers in uw organisatie op peil te brengen en/of te houden. Met de aanschaf van een Knowledge Pass haalt u het maximale uit uw opleidingsbudget én krijgt u extra opleidingsbudget beschikbaar om de opleidingseisen en -wensen van uw medewerkers in uw organisatie in te vullen. De voordelen van de Knowledge Pass: Extra opleidingsbudget voor de medewerkers van uw organisatie Iedereen binnen uw organisatie kan gebruik maken van de Knowledge Pass Eenvoudig te beheren Volledige flexibiliteit binnen een van tevoren vastgesteld opleidingsbudget Eenvoudige en kosteneffectieve manier om de vaardigheden van uw team op peil te brengen en/of te houden Geen budgettaire verrassingen Kortom: De Knowledge Pass geeft u totale flexibiliteit binnen een van tevoren vastgesteld budget! Bent u benieuwd naar de Knowledge Pass? Meer informatie kunt u vinden op: /Knowledge-Pass Knowledge Pass Totale flexibiliteit binnen uw budget! Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge! 255

256 Hoofdvestiging Global Knowledge Nederland Iepenhoeve 5, 3438 MR NIEUWEGEIN Postbus 1059, 3430 BB NIEUWEGEIN T 0800-KNOWLEDGE ( ) - gratis F E [email protected] I Nevenvestigingen Amsterdam Q-Port Building (5e etage) Kingsfordweg GP Amsterdam Drachten Ampèrelaan 1c 9207 AM Drachten Eindhoven Philips Stadion Frederiklaan 10a 5616 NH Eindhoven Groningen Mediacentrale (7e verdieping) Helperpark ZA GRONINGEN Maastricht Oranjeplein KV Maastricht Rotterdam Barbizonlaan MB Capelle a/d IJssel Zoetermeer Stadspoort West Centrum West AA Zoetermeer Zwolle Stadionplein CP Zwolle Global Knowledge België Zandvoortstraat Mechelen T +32(0) gratis F +32(0) E [email protected] I Ik heb ambitie. Dus ik train bij Global Knowledge!